2000 câu trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 2025 có đáp án (Phần 8)

Sample 1:

Tourism has expanded its horizon, and today, adventurous tourists are increasingly seeking places where the conditions are challenging, such as arctic regions, tropical rainforests, or high-altitude mountainous regions. The benefits and disadvantages for such tourists are numerous and complex.

On the one hand, the main benefit for tourists visiting such difficult places is the unique experience they offer. It is an opportunity for them to explore the extreme wilderness, observe rare wildlife, and challenge themselves physically and mentally. For example, tourists who visit the arctic regions, such as Greenland or the North Pole, have the opportunity to witness the majestic aurora borealis and explore icebergs, glaciers and frozen landscapes. Similarly, tourists who venture into the dense tropical rainforests, such as the Amazon, can experience a rich diversity of flora and fauna, and learn about indigenous cultures. Such experiences can be life-changing and unforgettable.

On the other hand, there are also numerous disadvantages to visiting such places. The harsh climate, rough terrain, and lack of basic amenities can pose serious risks to tourists. For example, tourists visiting high-altitude mountainous regions, such as the Himalayas, can face the risk of altitude sickness, frostbite, or hypothermia. In addition, the lack of proper infrastructure, medical facilities, and communication networks can leave tourists vulnerable in case of emergencies.

In conclusion, visiting challenging places can provide unique and unforgettable experiences, but it can also be risky and have negative impacts. It is important for tourists to be well-prepared and informed before visiting such places, and for governments to regulate and manage tourism activities in these regions to ensure the safety of tourists and the sustainability of the environment and local communities.

Sample 2:

In recent years, there has been a growing trend of tourists visiting extreme destinations, such as Mount Everest, the Sahara Desert or the Antarctic. This essay will discuss the advantages and drawbacks for tourists who choose to visit such places.

There are numerous benefits to visiting extreme destinations for travellers. Firstly, it allows tourists to experience and appreciate the natural beauty and unique features of these locations. For example, the Sahara Desert offers an opportunity to witness stunning sunsets and the natural oasis while the Antarctic offers a chance to witness beautiful wildlife such as penguins and seals. Secondly, visiting such destinations can be a great challenge and can help to build resilience and confidence in tourists. It requires physical and mental stamina to adapt to extreme weather conditions and unfamiliar environments. This sense of accomplishment can be a great source of personal satisfaction and growth for tourists.

On the other hand, there are also several disadvantages associated with visiting such harsh destinations. Firstly, it can be dangerous for tourists if they are not adequately prepared or if they do not take proper precautions. For instance, dehydration is a common problem for tourists who visit the Sahara Desert, and frostbite is a risk for those who travel to the Antarctic. Secondly, the cost of travelling to these destinations can be prohibitive for many tourists, making it an option only for those who can afford it.

In conclusion, visiting extreme destinations can have both benefits and disadvantages for tourists. While it offers an opportunity to witness unique natural beauty and can help to build resilience and confidence, it can also be dangerous and expensive. It is important that tourists are adequately prepared and take proper precautions when visiting such places to ensure their safety and to fully enjoy the experience.

Sample 3:

Recently, it has been observed that there is a surge among tourists visiting isolated natural regions with harsh weather conditions. However, in my perspective, it has more disadvantages because it may have a harmful impact on people. In the forthcoming paragraphs, I shall discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the issue and explain why I believe in the latter.

On the one hand, people have become more adventurous nowadays. Tourists are driven by their desire to achieve something and experience an adrenaline rush during the expeditions. Despite being aware of the harsh weather conditions in places like the Sahara Desert and Mt. Everest, they desire exhilarating experiences. The journeys to these destinations allow tourists to partake in adventurous and thrilling activities. As these places test people’s physical and mental stamina, overcoming these difficulties helps people gain confidence. Also, tourists are now becoming bored of visiting the common cities, mountains and beaches. Besides that, these places offer lasting memories and priceless experiences to tourists.

On the other hand, the most significant downside is that travelling to difficult natural regions might be perilous if travellers are not adequately equipped. The temperature in these areas is frequently below zero degrees or extremely high, putting people’s health at risk. For example, many people have died due to extreme weather conditions while making the trek to Mt. Everest. Due to global warming, icebergs in places like Antarctica are melting, releasing harmful gases and substances.

To summarise, while exploring areas with difficult conditions may entice some people, I feel the drawbacks of people being able to go to these areas outweigh the benefits since it puts people’s lives in jeopardy.

Sample 4:

People interested in travel are increasingly attracted to visiting remote destinations with extreme temperatures, such as deserts, high mountain ranges and polar regions. This essay will consider two main benefits of visiting these areas to travellers, as well as its dangers.

One of the obvious benefits of visiting extreme places is the combined feelings of achievement and adventure it fosters. Completing a successful trip to a harsh destination helps people believe that they can achieve anything; if they can survive extreme heat and danger, then navigating everyday life suddenly seems much easier. People also get to imagine themselves as intrepid explorers, roaming across sand dunes and glaciers, akin to Lawrence of Arabia or Scott of the Antarctic, and again, this can help them develop a great sense of personal power.

Another advantage is the stunning natural beauty of these regions. Even though they may have harsh climates, they can be staggeringly beautiful, with 360-degree views, untouched by civilization, stretching to the horizon, and awe-inspiring night skies. The natural wildlife of these destinations adds to this sense of beauty, making them the perfect place for photography enthusiasts.

But there are significant dangers too. While the wildlife just mentioned can be amazing, they can be dangerous too. Desert-dwelling snakes and scorpions can kill, as can polar bears in the Arctic. And the extreme, remote conditions mean that there is little margin for error: if you have an accident, the nearest hospital could be days away and you are often totally reliant on a limited stock of food and water. It’s also very easy to get lost in these landscapes since there may be few landmarks to help you orient yourself. In short, you are highly dependent on yourself and your companions for survival.

To summarise, travel to extreme places can bring a huge sense of accomplishment to those who are brave enough to visit them, along with a spirit of adventure you rarely get in everyday life and exposure to breathtaking natural beauty. But the clear dangers of such destinations mean that you need to be alert and well-prepared at all times.

Sample 5:

Nowadays it seems to be boring for people to go to travel to some locations where we used to go, e.g. Japan or Europe. People would like to have some exciting experiences on their trip, so they choose places like the Sahara Desert or places that ordinary people cannot even name. These places have tough conditions. Therefore, there must be some good things and bad things if we travel to these places.

From an optimistic viewpoint, people would like to travel to these extraordinary places to experience something different, usually, the things they see or try in these locations are unique; they cannot find them in cities with tall buildings. For example, the light in the Antarctic regions. People who have seen them all say it is a once in a lifetime experience and they will not forget it till they die. And indeed, seeing these special sceneries is really unforgettable and no other places in the world have them. Besides sceneries, people can also experience some very different lifestyles and cultures which they have never seen if they live in a city.

However, there is also a bad side if people travel to these places. As the conditions are tough in these areas, they may experience extreme temperatures. People who are used to a city lifestyle may not know how to deal with them. In some severe cases, people may need immediate rescue, but as these areas are usually not ordinary residential areas, it is not easy for any emergency services to access them. It is very difficult to get help from other people as there is no one around.

In conclusion, it is necessary for people to understand the risks before they visit these places, and after thorough consideration, if they still want to go, they have to make sure they get very well-prepared and go at their own risk.

Sample 6:

In modern times, adventure tourism is becoming increasingly popular. I believe that participating in related activities can be a great way to unwind and learn about global ecosystems. However, visitors may be at risk of becoming seriously ill when facing harsh environments or wildlife attacks.

On the one hand, venturing into the wild is an excellent way to relax. It allows people to experience the most striking features that nature has to offer, from the 360° horizons of the Sahara Desert to the ginormous icebergs across Antarctica. Immersed in beautiful environments as such, visitors are granted a chance to forget about the problems they face at home and work. Additionally, ecotourism can also be educational. For example, when traveling in the Antarctic, tourists can learn about native wildlife and how climate change has been impacting this white continent. This can help them become more environmentally aware.

However, there are certain risks to exploring the wilderness. Firstly, visitors may become extremely ill in tough environments. For example, they may be unable to withstand the extreme heat of a desert and develop symptoms of dehydration. Similarly, adventure travel exposes tourists to unpredictable attacks by wild animals like seals in Antarctic regions. Because many visitors have no previous experience handling wild animals, they may be seriously injured and even lose their lives due to a dangerous encounter.

In conclusion, visiting remote, wild areas of the world can help people reduce stress and become more environmentally conscious, but only if the risks such as harsh environments and wildlife attacks are handled safely.

Sample 7:

Nowadays, an increasing number of travellers are visiting the dreadful areas like the Sahara Desert or the Antarctic regions. Though the large groups of penguins and sun shining vast open sandy lands attract the adventure loving tourists in these places, they are not free from some medical and commuter convenience issues.

Brush-tailed penguins wadding across the ice in Antarctica and dunes with a celestial glow in the deserts are the key factors that attract people to visit these unlike places. Whale watching on an epic scale is one of the most rewarding experiences of travelling Antarctica which people find too difficult to ignore. Also, as penguins are usually quite comfortable in human presence, tourists can avail indelible memories watching them diving off icebergs, swimming and playing around. When it comes to a desert, the Sahara is the best example of this kind, few places on Earth can match its splendour. The stars reflecting on the desert rocks create an incredibly coloured atmosphere that is simply parallel to none. Its dunes are so soft that sandboarders around the world are mad to be here.

However, traveling to such areas is not free from danger and inconvenience. Extremely cold weather and heavy fog in Antarctica can cause serious health issues with the bare body parts like hands, face and feet. Frostnip is the most common disease that can develop into spots and can create a strong burning sensation. If they are not treated in time, the spots grow into black areas, and convert into septicaemia (blood-poisoning). Meanwhile, inconvenience can be another downside as travellers can find it hard to access any of the public transportation such as railways, buses, or taxis alike in the vast open sandy land. Tourists in adverse conditions always need to be well-prepared so that they can only reach any destination mainly by walking, which may bring lots of physical challenges and mental fatigue.

In conclusion, deserts with soft, sandy, vast land under the open sky, and icy regions with rare snow animals like penguins present some incredible tourist attractions. However, these regions pose some health and safety concerns as they are unlike other places on Earth.

Sample 8:

In recent years, an increasing number of adventurers are drawn to the allure of extreme destinations like the Sahara Desert and the Antarctic, pushing the boundaries of traditional tourism. These locales, with their challenging conditions, offer unique experiences but also present considerable challenges. The essence of this essay is to explore both the advantages and disadvantages of visiting such harsh environments, highlighting the transformative experiences alongside the potential risks involved.

One of the most compelling advantages of venturing into these extreme environments is the unparalleled opportunity for personal growth and the acquisition of a deeper appreciation for the planet's diverse ecosystems. For instance, traversing the vast expanses of the Sahara or enduring the icy solitude of the Antarctic allows individuals to experience nature's majesty in its most unadulterated form. These journeys often lead to profound reflections on human resilience and our place within the natural world, fostering a sense of stewardship for these delicate ecosystems. Furthermore, such trips can challenge one's physical and mental limits, offering a unique sense of accomplishment upon overcoming these hurdles.

However, the allure of these destinations is not without its drawbacks. The very conditions that make these places captivating also pose significant risks to visitors. The extreme climates of the Sahara and Antarctic can lead to serious health issues, including dehydration and hypothermia, if not properly prepared. Moreover, the environmental impact of tourism in such fragile environments cannot be overlooked. The increasing footfall in these remote areas threatens their pristine nature, potentially causing irreversible damage to habitats and wildlife. This raises ethical questions about the sustainability of such tourism and the responsibility of tourists and tour operators to minimize their environmental footprint.

In conclusion, the allure of visiting places like the Sahara or Antarctic must be balanced with awareness of potential risks and ethical impacts. It's crucial to approach these adventures with respect for nature, ensuring their preservation for future generations. The responsibility for maintaining this balance rests with each traveler, underscoring the importance of conscientious exploration.

Sample 9:

In recent times, an increasing number of adventurers are setting their sights on destinations known for their challenging conditions, such as the vast expanse of the Sahara Desert or the icy wilderness of the Antarctic. This trend raises questions about the benefits and drawbacks for those intrepid enough to explore these environments. This essay will delve into the advantages of such travels, including the enrichment of personal experience and contribution to local economies, as well as the potential downsides, namely environmental impact and safety risks.

The allure of visiting these remote locations lies not just in the beauty and uniqueness of the landscapes but also in the profound personal growth and understanding they offer. Tourists often find that overcoming the physical and mental challenges posed by these harsh environments leads to a significant sense of accomplishment and self-discovery. Additionally, these expeditions can bring much-needed economic benefits to local communities. By engaging with small-scale tourism services, visitors can contribute to the sustainability of these areas, supporting conservation efforts and creating jobs in regions where opportunities may be limited.

However, the disadvantages of tourism in such extreme conditions cannot be overlooked. The environmental footprint of travel to these pristine locations is a growing concern. The delicate ecosystems of the Sahara and Antarctic are vulnerable to disturbance from increased human activity, potentially leading to irreversible damage. Furthermore, the safety risks associated with these adventures are considerable. The extreme weather conditions, potential for getting lost, and lack of immediate medical services present significant challenges and dangers to tourists, often requiring costly rescue operations.

In conclusion, the allure of venturing into the Sahara or Antarctic is compelling, yet it necessitates a balance between personal gain and the safeguarding of these fragile environments. Responsible tourism, mindful of environmental and safety impacts, is essential. Such travels promise adventure and self-discovery, but they also require a deep commitment to conservation and personal responsibility.

Sample 10:

Over the last few years, there has been a significant increase in the number of people travelling to inhabitable or hostile places. Most of them are driven by a passion to achieve something that few others have been able to achieve. They want to experience the adrenalin rush that such expeditions bring on.

Travelling to difficult places has both advantages and disadvantages. One of the biggest benefits of undertaking difficult journeys is that they improve one’s confidence in one’s abilities. While the journey can be physically and mentally exhausting, the exhilaration that one experiences upon its successful completion is not something that can be described in mere words. It is this need to test one’s limits that propelled sailors like Magellan and Columbus to sail around the world and discover unknown lands. It is this need to conquer the unknown that encourages people to climb mountains. And there are many takers for this trend. Adventure tourism is growing by leaps and bounds. People are aware of the risks, yet they want to experience the thrill. So, they set out on difficult journeys.

On the flip side, difficult journeys can be extremely dangerous. Things can go against our plans. Lots of travellers have died while trekking difficult mountains or rafting in turbulent rivers. There are also many adventure travellers who sustain serious injuries that leave them immobile for the rest of their lives. Another drawback of such journeys is that if the travellers go missing or find themselves in trouble, the governments may have to launch costly rescue operations.

To conclude, difficult journeys are extremely thrilling. They are equally dangerous; yet many people undertake them because they want to test their limits and conquer the unknown.

Sample 11:

Tourism has acquired diverse dimensions over the years. Today, a large number of people are heading to places where conditions are pretty hostile. There are both advantages and disadvantages to this trend and I will discuss both of them in this essay.

On the one hand, there are many advantages to visiting remote areas. Firstly, tourism strengthens the economic conditions of such places. With more tourists arriving in a country the economy of that country grows manifold. Secondly, tourism industry is the main provider of employment in such areas where people cannot find any other means to earn a livelihood. Thirdly, to support tourism many roads and hotels are built in remote areas. These facilities are also used by locals and hence, they too are benefited.

On the other hand, this kind of tourism has its disadvantages too. Firstly, local people find it difficult / challenging to share the already scarce natural resources with tourists. For instance, water is already scarce in the desert areas and with more tourists coming in the life becomes really hard for locals. Secondly, many places in the Antarctic and Himalayas are already under threat due to the influx of tourists.

To conclude, in my opinion, the positive aspects of visiting dangerous places like Sahara and Antarctica outweigh the negative aspects. What’s more, tourists can take certain measures to ensure that you are not causing much damage to these ecologically sensitive areas. For example, they can ensure that they do not litter around.

Sample 12:

Nowadays, the trend of visiting a place where the conditions are harsh has peaked. People often prefer going to places like the Sahara Desert or the Antarctic. This essay discusses various advantages and downsides of travelling to these places.

There are two main benefits to spending a holiday at a place where conditions are tough. Firstly, it is often claimed that many people enjoy adventurous trips, and such places are the perfect choice for them. Visiting these places gives travellers the experience of a lifetime, which makes the pain taken to travel to these places worthwhile. Secondly, places with harsh conditions are generally cut off from the rest of the world. As a result of this, we hardly know anything about their culture and lifestyle. Travelling to these places enables people to mingle with natives and learn about their culture.

On the other hand, there are apparent drawbacks to visiting a location with extreme conditions. To begin with, these places can pose a risk to the health of a traveller. It is quite possible for people who visit such destinations to fall ill due to the unbearably hot or cold weather, which, in turn, can spoil their entire vacation. Furthermore, it is often argued that these trips are usually not pocket-friendly as a lot of extra arrangements need to be made for these excursions. For instance, if someone plans to explore an extremely cold place, he will have to spend a huge amount of money buying appropriate winter clothing.

In conclusion, although travelling to difficult places is an opportunity to gain invaluable experience, such trips are not economical, and they may even impact one’s health adversely.

Sample 1:

It is argued that economic progress in wealthy countries cannot enable their citizens to feel more satisfied. Although I admit that greater affluence can give rise to work demands and widen the gap between social classes, I mostly disagree with this notion since it ensures greater sense of comfort among people in the form of enhanced living conditions and effective solutions to community concerns.

On the one hand, I concede that the citizens of a prosperous nation might not experience greater happiness as a result of further economic prosperity in several aspects. The first one is that individuals often assume a greater workload. More specifically, in order to expand the economy, businesses have to boost their productivity and foster innovation, which normally translates into extended working hours. This may leave employees less time for their personal lives, leading to exacerbating their mental health issues such as stress and depression. Furthermore, expanding the economy has the potential to increase income inequality. This is because the benefits of economic growth are often concentrated in the hands of a few magnates or corporations, rather than being shared equally among all citizens. As a result, employees receiving minimal, or no wage increments may feel discontented.

On the other hand, I consider improving the economy is associated with increased happiness among citizens for several reasons. Most noticeably, an increase in wealth can also result in improved quality of life. Those living in a thriving economy can be offered better living conditions, improved infrastructure and greater access to leisure and entertainment. Therefore, their level of satisfaction can be higher. Another justification is the financial ability to address social problems. To be more specific, economic growth can provide resources for governments to tackle social problems like poverty, inequality and unemployment. If people see that their government is taking action to address these issues, they may feel more optimistic and content with their lives.

In conclusion, while increased wealth can trigger a higher volume of work and income disparity in society, I am of the opinion that it greatly contributes to one’s fulfilment due to better living standards and social issues being tackled to establish more pleasant communities. It is advisable that nations should continue to boost their economic affluence while considering their people’s happiness.

Sample 2:

Some experts claim that once a country has reached a certain level of economic development, any further increase in economic wealth does not result in greater satisfaction for its citizens. However, while there is a boundary to what money can do, I argue that economic growth still plays a key role in improving the quality of life for citizens in a country.

On the one hand, beyond a certain point, economic growth does not necessarily equal increased satisfaction for citizens. Firstly, a person's happiness does not solely rely on a country's wealth. There are other factors, such as social relationships and physical and mental health. For instance, economic growth may not benefit those who suffer from intractable diseases. Secondly, in some cases, the economic development of a country may not lead to an increase in the incomes of the poor. To illustrate, for some poor people, there are financial barriers that limit their access to education, employment, or other resources necessary to participate in the economy.

On the other hand, economic growth can have a positive impact on citizen satisfaction, even in rich countries. For example, economic growth can result in the creation of new job opportunities, which can lead to higher levels of employment and a lower rate of poverty. Additionally, a country's expansion of its economy can improve its global standing. A rich country can have a more prominent role in international affairs, which can lead to greater influence and better diplomatic relations, thereby providing its citizens with more opportunities and benefits.

In conclusion, while there is some merit to the argument that economic growth may not have a significant impact on citizen satisfaction beyond a certain point, I believe that it is still essential for wealthy countries to continue to strive for economic growth.

Sample 3:

Whether economic growth in a well-off country would increase its citizens’ satisfaction has become a topic of discussion. In my opinion, I agree that while there is a limit to what money can bring, an increase in a country’s economic situation would always delight the people.

First, economic wealth is only a part of life satisfaction, therefore, it can only please people to an extent. From my point of view, there is a limitation of material possessions that a person could hoard. Most people only need a roof over their head, food and money that are used to pay for other necessities. Therefore, once these needs are fulfilled, a surplus of other properties is no longer desirable. Additionally, a person’s satisfaction is not made of economic wealth alone but also of their well-being and relationships. To be more specific, a person could be the richest, yet if he were to suffer from a prolonged illness, he would not achieve true satisfaction.

On the other hand, I believe that however prosperous a country is, additional economic growth would always appease its citizens. There are aspects that only a nation’s monetary reserve can solve, thus, the larger the reserve becomes, the more problems it can tackle. Take road infrastructure for example, even if a person drives the most expensive car but the road is bumpy, he would not be able to fully enjoy the experience. In these cases, a country’s economic wealth is important since more money equals better infrastructure. Furthermore, an abundance of possessions will lead to advancements in technology and healthcare. These in turn will benefit its citizens beyond materialistic satisfaction.

In conclusion, although people require more than wealth to be appeased, I strongly support the view that economic prosperity will result in increased satisfaction of a nation’s citizens.

Sample 4:

Many people believe that the additional increase in the national wealth of an affluent country does not necessarily lead to increased satisfaction and happiness among citizens. I completely agree with this opinion because individuals cannot derive more satisfaction from increased wealth due to hedonic adaptation and income disparity.

To begin with, additional economic growth for an already rich country does not make citizens happier because of the hedonic treadmill. Humans tend to adapt to their new circumstances over time. That is to say that as people become richer, they are likely to adjust their desires and expectations accordingly. What was once deemed luxury may turn into a new baseline, driving to a perpetual pursuit of even more material possessions. This phenomenon is termed as the hedonic treadmill. By way of illustration, a person who shifts into a larger apartment may initially be more satisfied, but that satisfaction may gradually decrease as he adapts to his new standard of living and wants to pursue further development.

Likewise, economic growth by a nation cannot make individuals happier as there is always a huge income disparity. In an affluent society, income inequality may prevail, and individuals are likely to compare their status and wealth to those who are wealthier, leading to dissatisfaction. In simple words, if there are considerable disparities in wealth and status within the society, then people in the lower socioeconomic tier may feel dissatisfied despite overall economic growth. A case in point is the Occupy Wall Street movement in the United States, a country with the most robust economy. In 2011, the movement emerged out of concern for growing income inequality.

In conclusion, this essay finds that beyond a particular point, the additional economic wealth cannot lead to a proportional increase in individuals’ contentment due to the hedonic treadmill and income inequality.

Sample 5:

Many people assert that when a country is already affluent, further increases in economic wealth do not necessarily lead to greater satisfaction among its citizens. I tend to agree with this opinion, and in this essay, I will delve into the reasons supporting this viewpoint.

To begin with, once a nation reaches a certain level of economic prosperity, the correlation between wealth and happiness tends to weaken significantly. Research has shown that beyond a certain income threshold that fulfills basic needs and provides a reasonable standard of living, the pursuit of additional wealth does not correspond to a commensurate increase in overall life satisfaction. This is often referred to as the "satiation point," where people experience diminishing returns on their happiness from accumulating more wealth. A study conducted in several developed countries found that individuals who earned above a certain income threshold reported only marginal gains in their life satisfaction as their income increased further.

Moreover, the pursuit of relentless economic growth in already affluent countries can come at the expense of other critical aspects of well-being, such as social cohesion, work-life balance, and environmental sustainability. The prioritization of economic growth above all else can lead to increased stress, longer working hours, and a greater sense of insecurity, which can negatively impact citizens' overall quality of life. For instance, in some highly developed nations, the emphasis on economic growth has led to work cultures characterized by long hours, limited vacation time, and a lack of job security, contributing to stress and reduced life satisfaction.

In conclusion, I concur with the notion that in wealthy countries, the relentless pursuit of economic growth may not significantly enhance citizens' overall satisfaction. Beyond a certain point, the benefits of increased wealth may become marginal, while the negative consequences, such as reduced work-life balance can erode well-being.

Sample 6:

It is often argued by some people that citizens of wealthy countries do not become any more satisfied with their lives as the country’s economic wealth increases. I completely agree with this viewpoint.

Firstly, there is no evidence to suggest that people living in wealthy countries are any more or less satisfied with their lives than those from poorer nations. In fact, rates of suicide, depression, and other mental health issues are often higher in wealthier nations, such as Australia, America, and the UK, when compared to many poor countries. The country of Bhutan, for example, is known as the happiest country in the world, even though the country itself is considered to be relatively poor. America, on the other hand, is one of the most economically powerful countries in the world, and yet suffers from high rates of depression and mental health issues, which could be considered as significant factors when measuring life satisfaction.

Furthermore, it is reasonable to suggest that excessive wealth can actually have detrimental consequences among many people. For example, there are numerous cases where people with vast amounts of wealth have unsuccessfully tried to find happiness through the acquisition of material possessions, such as expensive cars and luxury clothing, only to continually find themselves feeling lonely and empty. This perhaps suggests that it is not how much money people have, but what they do with their money and their time that contributes to their overall feeling of life satisfaction. In addition, there are many factors which may contribute to life satisfaction, and this will vary from culture to culture.

In conclusion, I do not believe that people in wealthy countries stand to gain any higher levels of life satisfaction from the economic growth of their nation as there are many factors involved in measuring personal levels of happiness and contentment within society that are not necessarily connected to wealth.

Sample 7:

Experts have argued that a country's affluence only satisfies its population to a certain degree, and further economic growth offers no additional satisfaction among citizens. I completely agree with this statement, as education and healthcare contribute more to citizen satisfaction.

As a country becomes more prosperous, people may become more focused on academic status and knowledge rather than absolute levels of wealth. This is because an already-wealthy country may have more resources to invest in education and research, increasing the emphasis on knowledge and intellectual pursuits. Additionally, in more affluent societies, there may be a cultural shift towards valuing academic achievements to gain social status and prestige. These countries may also face new challenges and opportunities requiring higher education and knowledge. For example, as technology advances and new industries emerge, such as interstellar travel, there may be greater demand for skilled astronauts and innovators who possess specialized knowledge and expertise from higher education investment rather than purely funds.

Furthermore, in affluent societies, additional increases in wealth do not equate to happiness; instead, people's sense of well-being is determined mainly by the quality of their healthcare services. When people's basic needs for food, water, and shelter are met, they may focus on other areas of their lives, most prominently their health and well-being. People also feel more secure when they know their government is providing them with quality healthcare needed to maintain good health. As access to healthcare is improved, citizens can better care for their health and the health of their families, leading to a healthier and happier population.

In conclusion, when a nation is already financially secure, more money does not bring its residents fulfillment. However, investments in education and healthcare may have a more significant impact.

Sample 8:

In recent years, the number of countries which can be considered wealthy has been increasing rapidly. Interestingly, there is a commonly held belief that any additional growth in materialistic wealth would not result in higher satisfaction among its citizens when a country has already achieved financial stability. In my opinion, I completely agree with this notion.

The main point for my argument is that besides financial wealth, happiness is also derived from many other sources. These include having good physical and mental health, being able to spend time with one's family or doing things which one loves. A survey carried out in a number of developed countries has pointed out the majority of people prioritize these factors over monetary wealth. This is a testament to the statement that becoming ridiculously rich doesn't make a person much more satisfied with his/her life.

Another reason why I do not see much value in astronomical wealth is that once physiological needs have been met, people tend to have no further use for money. Quite the contrary, obsession with money can turn into a never- ending race with the finish line being various mental issues for the ones involved. In addition, wealth, historically, has been generated at the expense of the well-being of nature; and no money can make people feel happy living in polluted environments.

However, we have to admit that financial freedom is still a goal that many people share and that being able to make extra money would make our lives a little bit easier. Being able to save up would allow people to plan better for the next stages of their lives, resulting in higher overall fulfillment.

To conclude, I believe being able to cover basic needs should be enough to make most people contend with their lives. However, it cannot be denied that having access to extra wealth can bring about certain benefits to both individuals and society as a whole.

Sample 9:

Some have opined that a country’s wealth provides diminishing returns to the citizenry’s satisfaction. In other words, past a certain level of prosperity, a country may not be able to make the inhabitants any more pleased. I am inclined to agree with this statement, despite opposing viewpoints.

There are some reasons to believe that the population’s happiness scales with economic growth. The primary explanation, I suppose, is that an economically developed nation can afford to spend more on social programs. Possible benefits would include improvement to welfare, and free public education for children, all of which pay significant dividends in terms of happiness among the citizenries. Another belief, meanwhile, maintains that in a successful economy, the entire society is advantaged thanks to the trickle-down effect. To roughly explain, during a growth period, the elite will raise spending, causing trade to flourish, and consequently, businesses will be paying higher wages to their workers, spreading the benefit to all. Even the lower rungs of society can experience more satisfaction as a result of this development.

On the other hand, the idea that people’s happiness will grow as long as the economy does is not exempt from scrutiny. When additional wealth is generated but other contributing factors to optimism are not proportionally improved, the population is less likely to feel more content. In the case of environmental cleanliness, people can become disgruntled if no money from economic growth is used for conserving the environment, resulting in them living in filth. Law and order are also consequential in this regard. While a country may be affluent, refusing to enforce the law would demoralize the populace, because ordinary people see that criminals roam free and unpunished. Certainly, there are prominent ways where economic development fails to translate into citizens’ pleasure as it progresses.

In conclusion, while prosperity can positively affect satisfaction levels, contentment does not always increase with more wealth generated in the economy. The key to improving a population’s happiness, in my opinion, lies in the ability to spread growth across a multitude of factors.

Sample 10:

Economic growth is one of the top priorities of every state around the world. However, some experts believe that rich nations with any additional increase in economic wealth are unable to create more satisfaction for their citizens. Personally, I hold a different perspective on this notion.

On the one hand, it is argued that individuals from improved societies may not experience greater pleasure because of the heavy workload. Due to the tasks of expanding the economy, businesses are required to boost their productivity and foster innovative progress, leading to increased working hours. Therefore, people may have less time for leisure activities, causing stress and pressure which are the two main indicators when measuring the happiness index in a certain country. For instance, being the most developed economy in the world, the U.S. has the highest suicide rate globally.

On the other hand, I am of the opinion that growth in the economy is positively associated with happiness for several reasons. Firstly, it is undeniable that citizens from richer countries can have a higher living standard, including better living conditions with modern facilities and more chances to access the top education system and the world-class healthcare system. As a result, the world has witnessed a huge flow of people from underdeveloped and developing regions migrating to developed nations with the hope of a brighter future. Secondly, with a prosperous economy, wealthier countries can have more resources to overcome social issues, such as unemployment, environmental damage and inequality. To illustrate, during the COVID-19 pandemic, while poorer countries were struggling to meet their citizens' basic needs, including food, medicine and accommodation, individuals from richer ones can easily overcome the pandemic with financial support from their governments.

In conclusion, while growth in the economy can lead to a more stressful workload, I firmly assert that this development contributes significantly to an individual's fulfilment thanks to a higher living standard and social issues being addressed. It is advisable that countries should continuously develop their economies to increase the happiness of their residents.

Sample 1:

The vast majority of people have recently decided to have a smaller number of children, a trend which has become ubiquitous, especially in rich countries. Considering the skyrocketing living cost and environmental degradation, I see it as a positive development. The following paragraphs are going to elucidate this idea in detail.

Constant increase of living expenditure is pushing parents to keep their family size small. Especially, when it comes to a baby, in many senses, the rearing cost is much higher than the living cost of an average adult. In fact, in this modern era, the luxury needs have become basic ones, and parents are obliged to buy these items as per their children’s demand because of the emotional attachment with the babies. To illustrate, regardless of their affordability, sometimes parents are bound to buy expensive gadgets for their children without a second thought, which can lead them towards further financial difficulties and eventually entrap them into a vicious cycle of poverty. Also, the basic needs like children’s proper education, nutritious food intake and healthcare all are getting sky high expensive day by day. These are the key reasons why parents are getting demotivated to have more children.

However, I strongly support this trend because many nations are struggling to cope with their population in terms of meeting their basic needs. In addition, overpopulation has a damaging impact on various aspects. Take the environment as an example; numerous studies have found that there is a direct link between population density and level of air pollution. There is no doubt that more industries are needed to feed the growing population, and as a result, there will be more polluted air quality and water body. Also, some global issues like deforestation and greenhouse gases are the effects of overpopulation. To curb this situation, the going for fewer children policy is much appreciated.

In conclusion, the relentless rise of the current world’s living expenses is one of the key catalysts behind resorting to fewer children policy, and this change is much appreciated considering people’s subsistence earning and the dire environmental impact.

Sample 2:

In contemporary society, particularly within affluent nations, a notable shift towards opting for smaller families or foregoing parenthood altogether has emerged. This trend, driven by factors such as personal freedom and economic considerations, warrants a nuanced discussion. The ensuing paragraphs will delve into the motivations behind this societal shift and evaluate its implications.

Economic constraints stand as a primary driver for many choosing to limit their family size. In developed countries, the cost of living, coupled with the expenses associated with raising children—ranging from education to healthcare—can be daunting. The pursuit of career ambitions further compounds this issue, as balancing professional growth with parenting demands significant sacrifices. For instance, the necessity to secure a stable financial foundation before considering parenthood often results in delayed childbearing or decisions against it. Moreover, societal advancements have fostered a climate where individualism and personal achievement are highly valued, influencing many to prioritize personal development and leisure over traditional family roles.

Conversely, environmental concerns and a heightened awareness of global overpopulation have prompted some individuals to consciously decide against having children. This decision is often influenced by the ethical stance on minimizing one's carbon footprint and contributing to more sustainable population levels, a viewpoint that has particularly resonated with the younger generation. This emerging environmental consciousness, coupled with a profound desire to contribute positively to the planet's future, underscores a significant shift towards more responsible family planning decisions. Furthermore, this perspective is increasingly supported by social and digital media platforms, amplifying the message and encouraging a broader acceptance of such life choices.

In conclusion, the trend of having fewer children or none at all is multifaceted, rooted in economic realities, personal aspirations, and environmental conscientiousness. While it poses challenges to traditional societal structures and population demographics, it also reflects an adaptive response to contemporary global issues. As society continues to evolve, these personal decisions will likely remain integral to discussions on sustainable living and societal well-being.

Sample 3:

In an era marked by profound shifts in societal norms, the trend towards smaller families or eschewing parenthood has become increasingly pronounced, especially in developed countries. This evolution, rooted in the quest for personal fulfillment and environmental stewardship, sets the stage for a critical examination. The forthcoming analysis will explore the underpinnings of this phenomenon, considering both the quest for personal autonomy and the imperative of ecological sustainability.

The pursuit of personal and professional aspirations has significantly influenced individual decisions regarding family size. In developed nations, where education and career opportunities abound, many prioritize achieving personal milestones and financial stability before embarking on the journey of parenthood. This delay or avoidance of childrearing is further compounded by the economic realities of raising children in high cost living environments. The emphasis on personal development and the desire for a lifestyle unencumbered by the traditional responsibilities of parenting reflect a broader societal shift towards valuing individual choice and flexibility. For example, the ability to travel, pursue higher education, and engage in career advancement without the constraints of parenthood underscores a growing preference for lifestyles that prioritize personal growth and experiences.

Simultaneously, an acute awareness of environmental challenges and the global population's impact on Earth's resources has led to a conscientious decision-making process regarding procreation. Many individuals, particularly the younger generation, are adopting a forward-thinking approach to family planning, motivated by the desire to mitigate the environmental impact of human activity. This eco-conscious mindset is manifesting in the choice to have fewer children or none, as a means of contributing to a more sustainable future for the planet. The recognition of overpopulation's role in exacerbating environmental degradation, climate change, and resource scarcity underscores the ethical dimension of family planning in contemporary discourse.

In conclusion, the trends of having fewer children or opting out of parenthood altogether mirror a complex interplay of personal ambition, economic considerations, and environmental concerns. This reflection of changing societal values and priorities not only heralds a redefinition of family and success but also illustrates a collective response to the pressing challenges of our time. As such, these choices, while personal, resonate with broader implications for societal evolution and environmental preservation.

Sample 4:

These days, it is trendy to have one or no children. Modern couples like to establish smaller nuclear families for career and social stability, especially in developed nations such as Canada and France. This recent family planning has a significant impact on both the current and future local and global communities. Although some people may argue that it is a negative trend to have one or no child, I believe it is a positive development as it both improves the quality of life for family and environment for humanity.

Nowadays, single or no-child families generally experience a higher level of socioeconomic status as well as a lower level of daily stress. When both parents can dedicate more of their time to their career in an ever-increasingly expensive society, they are able to earn significantly more money which they can spend on luxuries such as a large house and yearly vacations. This is more easily attained with one or no child, as children are expensive and time demanding. My uncle has only one child and therefore has the opportunity to earn over 100 million rupees a year which enables a luxurious life with all of the finer amenities and to go on vacation to Goa each year to decompress and bond with his wife and my cousin. As many modern couples are aware of such cases as my uncle’s, this is one of several reasons they are choosing to have a single child or none.

Furthermore, the eight billion people on the planet are putting great pressure on nature and this number must decrease in order to alleviate pollution. When parents choose to have a single child or none, they are essentially contributing to the generational decline of the human population, thereby creating less water, air, and land pollution in the future through decreased consumption. Every single human creates a significant carbon footprint on the planet through their daily needs and wants. Of course, my uncle’s son requires food, care, and toys growing up, and even more once he becomes an adult. With each additional offspring, this would demand would multiply. Therefore, I think that having small nuclear families is a positive for the future of humans as a species and the planet.

In conclusion, having one or no children leads to stable family life and a sustainable environment. As a result, I am strongly in favor of supporting parents’ decisions in building such family dynamics. After all, it is better to have fewer children today and a future for tomorrow.

Sample 5:

Many people today, particularly in developed nations, are opting to have fewer or no children at all. This phenomenon has become increasingly prevalent, and I consider it a positive trend. In the following essay, I will discuss the reasons behind this shift and argue why it benefits society.

The relentless rise in the cost of living is a significant driver behind the decision of many couples to limit the size of their families. Raising a child, in reality, has become substantially more expensive in recent years. Beyond the basic necessities of life, there is now a growing demand for luxury goods, often driven by emotional attachments to one’s children. For instance, parents sometimes feel compelled to purchase expensive gadgets for their children, even if it strains their finances. Additionally, providing children with a quality education, nutritious meals, and healthcare has become increasingly costly. These financial pressures are a compelling reason for couples to have fewer children.

I am in favor of this trend because it helps address critical issues related to population growth. To begin with, overpopulation places immense pressure on resources and the environment. For instance, studies have consistently shown a direct correlation between population density and increased levels of air pollution. This is largely due to the increased demand for more industries to sustain a growing population, leading to further deterioration of air and water quality. Furthermore, global challenges like deforestation and greenhouse gas emissions are exacerbated by overpopulation. Hence, embracing policies that promote having fewer children can help mitigate these environmental problems.

In conclusion, the soaring cost of living is a key factor driving the trend of having fewer children, and I view this change positively. It not only eases the financial burden on families but also contributes to addressing pressing environmental issues caused by overpopulation.

Sample 6:

Nowadays, in advanced countries, couples decide to have one or no child due to several reasons. However, I think it is a constructive step which supports the development of the individuals and nation.

To begin with, one of the reasons why people in progressive nations plan to have a lesser number of children is that they give preference to their personal growth. To explain, since children are additional responsibility, people cannot invest much time in their careers whereas if they are child-free voluntarily, they can focus and work for it. For example, scientists and other professionals whose job demands constant efforts prefer to have a single or no child to make their life easier and manageable.

Additionally, another factor which promotes single or no-child families is that they experience better financial status. To elaborate, when partners have more children, a large sum of money is required for their schooling and health care while spouses having no child can utilize that amount to improve their lifestyle. For instance, the people who have fewer children can expend on tours and luxuries because they have comparatively minimum expenditure.

In my opinion, the trend of having fewer or no children is a progressive change as it ensures the sustainability of the country. To expand, this family planning not only strengthens the financial security of the country but also evades the consequences of population explosion. A case in point is that many developing nations such as China have started to implement the policy of single child as a measure to improve the living standard in that country.

To conclude, it is a positive choice that partners choose to have fewer children or none at all as it favours both individuals as well as national growth.

Sample 1:

Many people today often debate the relevance of studying the past to current behavior. There are those who believe that this is a fruitless endeavor, since we should focus on the unique circumstances of today rather than the different nature of society in the past. On the other hand, I argue that the problems we face as a society have often already been faced by previous generations, and as such, history will have something to teach us.

There are those who believe that due to the ever-changing material conditions of society, we should focus more on the present in order to solve issues. Over the last 100 years, technology has transformed society to a point where the problems we face today can arguably be said to be much more complex than the past: to limit ourselves to previous solutions instead of delving into modern problems is the equivalent of an intellectual straightjacket. For example, issues such as climate change could be said to be unique to our current age and will require us to examine our own society.

On the other hand, as Mark Twain once said: “History doesn't repeat itself, but it does rhyme”. This means that even though the problems we face might not be identical, it is nonetheless fundamentally similar to what previous generations of humans have undergone. Therefore, studying history allows us to not repeat the same mistakes of the past. For example, since the 1940s, we have learned never to go to war on a worldwide scale again, kicking off a period of unprecedented peace.

Overall, thus, I argue that while we should adapt to present circumstances, there is still much to be learned from the past to help understand the issues of today.

Sample 2:

Some believe that history fails to facilitate people’s understanding, while opponents argue that acquiring historical knowledge can aid in informing individuals about contemporary times. This essay will elaborate on both sides and the reasons why I am in favour of the former.

On the one hand, gaining insight into past events can be beneficial for individuals to have a better understanding of the contemporary world because they can explore the roots of current problems. As a result, severe consequences and potential damage can be prevented from happening. To illustrate, by studying their country’s history, Vietnamese people can understand that the main reason behind the high deformity rate in some central provinces in Vietnam is the dumping of Agent Orange used by Americans in the Vietnam War (1954-1975). Thus, those suffering from this dioxin are discouraged from having children to avoid the spread of health problems and the number of disabled people induced by it.

On the other hand, the notion that learning history is pointless is sound for two reasons. The first is that it can be irrelevant to modern life. More specifically, historical events often bring no practical value to people’s present life. In other words, people may find it hard to apply what they obtain from history lessons into practice because society today bears little resemblance to the past. Another justification is that students prefer learning subjects that benefit their job prospects instead of allocating a large amount of time to researching history and remembering historical dates and facts. For instance, most Vietnamese high school students confess that they are reluctant to opt for history in the school curriculum because they cannot utilize knowledge about historical events and figures in their personal lives and future careers.

In conclusion, both perspectives have their own justifications. However, I advocate the view that knowing more about the past fails to inform people about the present life since history mostly bears little relevance to modern life and brings no value to enhancing their career path. It is advisable that schools should prioritize other subjects that facilitate students’ future jobs.

Sample 3:

Many feel that the study of the past does little to inform the present while others believe it can help aid understanding. In my opinion, history certainly holds insights, but they are so deeply woven into a specific context so as to be as misleading as enlightening.

Those who argue in favour of learning from history can point to the importance of understanding a culture. A frequently cited example of this is the war between Vietnam and the United States in the mid-1960s to early 1970s. Both before and during the war, the United States President and his advisors understood little about the history of Vietnam with its successive invasions from foreign nations including China and Japan. A deeper understanding of the unity and resilience of Vietnam might have led them to make different decisions regarding splitting the country in half and the escalation of ground troops. Mistakes born of ignorance take place all the time in international relations and even domestic politics.

Regardless, history only holds lessons for the keenest observers. Every historical moment passes through a complex set of circumstances, many of which are hidden from history books, and cannot be reduced to simple lessons. For example, the Vietnam war is often summed up with the platitude that it is impossible to invade and occupy a foreign nation. This ignores the myriad reasons that led to defeat and supposes that other conflicts are identical. After the invasion of Iraq proved to be a quagmire, many relished the historical lessons of Vietnam without considering the very diverse set of circumstances that led to failure in each country. There are certainly insights to be gained from studying past conflicts, but they will rarely result in fixed, black and white rules applicable to every new situation.

In conclusion, history is not a simple road map for the future. Those who are too avid to accept seemingly apparent lessons are doomed to lead themselves astray and make new mistakes.

Sample 4:

The debate over the relevance of history is as old as time itself, with opinions diverging between its essentiality for understanding the present and its perceived irrelevance. This essay asserts that while history might seem distant, it holds invaluable lessons for contemporary society, focusing on the insights it offers into human behavior and societal evolution.

Opponents of historical study argue that the past, with its different contexts and challenges, has little to offer in the face of modern advancements and societal shifts. They posit that dedicating resources to studying bygone eras diverts attention from pressing contemporary issues, such as technological innovation and climate change, which require forward-thinking solutions. This perspective, however, overlooks history's role in shaping our present-day ethics, laws, and societal norms. For instance, understanding the factors leading to historical conflicts can guide current diplomatic strategies, preventing repetition of past mistakes.

Conversely, advocates for historical study emphasize its critical role in informing present-day decisions and cultural comprehension. History is not a mere chronicle of dates and events but a mirror reflecting the perennial nature of human struggles, achievements, and aspirations. It offers a reservoir of experience from which we can draw wisdom, avoiding the pitfalls of our predecessors. The abolition of slavery and the progression of women's rights serve as prime examples, illustrating how historical movements have paved the way for contemporary social justice initiatives.

In conclusion, while some may view history as a relic, its profound impact on shaping societal norms and guiding future actions cannot be overstated. This essay champions the view that history, by providing a lens through which to view human behavior and societal changes, is indispensable for understanding the present and envisioning a better future. Thus, rather than sidelining history, we should embrace its lessons, recognizing its power to illuminate the path forward.

Sample 5:

The significance of history in shaping contemporary society is often debated, with views ranging from it being obsolete to crucial for understanding present realities. This essay posits that history is fundamentally vital, providing insights into cultural identities and informing future progress, specifically through understanding cultural heritage and informing policy development.

Critics of emphasizing historical study often argue that it anchors us to the past, limiting innovation and adaptation to new challenges. They claim that in a rapidly evolving world, focus should pivot towards future possibilities rather than past occurrences. However, this perspective dismisses the lessons gleaned from historical successes and failures. For instance, the technological advancements of the Industrial Revolution offer invaluable lessons on balancing innovation with societal impact, highlighting the importance of foresight in progress.

Proponents of historical study, on the other hand, underscore its indispensable role in cultivating a sense of identity and guiding informed decision-making. Through the lens of history, we can trace the evolution of cultural norms and values, understanding the roots of contemporary societal structures. This comprehension fosters a deeper connection to our heritage, enriching our sense of belonging and community. Furthermore, historical case studies, such as the implementation of public health measures during the Spanish Flu pandemic, demonstrate history’s capacity to inform effective policy-making in crisis situations, proving its relevance in addressing modern challenges.

In conclusion, dismissing history as irrelevant to present concerns overlooks its profound contribution to our understanding of societal identity and its guidance in navigating future challenges. This essay affirms the indispensable role of history in not only connecting us to our cultural roots but also in equipping us with the wisdom to forge a prudent path forward. By embracing our historical heritage, we lay the foundation for a more informed and cohesive society.

Sample 6:

The investigation of past eras is deemed futile by some individuals, while others contend that it can provide valuable insights into contemporary existence. Nonetheless, in my view, although knowledge of bygone times may not directly affect current life, it does serve as a window into the evolution of humankind. I will elaborate on this notion extensively in the essay.

History may have little to offer in certain situations, such as in the field of technological innovation. While historical events and technological achievements are significant, the rapid pace of technological change in the modern world means that looking to the past for guidance may not always be productive. For example, insights gained by a historian studying the impact of print media on society from the invention of the printing press in the 15^th century would not necessarily help an engineer in solving contemporary technological problems. Therefore, history may have little relevance to today's technological challenges.

Nevertheless, learning about history has been undeniably helpful to society, as it allows us to gain a better understanding of the present. By understanding the successes and failures of previous civilizations, we can learn from their mistakes and build on their achievements, creating a more prosperous and equitable future. For example, the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989 was a momentous event that allowed people from the previously divided city to reunite and rebuild their lives together. By studying the circumstances that led to the construction and eventual fall of the Wall, we can gain a better understanding of the political, social, and economic factors that influence the development of nations and the formation of borders.

In summary, despite the perspective held by some that the past has little relevance to contemporary life, I firmly believe that learning about historical events is essential because it provides us with lessons for applying in the current events and shaping our future.

Sample 7:

The role and relevance of history in contemporary society has been debated for centuries. Some individuals argue that studying history has no value, while others believe that it offers a valuable insight into our past and can inform our understanding of the present. In this essay, I will discuss both views and provide my own opinion on the matter.

On the one hand, those who argue that history is irrelevant believe that it has no bearing on our modern lives. They argue that learning about past events is a waste of time since it does not directly affect our daily lives. For example, understanding the political climate that led to the American Revolution may be interesting, but it is unlikely to help an individual navigate the complexities of modern politics. Furthermore, some individuals argue that history is often biased and subjective, making it difficult to draw any concrete conclusions.

On the other hand, those who see the value of studying history believe that it offers us insight into our past and helps us understand the present. History provides us with an understanding of how we got to where we are today, allowing us to learn from past mistakes and achievements. For instance, understanding the causes of World War II can help prevent future conflicts. History also offers us perspective, reminding us of the progress that has been made and how far we have come. Moreover, studying history can help us understand the complexities of our current society by showing us how historical events continue to shape our modern world.

In my opinion, studying history is essential for a well-rounded education and a comprehensive understanding of our world. While it may not directly affect our daily lives, history offers us valuable insights into human nature and the forces that have shaped our society. Additionally, it helps us understand how our world has evolved over time and the progress we have made as a civilization.

In conclusion, while some people believe that history is irrelevant, I firmly believe that studying history has a crucial role to play in our society. History provides us with perspective, insight, and an understanding of our past and present. By learning from history, we can work towards a brighter future and a better world for all.

Sample 8:

While some argue that history has nothing significant to teach us, others insist that understanding the past help us better grasp the present. Personally, the second viewpoint is more reasonable since we may be better prepared for the present and future by learning from previous mistakes.

First, some individuals are skeptical of historical accounts because they believe they are biased. In most cases, physical and scientific evidence is insufficient to establish the knowledge. For this reason, many individuals dismiss historical trivia as legends or exaggerations that contribute nothing to modern life. In Vietnam, for instance, archaeologists have uncovered old remains in various locations, but they have yet to match this information with the proper knowledge provided in history books about the ancient kingdom. However, I cannot entirely agree with this idea since a lack of proof does not mean the past is not genuine and irrelevant.

On the other hand, knowledge of history is vital for comprehending the present and future. In reality, by studying the past, not only can we learn from our mistakes and improve our future actions, but we may also be inspired to work harder by hearing about the heroic efforts and personal sacrifices that our ancestors made. In Germany, for instance, educating children about World War II history is a must because of the many lessons and insights it provides for helping them learn from and prevent repeating past errors.

In conclusion, as a result of learning from past mistakes, it is essential to study history so that humans may be better equipped for the present and future.

Sample 9:

While some argue that history has lost relevance in the modern era, others assert that it remains crucial to comprehending contemporary issues and events. I agree with the latter viewpoint because it is what has happened in the past that shapes the world we live in today.

Those claiming that history has little to teach us may believe that the world has changed too much. To be more specific, we are now living in a completely different world where we easily enjoy modern conveniences that did not exist previously, and this can make the past irrelevant. Despite the significant changes that have occurred over time, I think it is important to recognize that our modern conveniences and innovations are built on the knowledge and innovation of previous generations. By studying history, we can gain a deeper understanding of the discoveries and inventions that have paved the way for modern technology.

On the other hand, there are people who argue that learning about history can provide insights into how things nowadays are shaped. For instance, examining Google's history reveals that the company was able to beat the odds and replace Yahoo as the market leader in search because it never stopped improving and innovating. This means that, by understanding how previous generations have responded to challenges and opportunities, we can make more informed decisions about our own lives in both the personal and professional worlds, and this has led me to agree with those who value the importance of history.

In conclusion, although the world has undergone significant changes, I believe the value of history remains undiminished. Ultimately, history provides us with a foundation of knowledge that helps us understand why things are the way they are today.

Sample 10:

Some individuals argue that history does not convey significant value or meaning to contemporary life while others maintain that it greatly contributes to broadening humans’ knowledge about the present. Personally, I agree with the latter statement and will discuss both viewpoints in the following essay.

On the one hand, there are numerous rationales behind the belief that history is irrelevant to present life. Firstly, a series of technological advances nowadays have ushered in an increasingly modernized world which is a far cry from the past one. Consequently, learning the past history could potentially prove worthless because it bears little relation to today’s technological and scientific development globally. Secondly, history is not an entirely objective subject as it is based on various perspectives from different countries and regions. As a result, some historical information may be subjectively distorted or concealed, rendering it less valuable in meaning.

On the other hand, I firmly believe that historical knowledge can help facilitate people’s understanding of the current world, especially technological and scientific progress, by providing the origins of such advancements. For instance, by studying the past discovery of electricity, one can grasp how modern complex devices and machines function utilizing this form of energy. Furthermore, history may also help youngsters profoundly understand their country’s roots, how it has evolved over the course of time and its indigenous cultures which still last until now. This, in turn, can promote a strong sense of belonging and pride among citizens in their own national identity.

In conclusion, despite the assumption that history cannot impart useful information which is relevant to life nowadays, I still hold a strong view that the study of it can shape a better understanding of the present among people for the reasons mentioned above.

Sample 1:

More people are opting for cosmetic operations to alter their physical appearance. There are two reasons behind this tendency including the desire to correct physical deformities and enhancing their self-esteem. However, I believe that it has detrimental impacts on people’s physical and mental well-being.

To commence with, there are two driving factors why more individuals tend to undergo plastic surgery. Chief of these is that some want to address their physical imperfections. More specifically, some people have congenital defects or acquired deformities due to injuries or illnesses and may want to undergo surgery to correct these conditions. Another justification is that they wish to boost their self-esteem. By undergoing procedures such as breast augmentation, nose reshaping or liposuction, people can feel more confident about themselves when it comes to their appearance. As such, they can be motivated to have conversations with others or participate in the entertainment industry.

Nevertheless, I maintain that this propensity has several drawbacks. Most noticeably, people’s physical health can be adversely affected. This is because cosmetic surgery carries a number of risks, including infection, scarring and complications from anesthesia. Therefore, people could suffer from these potential threats, deteriorating their well-being. A case in point is the Brazilian model Andressa Urach, who suffered life-threatening complications after receiving injections of hydrogel to enhance her buttocks. The injections led to a severe infection that spread to her legs, and she required multiple surgeries and a lengthy hospital stay to recover. Furthermore, this trend can also have negative impacts on their mental health. Especially, when the decision to undergo cosmetic surgery stems from unrealistic beauty standards or societal pressure which constantly changes, people are likely to be obsessed with perfecting themselves and feel depressed as they consider that their altered appearance is not up to that standard.

In conclusion, a rising number of people prefer cosmetic surgery to transform their physical appearance since they yearn to correct physical deformities and boost their self-confidence. Nonetheless, I contend that it poses a threat to individuals’ holistic health. It is advisable that only deformities that affect individuals’ well-being should be corrected and elective surgeries require counseling beforehand to avoid unnecessary mental trauma.

Sample 2:

The popularity of cosmetic surgery has increased in recent years, with more and more individuals opting to undergo surgical procedures to alter their physical appearance. This essay will examine some of the possible reasons for this trend and evaluate whether it is a positive or negative development.

There are several reasons why people choose to undergo cosmetic surgery. One of the main reasons is to improve their self-esteem and confidence. By altering their physical appearance, individuals may feel more comfortable in their own skin and gain greater self-assurance in their daily lives. Another reason is to conform to societal beauty standards. For example, many young women and girls may feel pressure to have a small waist, curvy hips, and a large bust, as this body type is often promoted on social media platforms such as Instagram and TikTok. With the rise of social media and celebrity culture, there is increasing pressure to have a certain body type or facial features.

However, this trend toward cosmetic surgery raises ethical concerns. In my opinion, it promotes a narrow and unrealistic definition of beauty, and individuals should be encouraged to accept and embrace their natural appearance. Additionally, there are potential health risks associated with cosmetic surgery. For instance, there have been cases of individuals who developed life-threatening infections after undergoing cosmetic surgery.

In my opinion, while cosmetic surgery can be beneficial for some individuals, it is ultimately a negative development. The pressure to conform to beauty standards and the potential risks associated with these procedures outweigh the benefits of improved self-esteem.

Sample 3:

People worldwide increasingly opt for plastic surgery to enhance their appearance, a trend fueled by the societal emphasis on beauty standards. However, I believe this development is negative as it can harm a person's health.

Cosmetic procedures are in high demand because people want to meet society's expectations for beauty. Those with ideal facial features or body shapes have advantages in social and professional settings. Some professions, such as acting and flight attending, are especially concerned with physical appearance. Even in other job vacancies, recruiters and HR representatives may eliminate candidates who do not meet beauty standards before assessing their skills or experience. In Korea, where appearance is particularly important, plain-looking citizens not only face difficulties in securing jobs but also appearance-based discrimination.

While plastic surgery can offer benefits, it also poses physical and psychological risks. Complications such as infection, scarring, and post-anesthetic issues are common. In severe cases, patients may experience facial dysmorphia, cardiovascular or respiratory complications, or even death. Patients may also become dissatisfied with the results, leading to body dysmorphia disorder, a mental health condition in which they become overly preoccupied with perceived flaws in their appearance. They may also suffer from depression and anxiety or become addicted to plastic surgery, all of which contribute to poor mental health.

In conclusion, the pressure to conform to beauty standards has led to the popularity of the cosmetic surgery industry. However, indulging in plastic beauty can have a negative impact on people's health. Therefore, this trend should be monitored and controlled.

Sample 4:

These days, it is becoming more and more common for people to have cosmetic surgery in an attempt to enhance their appearance. There are several reasons why this trend is becoming more and more popular, and although there are several risks involved with undergoing this type of procedure, I believe it is a positive development overall.

Firstly, there are a number of reasons why people are choosing to have plastic surgery procedures. The most common reason today is to enhance one’s appearance in order to boost their self-esteem and feel more confident and happier within themselves. Whether someone is unhappy about the size of their breasts, the shape of their nose, or the way their skin has lost its youthful appearance, plastic surgery has helped millions of people around the world to feel better about themselves and their appearance. By undergoing cosmetic surgery, people are regaining their self-confidence and leading happier lives as a result, which I believe is a very positive development.

Moreover, undergoing cosmetic surgery for aesthetic purposes is not the only reason driving this recent trend. Thanks to the development of cosmetic surgery techniques, doctors are now able to help people with physical conditions that are negatively impacting their health. For example, there are people suffering from obesity who cannot lose weight, despite dieting and exercise, and in such cases, liposuction is a cosmetic procedure that will help these people lose weight and improve the quality of their life by allowing them to be more active. Furthermore, there are many women who choose to have a breast reduction, as the weight of their breasts can cause severe back problems.

In conclusion, although there have been cases where plastic surgery has been detrimental, overall, I believe that whether it is used to help improve one’s appearance and self-confidence, or simply to improve their physical health, it is helping to improve the lives of millions of people around the world.

Sample 5:

In recent years, more and more individuals are in favor of cosmetic surgery as a way to enhance their physical appearance and overall health. Personally, I believe that this is a negative phenomenon and will provide my perspective in the essay below.

There are many rationales behind the inclination towards plastic surgery among the public. Firstly, a large number of them, especially the numerous artists working in the fashion industry and show business, decided to alter their appearance for career progression purposes. For instance, many globally famous singers have rapidly climbed the career ladder ever since their successful plastic surgeries. Secondly, some kinds of cosmetic surgery could significantly promote one’s overall health. To illustrate, weight loss surgery can help seriously obese patients avoid major illnesses such as diabetes or cardiovascular diseases, contributing to their physical and mental well-being.

Despite a considerable rise in the number of cosmetic surgeries over the past few years, I believe that it is an adverse development with various consequences. One of them is the detrimental effects on one’s health if a surgery is not properly conducted. Specifically, these operations often involve several potential risks of complications such as infections or scarring, which may exacerbate people’s health conditions or even threaten their life. In addition, a surge in cosmetic surgery has seemingly fueled the masses’ desire for this form of appearance alteration, possibly leading to addiction and further related dangers. For example, some have reportedly experienced major anxiety or even depression due to their obsession with flawless beauty. This, in turn, has hindered them from maintaining many personal relationships and engaging in normal daily activities.

To recapitulate briefly, the trend towards cosmetic surgery can spring from the desire for an aesthetically beautiful appearance and improved health. However, it is my firm conviction that these operations are an adverse development in our current life due to their wide range of potential health risks, the possibility of harmful addiction as well as the resultant issues with real-life relationships and everyday activities.

Sample 6:

Technology is undeniably convenient. It indeed makes a revolution in any field available, which also includes cosmetics. There are myriad reasons behind the rise in the number of cosmetic surgeries. It also depends on many different purposes to be able to categorize reasons. For those who have just experienced unnecessary accidents, plastic surgery is reasonable. Those with inherent appearance want to go for plastic surgery to be more confident, more captivating, and more in line with the beauty standards of each era. From my perspective, although it is admitted to being useful for those in need, it is still a potential hazard that needs to be overcome.

To begin with, there are several causes provoking people to have cosmetic surgery. First of all, there are people choosing to make body enhancements with the help of plastic or cosmetic surgeons because they are deemed necessary. Namely, those who undergo undesirable incidents such as acid attacks, car accidents, and severe burns that harshly affect their physical appearance make them look unappealing, terrifying, and easily alienated. These kinds of people are left with no choice but to undertake surgery. They need that help to have a more pleasing appearance and rebuild their self-esteem. Secondly, the present world has become very materialistic. People tend to pursue formations younger than their actual age. At the same time, celebrities for the sake of looking attractive experience surgeries to modify their facial components. As a result, their followers tend to walk in their footsteps leading to a rise in the number of cosmetic surgeries. Lastly, people choosing this kind of beauty operation are those who suffer from discrimination and body-shaming. Researchers have ascertained that 90% of married women in Vietnam seeking for this type of enhancing appearance as a result of their husbands’ apathy.

Correspondingly, there are numerous pitfalls of undergoing cosmetic surgeries. As a rule, such decisions can lead to extreme regrets if the surgery fails or there are postoperative complications. A lot of evidence has been delivered, and many people have admitted that their skin becomes more swollen, red or sensitive after plastic surgery. More importantly, some symptoms get worse which can lead to skin cancer or more destructive, death. A recent survey reported a greater number of skin cancers in those people who had plastic surgeries than those who did not. Furthermore, people lose their natural appearance and wear artificial masks of beauty. Simultaneously, millions of dollars are spent for regularly undergoing treatment for proper maintenance of skin. This is also considered a burden on the pockets of the common masses.

To conclude, I will state that plastic surgery has been proven to convey a lot of negative effects to the masses. It glorifies people by demonstrating how important looks are in life causing men and women alike to flock in search of the so-called “perfect beauty”. Meanwhile, humans ought to understand that we should be familiar with different types of beauty rather than learning by some standard that is supposed to be correct without proof. Plastic surgery should be restricted to those who really need it or have certain casualties.

Sample 7:

Cosmetic surgery was once considered a bizarre idea, but in recent years, a growing number of people have seen it as a way to foster their self-image, as pointed out in the discussion below. Meanwhile, it is worth noticing that this trend can have unpleasant consequences.

In recent decades, along with the development of the service sector, the notion that a good-looking appearance can enhance career opportunities has also increased in popularity. However, not everyone is lucky enough to possess natural beauty, hence cosmetic surgery has come into fashion as a powerful support for those less fortunate. Furthermore, it is also commonly believed that attractive individuals have significantly less difficulty maintaining romantic relationships. This view is held especially by some married women, who often blame unattractive looks as an obvious and, sometimes, primary cause of adultery and divorce, for instance.

While it is hard to say whether this development is completely beneficial or detrimental, it can be said with certainty that health risks are unavoidable. Among the examples of hazards associated with plastic surgery are hematoma and infection. Moreover, this approach also requires substantial amounts of time and money due to its high demand for medical safety. Plastic surgery, like any other form of surgery, must be conducted by qualified doctors and necessitates modern equipment as well as scientific treatment plans. As a result, it is no wonder that cosmetic surgery is usually expensive and time-consuming.

In conclusion, cosmetic surgery is believed to help pave the way for success in both career and romance and, therefore, promote self-image. Nevertheless, one must be aware that plastic surgery, albeit a popular trend, can lead to health risks as well as considerable consumption of time and budget.

Sample 8:

In recent years, there has been a notable surge in the number of people opting for cosmetic surgery. This essay will explore the reasons behind this trend and discuss whether it represents a positive or negative development. One primary reason individuals undergo cosmetic surgery is to enhance their self-esteem. In a society that often equates beauty with success, altering physical features to fit societal standards can significantly boost an individual’s confidence and social acceptance. For instance, surgeries like breast augmentation or rhinoplasty are frequently sought to align with contemporary beauty ideals, providing a sense of belonging and self-worth.

Moreover, the aging population seeks to maintain a youthful appearance through cosmetic interventions. Procedures such as facelifts and botox injections are common among older adults striving to reduce the visible effects of aging. This desire is partly driven by ageism in the workforce, where younger-looking individuals are often perceived as more energetic and efficient. Consequently, cosmetic surgery can offer both personal satisfaction and professional advantages.

However, the increasing prevalence of cosmetic surgery is not devoid of concerns. The risks associated with surgical procedures, such as complications and the possibility of addiction to cosmetic enhancements, are significant. Furthermore, this trend perpetuates unrealistic standards of beauty, contributing to widespread body dissatisfaction and mental health issues among the population. The societal pressure to undergo potentially hazardous procedures to achieve an often-unattainable appearance can be viewed as a negative development.

In conclusion, while cosmetic surgery can provide substantial benefits in terms of improved self-esteem and social perceptions, it also poses serious risks and societal challenges. The trend highlights a concerning shift towards valuing appearance over inherent qualities and abilities. Therefore, it is crucial to foster a culture that prioritizes genuine self-acceptance and celebrates diverse forms of beauty, mitigating the perceived necessity for cosmetic alteration.

Sample 9:

The decision to undergo cosmetic surgery is increasingly prevalent as individuals seek to enhance their aesthetic appeal. This essay explores the rationale behind this growing trend and considers whether this is a positive or negative development.

The primary motivation leading individuals to consider cosmetic surgery is the quest to boost their self-confidence. In contemporary society, the media and societal norms heavily emphasize the importance of physical appeal, driving many to modify their appearance in order to meet these established benchmarks. For example, an individual may decide to have rhinoplasty, if they have spent years feeling insecure about their nose. The outcome of the surgery could provide them with an elevated sense of self-assurance, thus improving their overall life satisfaction.

Notwithstanding these factors, the surge in cosmetic surgery might be met with doubt. While it offers people the liberty to change their bodies, possibly enhancing their self-assurance, it is also a double-edged sword. The societal emphasis on physical attractiveness could erode self-esteem, particularly for those who lack the financial means for such procedures. Besides, surgeries inherently involve health hazards, like complications after the operation or discontent with the outcome, which could aggravate the mental health issues they intended to address.

In conclusion, while cosmetic surgery may offer a pathway to enhanced self- confidence, it's crucial to weigh these benefits against the potential drawbacks. Fostering a more inclusive perception of beauty, one that celebrates diversity in appearances, would be a healthier approach. Cosmetic surgery should not be seen as the ultimate remedy to issues related to self-esteem, and due care should be taken to assess the potential risks involved.

Sample 10:

In recent times, the allure of cosmetic surgery has captivated a growing multitude, as individuals fervently seek to enhance their aesthetic appeal. This phenomenon is rooted in the desire to align one’s external image with internal self-perception or societal standards of beauty. This essay posits that while the pursuit of cosmetic enhancements stems from a variety of motivations, its implications can be both positive and negative, depending on the context and outcomes.

Primarily, the drive towards cosmetic surgery is fueled by an intrinsic desire for self-improvement and confidence building. In a society where physical appearance significantly influences social interactions and professional opportunities, individuals may view cosmetic surgery as a gateway to enhanced self-esteem and societal acceptance. For instance, reconstructive surgery after accidents or for congenital anomalies can offer profound psychological relief and a sense of normalcy. Moreover, the advent of social media has exacerbated the pressure to conform to idealized beauty standards, prompting many to seek surgical alterations as a means to mirror these often-unattainable benchmarks.

However, the inclination towards cosmetic surgery is not devoid of its drawbacks. It perpetuates a superficial societal value system, where worth and success are disproportionately attributed to physical appearance, thus undermining the importance of inner qualities and diversity. Furthermore, the industry's commercialization risks trivializing the serious medical interventions involved, potentially leading to unrealistic expectations and dissatisfaction. The psychological dependency on cosmetic procedures for self-worth can also cultivate a negative body image and detract from the development of healthier self-esteem building strategies.

In conclusion, cosmetic surgery is complex, driven by self-improvement desires and societal pressures. It has benefits for overcoming physical issues but risks reinforcing shallow norms and unhealthy dependencies. Caution and thoughtful consideration of motivations are crucial to ensure it serves personal development positively.

Sample 11:

In contemporary society, the popularity of cosmetic surgery is increasing as more and more people seek to enhance their physical appearance. While some argue that this trend is problematic, I believe that cosmetic surgery can positively impact an individual's quality of life. By boosting self-confidence and self-esteem, individuals can experience a more positive outlook on life.

The motivations for seeking cosmetic surgery are diverse. One reason is the societal pressure to conform to unrealistic and unattainable beauty standards. The media often presents an idealized image of beauty, which can make individuals feel compelled to try to look like these images to gain acceptance from society. Another reason is to address physical features that individuals may feel self-conscious about, such as a crooked nose or sagging skin.

Cosmetic surgery can have a profound impact on an individual's self-esteem and confidence. When people feel good about their physical appearance, they are more likely to feel good about themselves and their abilities. For instance, a person who undergoes liposuction to remove excess fat may feel more confident in their body, leading them to pursue activities they previously avoided. Additionally, cosmetic surgery can improve mental health by reducing anxiety and depression related to one's appearance.

Although there are potential risks associated with cosmetic surgery, such as complications during the procedure and unrealistic expectations, these risks can be mitigated by selecting a qualified and experienced surgeon and having realistic expectations about the outcome. It is important to recognize that cosmetic surgery is not a cure for deeper emotional issues and should not be pursued as such. Instead, it should be seen as a tool to help individuals feel more confident and happier with their physical appearance.

In conclusion, cosmetic surgery can have a positive impact on an individual's quality of life by boosting self-esteem and confidence. While the decision to undergo cosmetic surgery is a personal one, it is important to approach it with a realistic mindset and to select a reputable surgeon. By doing so, individuals can enhance their physical appearance and experience a more positive outlook on life.

Sample 12:

In today's society, there is a growing trend of individuals opting for cosmetic surgery to enhance their physical appearance. While some may argue that this is a negative development, I believe that cosmetic surgery can have a positive impact on a person's quality of life. By improving their physical appearance, individuals can boost their self-confidence and self-esteem, leading to a more positive outlook on life.

People have various reasons for wanting to change their appearance. One reason is the societal pressure to conform to beauty standards that are often unrealistic and unattainable. The media portrays images of what is considered beautiful, and people often feel compelled to try to look like these images to be accepted by society. Another reason is to address physical imperfections that cause individuals to feel self-conscious and unhappy with their appearance. For instance, a person with a crooked nose may choose to undergo rhinoplasty to correct the issue and feel more confident in their appearance.

Cosmetic surgery can have a positive impact on an individual's quality of life by boosting their self-esteem and confidence. When a person feels good about their appearance, they are more likely to feel good about themselves and their abilities. For example, a person who undergoes breast augmentation may feel more confident in their body, leading them to pursue activities they previously avoided due to a lack of confidence. Additionally, cosmetic surgery can improve an individual's mental health by reducing anxiety and depression related to their appearance.

While there are potential risks associated with cosmetic surgery, such as complications during the procedure and unrealistic expectations, these risks can be minimized by choosing a qualified and experienced surgeon and being realistic about the outcome. Moreover, it is crucial to recognize that cosmetic surgery is not a solution for deeper emotional issues and should not be pursued as such.

In conclusion, while some may view cosmetic surgery as a negative development, I believe that it can have a positive impact on an individual's quality of life by boosting their confidence and self-esteem. As with any medical procedure, it is essential to be informed and make an informed decision. Ultimately, the choice to undergo cosmetic surgery should be a personal one, made after careful consideration of the potential benefits and risks.

Sample 13:

Recently, more people have expressed a desire for cosmetic surgery because they wish to improve their appearance. In my view, it is a benefit to their quality of life since cosmetic surgery enhances one's appearance, which ultimately can increase one's confidence.

Most people have cosmetic surgery to improve their look in order to boost their confidence. In reality, it is not uncommon for people to worry about how others may see them; these external assessments can harm a person's mental health and sense of self. For instance, whether they are young children at school or older professionals in their workplace, if someone is bullied or ignored because of their appearance, it negatively affects their other elements of life. As a result, people are choosing cosmetic surgery more frequently in an effort to improve their looks and hence, their quality of life.

People who have undergone cosmetic surgery are more at ease with their outward appearance since it enhances their feeling of newly found self-worth and helps them lead confident lives. With a more positive outlook, kids may focus more on other positive aspects of their lives rather than wallowing in sadness brought on by bullies and unkind remarks. They may live their lives to the fullest and talk about how they overcame obstacles by having surgery. Therefore, cosmetic surgery is a ground-breaking invention that may transform people's perceived low self-esteem into an increased sense of confidence.

To sum up, I think cosmetic surgery is unquestionably a good thing since it may help people maintain their dignity by boosting their self-esteem via a better look.

Sample 14:

In recent years, there has been a noticeable rise in the number of individuals opting for cosmetic surgery as a means of enhancing their physical appearance. While some argue that this is a positive development, others claim that it is a negative trend. This essay will examine the underlying reasons behind this phenomenon and explore whether it has a beneficial or detrimental impact on society.

The desire to change one's physical appearance stems from various factors. Firstly, social pressure to conform to societal beauty standards has led many individuals to believe that they must attain a certain look to be deemed attractive and successful. Secondly, some people may choose cosmetic surgery to address physical imperfections that cause them to feel self-conscious or unhappy with their appearance. Finally, the media's emphasis on physical beauty has significantly contributed to the trend, with many people aspiring to resemble the images they see in magazines and on social media.

While some may view cosmetic surgery as a positive development, it is important to consider the potential negative impacts of this trend. Firstly, it perpetuates the notion that physical appearance is the most crucial aspect of an individual's worth, which can lead to further insecurity and unhealthy body image issues. Additionally, cosmetic surgery is often costly and can be physically and emotionally taxing on the individual undergoing the procedure. Furthermore, it reinforces the idea that conformity to societal beauty standards is necessary for success, which can be a damaging message to promote.

In conclusion, while the desire to change one's physical appearance is understandable, it is essential to recognize the potential negative effects of this trend. Society should shift its focus towards promoting self-love and acceptance rather than perpetuating unrealistic beauty standards. While cosmetic surgery may have some positive effects, such as boosting an individual's self-esteem, it is important to consider the potential negative impacts on individuals and society as a whole.

Sample 15:

It is irrefutable that the cosmetic and plastic surgery industry has soared in popularity across the globe in recent years. This can be ascribed to a number of factors, and I believe it is a negative trend.

The desire for plastic surgery often arises from the insecurity that people feel about how they look. Many individuals tend to criticize their physical figures when comparing their image to an ideal body frame, often celebrities that are portrayed by the media. These public figures usually resort to surgical procedures in an attempt to boost their confidence level, and thus many youngsters follow in their footsteps to enhance their appearance. Another reason for people's preference for body augmentation is that the technical procedures used during cosmetic procedures continue to become safer and more reliable. In fact, there are procedures available now that simply would not have been possible a couple of decades ago. This, combined with the lack of self-confidence of many people, has led to the widespread use of plastic surgery.

Despite the potential benefits it can bring about, I am convinced that the tendency of numerous surgical operations is a negative development. Many people who have plastic surgery regret it later because they are not satisfied with how they look afterward. Consequently, they may undergo more operations to correct previous ones. Multiple operations, even when performed correctly. sometimes result in an overall unnatural and bizarre appearance, and thus people may suffer from distress and depression. In addition, since most of such surgeries are prohibitively expensive, it would be a considerable financial burden for many individuals. It, therefore, can be said that the adverse effects of this development can be both physical and financial.

In conclusion, low self-esteem related to appearance and the advanced technology in surgical operations are the main factors behind the greater demand for plastic surgeries. In my view, this is a negative trend as it brings more disadvantages than benefits to individuals.

Sample 1:

Offering rewards to good scorers is one of incentive programs which schools often launch after examination to motivate students. However, there is a suggestion that moderate achievers are worth being encouraged for their own endeavor, instead of straight A students. From my point of view, young learners, in any circumstance, should be deserved well as long as they are improving little by little.

The first reason is that this may cause mental illness to lower achievers, if their efforts are unappreciated. For example, a student is likely to suffer from negative mood such as feeling inferior or envious when he realizes that no matter how he attempts, he is just like a runner-up in tournaments. Therefore, it is necessary to pay compliments as well as monetary rewards to students even though their achievements are junior. Not only will this inspire learners to be more creative in their studies, but also it creates equity in schools where each personal value needs acknowledging.

On the other hand, without incentive grants for high scorers, they would lack motivation to step further as a foreseen outcome. In the long run, this may lead to brain drain referring to the emigration of intellectuals to other nations for better study environment. Apart from these, praising high scorers is the positive way to set shining examples for weaker students, which nurtures healthy competition in today schools. As a result, unless they do their best, they would find it hard to keep up with their peers.

In conclusion, I contend that any personal improvement, if modest, should be appreciated. More importantly, giving rewards needs to be due and well-prepared in order that each receiver realizes they should move forward, rather than being satisfied with achievements recorded.

Sample 1:

We are all surrounded by multinational companies and their products, which we feel is more trustworthy and long lasting. The tendency of promoting international brands is making us so dependable on their products and directly impacting our finances and currency value of the country.
Usually, international products are costly compared to native brands, but those can have good packaging and advertisement records. By the influences of ads, buyers prefer international products, though local products are good in quality and durability. Therefore, it increases the requirement for international products in markets and they get better profit and sells in our own country.
Yet at the part of above, multinational companies are also responsible for increasing employment in our country. They hire local people to run their businesses and companies opened overseas. They provide chances to communicate and interact with people of different countries and to experience their lifestyle, which makes people connected all over the globe.

There are many products that are not locally built, and people of a country then look for the international products. Thus, the need for people is changed according to the products sold by the multinational companies. There are many local products which are in no way lower in quality compared to the internationally renowned products and the advertisement and attractive marketing policy of the multinational brands are winning over the local products. Many job markets are being created by multinational companies but on the other hand their products are also wiping out many local products as well.  

Therefore, I truly agree that multinational companies are damaging the quality of our life, but some other way it is upgrading our lifestyle too. So, we need to make a balance in that and promote native products as well. Being a citizen of a country, we should think about our own country's development, which in turn is our own development. After all, you reap whatever you have sown.

Sample 2:

Multinational companies nowadays find it easy both to market their products all over the world and set up factories wherever they find it convenient. In my opinion this has had a harmful effect on our quality of life in three main areas.

The first area is their products. Supporters of globalization would argue that multinational companies make high-quality goods available to more people. While this may be true to some extent, it also means that we have less choice of products to buy. When powerful multinational companies invade local markets with their goods, they often force local companies with fewer resources to go out of business. In consequence, we are obliged to buy multinational products whether we like them or not.

This brings me to my second point. It is sometimes said that multinational companies and globalisation are making societies more open. This may be true. However, I would argue that as a result the human race is losing its cultural diversity. If we consumed different products, societies all over the world would be more varied. This can be seen by the fact that we all shop in similar multinational supermarkets and buy identical products wherever we live.

Thirdly, defenders of multinational companies often point out that they provide employment. Although this is undoubtedly true, it also means that we have become more dependent on them, which in turn makes us more vulnerable to their decisions. When, for example, a multinational decides to move its production facilities to another country, this has an adverse effect on its workers who lose their jobs.

All in all, I believe that if we as voters pressured our governments to make multinational companies more responsible and to protect local producers from outside competition, we could have the benefits of globalisation without its disadvantages.

Sample 1:

In contemporary times, there is a belief that visual images can offer sufficient evidence of an event, for example, a crime. However, some individuals oppose this notion and argue that additional evidence is necessary. I concur with the opinion that further evidence is needed alongside visual images.

One reason why certain people consider photos and videos as adequate evidence for a crime is the vivid portrayal of the crime scene. Without visual images, the crime scene would merely exist in the investigators' minds. Evidently, photos and videos can be helpful in illustrating the crime scene. Furthermore, technological advancements have made it easier to ascertain the authenticity of images and how they were captured. Thus, visual images can provide important information in criminal investigations.

Conversely, images may not always capture the complete picture. In other words, they may not be comprehensive enough to convey a crime's details. For instance, photos and videos often capture specific moments, which can lead to misunderstandings or provide limited evidence that might not be sufficient. Moreover, it is crucial to have compelling evidence to establish whether a crime occurred. As such, more reliable evidence, such as a suspect's DNA, should also be required to resolve a case.

In conclusion, while some people argue that visual images provide adequate evidence for a crime due to the clear representation of situations, I firmly believe that they are not sufficient on their own. Stronger evidence, such as DNA, is necessary to ensure a comprehensive and accurate understanding of a crime.

Sample 2:

In contemporary society, there is a debate surrounding the reliability of visual images, such as photographs and videos, as sources of news and information. While some people trust these visuals as accurate representations, others argue that they cannot always be relied upon. Personally, I am inclined to believe that visual media may not always provide trustworthy information.

One of the main reasons why visual media are often considered reliable is their speed in disseminating information. With the advent of the Internet and social media platforms, it has become effortless to create and share visual content. This accessibility means that anyone can contribute to the dissemination of information without requiring specialized skills or qualifications. For example, simply posting a picture from a birthday party online can convey its significance without the need for additional explanations.

However, the ease and speed of sharing visual content can also lead to issues of reliability. Without proper regulations in place, individuals may post misleading images with sensationalized captions to grab attention, leading to misunderstandings within communities. For instance, during the Vietnam War, conflicting reports and biased language in the media caused confusion among people in the United States about the true events taking place.

In conclusion, while visual media undoubtedly offer benefits in terms of accessibility and immediacy, their reliability as sources of information can be called into question. Therefore, I advocate for a cautious approach to relying solely on visual media for news and suggest cross-referencing information from multiple sources to ensure accuracy and reliability.

Sample 1:

The longevity of the celebrity lifestyle depends on people's aspirations. Only when people want to lead the lives of celebrities, do they remain relevant. What media coverage of celebrities does to the younger generation and especially the children is to make them feel constantly inadequate.

The nagging feeling of inadequacy makes children take extreme measures like going under the knife to look like their favourite celebrities. Obsessively following their social media feeds and buying products used or advertised by them. All negatively affecting their young minds and creating body-image issues.

What children don’t realise is that it’s all a marketing gimmick. Celebrities, more than trustworthy individuals, are advertisers. Their bank accounts get thicker when children worship them blindly. Many lifestyle brands partner with celebrities to make their products more appealing to youngsters.

“If celebrity X is wearing that, and if I wear that too— my friends will hold me in high regard.” Children think on these lines to gain social currency within their circles.

Media adds fuel to the fire by following celebrities everywhere— starry events, cafes, gyms, airports, and everywhere else. The 24/7 media coverage of celebrities makes the children think that if they make enough effort imitating their demi-gods. Then they will also become famous and rich in no time. The want of immediate fame is a harmful trait.

Children are often unaware of the behind-the-scenes toxic culture of celebrity lifestyles. They don’t know that what they see is a mirage— a false representation of lifestyles to seduce them into thinking that they aren’t good enough. The reality is celebrities are not always happy or popping champagne. They too have real-life problems related to feelings of insecurity, body shame, and work and relationship issues.

The rabbit hole of the celebrity lifestyle stops children from focusing on things like— learning valuable life skills and forging real-life relationships. In addition, discover the world with their unique, fresh set of eyes. We must have open, two-way communication with children about their wants and fears.

By telling them about what matters, they might be able to look through the farce of overhyped celebrity culture and lead a life of authenticity. I totally agree with the above statement that media coverage of celebrities has a negative effect on children.

Sample 2:

All of us in our formative years learn things by imitating. It is important to imitate things of value— developing a strong personality, interests, skill-sets, relationships etc. Celebrities and their constant media coverage transport children to a fairy world of fame and glamour. This world is made up of blatant lies and false promises.

Inducing the psychology of “They have it better.” makes children feel dissatisfied with their present lives. Even when children have sufficient amenities in their lives, they feel trapped in the make-believe scarcity mindset.

The constant media coverage of celebrities with their insane filtered lifestyles makes children aspire to a perfect life. The definition of this “perfect” life is skewed. Everything in it is airbrushed or done keeping in mind that there are cameras around. Image and its maintenance by looking picture-perfect 24/7 make the children dislike their overgrown eyebrows, body hair, adolescent fat and many such things.

Children, unfortunately, aren’t aware of the image-building process. They don’t understand that there is a big expensive team managing all the daily affairs of their most loved celebrities.

There are also instances of child celebrities facing online harassment and bullying. People conveniently hiding behind their digital avatars are the ones who bully them. These unregulated harsh social comments shape behavioural changes in children.

There is also the pressing issue of sexualising young children who want to look like their favourite celebrities and use products appropriate only for adults. This gives rise to other social issues where the children are often viewed as objects of fascination by adult predators.

Media in their coverage of celebrity lifestyles abuse their power and produce images unsuitable for young minds. They skip or gloss over the back stories of the celebrities making wrong impressions of their lives.

Children of today are brought up with social media ingrained into the fabric of their lives. It’s important for parents, guardians and educators to have conversations with children about celebrity culture. Children must know the various angles of celebrity lifestyles so that they know the difference between real and fake celebrity images.

Sample 3:

Images of celebrities hounded by camera people are understood by adults as an invasion of privacy. But the same images mean mass acceptance by young children. Media coverage of celebrities is a tempting template that children with their young minds and imaginations want to imitate.

What children perceive from those media images might mean a range of things– showering of unconditional love, guaranteed fame and unending money.

Many children also develop one-sided relationships with their favourite stars celebrating their victories and getting upset at their failures. They spend a major part of their daily lives thinking about celebrities constantly. Showing withdrawal from family and friends, they start exhibiting addictive and compulsive behaviours.

The idea of belonging and acceptance works strongly for children. In their self-discovery journey, they often get heavily influenced by entertainment industry celebs. Children assume celebrities to be the screen characters portrayed by them, and thus the false image creation.

Media coverage of celebrities with its emphasis on consumer culture becomes a showreel for the children to mindlessly consume and follow. Some studies suggest that when fans are asked if they would do something illegal for their favourite celebrities, many of them without flinching said “yes”. This is particularly concerning as it means that the admiration for celebrities has no limits or boundaries.

Media channels have little concern for the welfare of children and are focused on increasing their viewership. The media needs to be held accountable for their actions. Until that time comes, the responsibility falls with the parents, legal guardians and educators.

Does it mean that the children should be completely stopped from accessing the lives of their favourite celebrities? The answer is– “No”. Children react badly when stopped from doing things they love.

It’s better to gently inform them of the consequences of their celebrity worship. Engage them in meaningful conversations about the negative influence of the media. Make them aware of the reality of leading a celebrity life.

Sample 4:

When it comes to the media showing celebrities, people tend to have a variety of perspectives. In fact, public opinion is divided into groups and opinion-makers who claim that the media has deleterious effects on children, and the opponents arguing though there are certainly valid arguments to the contrary, the merits of this coverage outweigh the drawbacks. My view is close to the latter, and this essay will elaborate on this contentious topic with some relevant examples.

From my point of view showing the celebrities on the media has myriad advantages for both the stars and the populace especially children. If children understand what a rough way those stars passed, and how they overcame their difficulties, they learn that continuity and perseverance is one of the possibly feasible roads to success. Only when the media covers every detail of celebrities’ lives, can we expect children to learn how to fight the obstacles in their life. Moreover, these coverages can show children that their stars are ordinary people like everyone else, and not the imaginary character some created on their minds.

On the contrary, showing celebrities in the mass media can have inverse impacts on children’s expectations, asking inappropriate demands from their parents. Besides that, this also has deleterious effects on their life in the long term. That all individuals do not have enough capabilities to become a star is an indisputable fact. Disappointed and depressed, many a person wastes his time to become his childhood iconic dream.

Though showing the details of personal and social life of well-known people has its demerits, I hold the idea that this can benefit children if certain rules and regulations are applied by the officials to prevent media from showing programs with unsuitable contents for children.

Sample 5:

It is irrefutable that every field of the world is covered by media. Media is a great source of information and keeps us up to date with national and international news. However, most of the individuals think that it has a more downward effect on children’s lives, and I agree with that, it has a bad impact on kids.

First of all, children indulging in activities such as drinking, smoking, crime and so on because they saw their favorite start to performing such kind of things in movies. So as a result of it, they just start to imitate them. For instance, in the movie “SHARABI” a well-known celebrity ‘Amitabh Bachchan’ had shown to taking alcohol in the whole film, so he influences the youth, and they start to follow them.

Furthermore, print media as well as electronic media show the personal life of film stars in which they show how they live a luxurious life and their family relationships. Because of it, kids attract most with their life, so they spend a lot of money on buying expensive clothes and accessories which they do not really need it. Sometimes, to fulfil this desire they go as try and enter in the world of crime.

To conclude, media is quite useful for information but nowadays it has some adverse effects as well, such as harmful moral values, high crime rate, lack of education and so on.

Sample 6:

It is irrefutable that the dynamics of the media are changed quickly over time. Celebrities are extensively covered by the media. A group of people thinks that the media coverage of the whole lifestyle of celebrities has a bad impact of juvenile’s lives. I quite agree with this statement because there are several reasons for it. I will explain some causes in the following paragraphs of this essay.

The first and foremost reason is that children love celebrities as their role model. They follow the lifestyle of their favorite stars. As a result of it, offsprings indulge in bad activities such as drinking, smoking, consumption of drugs and so on. Such actions are part of a famous showbiz’s life, but kids see it and adapt it in their real lives.

Secondly, some film stars have been indulging in wrong things such as crime, Casanova, and use of faux language. These things have a negative effect on the minds of juveniles. For instance, a Bollywood actor named Sanjay Dutt has followed by many persons in India, but he was doing the wrong things. He had illegal weapons as well as using faux language in his movies. He has also punished by the law of India, imprisonment for five years. His followers did the same as he did.

Moreover, TV shows are also a part of the media’s coverage. These reality shows make sure to children that they can become a star overnight. Due to this, they do not concentrate on their studies. They always make efforts to be a film star and they leave their families behind to become an actor or actress. However, the media also covers the interviews of film stars in which they tell us about the difficulties of their lives which they faced during the journey of being a famous person. So, this thing describes to kids that hard work is instrumental to reach a peak of glory.

To conclude, it is undeniable that children follow the lifestyle of their favorite actor or actress whether they are good human beings or devil. We cannot totally vanish it, but we could reduce it to some extent. According to my perceptions, parents ought to put bound on offsprings to watch television in order to decrease the negative influence of media coverage on them.

Sample 7:

In the past, news about famous people may have been confined to gossip columns in newspapers; these days it is not uncommon for celebrities to feature as front-page news. There is evidence that the public feels there is too much news coverage of famous people. Not surprisingly, there is concern about how this might be affecting people, and in particular children.

One of the possible negative consequences of the ‘cult of celebrity’ is the tendency to confuse fame and notoriety. Celebrity scandals are just as likely to receive publicity as celebrity achievements. Indeed, some famous people have received more attention for their misuse of drugs and alcohol than for their successes on the stage or in sports. Children who crave attention may come to see misbehaviour as normal.

The emphasis on individuals in the public eye may also be at the expense of serious news coverage. Next to the superficial excitement of celebrity gossip, news about serious events and issues that have a more profound effect on people’s lives may seem uninteresting. Children may be forming a very distorted picture of how the world works.

The negative influence of celebrities on children can also be seen in children’s career aspirations. These days, young people are much more likely to see themselves as potential sports stars or entertainers. The prevalence of these figures in the mass media may convey the impression that such positions are plentiful. Children may be developing unrealistic expectations that they too will become rich and famous.

In summary, the ‘cult of celebrity’ may be affecting children in a number of undesirable ways. It is important that children be taught to critically evaluate what they see in the media so that they can form a more realistic view of society, acceptable behaviour, and indeed themselves.

Sample 1:

In recent years, there has been a perceived decrease in the ability of children to focus or pay attention in class. This essay intends to examine the causes of this issue and propose potential solutions.

While different factors contribute to the decreased attention span among students, the main ones may be technological distraction and academic pressure. Regarding the former, children’s increased exposure to fast-paced, instantly gratifying digital content is causing their brains to be constantly stimulated. This overstimulation can make the slower pace of traditional classroom learning seem uninteresting in comparison, which can explain their struggle with staying focused during lessons. Another possible explanation is the increased academic pressure on children over the past few decades can lead to impaired cognitive functions related to attention and concentration. This is because high-stakes standardized tests, competition for college admission, and parental expectations can create a negative environment that raises students’ levels of stress and anxiety, both of which are known to have adverse impacts on the capacity to focus at length.

To address these challenges, it is helpful to consider a multi-faceted approach that considers both the larger societal context and the individual needs of students. One strategy is for schools to incorporate digital literacy into the curriculum, which can help equip students with the skills to navigate the digital world effectively. This includes understanding the potential pitfalls of excessive screen time and learning to use technology as a tool for learning rather than a source of constant distraction. Another important solution involves reducing the excessive academic stress experienced by a large number of young students. This can be achieved by moving away from high-stakes standardized tests towards more holistic methods of assessment or by implementing stress management programs, whereby teachers could be trained to recognize and respond to signs of stress and anxiety in students.

In conclusion, the rampant technological distractions and undue study-related stress contribute to the declining ability to concentrate among students today. To improve the situation, it is imperative to make digital literacy part of the learning program and promote a stress-free learning environment through holistic assessment methods and stress management programs.

Sample 2:

Concentration and attention in school are crucial for a child’s education and future success. However, many children today struggle with these skills, making it difficult for them to focus and retain information in class. There are several reasons for this, and it is important to understand these causes in order to find effective solutions.

One of the main reasons why children have trouble concentrating in school is due to a lack of sleep. Many children today have busy schedules, filled with after-school activities and homework, leaving little time for rest and relaxation. This can lead to sleep deprivation, which affects the brain’s ability to function and focus. A tired child is more likely to become easily distracted, forgetful, and inattentive, which can have a significant impact on their academic performance.

In addition, distractions are another major factor that can affect a child’s concentration in school. The rise of technology has made it easier for children to become distracted by their smartphones, computers, and other devices. Even the environment around them, such as a noisy classroom, can be a source of distraction that makes it difficult for children to focus and learn.

Finally, some children may have undiagnosed learning disabilities that can impact their ability to concentrate and focus in school. These can include conditions such as ADHD, dyslexia, and dyscalculia, which can make it difficult for children to process information, retain it, and apply it in the classroom.

In order to solve the problem of poor concentration and attention in school, it is important to promote healthy habits, such as getting enough sleep and eating a balanced diet. Teachers and parents can also work together to limit distractions, such as by turning off devices during study time and creating a quiet, focused environment for learning. If a child is struggling with concentration and attention, it is important to seek the advice of a doctor or a specialist to rule out any underlying medical conditions.

In conclusion, poor concentration and attention in school can have a significant impact on a child’s education and future success. By understanding the reasons behind this problem and taking steps to address it, we can help children focus, retain information, and achieve their full potential.

Sample 3:

In the modern educational system, many students struggle to focus or pay attention during classes, and this can have a detrimental effect on their academic performance. There are several reasons for this phenomenon, and this essay will discuss them in more detail and provide solutions.

Firstly, some students may have underlying health issues or learning disabilities that make it difficult for them to concentrate for prolonged periods. For example, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, or ADHD, is a common condition that affects many students. This disorder makes it challenging for them to sit still or pay attention to the teacher's instructions. Secondly, some students may have poor sleeping habits or an unhealthy lifestyle. For instance, a diet high in sugar and unhealthy fats can lead to spikes and drops in blood sugar levels, causing our bodies to feel lethargic and unable to focus. Therefore, their cognitive abilities are affected and make it more difficult for them to focus in the classroom.

To solve this problem, there are several measures that could be taken. To begin with, schools could offer more support to students with learning disabilities, such as providing additional resources or extra time to complete tasks. Additionally, teachers could implement more interactive teaching methods that engage students and make learning more interesting and enjoyable. Moreover, promoting healthy lifestyle habits, such as regular exercise and a balanced diet, can have a positive impact on students’ cognitive abilities and help them stay focused during class.

In conclusion, the problem of students struggling to concentrate in school is a multifaceted issue that requires a comprehensive approach to address. By providing support and resources to students with learning disabilities, implementing interactive teaching methods, and promoting healthy lifestyle habits, it is possible to improve students' abilities to concentrate and enhance their academic performance.

Sample 4:

Recently, there has been an alarming trend of students struggling to focus at school. This can be explained by the popularity of social media applications and rigid adherence to a traditional teaching approach, and I believe the resolute actions proposed in this essay offer potential improvements.

To begin with, the aforementioned problem has roots in two main factors. The first one is distractions from social networking applications. Facebook and Instagram, for instance, purposefully strive for consistent engagement through positive reinforcement by pushing real-time updates on friends and viral videos that young users often find difficult to ignore during lessons. Another sound explanation is the monotony of classrooms. Many lectures lack relevance to real life, endorsing a repetitive course of tedious theoretical assignments and lectures while failing to motivate the students with varied content.

To address the underlying causes, I would propose two solutions. Firstly, schools should impose a complete ban on portable devices in classrooms. All personal handsets could be stored in a secure room, labelled properly to be returned to their owners after class ends. This would effectively block the stream of potential distractions from online networking sites. Secondly, educators should redesign lecture content to be more practical. For example, business schools could work in collaboration with enterprises to incorporate factual case studies and engaging biographical material about entrepreneurs. Once engaged, these students will be more likely to focus more fully on their studies, ensuring higher chances of success after graduation.

In conclusion, a great number of students nowadays pay little attention at school due to the advent of social media platforms and lessons largely irrelevant to their needs. However, if schools adopt handset-free classroom policies and modernise the curriculum, students will become more attentive.

Sample 5:

Nowadays, it is becoming increasingly more common for students to not be able to pay attention during class. This problem may be due to several factors which will be outlined in the following essay along with some possible measures to counter the issue.

The lack of attention by students during class could stem from several reasons. To begin with, many students may find school lessons tedious and irrelevant to their life. For example, when studying science subjects, many students in Vietnam have to memorize huge amounts of information and complex formulas in order to perform well in the standardized tests, which can have a negative impact on their interest in science. Furthermore, the lack of attention paid by students could come from long-term sleep deprivation, which can be the result of a heavy workload combined with the lure of electronic devices and social media. Many children spend too much time finishing their homework and assignments and browsing social media platforms instead of going to bed early to get enough sleep. As a consequence, they tend to suffer from fatigue and low productivity the next day.

There are several measures that teachers and parents could adopt to tackle this issue. Firstly, teachers should strive to increase the engagement of students in lessons by making use of teaching aids such as pictures, diagrams and models. Instead of relying too much on boring textbooks, students should be taught how to involve themselves in their lessons and express their opinions on matters that are relevant. For example, instead of repetitive grammar exercises, English learners could enjoy role-play activities which are more enjoyable and bring real world applications. Secondly, parents must monitor their children’s electronic device usage to ensure that they have enough exercise and sleep every day. By controlling their screen time, parents could help students go to bed early and feel well-rested before school, which would lead to a longer attention span and memory retention.

In conclusion, the fact that students are unable to concentrate or pay attention in class could be attributed to several factors as mentioned above and measures should be considered to solve this issue.
Sample 6:

In contemporary educational settings, many students encounter challenges when it comes to maintaining focus and concentration during school hours. Several factors contribute to this issue, and there are viable solutions that educational institutions and stakeholders can adopt to mitigate these problems.

One primary reason students struggle to concentrate in school is the pervasive influence of technological distractions. The proliferation of smartphones, tablets, and internet access has created an environment where students easily get drawn into social media, games, and online interactions, diverting their attention away from learning. Moreover, traditional teaching methodologies sometimes fail to captivate the interest of students, resulting in a lack of engagement and boredom. This disinterest could stem from outdated teaching methods that do not align with contemporary learning styles or subjects that students find irrelevant to their interests. Excessive workload and academic pressure also contribute significantly to the inability to concentrate. Students often grapple with an overwhelming amount of coursework, leaving them stressed and fatigued, ultimately impacting their ability to focus during class.

To tackle these issues effectively, educators and policymakers can implement multifaceted solutions. Establishing stricter guidelines for the use of technology in classrooms can minimize distractions, allowing students to engage more actively in lessons. Additionally, integrating more interactive and modern teaching techniques can make lessons more engaging and stimulating for students. Furthermore, schools should prioritize student well-being by offering adequate support systems to manage academic pressures. Balancing the workload and ensuring access to counseling services can help students navigate stress and anxiety more effectively, thereby improving their concentration levels.

In conclusion, the challenges students face regarding concentration in school are multifaceted and demand a comprehensive approach. By addressing technological distractions, reimagining teaching methodologies, and prioritizing student well-being, educational institutions can foster an environment conducive to enhanced focus and attentiveness among students.

Sample 7:

In today’s world, many students have trouble staying focused at school. There are several reasons why this is the case, and measures should be taken soon to address this issue.

The fact that many students have difficulty paying attention at school can be attributed to two main reasons related to technology and the content of lessons. The first one relates to the use of smartphones as some cannot resist the temptation to use their phones during lessons. To illustrate, many students use their phones to check social media sites such as their Facebook newsfeed or watch video clips on TikTok while their teachers are delivering the lecture. These students are obviously distracted and therefore cannot concentrate fully on the lesson. Another major reason is that, in some cases, the way the lesson is taught is not effective, to the point of boring students at times. This typically happens when certain teachers have not kept current with advances in pedagogical methodologies, leading to a lack of engagement from students that hinders their academic progress.

However, there are a number of steps that could be taken to help students focus more at school. One effective measure would be for schools to impose an official ban on smartphones in class, and those who violate this rule should be punished more strictly. This would deter using smartphones during lessons, and students’ concentration would improve as a result. Another solution that should be adopted is to require teachers to prepare more engaging lessons. This could be done by having more workshops or training courses that educate teachers on how to use visual aids or interactive activities in class. For example, history lessons would be more fun and effective if teachers showed more pictures or videos about historical events and figures, and students were encouraged to ask questions and challenge historical narratives.

In conclusion, many students these days fail to focus fully on their lessons due largely to smart devices and the teaching methods of some teachers. To mitigate this issue, schools should prohibit the use of smartphones in class and help teachers prepare better lessons.

Sample 8:

In today’s world, it has become harder for children to concentrate in the school and school environment, teachers’ behaviour, school administration and lack of interest in the study are some of the main reasons for that. In the following paragraphs, I would briefly discuss the main reasons for this problem and would propose some solutions to address this sensitive issue.

The school surroundings should be pleasant and should have a cool atmosphere. In the noisy environment, children cannot pay attention in the class periods. Apart from that, nowadays the schools are treating students in the wrong way. The faculties are asking them to remember the answers without actually doing the brainstorm and creative ways of learning. The children just memorising it and write those in the exams. That sometimes brings frustration among the students.

Students have more fun stuff at home than they do in school. Video games, computers, and TV are more attractive and entertaining than studying in school. The teachers sometimes become harsh and that negatively affects the children’s thought. A proper environment is not ensured in many schools and students find it hard to study in a noisy and polluted environment. Very less interactive and interesting sessions are conducted by the school authority. Furthermore, very frequent exam schedules and pressure of study is another reason why students fear school. Teachers’ lack of knowledge and proper training sometimes makes them behave rudely. Alarmingly, the study has become more theoretical than practical and as a consequence, the students’ interest in academic subjects is declining.

Some of the proposed solutions to address this very frightening issue are suggested in the below paragraph. I believe being able to address this issue would be a great benefit for our future.
School should be primarily a place for study, but fun stuff should be present as well. Academic exams and classes should be scheduled in a way that gives the students that they are not being pressurised. Extra-curricular activities should be practised more. Frequent appreciation and prizes should be awarded to the students for their performance. E-learning and flexible classes should be introduced. More practical aspects than theoretical aspects of education should be introduced.

Sample 9:

It is true that children face a lot of strains these days while sitting in a classroom and they cannot focus on their academic study well due to various reasons. Even though there are certain problems, parents and teachers can take proactive steps to mitigate this issue completely.

There are many reasons behind the lack of concentration by children in schools. First and foremost, children often tend to use mobile phones or laptops as they are greatly influenced by advanced technology. As a result, they cannot stay a long time in a conventional classroom without operating such devices. Naturally, they develop discomfort in the classroom, and they fail to attend whole class with higher concentration, whereas their mind will be in newer electronic gadgets instead of academic subjects. Moreover, since children have much more workload to study in schools in a limited time frame, they always try to save time as much as they can. For example, most of the pupils skip their meals, particularly breakfast, to get a few amounts of time for studying. This habit would negatively affect their physical health status, which will reduce their concentration ability. Besides, obviously, they become fatigued and weak because of the decreased level of glucose and energy. Environmental pollution and eating habits are two other reasons to affect students physically and mentally. This causes them to focus less on classes. Moreover, family issues, parents’ lack of attention and scarcity of qualified teachers are some other reasons that create this problem.  

However, these issues can be addressed effectively if certain steps are taken by parents and teachers. I believe the most obvious solution is that parents should control their children in the use of technological devices such as iPad, computers and smartphones, which helps to avoid physical and psychological health issues to a greater extent. It also reduces wavering nature of mind considerably and attention span would increase vastly. A further step would be - teachers and parents should teach students proper time management skills. Therefore, children can fulfil responsibilities and duties without consuming more time. Another possibility is that nutritional lessons should be arranged in the school setting to improve the awareness among children regarding the adequacy of a well-balanced diet while studying. Establishing schools in a calm and beautiful place, adding more fun while learning, arranging training for teachers regarding their behaviours towards children and a maintaining a healthy child-parent relationship can boost up the children’s attention in classrooms.

To conclude, despite certain causes for the lack of children’s attention in classes, parents and teachers can solve this issue properly if they take correct precautions. So, I hope concerned authorities will consider these methods, while students possess such problems.

Sample 10:

Learning is an ongoing process that extends from birth to the end of life. However, for children, education often appears as a compulsory task rather than an enjoyable journey. Regrettably, today’s children seem to grapple with maintaining concentration and focus during their studies, owing to various factors. However, there exists potential solutions to address these challenges and enhance their learning experience.

In today’s technological age, children’s fascination with devices such as smartphones and televisions often leads them to prioritize recreational activities over academic pursuits. Consequently, their attention wanes, affecting their focus and engagement during school hours. This lack of focus arises from the dearth of interest, as their minds are preoccupied with recreational activities they engage in at home, leading to a decline in attentiveness during school hours.

On the other hand, the traditional teaching approaches may fail to capture the interest of modern students well-versed with technological advancements and online learning. To tackle these challenges, we need to make learning more fun and engaging in the classroom. Using technology like smart boards and animations can make learning more interactive. Relating academic concepts to real-life situations can help students understand and appreciate them better.

To conclude, the children are too hooked on technology, which makes them lose interest in regular studies. To address this, we need to show them how technology can help them learn and use more fun teaching methods. Making learning interactive and connecting it to real-world examples can make it more exciting for children. Also, the teachers must keep learning new ways to teach to keep up with the changing needs of the modern generation and promote a love for learning among children.

Sample 11:

Many students these days find it increasingly difficult to pay attention during lessons. In my opinion, this is partly a natural reaction that has been exacerbated by technology and the solutions lie in school reform.

Students struggle to stay engaged both due to a natural predisposition and the pervasive impact of screen time. Students throughout history have always wanted to escape their school lessons. This is because learning is difficult and provides little pleasure itself relative to both passive and active pastimes like hanging out with friends, watching TV, listening to music, or playing sports. Moreover, the advent of the ubiquitous internet era and portable devices such as smartphones has had an exponential effect on attention spans and diversionary priorities. Most students today are addicted to short videos and posts on social media networks and therefore struggle to follow the intricate arguments of lengthy lectures and extended readings.

On a small scale, individuals can remedy these problems through sheer willpower but for broader change schools must play an active role. The most immediate fix would be to ban phones. This is difficult since phones serve practical purposes such as allowing students to call their parents or book a ride home, but they could be taken at the beginning of the day and returned when school finishes. Another step schools could take would be to modernise the curriculum and account for reduced attention spans. Lessons could be shorter and could include more interactivity in order to stimulate learning, rather than the passive learning environment that has led to daydreaming students for generations.

In conclusion, although this trend is likely an irreversible part of human nature and progress, schools can implement changes to curb its effects. It is important for parents and governments to be supportive of such reforms as well.

Sample 12:

In today’s fast-paced and technology-driven world, there is a noticeable decline in children’s attentiveness within the school environment. This essay aims to explore two key factors contributing to their difficulties in maintaining focus during classes. Additionally, this essay will propose effective solutions for each of these underlying causes to alleviate the issue.

One of the most significant factors hindering children’s concentration is the prevalence of digital devices. Smartphones, tablets, and video games have become an integral part of children’s lives, offering a constant stream of entertainment and social interaction. These devices, with their captivating visuals, interactive features, and instant gratification, can easily pull children’s attention away from their studies, making it difficult for them to concentrate on the lessons, thereby affecting their academic performance.

Adequate sleep is crucial for children’s concentration, as it plays a pivotal role in cognitive function and attention. Sleep-deprived children experience decreased alertness, impaired concentration, and difficulty regulating emotions. Studies show that children who consistently get less than the recommended 8-9 hours of sleep per night are more likely to experience attention problems and academic difficulties. To address declining attention spans, educators and parents should collaborate. Teachers should enforce restrictions on personal device use in class, establish technology-free zones, promote physical activities, and adopt interactive teaching approaches that cater to modern students’ needs. Parents can help children sleep better by setting bedtimes, creating a relaxing bedtime routine, and limiting screen time before bed.

In conclusion, the decline in children’s attention spans is a complex issue with multiple contributing factors. The pervasiveness of digital distractions and the importance of adequate sleep play significant roles in this challenge. By implementing strategies to reduce digital distractions, promoting healthy sleep habits, and fostering a supportive learning environment, we can help children regain their ability to focus and excel in a world that requires their full attention.

Sample 1:

It is often said that people in the entertainment industry mint money and they are loaded! Although we cannot generalise this for everyone who enters the business, it is arguably true. I believe there are several factors to advocate that they deserve what they earn.

Entertainment is a very important part of our lives. In our day-to-day mundane routine, it is movies, music and sports that rescue us from boredom and monotony. They inspire us, motivate us and it makes us hope for better by giving a vivid experience which is often larger than life, through films, songs, concerts and games. However, people who bring these stories to life, who put in months to connect the lyrics and pair it with the right notes and people who go through extreme training to bring out the best sport for us are often thought to be just ‘lucky’! I honestly believe that the people who strive to bring quality to our entertainment deserve to be paid well. Besides, usually careers of sportsmen, actresses or musicians last for a shorter span of time than that of teachers, doctors and engineers. Thus, if they earn more money for the risk they take, the amount of dedication they put, and the performance they show, seems quite justified to me.

Having said that, I also think that there are few other professions other than film, music and sports industries in the realm of entertainment, should also be highly paid. People who devote their lives to their jobs, army officials, for instance, ought to be paid well as a small appreciation of what they do for the civilians. Also, jobs which involve a high level of responsibilities and pressure also deserve high pay. Professions like doctor, politics and teaching are the jobs that require people with a high level of perception and proficiency. Thus, to attract such talent to these jobs, it is important to pay them well.

In conclusion, all the above points fortify my opinion that people in the entertainment business receive a payment that they deserve. Nonetheless, other professions which involve high risk, responsibilities and skills, should also be paid well so as to attract and keep the required talent motivated enough to choose these fields as their possible career.

Sample 2:

In the past, the field of entertainment was not developed and hence, people from this field were paid very less. However, with the improvement in technology, the income of celebrities increased to a greater extent. I personally believe that these people are gaining money in excess. In this essay, we will analyse the reasons for this and also discuss the professions which deserve such high income.

To begin with, celebrities such as actors, musicians and sports people are being paid based upon their fame among the people. A good illustration for this is the Bollywood actor Shahrukh Khan who is said to be charging money in crores for signing a single film. In other words, he has been paid such a huge amount just with the hope that the film will run successfully. But it is also true that society will not be harmed even in the absence of such films and actors.

Instead, I feel that people working in the industry with the aim of the well-being of the society should be offered such pay. For instance, doctors or security personnel should be paid a good amount because they always help the people of the country by protecting them. Moreover, they invest a lot of money and the time for obtaining their degrees and once they receive the degree, they oath to be available for the people at any time of the day. Hence, it is apparent that jobs that focus on safeguarding the people should be heavily paid.

In conclusion, it is seen that paying huge amounts to famous people is equivalent to wasting the resources which can be utilised in a better way. Instead, this amount should be paid to the people in life-saving professions such as doctors or police officers. It is thus hoped that the government will regulate the salaries of the people based upon their importance and role played in society.

Sample 3:

Many people believe that actors, athletes and musicians are overpaid nowadays. I personally agree with the statement since there are other occupations which are more important and vital for human beings. The following essay will discuss in detail the disagreement and a brief explanation about jobs that should be highly paid.

It is a fact that a lot of entertainers such as movie stars, pop singers or professional sports players are highly paid. It can be seen from their night lifestyles, luxurious properties and sports cars. A lot of people believe that they are overpaid since the function of their jobs is only to entertain the public and they are not categorised as vital jobs. There are other jobs which are more important for societies, and they should be well paid. Firstly, many people do not realise that the existence of firefighters is crucial for the neighbourhood as they could save many people's lives. Besides that, their jobs are also considered high-risk ones, since they could be seriously hurt or injured.

Secondly, as a leader of a nation, the president or prime minister has a lot of responsibilities. He/she must be meticulous, prudent and wise in taking decisions, since his/her decisions might have a serious impact on the public. And then, becoming a country's leader also faces the terror of being murdered or kidnapped by terrorists. Therefore, these professions should be well compensated in accordance with the risk and responsibilities.

In conclusion, it is believed that famous entertainers are overly paid these days. I strongly agree with the opinion, since entertainment is not the basic need of human beings. I do believe that there are other jobs which should be highly paid since they are high risk, and their existences are essential for mankind.

Sample 4:

I strongly agree with the notion that entertainers, today, are paid an excessive amount of money. In current times, science and technology have taken major strides for the betterment of our society. Our focus should be on facilitating such endeavours rather than on entertainment.

I believe all the biological scientists like pharmacists, biochemists, microbiologists etc. in our society should be paid more than the people in the entertainment business. These people or as we dub them ‘nerds’ spend valuable hours in their lives discovering a new molecule that might be used to make our lives better. Their goal is to discover novel ideas and to create innovative techniques. Thus, rather than spending their time with their families or an evening in the theatre, they immerse themselves in their laboratories working night after night too, maybe, discovering a new drug. For such sacrifices, these scientists should get their due remuneration. However, a discrepancy can be seen in our society. We tend to value people in the entertainment business more than the scientists who might be working on the Ebola virus vaccine.

I do not devalue the hard work of an actor or a football player. They had to reach their stardom after endless practice sessions and failures. However, if we make an objective comparison, at the end of the day, it is the work of a microbiologist or a biochemist that helps us to live a healthy and disease-free life. So, our money should be spent on those individuals who strive to bring about a healthier and comfortable society.

Sample 5:

Another controversial issue related to the salaries being paid to different professionals has been aroused among people in recent years. Some thinkers think that professionals like pop stars, actors or sports people are being paid far higher than they deserve. There are several other professions that also deserve a handsome amount of salary. However, this essay will look into both aspects before giving a one-sided conclusion.

First of all, there is no such profession that is more deserving or higher than another. Every type of work, whether be it acting, playing or hospitality job is different and valuable in its own way. Talking about the amount of money that is being paid to entertainers, I think they deserve this. Though they are not serving people, they play an important role in serving the country. These people work harder and harder each day to master their skills and amuse people. They play for the country and represent it in the world. For example, our Indian cricket team give its fullest to win the game at national as well as international level so as to raise the name of the country. Another example that can be given is film stars, they struggle a lot to get into this field and eventually, when they are successful and famous, people remember our country by their names. Therefore, it cannot be said that these jobs do not deserve money. They are paid for their determination and hard work.

On the other hand, it is undeniable that jobs like doctors, teachers or community workers are paid considerably less amount in comparison to above professions. These fields of expertise should also be paid generously depending on their performance and the knowledge they possess. They are equally important to us as entertainers. These people serve the country sometimes not just physically but also using their mental capabilities.

To sum up, from the aforementioned, it is totally justified that no work is high or low. Every profession has its own value, and everyone deserves the best. However, I recommend that instead of reducing salaries of the entertainers, people and government could think of increasing the wages of other professionals too.

Sample 6:

There is no denying that entertainers like film actors, pop musicians and sports stars are paid too much money. I really do agree with this statement. However, some people think there are several jobs that should be highly paid as well. In this essay, before presenting my point of view I would like to discuss the job culture.

Nowadays there is news about the celebrities who are earning more money through their profession like acting, singing, dancing and sports etc. some of the celebrities like sportsmen and actors are earning extra money through advertising and becoming brand ambassadors of the particular brand. There is not any difference in work like sweeping, machining, teaching and in medicine, every work requires effort and the reason for earning money for the sake of survival.

A person becomes an actor because he likes that profession the same way singer, doctor, designer and scientist. But some people are unfortunate to get a proper education or because of laziness or because of lack of scope they sacrifice their dream and do some different work which society considers it as a low-level work. I think no work is small or big, every work requires effort and passion. We should respect one another, and we should practice equality. My mother always tells us “Big or small, there is no such kind of difference, and it is only made by us”.

In conclusion, I do not think any work is big or small, it is the difference created by us and I think now the time has come to stop differentiating people through their work and everybody should be paid equally for their work.

Sample 7:

It is often said that people who work in the entertainment industry such as movie stars, musicians, and sports stars are being overpaid. This essay discusses why I think they are paid too much money and then I will describe other occupations that I think should receive higher salaries.

The main reason I strongly feel that the salaries are too high is that the entertainers’ income does not reflect the amount of work they do. For instance, a top star movie like Angelina Jolie can easily make one million dollars by acting in a single film. This amount may never be reached by many people during their life no matter how hard-working they are. In addition, if we base people’s income on their relative contribution to society the incomes of entertainers seem too high. This is because entertainment is not as important to our society as much as other fields such as science and technology.

There are other professions that deserve to be paid well for their work. More specifically, people like doctors who make a big contribution to society should be rewarded. Since doctors can save lives and give people hope, they should receive a high amount to reflect the meaningful contributions they make. Another type of occupation deserving of a good salary is teachers because they have a huge responsibility to contribute to the education of the next generation. Surely people we entrust with such a task should be rewarded accordingly.

In conclusion, I reiterate my strong belief that entertainers are overpaid as they do not offer anything greater than other people who are working in other industries. It is advocated that people who make a significant contribution to society such as medical practitioners and teachers should be rewarded appropriately. I recommend that steps should be taken to address this disparity.

Sample 8:

The entertainment world is very glamorous, and successful performers are earning hefty amounts. A modest crowd believes this is true for all celebrities. I, however, partially agree with it. Other professions that should receive a more generous salary include teachers, medical personnel, and so on.

Both industries, be it entertainment or sports, are exceptionally vast and have numerous artists. Some have succeeded and carved out a niche for themselves. However, not all of them are successful and struggle to make ends meet. Therefore, assuming all of them earn so much is not correct. While few actors like Shah Rukh Khan receive a big paycheck, this is certainly not the case for other artists, especially those who are considered outsiders in the industry. The fact that Khan has cemented his brand in the public's eye by collecting larger checks means that this may be untrue for other performers engaged as well.

All the celebrities work hard and produce the finished product that the viewers see. They deserve the pay that they earn. However, the extravagant amounts that some receive are unjust, as all the people involved contributed equally. Massive sums being received by only a few and disregarding others' work is unfair. Teachers, medical staff, including physicians and nurses, the military forces, and other professions have a role in the population's future and health. Teachers shape the nation’s future, but they are unappreciated and not paid well. They deserve to be paid more and better.

To sum up, it is partial to assume that all entertainers are compensated handsomely. And those receiving these amounts are not entirely undeserving. Other jobs, like those of teachers, doctors, militants, and many more, deserve a higher paycheck.

Sample 9:

All businesses, including the entertainment industry, have evolved and attained new heights over time. A few people believe that actors, musicians, and athletes are overpaid. I completely agree with them being paid more. Jobs like police, army, navy, air force, and so on deserve more pay than they are receiving.

It is a fact that entertainers fall under the category of higher-class income because of the money they receive from both the producers and the sponsors. They also charge exorbitant fees for endorsements for a variety of businesses. This industry does not contribute to the nation's productive and necessary economy. Hence, these huge payments to them are partial and unjust for the layman. Their contributions are not life-changing enough for them to be compensated with such remuneration.

The employees working in the armed services, that is, police, soldiers, navy officials, and air force officers, deserve to be paid higher salaries than what they receive. They leave behind the comfort and peace of their houses and go far beyond to serve the nation. They defend the boundaries and ensure the safety of the citizens. Along with them, teachers should be paid higher wages. Teaching is difficult in and of itself because each student has a distinct personality and understanding. Therefore, it should compensate them properly with higher wages.

In conclusion, entertainers do not require immoderate quantities paid to them due to the fact They are not inflicting an impact for the betterment of the nation however, rather for enjoyment.  Jobs like the ones of police officers, militants, teachers, and so on, must be paid more.

Sample 10:

The monotony of our ordinary routines might be broken up by entertainment. A minor portion of the populace believes that celebrities who work in this field receive exorbitant salaries. They do not merit the compensation they receive, in my opinion. Armed forces, physicians, and many more professions merit increased pay.

The entertainers work hard to produce the end result that the audience views. They work months before the actual timeline to enable the perfect portrayal of the character they play and give justice to the script they are performing. In similar ways, the athletes train terribly arduously to qualify for national and international sports. They represent the nation, such as the Asian Games, the Olympic Games, and so on. It is unfair to disregard their hard work by merely suggesting they are overpaid.

Other occupations, such as doctors, the armed forces, and so on, undoubtedly deserve better pay than that of entertainers. Doctors work extremely hard and with exceptional dedication to provide services to the public. To epitomise, during the recent global pandemic, they were the frontline workers dealing with the virus and helping the infected without hesitating about their personal safety. Their services should be appreciated and paid for in the form of more substantial monetary benefits.

To sum up, the pay received by stars and athletes is justified as they work hard to display the characteristics of the imaginary character. They also represent the nation all over the world. Professionals like doctors, members of the armed forces, and so on, should be paid higher amounts to compensate for their noble services.

Sample 11:

The entertainment sector has been an ambition for many, owing to the name and fame that comes along with it. The fortune one makes from being in this industry has been a driving force for the people to shoot up for this industry. Some people put forth that the stars and musicians are paid a lot of money, which I agree with. However, there are other professions that should be paid more. In the forthcoming paragraphs, I shall be putting forth my views on this topic.

When we talk about the paycheque of the film stars, I agree that they are certainly on an elevated note. The entertainment industry has always hoarded all the limelight as well as the cash ever since it emerged into existence. Right from the endorsements to being the face of the brands, the reel stars have always bagged a stockpile of money. Even from the perspective of politics, many a time, these stars have been seen branding and promulgating the political parties. Right from advertisements to altruism to being the principal stalwart of various causes, these personalities are paid a handsome sum of money because of their gigantic viewership and a massive following. Consequentially, these celebrities have a huge knoll of cash flow to accrue and enjoy the sumptuous luxuries of life. Hence, I completely second the opinion that people associated with showbiz earn a lot.

However, there are indisputably a plethora of professions that rightfully deserve to be paid more. The national heroes in the army, navy and airforce, who peril their lives and put their fortune at stake to safeguard our nation are most certainly much worthier of having a capital bolstering. Their family members who are left bereft in the cases of their casualty could be much comforted at times when they are disconcerted, maybe not entirely but to some extent. Apart from that, the medical professionals who are considered next to God are paid much less as compared to the reel heroes. Moreover, the research professionals and scientists who form the backbone of any nation should be much more attended to in terms of capital. I believe that the entertainment industry can be done well away with, but these principal professions should be in the main streamline.

Conclusively, we may say that the entertainment industry makes a lot of money, and there is no wobbliness about it. However, there are other sectors that are inevitable to the development of society and should be paid more attention and money with regards to their insurmountable roles.

Sample 12:

Some folks often say that actors, athletes and singers are overpaid, and the other professional jobs are not efficiently paid. I agree with the thought mentioned above that there is vivid discrimination in the payments according to the job profiles and celebrity’s stardom.

Celebrities in the entertainment business are phenomenally popular. Usually, they earn a substantial sum of money compared with other important domains, but the question is whether they should deserve overpayment or an assessment of the nature of their work is required to decide the pay. Some people argue that the entertainment industry does not give something valuable to the audiences except for their performances which are enjoyable for some time; however, let’s take the example of teachers who play a significant role in shaping our careers but are not paid up to their expectations and are considered to be underpaid.

Moving on, I also believe frontline workers such as the Army and Police do their duty day and night to protect the civilians, and they deserve to get paid much more than they are currently getting from the government. The scientists and researchers are also vital in enhancing our community and the nation’s progress. Their efforts have elevated the standards of living of the people.

To conclude, celebrities have uncertain and performance-based careers. Therefore, they deserve love and fame according to their entertainment value addition, whereas the people in other occupations, who are contributing their skills and knowledge for the betterment of the community, should be paid wealthy.

Sample 13:

It is undeniable that entertainment is of paramount benefit to people’s lives. However, some believe that music artists and sports stars gain high financial benefits, which should not be. This essay discusses why I disagree with this opinion, as entertainment positively affects people’s moods and has a shorter number of years for their career compared to other jobs. This essay shall also discuss other similar kinds of jobs which should be paid huge sums of money.

To commence with, people who work in the entertainment sector should be compensated with huge sums of money because their scope of work brings an unimaginable positive effect on people’s moods. Although not everybody finds their source of happiness in entertainment activities, many people gain great happiness and relaxation by watching a movie, listening to their favourite music and watching a football match. For instance, the majority of people worldwide completely forget about their pressing issues when they spend time enjoying entertaining programs. As such, because of the great difference it makes in people’s lives, stars deserve huge financial benefits as compensation.

Moreover, their jobs are most dangerous and normally require a shorter number of years to retire compared to other jobs like nursing, teaching, engineering, and so on, which normally require sixty or sixty-five years of practice depending on the country. They can also get hurt, which can make it unlikely for them to work again. To buttress this point, dangerous sports like Boxing, wrestling, rock climbing and skiing can easily claim participants’ lives or even lead to irreparable consequences. Hence, entertaining personnel deserve huge salaries.

In conclusion, I reiterate my opinion that even though individuals working in the entertainment industry are given huge sums of money, they deserve this as their job description has an immense psychological effect on the general public and can be fatal in some cases.

Sample 14:

Superstars of television, film and other media are given a big amount of money, and it has become a controversial issue in the entire world. I am also in agreement with it, and I would suggest that skilled workers also should be paid more. They are also real heroes of our societies. In the following paragraphs, I am going to discuss some of the reasons why we should not give too much money to the stars only for their fame.

On the first place, in order to validate my thoughts, there are several reasons. Firstly, it is understood that if the government and public give more money to the cricketers or to film stars, it may happen that they can use that money in the wrong ways. Secondly, the government should also understand that giving too much money to celebrities is good but whether they can use it for social good causes like education of children, charity works etc. For example, they can use it to ensure a good education for poor people.

Thirdly, those stars have good publicity and their own business so it is possible that they would have enough money. Individuals should create a fund where so many celebrities can donate their money to poor people's food or housing related issues and also, they must ask to assist from that stars and also if developed countries do this so it can be beneficial to undeveloped countries.
Another point of this essay is that to whom the government should give more salary? So, I would mention that more and more skilled workers also should be given more money because they provide many facilities for the people. It has also been seen that so many doctors, nurses and even teachers are migrating from undeveloped countries to developed countries to have a better life and earn more. That’s why it may affect the economy of a country. The government should give them good salaries, so they don't have to migrate to other countries.

To conclude, I would opine that celebrities should be given money but to some extent that should be restricted, and they should be bound to take part in charity and social welfare related tasks so that we can use that fund on poor people as I have written above.

Sample 15:

It is a well-known fact that certain professions get paid more than others. Celebrities are especially known to receive high remuneration, which is sometimes argued to be excessively high. Nevertheless, I agree that stars should be paid a large sum of money.

There are a number of reasons why this should be the case. Firstly, they will carry a heavy burden by being constantly under the spotlight. While there are those who enjoy such attention, living under public scrutiny can be quite stressful for others. On top of that, it is quite likely that they will have no privacy, even in regard to their personal lives. Therefore, there should be an equal trade-off in the form of money for those sacrifices. Besides, their appearances are often broadcast all over the world. For instance, the movie they starred in might be screened at hundreds of cinemas. Thus, the movie earnings itself would be high, so it would only make sense that they get high pay for playing in it.

Even so, there are other professions that should also get high salaries. One of these is the type of work that involves a great risk, such as miners who are at risk of being trapped inside a mine. In addition, jobs, where people's health is at stake, should also be rewarded with a reasonably high amount of money. For instance, doctors and psychologists who handle people's wellbeing or even lives should obtain high pay. This is because it might be demanding and exhausting to work in such professions.

In conclusion, I agree that entertainers should be well-paid. On the other hand, other jobs that involve great harm to people's health should have a relatively high salary too.

Sample 16:

It is certainly true that people in the glamour industry as well as sports people, get a very high remuneration. However, I opine that occupations such as teachers, scientists, social activists, etc. must be paid a large amount as well.

There are myriad reasons to support this argument. Firstly, high endorsements to famous personalities would discourage the common people and they may develop negative thoughts about less paid jobs. This creates a deterring effect on society. Secondly, youngsters become imaginatively affected and sometimes may be carried away from their actual goals. However, entertainers also face certain vexes; one among them is they can work for a limited age only (about 30-35 years) and they get retired earlier. Therefore, it becomes essential for them to secure their further future for which money is required.

On the other hand, if we consider less paid jobs, for instance, the people in teaching field play a vital role because they lay down the foundation for children and in turn produce skill full citizens of a country. Moreover, scientists indulge their valuable time in various discoveries and inventions to provide comfort to mankind. Furthermore, social workers bring awareness to society, which helps a country to develop. Owing to the above reasons, it is clear that people in the above-mentioned fields are important for a common man and a society. Hence, they must be highly paid.

In conclusion, I believe that the jobs that deal with the betterment of denizens should not be ignored, and they must be paid more so as to inculcate an interest in people to opt for such fields.

Sample 17:

Most famous people, especially entertainers, are rich and own a lot of highly expensive properties, because of that some people think they are paid high salaries, and I agree with them. On the other side, there are other jobs that are more important and should be highly paid.

Entertainers are a part of our society, but they are treated differently. I believe that they are paid more than normal people, and this appears in their lifestyle. They live in big houses which contain gardens and many facilities such as pools and gymnasiums. In addition to that, they hire assistants to help them to do some tasks at home instead of them, like cooking, cleaning and raising kids. Moreover, they always have the latest models of the most expensive cars in the world.

In my opinion, there are other types of jobs that should be paid more than entertainers such as scientists, teachers, and doctors. Scientists improve our life and think about solutions for the entire world’s problems, so they should be rewarded well to encourage them to still in their important field. Teachers are also important for every society; they teach the students who will be the leaders of the future. Doctors, though, are a highly important and critical job, they help people be healthy and recover from dangerous diseases so they must have good salaries too.

In conclusion, entertainers are paid high salaries because they are famous, but I think there are other jobs that should be paid more to bring more benefits to the whole society.

Sample 1:

Self-employment has become more and more popular in the labor market these days. In exploring this phenomenon, I will first address its causes, followed by possible associating downsides.

To begin with, self-employment is being increasingly prioritized as a choice due to its flexibility and profitability for the employee. Concerning the former merit, it is an undisputed privilege for self-employed people to have freedom in working schedules and workplace choices, which is either at home or the office. This also means they have more control over their leisure time, which can be devoted to personal commitments such as family, health or relaxation. Profitability-wise, both blue-collars and white-collars on contracts can only receive a fixed monthly or yearly salary, with often insignificant bonuses. Meanwhile, people working for themselves can gain far better revenue if their businesses do well.

That said, difficulties in business management and financial risks should also be taken into consideration. Running a business demands a wide range of abilities, from personnel to financial management. Even if one had acquired expertise, the managing of an enterprise would be a challenge with little room for carelessness, due to the unforeseen dangers of market volatility. A person going into self-employment without recognizing the problems at hand will thus face impending failure. Regarding financial risks, once people become self-employed, financial instability and income insecurity will become norms until job connections are well established. To make matters worse, someone borrowing from the bank has to bear the loan pressure or he may end up with unpayable debt from investments, leading to bankruptcy.

To conclude, identifying the reasons why more people prefer being self-employed is the key to finding related drawbacks. Anyone wishing to be self-employed should think twice before making the decision.

Sample 2:

Today, an increasing number of individuals choose to work for themselves, rather than working for corporate industries or MNCs. I believe that individuals choose to start their own business because of the corporate world’s little work/life balance or the imposition of rules and regulations. Although there are several perks of being self-employed, a few things about self-employment can cause a lot of stress to an individual.

The primary reason that encourages the youth to opt for self-employment is the freedom that comes with it. If a person is self-employed, he has the liberty to choose his working hours and plan his schedule. Further, a self-employed business can earn a hefty sum of money for an individual, securing the future. But people (employees) doing a corporate job receive only the given salary, which makes it difficult to balance their work and life. Initially, these employees are required to work for eight hours a day, but when the competition increases gradually and becomes fierce, they have to work hard and for longer hours to stay ahead of the company’s competitors. Further, if an employee doesn’t perform well or if the employer feels that the employee isn’t worthy enough, they can be expelled from the company. Moreover, the employee is bound by the rules and regulations laid down by the company or the employer. Not everyone appreciates being bound by the rules.

However, being one’s own boss can be exhausting and stressful. A self-employed individual should be disciplined enough not to skip deadlines. By missing out on important targets and deadlines, the individual may undergo financial losses, and he must solely bear all the consequences, as a result of which the guaranteed paycheck at the end of the month is lost. Moreover, it takes several years for self-employed professionals to establish themselves in their respective fields. Therefore, there’s no guarantee that a self-employed individual will earn enough to live a comfortable life until then. Thus, there’ll be a huge difference in their daily routine, adversely affecting their mental and physical health.

To recapitulate, I think working for oneself is definitely beneficial as it enables them to work on flexible schedules with their own terms and conditions. But eventually, they may fail if they don’t meet their set targets. Therefore, an individual should be aware of the pros and cons of self-employment before venturing into one.

Sample 3:

In recent years, there has been a noticeable trend towards self-employment, with many individuals choosing to work for themselves rather than for a company or organization. There are several reasons why this may be the case, and there are also a number of potential disadvantages to being self-employed.

One reason why more and more people are opting for self-employment is the desire for greater autonomy and control over their work. Working for oneself allows for more flexibility and the ability to pursue one's own goals and projects, rather than those of a larger organization. For instance, freelancers may prefer to work from home and set their own hours, allowing them to balance their work with other commitments, such as family or personal interests. Self-employment also offers the potential for greater financial rewards, as profits are not shared with an employer.

However, being self-employed also comes with its own set of challenges. One of the main disadvantages is the lack of job security and benefits such as health insurance and paid time off. Self-employed individuals are also responsible for all aspects of their work, from accounting to marketing to customer service, which can be overwhelming and time-consuming. Additionally, there may be less opportunity for career advancement or professional development compared to working for a company with established training programs and career paths.

In fine, despite these potential drawbacks, the trend towards self-employment is likely to continue as technology and the gig economy create more opportunities for independent work. Governments and policymakers can help mitigate some of the risks and disadvantages of self-employment by offering support such as access to healthcare, retirement savings plans, and training programs. 

Sample 4:

An increasing number of youngsters choose to start their own business these days instead of working for other people. Moreover, a wide range of reputed and successful businessmen are also in-support of these young entrepreneurs, and they help these young-ones financially. However, I believe this phenomenon has both merits and demerits and one has to be very careful before taking such a decision.

There are many reasons behind the increase in the number of start-up companies. To begin with, people face difficulty acquiring a job of their preference in the highly competitive market. Individuals who want to work in an esteemed organization or a well-paid job need to possess high academic qualification degrees or years of work experience. Such requirements already disqualify a large section of job hunters. Next, a few people desire to become rich in a shorter period. To illustrate this, a business can earn a person a hefty sum of money overnight as all the profit goes to the pocket of the owner.

However, there are several drawbacks to this. To start with, there is no guarantee that a self-employed person will earn enough to live a comfortable life. When people work for a company, they have the assurance of a guaranteed paycheck at the end of the month; however, when they work for themselves, this guarantee is missing. Another disadvantage is that many self-employed people work day and night and do not get time to spend with their family and friends. Thus, it creates an imbalance in their work and personal life. Moreover, a huge difference can be seen in their daily routine which affects their health adversely.

To recapitulate, working for oneself is definitely beneficial for young people because it enables them to work on their own terms; however, there are drawbacks such as the lack of a guaranteed paycheck that need to be considered before choosing to be an entrepreneur.

Sample 5:

There seems to be a growing trend of people around the world choosing to be self-employed rather than to work for a company. This essay will consider the reasons for this as well as the drawbacks of working for yourself.

One of the main attractions of self-employment is the opportunity for higher earnings than you might receive when working for a company. In the latter, salaries are determined by your boss and increases are often limited, regardless of how hard you work. If you work hard as a self-employed person, the financial rewards are potentially unlimited, especially with online businesses. For example, using social media advertising can allow a solopreneur to rapidly increase sales.

But money is, for many people, not the main incentive of working for oneself. Instead, it’s the sense of autonomy you receive. You no longer have to do what your line manager tells you to do; instead, you can make your own decisions. This allows you to enjoy greater flexibility over things like working hours and the kind of work you do.

However, there are drawbacks to self-employment. Firstly, there might be considerable financial risk. There is no guarantee of income, unlike those who receive regular pay cheques from their boss, and it’s not unusual to see new small businesses fail due to a lack of money. This is quite daunting for people who have regular expenses such as a mortgage, and so many people prefer the safety afforded to them by working for someone else.

Additionally, working for yourself will usually entail working long hours, sometimes at weekends and in the evening, leaving little time for the kind of recreation time enjoyed by workers who simply stop work at around 5 p.m. Furthermore, it may be difficult to take holidays if you work for yourself, so the work-life balance for self-employed people can be a problem.

In short, self-employment isn’t for everyone. There are clear drawbacks related to money and time, but for many people, the attraction of greater success and satisfaction is worth the risk.

Sample 6:

Today many people choose to work for themselves rather than for others. I believe this is because the corporate world offers little work/life balance. However, self-employment may lead to even more workloads and stress.

People doing a corporate job often find it hard to balance their work and personal lives. In a world that is changing so fast, a company is unlikely to remain relevant and competitive if its employees work only the standard 40-hour work week. For instance, to compete with the rising social media star Tik Tok, Facebook required its engineers to work during the weekend to develop Reels, which is Facebook's new short video feature. As a result, many people have made the leap to self- employment, hoping they can have more control over their time.

However, workloads can be even heavier for the self-employed. Being the only one in the business, a self-employed person often has to wear several hats at once. They have to, for example, do the marketing and accounting, and be the customer support. An employee, on the other hand, normally has only one job role.

Being one's own boss can also be very stressful. This is because a person's own business is like their own child. They put their heart and soul into it and thus may keep thinking about it every single minute. Take YouTubers for example. Many of them are constantly checking how many views, likes, and comments their videos have gotten, and become super depressed when the videos they spent hours and hours creating do not perform well.

In conclusion, many people become self-employed in an effort to keep their work and personal lives in balance. Nevertheless, self-employment is not an easy path; it can mean greater workloads and stress.

Sample 7:

In recent years, an increasing number of individuals have chosen self-employment over traditional company or organisational employment. This essay examines the motivations behind this decision and discusses the potential disadvantages of self-employment.

Several factors contribute to the rise in self-employment's prevalence. Individuals value the independence and versatility that accompany being their own employer. They have the freedom to select their own working hours, initiatives, and clients, enabling them to achieve a healthier work-life balance. Self-employment provides the opportunity to pursue one's ambitions or transform a hobby into a career. This creative outlet can lead to greater job fulfilment and satisfaction. Individuals can now work independently because technological advancements and the gig economy have made it simpler to access online platforms and market one's skills or products.

However, self-employment is not without its difficulties. The lack of stability and financial security is one of the main disadvantages. Self-employed individuals frequently experience irregular income streams, which can contribute to financial uncertainty. In addition, they must manage their taxes, insurance, and retirement plans, which can be difficult and time-consuming. As self-employed individuals frequently work alone, they lack social support and teamwork, which can contribute to feelings of isolation and limited networking opportunities.

In conclusion, the rising popularity of self-employment can be attributed to the desire for autonomy, the pursuit of personal interests, and the availability of digital platforms. However, individuals should be aware of the potential drawbacks of self-employment, such as financial insecurity and limited social interaction. Before embarking on the path to self-employment, it is crucial to assess one's skills, financial circumstances, and risk tolerance. In addition, pursuing professional counselling and building a solid support network can mitigate the obstacles and ensure a successful journey into self-employment.

Sample 8:

Most individuals want to be self-employed in the present economy instead of working for an organisation. This is why they want to work autonomously. Without a doubt, there are benefits to working for yourself, such as more freedom and creative control, but the biggest downside is that you are not promised a steady salary each month.

There are several reasons why people want to establish a business, but the primary motivation is to protect their independence. When employed by an organisation, workers are expected to adhere to the company's rules and regulations. Above all, they are subordinated to a supervisor or boss at work. As a result, the majority of people feel intellectually suffocated while working under constraints and external control. Another compelling argument is that workers lack confidence in their employers. They are often at the mercy of their employers. This gives them perpetual dissatisfaction. Additionally, obtaining proper jobs is challenging in today's competitive industry. Typically, those seeking employment with a major organisation and earning a living income require a solid educational background and significant work experience.

Self-employment, on the other hand, has some significant drawbacks. To begin with, a start-up needs a large sum of money at the outset. Most young individuals find it challenging to have so much money. Second, if a business is to flourish, the whole burden of responsibility falls on the owners' shoulders. Above all, running a company is a dangerous endeavour since most firms are entirely dependent on the market.

In conclusion, although having plenty of free time and a high hourly wage is advantageous as a self-worker, it's essential to consider the possible difficulties and responsibilities of entrepreneurship.

Sample 9:

In today's economy, the majority of people choose self-employment over working for an organisation. This is why they want autonomy. Without question, there are advantages to working for yourself, such as more independence and creative power, but the primary disadvantage is that you are not guaranteed a consistent monthly wage.

There are several reasons why individuals desire to start their own company, but the most prominent motive is to maintain their independence. When an organisation hires employees, they are required to follow the organisation's rules and regulations. Most importantly, they report to a supervisor or boss at work. Consequently, most individuals experience intellectual suffocation while operating inside restrictions and under external supervision. Another persuasive argument is that employees lack faith in their companies. Frequently, they are at the mercy of their employers. This causes them to be consistently dissatisfied. Additionally, acquiring suitable employment is difficult in today's competitive sector. Generally, anyone seeking employment with a large organisation and earning a livable wage must have an excellent educational background and substantial job experience.

On the other hand, self-employment has some substantial disadvantages. To begin, a start-up requires a significant amount of capital. The majority of young adults find it challenging to have this much money. Second, for a firm to thrive, the whole load of duty rests on the shoulders of the proprietors. Above all, operating a business is risky since most enterprises are entirely reliant on the market.

To summarise, although having lots of free time and a high hourly salary is helpful as a self-employed individual, it is essential to recognise the potential problems and obligations associated with entrepreneurship.

Sample 10:

There is little room for doubt that being independent, self-sufficient and financially stable is paramount today. Two basic approaches used by people to achieve the above-mentioned goal are being self-employed or working for a company. It has been observed that people nowadays choose the former method rather than the latter.

The freedom of not reporting to a boss is one of the primary reasons people choose to work for themselves. A person can be his/her boss, which means there is no pressure to meet deadlines or work according to someone else's wish. One can work according to their set schedule and pattern. Another reason is the huge monetary gains. For example, if you work for a company, you are bound to receive a set amount of salary, no matter how much profit the company makes in that particular month, but if you own the company, then all the profit goes directly to you.

Aside from the benefits mentioned above, there are numerous disadvantages to being self-employed. There is no financial security. For example, if you invested a huge amount of money in a project but it did not turn out well, then you are left with no money at all, which is not in the case of having a job. In addition to the risk of failure, self-employment comes with a lot of responsibility, less time for oneself and family, hectic schedules and great pressure.

To conclude, self-employment appears to be sweet on the outside with all kinds of leisure, monetary gains and freedom, but it is quite bitter on the inside with no sense of financial security and great pressure all the time due to the risk of failure.

Sample 11:

There is little doubt that being self-sufficient, financially secure, and independent is critical today. Individuals may pursue the above-mentioned objective in one of two ways: as self-employed individuals or as employees of a business. People today prefer the former technique over the latter.

The independence from reporting to a supervisor is a major reason individuals prefer to work for themselves. A person may be his or her employer, which implies that there is no pressure to fulfil deadlines or perform according to the wishes of others. Individuals may work according to their timetable and routine. Another factor is the enormous financial benefit. For example, if you work for a business, you are obligated to get a certain salary regardless of how much profit the firm generates that month, but if you own the company, you receive 100% of the profit.

Apart from the aforementioned perks, self-employment has a slew of drawbacks. There is no such thing as financial security. For instance, if you spend a large sum of money on a project but it fails, you are left with nothing, which is not the situation when you have a job. Apart from the danger of failure, self-employment entails a tremendous deal of responsibility, less time for yourself and your family, busy schedules, and significant pressure.

To conclude, self-employment seems to be a sweet deal on the surface, with plenty of leisure, financial advantages, and independence, but it is very sour on the inside, with no feeling of financial stability and constant pressure due to the possibility of failure.

Sample 12:

In contemporary society, an increasing number of individuals prefer self-employment over traditional employment with companies or organizations. They make this choice influenced by various factors, such as the desire for greater autonomy, flexibility, and potentially higher financial rewards. However, along with these advantages, self-employment poses its own set of challenges, such as the absence of job security and benefits, and the added responsibility of managing all aspects of one’s business.

The allure of self-employment lies in the autonomy it provides individuals over their work. Opting to work for oneself enables the pursuit of personal objectives and projects, fostering a sense of independence and control. Many freelancers, for example, value the flexibility to set their own work hours and create a conducive work environment, often choosing to work from home. Another motivating factor is the potential for higher financial rewards, as self-employed individuals retain all profits without sharing them with an employer.

However, individuals should not overlook the disadvantages of self-employment. One major drawback is the absence of benefits such as paid time off, health insurance, and job security. Unlike traditional employment, self-employed individuals shoulder the responsibility of managing every facet of their job, from accounting to customer service, which can be demanding and time-consuming. Additionally, the lack of well-established training programs and career paths may limit opportunities for professional development and career advancement.

Drawing from personal experience, a friend who transitioned from a corporate job to self-employment highlighted the challenges of managing taxes, securing clients, and handling administrative tasks. While enjoying the flexibility of self-employment, the uncertainties of income and the absence of job benefits posed significant challenges.

In conclusion, the preference for self-employment arises from the desire for autonomy and flexibility, coupled with the potential for financial rewards. However, individuals contemplating this career path should carefully consider the disadvantages, including the lack of benefits and increased responsibilities.

Sample 13:

An increasing number of people today are opting to start their own companies instead of working for a company mainly because of the increased support for young entrepreneurs. In my opinion, the main disadvantages of not having an employer are lack of expertise and its overall effect on businesses.

The number of self-employed is related to young entrepreneurs and has its origin in widespread angel investment across a variety of industries. One well-known example of this can be seen on the popular show ‘Shark Tank,’ where a panel of investors and executives hear product pitches and compete to purchase stakes in budding entrepreneurs’ businesses. This show has launched a number of successful products by securing initial funding, which has led to a trickle-down effect from this show: not only has it turned specific dreams into realities but it also encourages viewers in general to be more ambitious and has therefore been one of the main catalysts for the frenzy of self-run businesses popping up in recent years.

Though there are undoubtedly positives to all these start-up companies, I think that the overall impact is negative because it results in many poorly run businesses. For example, in recent years a number of ride-sharing apps including Uber, Grab, Lyft, Be, Go-Viet and countless others have sprung up. The established companies provide a functioning app with high-quality service to meet the growing demands of this industry. However, the majority of small start-ups find themselves in over their heads with apps that barely function and driver shortages that specialise in inconveniencing customers. It would be better for the people starting these derivative businesses to either work in companies, gain valuable experience, look for gaps in the market, and then develop worthy competitors or simply be content to have a good job in a good company that they do not own.

In conclusion, I feel that the rising number of new companies has led to a cult of overconfidence. If more people were satisfied working for others rather than pursuing unrealisable ambitions, this would likely lead to better consumer products across the board as well as increased national economic prosperity.

Sample 14:

Nowadays, it is common for people to work independently instead of committing themselves to permanent jobs at corporations. The rise of self-employment can be attributed to a desire for total control of one’s schedule, despite the potential drawback of unstable income.     

When people choose to work for themselves, they are afforded the ability to proactively manage their time throughout the day without being dependent on pre-made schedules given by employers. Such freedom of time management leads to increased productivity as people are able to pick the most effective work hours. In recent years, I have witnessed an increasingly high number of co-workers from large corporations who quit their corporate jobs to become freelancers in their respective fields, all of whom later expressed great satisfaction at being more efficient as well as having much more free time.

Regardless of the considerable freedom that self-employment brings, it is still an unpredictable career due to its often-unsteady income. While companies are responsible for secure stable jobs and salary for workers, those who work without contracts are afforded no such security as their income is dependent on the market, which fluctuates wildly with supply and demand. Freelancers may enjoy great benefits one day only to be unemployed the next. Many of my friends who worked as independent real estate brokers reaped major wealth in the past but later went bankrupt during the housing crisis in 2008, while those employed by housing firms were protected by their organizations.

In conclusion, self-employment provides people with the freedom to work as they deemed appropriate at the cost of steady income. Working independently is a high risk, high reward career choice that is not universally ideal and should be considered carefully.

Sample 15:

Many individuals nowadays choose to work for themselves rather than being employed in an organisation. The main reason behind this preference is people’s freedom to work solo and independently. Having said that, there are advantages to working for oneself. However, the major disadvantage is that there is no guaranteed paycheck every month.

People doing corporate jobs often find it hard to balance their work and personal lives. In the past, there were not many rivalries among industries. Most workers were only compelled to work eight hours a day, which means they still had plenty of time left for themselves after work. Nevertheless, the competition is becoming fiercer with every passing day, and as a result, many employees have to toil harder and longer hours to help their employers thrive. For instance, at Facebook, engineers are often asked to work during the weekend to deliver new features to stay ahead of its competitors, such as TikTok and Snapchat. Thus, many people have leapt to self-employment, hoping they can have more control over their time. Additionally, being self-employed gives the freedom to pursue one’s passion and experiment with various avenues, which is impossible in nine-to-five jobs.

However, there are disadvantages to being self-employed too. Primarily, there is a considerable risk of failure of a venture at any point in time due to a lack of guidance, abilities, experience, and risk management. Occasionally, people cannot push their bottom lines and lose their entire investment. Eventually, they may end up with a complete failure which further triggers health issues such as hypertension and cardiac problems.

To pen down, I would write that young adults are very inclined to establish their own business to become rich and lead a luxurious lifestyle. Even so, running a successful venture is not everyone’s cup of tea due to the various risks.

Sample 16:

Many people nowadays are opting to work for themselves, rather than for a company. There is a more palpable shift towards self-employment and a greater detachment from more traditional working structures. This essay will demonstrate how self-employment can lead to financial freedom and more flexibility of one’s output, but it will also show how financial freedom can be risky and the idea of creative flexibility can be illusionary. Whilst acknowledging the drawbacks, this essay will argue how the advantages of self-employment outweigh the disadvantages.

One clear benefit of working for one’s self, is the possibility of financial freedom and creative autonomy. By being self-employed, one has the room to create one’s own salary. Rather than being hemmed in by a fixed monthly amount, a person working for themselves can exceed this and create a salary that is reflective of their work and one that does not impede them by wider company policy. Although some people can see pay rises, this is seldom seen in many industries and despite the extra hours people work, their pay quickly hits a ceiling. Whereas self-employment means you are not determined by someone else’s view of what you should be paid. As well as this, someone who is self-employed has more creative control. This is highly important as being passionate about what you do should be a key characteristic of any job. By having more creative control, we can determine what we produce and the effect we want it to have. Therefore, we are in control and can enjoy the work we ultimately decide to produce.

On the other hand, there are obvious disadvantages to being self-employed. Firstly, it can involve some financial risk where each month does not necessarily look financially the same. There may be dips and troughs where the individual is learning less than the previous month. This could seep into other aspects of their life and make certain things difficult, such as paying bills. Secondly, having to be constantly creative can be more difficult than perceived and its reality not as utopian as it may seem. For example, if someone is starting their own business or creating a course, the sole creative output rests on their shoulders and this can be difficult to routinely produce, rather than having a brief to fill which is passed down from a senior or fellow colleague.

In conclusion, whilst there are disadvantages to being self-employed, I believe the potential possibilities and benefits of being self-employed outweigh working for a company. Whilst working for a company is preferred by some, the working world is shifting to a model that is more innovative, creative and less reliant on the traditional ways of working.

Sample 17:

There is a famous quote that it is good to be your own boss instead of being someone else’s employee. Due to this, people nowadays are increasingly setting up their own ventures. This essay addresses the reasons for this trend and provides the disadvantages associated with the same.

There are various reasons that many people, these days, drop the idea of getting a job and prefer to establish their own business. First and foremost, they know that in employment, they will remain stuck in the circle of 9-5 just for the sake of fixed income at the end of the month and never become able to increase their earnings. Whereas, when one is self-employed, there are no limits to growing and one can earn huge profits through his business. Next comes the freedom associated with one’s own commerce, since a person can work flexibly according to his/her own will and comfort. Moreover, it is the tendency of the human brain that it cannot work in an obligation. Therefore, folks consider it better to be self-employed.

However, when it comes to the disadvantages of being self-employed, they are significant. Primarily, there is a big risk of failure of a venture at any point of time due to a lack of guidance, skills, experience, and risk management. Sometimes, people are unable to push their bottom lines and lose their entire investment as well. Ultimately, they end up with a complete failure which further triggers health issues such as hypertension and cardiac problems. On the other hand, in a job, there are no such insecurities, and a person receives the regular income invariably.

Although, young adults these days are very inclined towards establishing their own business in order to become rich and lead a luxurious lifestyle. However, running a successful venture is not everyone’s cup of tea due to the various risks linked to it. 

Sample 18:

Recently, the idea of “self-employment” has become more and more prevalent. An increasing number of people prefer working independently to being engaged in a corporation. In this essay, several reasons for this trend and the disadvantages associated with it will be presented.

To begin with, the attraction of being self-employed lies in flexibility and autonomy. Contrary to their employee counterparts, who have to stick to a fixed and rigid working schedule, self-employed people have full control of their working time and location. Specifically, they can freely take a day-off for relaxation or to spare a certain amount of quality time for themselves and families. Besides, some people feel more motivated generating and implementing their own ideas compared to following orders from their seniors. Another plausible reason for this tendency is the current favorable environment for entrepreneurship. In many countries, there are numerous venture capital fundings aiming at nurturing and promoting interesting business ideas. This, as a result, ignites the aspiration of running a business in the public regardless of their social and academic backgrounds.

Although the concept of self-employment seems intriguing, it comes with certain downsides. The first concern to be mentioned is financial instability. As for freelancers, they could not earn a stable living until they have several networkings in particular industries. When it comes to running a business, problems inevitably arise in the process of raising and accumulating capital. In other words, the possibility of revenue loss cannot be excluded. On top of that, working independently can be arduous and stressful to a great extent. Flexible as it may seem, self-employment makes freelancers struggle to separate personal life from professional one. Therefore, they are more vulnerable to work-life imbalance, which is the root cause of stress and other mental illnesses. As for business owners, the lack of professional expertise and orientation poses them with difficulty in executing and operating. They need to be totally devoted, responsible and determined to shoulder all the liabilities. Otherwise, their business cannot stay, let alone grow.

To recapitulate, people choose self-employment for a number of reasons, with the primary ones being the flexibility and autonomy it brings. However, considering the above arguments of income instability and initial difficulties, this tendency has its own disadvantages that should not be overlooked.

Sample 1:

Everybody dreams of having a comfortable and beautiful place to live in with their family that they would like to call "home". In fact, home is not just a dream, it is our fundamental right. But when it comes to choosing what type of place to live in, many people like to live in a house while others prefer an apartment. In my opinion, there are both advantages and disadvantages to living in a house or apartment, and the choice depends on our preference and capacity.

A house is a large accommodation facility that comes with many large rooms, garden, access to the rooftop, open space and so on. The owner can go up vertically to have more rooms or can plant trees whenever he wants. That's the kind of freedom that makes houses more desirable to most people. There is no restriction on how a landlord can design or paint the house or how large he wants the lawn to be. Finally, the price of land increases every year and investment in a house is profitable. However, these freedoms do not come cheap. The soaring real state price makes it impossible for most people to even think of owning a house in a city. Furthermore, the maintenance of a large house requires employees and money, and the owner has to ensure the safety of the house on his own.   

On the other hand, an apartment is a relatively modern accommodation arrangement for small families and is built by real estate developers keeping modern facilities in mind. The customers can get everything readymade, sometimes even fully furnished rooms and kitchen. This eliminates the hassle of building a house and decorating it. The security and utility facilities are maintained by the building authority. However, an apartment owner has many restrictions, especially about how to renovate it, paint it, extend living areas or make more rooms. Besides, most flats have depreciation and are not always a good investment.

In conclusion, choosing a perfect place to live in is not just about advantages or drawbacks. Preference, modern amenities, return on investment and economic power are also related.

Sample 2:

Growing urbanisation has led to lack of space and thus a large number of people are opting to live in apartments. However, some people still prefer to live in a house. This essay explores the advantages and disadvantages of both these styles of living before coming to a logical conclusion.

Till a few decades back, living in individual houses was the most common norm. This was not only due to the fact that land was easily available but also due to the size of the family. The extended family lived and worked together. The house was generally accompanied by a large garden and ample space for the children to play. Even today, people living in houses prefer to do so because they value their privacy and need their own space. They also argue that they can build and design the house layout as per their convenience. However, living in a house comes with a high maintenance cost and extra effort.

However, people living in an apartment do not have to spend much on maintenance. The maintenance is taken care of by society. There is a helpline number that you can call at any time of the day for any issue that you face. Besides, working parents also vouch for the safety of their children within such gated communities. The only discomfort faced by people living in apartments is the lack of privacy and space.

The choice of living in a house or in an apartment depends on factors such as availability, rental costs and need; hence, a particular style of living cannot be deemed to be better than the other.

Sample 3:

A home is being considered as a paradise on the earth as it could be a destination after a hectic day. These days we have multiple options for the home, like an independent house or an apartment. Different people have different views on choosing a type of accommodation.

Firstly, let us look at the pros and cons of the house. An independent house is always considered a status symbol. This could be one of the reasons that the majority of the film stars own a house rather than a flat. Another advantage could be personalized space is gained by living in a house. You are the owner of the area so you can change it as per your convenience. However, personal space could be quite expensive. It is known that houses are more expensive than an apartment. At times a house might not be a safe place to live. For example, it is not surprising to read news about murder and robbery in the villas these days.

Nevertheless, it is a fact that the apartment concept is widely accepted by society, so its benefits cannot be ignored. Though living in an apartment could be noisy sometimes, it is a safe place to live in. For instance, a thief would think twice before entering into a place where many people are living. Moreover, a security guard is easily affordable in an apartment compared to a house.

An apartment could be a good option for people who like to socialise more. For example, a conversation started with a simple hello, turns into a long hour chat. You tend to meet different kinds of people so there are higher chances of finding alike minded people in apartments. In this global world, people stay away from their families because of work. However, a party organised by the apartments secretaries could make people feel like celebrating festivals with families.
I believe, it is an individual's choice to decide a kind of place to live. However, being a very social person, I would prefer to live in an apartment.

Sample 4:

With the rapid population explosion, an increasing number of properties have been built in many bustling cities. However, a recent poll shows that people prefer dwelling in apartments than to living in houses. I also think that living in an apartment has more advantages though living in houses has some benefits as well.

As for hunting an ideal vocation, living in an apartment near the commercial centre is the best choice. First, we are offered more choices of transportation, and we can save time on commuting. Moreover, we don't need to worry about any housebreaking burglary when leaving for a certain time, since our apartments are protected by the management company. Furthermore, there are fewer cockroaches and mosquitoes if we live on higher floors.

Nevertheless, people who tend to live in a house have a desire to enjoy tranquillity. We are given more free space such as rooms, car parking, and garden. In the meantime, we can also invite friends to hold a big party without worrying that may bother the neighbours.

However, when living in an apartment, it's hard for us to rent a parking spot. We need to pay a parking fee monthly which costs a considerable amount of income. However, it's stressful for the middle-class family to buy a house since it's pricey.

All in all, it depends on personal current situations to consider whether we should buy a house or an apartment, but in my opinion, I have to say the apartment is more suitable for people who live in a modern city.

Sample 5:

People have different opinions and choices about their living places, as some choose to live in a house while others prefer to live in an apartment. The following essay will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of living in a house compared to an apartment, but I believe that having a house has more benefits than drawbacks.

For certain reasons, some people choose not to purchase a landed house. In common, houses have a larger space than a condominium or apartment, which means that it needs more time for the house owner to do the cleaning. As people get busier these days they have less time for cleaning activities, so they choose to live in an apartment. Secondly, there is more maintenance work to do for people who live in a cold area, especially during the winter season. For instance, it is mandatory for house owners to clear the pedestrian way which passes through their houses by shovelling the snow. This activity consumes a lot of time and energy; therefore, people try to avoid it by living in a flat. Again, owning a house increases many responsibilities which flat owners can mostly avoid. Finally, purchasing an apartment requires less money than building a decent house.

Despite all of the disadvantages mentioned above, many people believe that having a house brings a lot of benefits for them rather than owning an apartment. Firstly, it is a fact that the price of a detached house increases more rapidly than an apartment. It means that house owners could get a higher capital gain when they plan to sell the house. Secondly, the living cost of living in a house is lower than in an apartment as they do not have to pay the monthly maintenance fee. In certain countries, governments also differentiate the electricity and water rate between landed houses and apartments, as they believe that living in condominiums would be counted as a luxurious lifestyle. Lastly, a certain belief that it is safer to live in a landed house, especially when a natural disaster occurs. For example, it is riskier for people who live in a high-rise building to survive than those who live in a detached house during an earthquake. Furthermore, an apartment building is owned by a housing estate company and many flat owners live there together. This reduces the freedom for apartment owners. On the contrary, a separate house owner enjoys full freedom and does not have to live with many other families in the same building.

In conclusion, it is a fact that people have their own preferences and opinions about the type of properties that they would like to choose. Whichever the type of property is, both have their own positive and negative aspects. I believe that the advantages of living in a house are greater than the disadvantages and I encourage people to save some money and purchase a house rather than planning to purchase an apartment.

Sample 6:

With the changes in lifestyle, preference of living standards, basic amenities and concept of luxury have also changed for each person. Earlier, people used to aspire for a house of their own due to the large number of members in the family. But now, most individuals, due to security issues and small families, feel a need to move to apartments. In this essay, the advantages and disadvantages of both sides will be discussed to reach a conclusion.

In former times, family members used to live together and so required big houses to accommodate them all. Owning a house was a status symbol in many places. As a house is built according to the individual’s convenience, it is a personalized space that is decorated or organized in accordance with the necessity. It offers privacy to everyone and is less noisy even though many people live in it. One can have a garden or a free space to relish some moments of peace. Unfortunately, everything has its own disadvantages. The freedom one adores in a house comes with a price. It is exorbitant to maintain the structure and facilities in place. The cost of buying the land as well as constructing the house is so high that many people tend to lose it to the banks to pay their loans. There is no safety. Anyone can enter it unless one is careful.

Buying apartments or flats instead of a house has become widespread. Families, nowadays, have become smaller and so they need less amount of space. Secondly, when a person owns a flat, he/she need not worry about security as every compound has assigned guards throughout the day. Thirdly, one need not worry about the regular maintenance as a certain amount of money is paid for and upkeep is done by the building authority. Each society has its own conveniences like gyms, gardens, swimming pools and others. Further, most apartments are consciously built in areas with other accommodation like markets, transport facilities, etc. Like houses, apartments too have their drawbacks. The major problem is the lack of space and privacy. Although one can buy larger apartments according to their need, it will be extravagant. Yet, compared to building a house and maintaining it, an apartment is less costly. Moreover, there are various rules and regulations that the inhabitants have to follow in order to maintain the living standard of society.

In conclusion, it can be said that although both of them have their benefits and difficulties, it completely depends on the prerequisites of the person who will buy the house or the apartment. In my case, I feel owning an apartment is more suitable.

Sample 7:

Being a controversial subject among people, whether or not living in a private house outweighs being settled in an apartment, is not an easy decision. In this essay, the pros and cons of both these ways of living are going to be discussed.

People living in a house benefit from their privacy as they do not have any neighbours in their place to share some areas like staircases or corridors. Besides, having a desirable garden could be a marked characteristic for individuals being interested in gardening and or providing a sufficient play area for their offspring and pets. Despite a variety of merits, possessing a house could embody some sort of difficulties ranging from low security to some extra maintaining expenses.

On the other hand, thanks to expanding the state-of-the-art lifestyle in the multitude of cities, especially the mega cities, living in an apartment is going to be more convenient because of some advantages. The main merit is that living in an apartment contributes to being more secure in comparison with a house, as the inhabitants need to take care of just one entrance and building guards provide higher security for the owners, as well. A low independence feeling, however, could be mentioned as the most significant drawback of a flat in a building, particularly towers.

In conclusion, all things considered, both circumstances of living possess their own plus and minus points. Nevertheless, I somewhat concur that due to the modern way of life in which plenty of people live, living in an apartment could be more profitable with regard to the level of security and lower cost of maintenance of property and some probable repairing issues.

Sample 8:

Whether to live in an apartment or to own a house is a big decision to make and people seem to have different views in terms of choosing the right living places for them. For some, a house is synonymous with having a permanent settlement and a flat is only a temporary living place. For others, a house is too expensive to own or maintain and an apartment is the right solution to their accommodation needs. From my point of view, both have their pros and cons, but a house offers far greater benefits than an apartment.

To begin with, a house is more than a building; it is a permanent address. It offers more facilities than an apartment can, not to mention large rooms, a lawn, a space for gardening, open space and so on. Unlike a flat owner, a landlord can build a house the way he prefers and renovates it whenever he wants.

Moreover, a house owner enjoys certain freedoms that an apartment dweller cannot have. For instance, a landlord can convert the open space into a garden or arrange barbeque parties there while a flat owner does not have these freedoms. Interestingly, the prices of a house and its land increases manifold while most of the apartments get grimy and timeworn over the years and offer no significant return on investment. Most of the flat owners get a lease contract for the flat which ends after a certain period while houses are passed from generation to generation.

To conclude, a house is a way better accommodation arrangement than an apartment and this is why everyone dreams to own a house. Apart from some minor advantages that apartments offer, houses are always preferable. Personally, I would like to own a spacious house than a cramped apartment.

Sample 9:

In today’s world, where the cost of living is increasing day by day, choosing between living in a house or an apartment is a crucial decision. While some people prefer living in a house, others believe that apartment living is more advantageous. In my opinion, living in an apartment has more benefits than living in a house.

Firstly, apartments are generally located in the heart of the city, which offers easy access to all the amenities and facilities such as supermarkets, hospitals, and schools. On the other hand, houses are usually located on the outskirts of the city, which often requires longer travel time to access these facilities. Furthermore, apartments usually come with extra facilities like gyms, pools, and playgrounds, which houses usually do not have.

Secondly, apartments are more affordable than houses, which makes them a better choice for individuals on a tight budget. The maintenance cost of an apartment is also lower compared to a house, as the management takes care of repairs and maintenance of common areas. Lastly, living in an apartment provides a sense of community, as people living in the same building often get to know each other and socialize. In contrast, living in a house can be isolating, especially if the house is located in a less populated area.

In conclusion, while living in a house has its advantages, I believe that living in an apartment offers more benefits in terms of convenience, affordability, and socialization. Therefore, I think that living in an apartment is a better option for individuals looking for a comfortable and affordable place to live in the city.

Sample 10:

Whether living in a house is more advantageous or an apartment is a better choice for dwellers has long been the subject of debate. Some people argue that a large house is better than an apartment while others refute this view. In this case, I opine that both have pros and cons, and the preference depends upon several factors.

To commence with, houses are bigger than apartments. There are several bedrooms, a yard, and plenty of space in general. People who enjoy throwing parties can entertain their friends in a more pleasant way when they live in a house. Besides, people have more privacy and freedom when they live in a house, and this includes designing the house the way they want. However, a bigger place also requires additional maintenance. There are more floors and windows to clean compared with an apartment.

On the other hand, the apartment usually comes with added values, such as security, power back-up, fire safety mechanism and water system. The developers provide these amenities, whereas the house owners need extra effort to set up these services. In addition, an apartment could be sold more easily than a house as many studies reveal that demands for apartments are higher than for houses. So, it would not be a herculean task compared to selling a house. Take my case for an example – last year I sold my apartment and moved to a new one to be nearer my office within just three months when I decided to do so.

From what has been discussed above, whether a house or an apartment is better to live in depends on several issues, such as personal preferences, lifestyle and so forth. So, it would be wrong if we place one option above the other as it would depend on personal preference and needs.

Sample 11:

An apartment, in most cities, is a better arrangement for families to live in and offers numerous advantages. There are certain pros to owning a house, but this does not come without a cost and not all families can afford a house. I believe that living in an apartment brings more benefits.

To begin with, a landlord has to pay the holding tax, bear the cost of maintenance, renovate the house every year and face many other obstacles and disputes. On the contrary, someone living in a flat does not have to take those hassles. All he has to do is pay the utility bills and enjoy the amenities offered by the building authority. To cite an example, my uncle who is 3 years younger than my father, had once sought legal advice for the dispute he had regarding his house, and this continued for more than 5 years.

Moreover, a house owner gets stuck in a certain place, and it is difficult for him to move to stay in the proximity of his office or his child’s school. However, an apartment dweller can easily move to a new location to live in the vicinity of the place he or his family members need to travel to and from frequently. On top of that, purchasing a house is a cumbersome process and requires a great deal of money, and compared to that, apartment agreements are much more flexible and middle-class people can afford that.

To conclude, an apartment is a smart arrangement for people to have a living place and this comes with numerous facilities on one hand and eliminates several responsibilities and costs on the other hand. Personally, I would like to own a flat in a nice location than owning a house with a lot of responsibilities.

Sample 1:

A group of people believe that scientific approaches and advanced technology in agriculture activities brings a lot of benefits for societies, while others still maintain traditional ways. Both views have their own advantages and disadvantages, and the following essay will discuss in detail, but in my personal opinion, I do believe that the old-fashioned ways are better.

To begin with, many farmers are using technology and scientific approaches to managing their farms these days. They believe that by using technology such as tractors and dozers or using advanced chemical fertiliser, it will increase their productivity. However, many people do not realise that the usage of these advanced technological approaches has some side effects. For example, many fruits and vegetables that use pesticides have caused allergic diseases in human beings. And then, the over usage of pesticides in farming has made pests more immune and made the ecosystem become imbalanced.

On the other hand, some farmers are still using the old-fashioned ways. They manage their plantations using traditional tools such as using cows, horses and traditional carts. And they prefer to use natural seeds, rather than using special seeds, which were created by scientists. Although the productivity of these farms is definitely lower, they generate healthier foods for mankind. As a result, many people prefer to purchase organic fruits and vegetables nowadays, as they realise that the quality of these organic foods is better than the industrialised ones.

In conclusion, it is a fact that some farmers are in favour of using advanced technology and scientific approaches in handling their farms, while others still use the traditional ways. Both approaches have their own benefits and drawbacks, but in my opinion, traditional ways are still better than the modern one, as organic foods are healthier for consumption.

Sample 2:

This global population explosion has reduced the farming lands and has overwhelmingly increased the demand for food. To accord with the demand, many have already adopted intensive animal farming and the creation of fruits while others still follow the traditional ways of farming. Both approaches have merits and drawbacks but to feed the hungry mouths, scientific approaches to produce more food should be welcomed with proper research.

To begin with, traditional farming produces fresh and hygienic food that has proper nutrition. This approach also keeps the land fertile and does not make animal stocks that have been genetically modified. Consuming farm-fresh fruits and organic food is the secret to have a healthier life. However, the food production in this procedure is costly and sluggish.  

On the contrary, the world population has already reached over 7.6 billion and it is increasing rapidly. More population means fewer lands for cultivation. From this regard, I believe that scientific methods for producing more food at a reduced price is a timely demand. Intensive animal farming or industrial livestock production maximizes production while minimizing production costs and this is a necessary step to feel the global food demand, I believe. To cite an example, the majority of the rural households in developing countries had farming lands and animal stocks to meet the demand for the family. These lands are shrinking to accommodate new family members and most of these households now rely on food items purchased from the market. If farmers do not adopt technology and scientific methods to produce more, people would starve.

To conclude, we should employ scientific methods to support the development of agriculture at the current era where food demand is higher than any other time in the history, but proper research should be in place to ensure hygiene and quality of these productions.

Sample 1:

These days, a great amount of food bought from shops and restaurants is being thrown away irresponsibly. This situation is occurring due to a number of reasons, and there are several feasible solutions that could be adopted to mitigate this problem.

There are two major reasons why food is being wasted. To begin with, thanks to advanced agricultural technologies, farming has become increasingly mechanised, which accelerates production and helps to maximize harvests. At the same time, the way food is transported, stored and distributed has also become more and more streamlined than ever before. As a result, the price of food in shops and restaurants has reduced significantly, making it all the easier for consumers to purchase large quantities of food, and waste it without a second thought. Another reason for this situation is because consumers are failing to make a detailed plan of what they are going to buy before they shop. Consequently, their shopping carts are often full of food products that they might never use.

Some effective measures could be implemented to alleviate this situation. The first solution would be for restaurants to make their customers think twice about what dishes they are going to order. This can be done by imposing a heavy fine on diners who order too many dishes but cannot finish them. Another feasible solution is that people should develop a habit of making a list of ingredients and foodstuffs that they really need before going shopping. This would help consumers to have time to prepare carefully and decide wisely what food items should be bought, which would prevent a great deal of food from being thrown away. 

In conclusion, increasingly cheaper food products and poor meal planning are two primary reasons contributing to the huge amount of food waste occurring these days. Fortunately, there are various effective solutions to tackle this issue, including penalizing restaurant customers who waste food and making detailed shopping lists.

Sample 2:

Today, people throw away an obscene amount of food, either old groceries or leftovers from eating out. This wastage is caused by the increasing affordability of food, and it can be addressed by penalizing wasting food and educating people why and how to consume food responsibly.

People are wasting food because the relative cost of food has become a lot lower. Owing to advanced agricultural technologies and improved trade, enormous quantities of food can now be grown and produced inexpensively, resulting in cheaper prices. At the same time, people's wealth has increased steadily over the years, which means it is all the easier to justify throwing away unfinished or unwanted food.

In order to prevent food from being disposed of irresponsibly, an effective measure is to impose punishments on people who waste food. For example, restaurants can charge extra for dishes that are ordered but not finished; a policy that could make diners more thoughtful about their orders. However, it is hard to meaningfully cut down food waste without changing the public's attitude towards responsible food consumption. To this end, governments and food vendors need to educate consumers on the environmental, financial and even moral implications of the food that they throw away. At the same time, encouraging people to compost could help food scraps be handled in a more environmentally friendly manner.

In conclusion, people are wasting too much food because it has become cheaper. Punitive measures are one way to deal with this issue; however, drastically reducing food waste requires changing consumers' mindset.

Sample 3:

At the time when famines heavily strike impoverished third world countries, many people living in wealthy countries waste tremendous amounts of food daily. In my opinion, understanding the probable reasons of this phenomenon is important and may lead us to some applicable solutions that will result in reducing food waste.

The low cost of food seems to be one of the obvious reasons exacerbating the problem. Due to the revolutionary technological achievements, people have increased both the quality and the quantity of their crops. In turn, according to the laws of supply and demand, the prices of the crops have immensely dropped. A recent study of the FAO stated that the global crops prices have dropped 50 per cent over the last decade. This enabled people to buy excessive amounts of food without a real need.

Furthermore, the absence of strict regulations to discourage or punish this attitude can also be considered a major cause. Not everyone is aware that wasting food may create problems. Consequently, they are likely to resist any calls for controlling the consumption of dietary supplies unless they are forced by the power of law. Several countries in the world saw a drop in their national food waste after implementing a ban on the excessive purchasing of food.

Fortunately, there are some possible approaches that can be adopted by both people and governments. Firstly, raising awareness of this issue is immensely important. Using social media platforms can draw public attention to the potential dangers of food waste and how communities can confront it. Secondly, enforcing laws that prohibit the wasting of food by people and companies will deter such harmful practice.

In conclusion, the decreased price of food as well as lack of regulations allowed the unfortunate trend of throwing away food to continue. I believe that creating awareness and legislation are parts of a straightforward solution to this issue.

Sample 4:

Nowadays, with the prevalence of restaurants and food shops, many people are concerned that food waste from these businesses is becoming a problem. Although there are legitimate reasons for the problem, there are also solutions to it.

The most common reason why restaurants throw away food at the end of the day is overestimating the number of their customers. Restaurants are not entirely to blame for this since customer flow varies from day to day and depends on multiple factors, such as traffic or weather. For example, on rainy days, restaurants can expect a significant reduction in the number of customers. Another cause of food waste in food businesses is to avoid lawsuits for food poisoning. If a restaurant reuses its ingredients for the next day’s food, it runs the risk of food poisoning, which usually ends up either in a bad review or a lawsuit against the business. For example, many franchise bakeries have their employees throwing away any baked goods that did not make the sale at the end of the day.

However, fortunately, there are some solutions to prevent or lessen the effects of this problem. The first solution, already used by multiple restaurants, is to donate extra food. Homeless shelters, orphanages, or even the employees themselves would greatly appreciate the food. Many restaurants in rural areas even feed the waste veggies to their farmed animals, like cows and pigs. However, to prevent food waste from happening in the first place, restaurants need to avoid over-preparing food. Large-scale restaurants can afford to survey how their customer flow fluctuates with different factors to predict how many portions they should make each day. Businesses can also design better menus to minimize potential food waste. For example, menus that have multiple dishes that share common ingredients can reduce material waste.

In conclusion, although there are legitimate reasons why restaurants and shops find it hard to prevent food waste, there are still solutions that can prevent or lessen the effects of food waste.

Sample 5:

People are producing more food waste nowadays. This essay will examine the main causes of this trend as well as proposing some feasible solutions to minimize food disposal.

There are two main reasons why people dispose of large amounts of food products. One of the main contributors to food wastage is that consumers buy food without properly planning about when or how to make use of the products. This, coupled with changes in work schedules or appointments, means that people can end up changing their meal options or forgetting to use the products before their expiration. Another factor to consider is concerns about food safety. Due to fear of food poisoning, many people throw away edible food just because it is past its best-before or sell-by dates, not because it has spoiled.

In order to cut down on food waste, actions can be taken by both consumers and businesses. For consumers, the most important thing they can do is plan their meals, or more specifically, the ingredients they need, for the week so as to avoid over-purchasing. In case they do not finish all of the produce, recycling the leftovers into compost or incorporating them in the next meals are both possible. Moreover, food companies or retailers should strive to educate consumers about different labels on their products, as well as how to make sure the food is still safe for consumption.

In conclusion, lack of meal plans and health concerns are the principal reasons why people waste food, and this issue can be tackled by planning a list of ingredients to buy and introducing customers to food labels.

Sample 6:

There has been an ever-increasing trend that people discard an excessive amount of food waste from all corners of the world. This issue can be ascribed to a great number of reasons, and it must be addressed by definite actions.

The reasons for the issue vary. The primary reason is due to the higher standard of living, which results in the depreciation of food regarded as a physiological need in Maslow's Hierarchy. Another clear reason is that young people, who make up for almost half of the world's population, haven't been cultivated an appreciation of food from the previous generation. This boils down to the exponential rise in food waste in recent years. These two main reasons have contributed to food loss, which takes place in all parts of the world.

A wide range of strong measures must be implemented to combat food waste. This first solution is that the government can develop some action plans to raise consumers’ awareness of food appreciation and becoming a more conscious consumer and mindful eater. This could be done by getting people involved in global food campaigns such as Think.Eat.Save anti-food waste campaign. In regard to food retailers, they can lend a helping hand by distributing posters or flyers to every single customer when they come across any shopping mall, food supermarket, etc., or sticking posters on the restaurants to encourage customers to use food economically and become a leftovers guru. These mentioned measures can definitely help shape a sustainable future.

To conclude, there are obvious reasons why there is a considerable magnitude of food wasted in much of the world. This negative trend could be tackled by a number of remedies, such as enhancing the public awareness of the significance of using food economically with the help of the government and food retailers.

Sample 7:

Much edible food is lost or wasted in many nations. While several factors contribute to this issue, it is still manageable with some creative problem-solving.

The leading causes of food waste are inadequate planning on the side of consumers and excessive food preparation in the service industry. Occasionally, individuals must thoroughly anticipate when and how it will be consumed to purchase large quantities of food. As a result of their busy job and appointment schedules, individuals often adjust their meal preparation plans or neglect to utilize food on time. Secondly, most restaurants, hotels, and the food service business tend to create excess food. While the intention is commendable, particularly in anticipation of many customers and to avoid running out of available food, over-preparation often causes food waste if all the food is unsold.

There are some viable options available to remedy this situation. In order to reduce food waste, it is essential to maintain a balance between food supply and demand. Risk management systems using AI predictions should be used in hotels, restaurants, and the food service industry to identify the optimal amount of food to prepare. The second strategy should emphasize creating technologies and production systems that enhance storage, harvesting, processing, and distribution. Redistribution may be the principal strategy for providing or allocating more food to regions with a need and reducing the food supply in regions with an overabundance.

In conclusion, food waste is increasing due to insufficient planning on the part of customers and unnecessary food preparation in the service industry. Nevertheless, the issue is solvable with the use of modern technology.

Sample 8:

Food is one of the basic necessities of life. In prevalent times, masses spoil a huge number of eatables that they purchase from stores and eateries. The reasons behind this situation will be discussed in the upcoming stanzas along with some potent solutions for the same.

To begin with, the two main reasons why good food is disposed of is because people cook food items in excess amounts, or they do not use it in time. If cooked food remains unconsumed for a long time, it gets spoiled due to bacterial action, especially in summers or monsoon. Moreover, some people do not know what to do with the leftovers. Sometimes people do not feel like eating leftover homemade food and pick up food from restaurants due to which they ultimately have to throw away that remaining homemade food into the bin. Sometimes people buy too many edibles from supermarkets due to a wide variety displayed thereon shelves some of which are never cooked or consumed and lastly have to be discarded. Also, when people are too hungry, they end up buying or ordering more food than needed.

As every problem comes with a solution, this situation can also be dealt with by taking some effective steps. Firstly, people should shop smartly. They should buy food in required quantities and should only buy the items that they mean to actually consume. Secondly, food should be stored properly in favourable conditions as improper storage may lead to early decaying and wastage of food. Thirdly, we must avoid cluttering our fridge or pantry with loads of food items as then many times, certain foodstuff becomes neglected and consequently rots. Also, we must learn how to use leftovers. For instance, remaining grilled chicken from dinner can be used to make grilled chicken sandwiches the next day for breakfast. Last but not least, we must keep a check on the expiry date of food items and use it before its shelf-life ends.

To encapsulate, food waste is a bigger problem than most people realize as nearly one-third of all food produced in the world is discarded or wasted for various reasons. Many people worldwide have to sleep with an empty stomach so we should buy and cook food wisely and must not waste any of it.

Sample 9:

It has become common to see people throw away some of their groceries and food that they purchase at restaurants. This tendency can be explained in several ways, and there are two practical measures that can be taken to discourage this habit.

The primary reason why food wastage has become commonplace is the abundance of food. While in the past food was available in limited amounts and people in some parts of the world even suffered starvation due to food shortage, today food is produced on an industrial scale with the help of modern farming practices such as GM food. This has led to a drop in the cost of food and made food more available and affordable than ever, giving rise to wasteful behavior. To address this issue, the government should raise public awareness. This can be done through various social media platforms where people can be alerted to the repercussions of food wastage such as food shortage and a resultant hike in food prices. This measure would encourage people to be more mindful of their purchasing habits.

Impulsive buying is one other underlying cause of our modern food throwaway culture. People are tempted to over-purchase food when they are exposed to a constant stream of advertisements for food on social media and TV. Having watched a food commercial displaying savory snacks in an appetizing light, people cannot help buying large quantities of snacks only to discard most of it later. In order to curb this reckless behavior, advertising on food should be restricted: less exposure to food advertising helps curtail impulsive spending on food. When people buy food in moderation, they are less likely to waste it.

In conclusion, while the main causes of food wastage are the instant availability of food and impulsive spending habits triggered by food commercials, this problem can be alleviated with the help of social media campaigns cautioning against the dangers of wasting food and by a partial ban on food advertising.

Sample 10:

Food waste is a growing global problem. It happens because people often buy more than they need, and the best countermeasure would be to cut down on portion sizes.

Food waste is mainly a result of individuals ordering or purchasing too much food. Many people order extra when dining out to ensure they are not hungry at the end of the meal. Humans are a planning and predicting animal and this is a natural instinct. The same drive partly explains purchasing too much food at the supermarket but there are other possible sources. For example, ambitious shoppers intending to cook a variety of dishes during the week may buy a lot of healthy fruits and vegetables. If they are busy or cannot summon the initiative, the produce will spoil within a few days, and they will have to throw it out and make other plans.

The solution is to reduce the amount of food people eat. A reinforcing cycle of over-eating by obese consumers can lead to greater food waste. People order or buy more than they need and stuff themselves at every meal. Over time, this becomes an ingrained habit, and they purchase increasingly greater quantities of food, some of which will naturally go bad or be thrown out if they cannot finish it. A good counter-example to this practice would be in France, which is famed for smaller portion sizes. Food waste is dramatically lower in France simply because people eat modest meals and are therefore more likely to eat all their food. This could be replicated in other nations if governments reformed school meals and took other key steps.

In conclusion, food waste has deep psychological roots and the best solution is for individuals to reduce the size of their average meal. A shift like this will require a concerted effort from both ordinary citizens and health officials.

Sample 1:

Selecting the right candidates for the jobs offered is not an easy task, and it often requires extensive work such as data collection, screenings, scrutiny and interviewing before actually employing the employees. The interview is the most effective and fast way of finding the suitable candidates according to the nature of a job. Some other methods such as comprehensive written test, practical test and different scenarios could also help in this regard. I believe that interviewing is the most successful and widely used technique to select the appropriate employees.

There is no doubt that interview plays a pivotal role in the recruitment process and has become a mandatory constituent of candidate selection process. Normally, interviews help employers to judge the expertise and knowledge of different candidates about the subject. Some other traits such as confidence, personality, intelligence and communication skills could only be evaluated through the interview. In addition, this is the most convenient and rapid way that could exercise without spending huge expenses and time.

However, sometimes candidates are unable to perform and express according to their strengths due to shyness and lack of confidence. By this way, employers fail to hire potential and knowledgeable persons. Other methods of choosing employees also significantly help at this time. Written tests, practical demonstration of skills and making strategies in given situation are exceptional ways of knowing their strengths and weaknesses and are extensively used in institutions such as education, agriculture and army.

To sum up, I would like to say that the interview is commonly exercised in contemporary societies because of its effectiveness and higher success rate in selecting the right employees. Other ways of choosing employees are also helpful but demand more costs and time for their setup.

Sample 2:

Employers have various types of recruitment methods and processes to hire employees. Interviews are face to face interaction between employer and employee and one of the common ways to recruit candidates, however, it is not the best way.

Every recruitment method has its own advantages and disadvantages. To assess the 360-degree personality of a candidate. Recruiters should merge more than one hiring technique. For example, In IT companies to judge technical as well as error solving ability. Recruiters should take the mock practical tests and panel interviews of the candidate. Depending on just one hiring method can result in selecting an inappropriate candidate.

The job interview method is only good for selecting candidates, whose job is to business interactions with clients and customers. For instance, people in marketing jobs, HR jobs, and consultant jobs need good customer service skills that can be best judged in interviews.

The biggest downside of the interview is that the candidates are already prepared and answering prepared questions will make it hard to check the applicant’s worthiness. In addition, it is hard to believe that candidates are not faking and showing their true intentions towards work ethics and dedication. Another drawback is simply on the basis of the degree one can’t judge the ability to perform in the workplace. In such a situation, putting candidates into the task, they should typically do before offering a job position to them.

To conclude, in my opinion, the interview is not the best method for choosing a candidate’s worthiness. Employers should combine and assemble two different recruitment methods to choose suitable candidates as per the job profile.

Sample 3:

Choosing the right people for certain positions is crucial for companies to attain their long-term objectives, and one of the methods used by human resources is conducting interviews to know better their potential employees. In this essay, I will outline the interview method considered the best approach for recruiting employees and other techniques to locate high-performance candidates.

Some people have an opinion that the interview plays an essential role for companies in looking for workers to run their operating activities. It is true because by doing so, corporations are able to dig deeper information and qualification of the candidate. For example, companies can ask about their experiences and achievements written in their CV so they will know much better about the skills they have to achieve their targets. Moreover, by conducting interviews, they might assess employees' attitudes and behaviour and ability to make decisions quickly because they will know how their interactions and their way of thinking for problem-solving.

On the other hand, apart from the interview, there are other processes that cannot be negated by human resources, for instance analysing their cognitive and technical abilities and basic knowledge about the position they applied for. This can be done by a third party, such as an independent consultant whereby they will assess all requirements needed by companies. In case of corporations have a vacant position for an accounting manager, the consultant will hold a written test about how to prepare journal entries in a transaction, how to impair an obsolete asset and knowledge about accounting standards.

In conclusion, I believe that interviews play a crucial role in the recruitment process, but there are other factors that need to be considered by employers to select the best candidate, especially in cognitive abilities and technical abilities for the position they need.

Sample 4:

In the modern world, many companies prefer to choose their staff by conducting interviews. I personally believe this method suites only some categories and there are other different ways to find a suitable fit for job positions. Throughout this essay, I will explain it in detail.

To begin with, it is appropriate for some duties to select candidates via meetings because it requires basic knowledge. To explain more, data entry jobs or graphic designers can be selected via interviews. To complete these types of tasks you need to know basics information. For example, my sister got the data entry work as soon as she finished her studies because she had the required qualifications. Hence, for some positions, it is acceptable to hold a conference before offering employment.

However, there are other ways to recognize someone’s skills such as offering some trial sessions. During one-on-one or group meetings you can only find out about someone’s limited capability. To explain more, it is hard to find their skills through a meeting. The candidate may have all the study qualifications, but she/he would not be the right fit. For instance, a friend of mine applied for duty manager position in a supermarket who had experience as a team leader in a duty-free shop. But hiring managers decided to offer him a trainee period to see whether he is going to fit in that group. He got through it and now he is one of the head managers in the supermarket group. Thus, offering some trial period is one of the better alternatives for interviews because you can notice what they are really capable of.

To sum up, conference and one-on-one evaluations are good for some work categories. But my personal point of view is it is always better to offer them some trail sessions to figure people's capability.

Sample 1:

In recent years, the advent of the internet has gradually replaced many aspects of media industries, including printed books and newspapers. This has led many to believe that readers will no longer buy traditional prints because online contents are readily available for free. I completely agree with this view, as convenience and low costs are the main reasons people prefer to read online.

First, internet articles are highly convenient compared to paper-based journals. People can access them anywhere, anytime to get the latest news without having to visit the newsstand. With online publication, readers are also able to quickly pick which type of news or books they want, allowing them to read on the go using any device with internet connection. Currently, almost all local newspapers and publishers in my city have at least one website or application to cater to audiences’ demands for online reading.

In addition to being efficient, books and newspapers are inexpensive to read online. Publishers do not have to pay for printing materials, transportation and storage of books, thus greatly reducing the price and encouraging audiences to read more. Most of my close relatives have switched from paperback to digital books as the costs are significantly reduced and some texts can be downloaded free of charge.

In conclusion, digital books and newspapers allow people to read on the internet anytime they want, while not having to pay an exorbitant amount compared to traditional texts. Such expediency and low cost are the advantages that will enable online articles to replace their printed counterparts in the near future.

Sample 2:

Many people claim that in the future, printed newspapers or books will become obsolete because online reading materials are available for everyone. Personally, I firmly disagree with this conviction because printed newspapers and books will always have a place in our lives and not all online reading materials are free of charge. 

To begin with, saying that people can freely read anything is fallacious. I admit that there are many websites that allow people to read their contents without having to pay anything. However, popular online newspapers, such as The Economist or New Scientist, offer subscription plans for full access to premium users while non-subscribers are limited to only a small number of articles. Similarly, most copyrighted ebooks and other types of online content are only available if purchased. 

In addition, there will always be people who prefer to buy printed newspapers and books for many reasons. Reading free articles on a screen is oftentimes a test of concentration due to the disturbance from constant pop-up advertisements or message notifications. Furthermore, many people buy printed materials because they value the experience of reading and collecting physical books. Some people love the smell of paper and are attracted to holding a book when reading it. Or others seek to buy every paperback written by their favorite authors simply because they enjoy building their own collections of printed books.

In conclusion, I strongly disagree with the statement that people will no longer pay for printed newspapers and books. Besides, it is flawed to claim that people can read everything on the Internet for free. 

Sample 3:

The emergence of the digital age has revolutionized the way we consume information, leading to the widespread belief that printed newspapers and books will soon become obsolete. Some argue that with the increasing accessibility of free online content, there will be no need to pay for physical copies of newspapers or books. However, I strongly disagree with this viewpoint.

Firstly, while it is true that digital media has significantly impacted the publishing industry, it has not completely replaced the traditional print format. Many readers still prefer the tangible experience of reading a physical book or newspaper, which cannot be replicated by digital media. Furthermore, physical copies are not reliant on internet access or power sources, making them more reliable and accessible in areas with poor connectivity.

Secondly, the value of printed materials extends beyond their content. Books, in particular, have an emotional and sentimental value that cannot be replaced by digital media. For many, the act of holding a physical book, flipping through its pages and smelling the ink and paper is an integral part of the reading experience. Printed books are often collected and passed down through generations, becoming cherished family heirlooms.

Lastly, the belief that online content is entirely free is a misconception. While it may be true that many websites offer free content, quality journalism and writing still come at a cost. Journalists and writers require fair compensation for their work, and without revenue from paid subscriptions, the quality of online content may suffer. This is why all online content will be free is a misguided concept.

In conclusion, while it is true that technology has made it easier to access information online, the demise of printed newspapers and books is not imminent. Physical books and newspapers will continue to hold a special place in people's hearts, and the tactile experience of reading a physical book or newspaper cannot be replaced.

Sample 4:

In today's digital age, the consumption of information has shifted rapidly towards the online platform, and this includes the reading of newspapers and books. While some may argue that print media will continue to exist, it is undeniable that online platforms have overtaken traditional forms of reading. In this essay, I agree with the view that in the future, people will no longer purchase printed newspapers or books, and will instead rely on online sources for their reading needs.

One reason for this shift towards online reading is the convenience it offers. With just a few clicks, readers can access a vast array of information from a range of sources, without the need to leave their homes. In contrast, buying a physical book or newspaper often requires a trip to a store, and can be time-consuming and expensive. Additionally, online reading allows for customization and personalization, as readers can easily select the topics they are interested in, and receive news and updates tailored to their preferences.

Another reason why online reading is likely to dominate in the future is the environmentally friendly aspect of it. The production and distribution of print media contribute significantly to deforestation, pollution, and carbon emissions. In contrast, digital reading is a more sustainable and eco-friendly option, with no physical materials being used or discarded. As environmental concerns become increasingly prevalent, it is likely that more people will turn to online reading as a way to reduce their carbon footprint.

In conclusion, the future of reading appears to be in the online realm. The convenience, personalisation, and eco-friendliness of online reading make it a more appealing and practical option than traditional print media. While some may argue that print media will still have a place in society, the growing trend towards online reading suggests otherwise.

Sample 5:

The rapid advancement of technology has revolutionized the way people consume written content, leading to a shift towards digital reading materials. It is my belief that in the future, the demand for printed newspapers and books will decrease significantly as individuals increasingly opt for online sources.

Primarily, the affordability of digital reading materials makes them a more attractive option. Although traditional printed literature has been a staple for centuries, the high production and printing costs have made these materials inaccessible to a large portion of the population. Consequently, readers are disinclined to invest in physical copies of books or newspapers, especially considering that they may only read them once. Furthermore, the widespread availability of free or low-cost digital publications renders them a more economical choice for consumers. This accessibility and affordability will likely drive people away from purchasing printed reading materials.

Additionally, the convenience of accessing digital books and newspapers via electronic devices makes them more appealing. The cumbersome nature of physical books and newspapers, in terms of both size and weight, often restricts the reading experience to specific locations. Conversely, the portability of digital reading materials allows individuals to read at their convenience, regardless of location or time. Moreover, the ability to store a vast collection of books and newspapers in digital format on electronic devices ensures that individuals do not need physical storage space for their reading materials. This enhanced convenience and portability consolidates the attractiveness of digital literature over printed copies.

In conclusion, the cost-effectiveness and practicality of digital books and newspapers are compelling reasons that support the inevitable preference for electronic reading materials in the future. Consequently, it is highly likely that the majority of individuals will favor the digital format for their reading needs.

Sample 6:

Physical newspapers and books are losing their popularity. Although I completely agree that, in the future, they will not be in demand at all, I totally disagree that this is because everything people want to read will be available on the Internet for free.

Obviously, not all digital books and newspapers will be free of charge in the future. This is because for many organizations their revenue from electronic publications supports their entire operation. For example, the New York Times charges a one-dollar monthly subscription fee for their digital articles. This charge allows them to pay their employees and other operating costs. I believe this practice will continue in the future because, otherwise, they will go bankrupt.

The real reason why people will stop buying paper books and newspapers, I think, is that they can get electronic editions in a matter of seconds. After a new title is published, one has to go to a bookstore to buy the print version or wait for it to be delivered. The electronic version, in comparison, can be readily available to read in just seconds. For example, to purchase a Kindle book, a person just needs to go to Amazon.com and click some buttons. The book will appear in their Kindle reader right away.

In conclusion, while I agree that nobody will buy print publications in the future, I think this is not because they will be able to read every piece of digital content, they want free of cost, but because it is quicker to download a digital publication than it is to acquire a printed copy.

Sample 7:

In an age dominated by technological advances, the question of whether printed periodicals and books will become obsolete has prompted heated debate. This essay will examine the hypothesis that, in the future, people will no longer purchase printed materials because of the availability of free online content. While it is undeniable that the digital revolution has altered our reading patterns, this essay argues that printed periodicals and books will continue to coexist with their digital counterparts.

The Internet has, without a doubt, revolutionised the way we access information. With a few keystrokes, readers can effortlessly and for free investigate a vast array of online content. This accessibility has led many to assume that printed newspapers and literature will soon become extinct. Nevertheless, it is essential to recognise that not all consumers have unrestricted Internet access. In remote areas and regions with limited connectivity, newspapers and literature remain invaluable sources of information and entertainment. Moreover, grasping a physical book and turning its pages provides a tangible and immersive experience that digital reading cannot entirely replicate.

The credibility and authenticity of printed newspapers and literature are another important factor to consider. While the Internet provides a plethora of information, it also contains an overwhelming quantity of misinformation and unreliable sources. Print publications, on the other hand, are subjected to rigorous fact-checking and editorial processes, which improve their credibility. In an era of "fake news" and online disinformation, individuals may still prefer to rely on trusted print sources for accurate and verified information. This preference originates from the inherent trust built up over generations and the credibility established by reputable print publishers.

Reading provides an emotional connection and multisensory experience in addition to the acquisition of information. The nostalgic quality of printed newspapers and literature enables readers to form a personal connection with the content. Touch, scent, and the physical presence of a book establish a connection that enhances the reading experience. While digital reading offers convenience, it frequently lacks the tactile and sensory elements that can profoundly engage readers. Furthermore, printed materials are cherished possessions that can be passed down through generations, as they contain personal memories and stories that increase their value.

In conclusion, although the prevalence of online reading cannot be ignored, the notion that no one will purchase printed periodicals or novels in the future is oversimplified. The convenience and accessibility of digital content are remarkable, but the enduring relevance of printed publications should not be overlooked. The existence of limited internet access, the credibility and authenticity of print, and the emotional connection and multisensory experience provided by physical books all contribute to their enduring popularity. Thus, in the foreseeable future, both digital and print media will coexist, accommodating the diverse reading preferences and requirements of individuals around the globe.

Sample 8:

With the aid of modern technological devices, such as a tablet, phone, or e-reader, reading a book or newspaper is now easier than ever. Hence, I partially agree with people who assume that the majority of information will be digitised in the future, since print books and newspapers are more costly and time-demanding to produce.

The argument in favour of the digitalisation of the media is powerful for several advantages. One of them is that, in recent years, the internet has developed into a tremendously powerful instrument. It requires only a mobile phone to access unlimited global news in real-time, which is a boon for those who cannot spare much time reading a newspaper. The second upside to consider is that mobile phones with internet features offer unrestricted freedom. Besides providing news, it serves millions of other purposes, which makes mobile phones the gadget of all times. Many media publications, from worldwide news companies to global writers, have begun to utilise social media platforms, such as Twitter and Facebook, as publishing venues. There is no denying that this has happened because digital media has proven to be the most cost-effective and time-saving. Above all, it is safer for the environment, as almost no trees are cut down to produce e-news.

Despite the offered several advantages, certain limitations of modern means of communication cannot be ignored. It is important to remember that a large proportion of the world's population lives in poverty, making it extremely difficult for them to afford such high-tech gadgets, which are typically very expensive. Another factor is the dependence on the availability of the internet to access information on mobile phones or other devices, which is primarily restrictive when it comes to far-flung areas.

In conclusion, printed books and newspapers will never go out of demand, but there may be a considerable decline in their production in the times to come.

Sample 9:

It is argued that people will not need to purchase printed reading material in the future as this will be free to everyone on the internet. I completely agree with this as smartphones and ebook readers are more widespread and information online can be updated far quicker than printed material.

To begin with, the trend toward ebooks and free online news websites has been growing rapidly. I believe that within the next ten years nobody will pay for printed material, except in academic institutions. That is to say, information now is far more accessible because nearly everyone owns a smartphone or an iPad. In addition, free ebooks and PDFs can be easily downloaded and a wide variety of digital news websites can be found online. For example, research in the UK has shown that newspaper companies are investing heavily in developing their websites as well as launching free subscription services. Moreover, sales of devices such as Amazon Kindle and iPads have grown rapidly, and this trend is set to continue.

Another reason for my view is that information on the web is far more up to date. In other words, once newspapers are distributed to the shops, they cannot be edited or altered if an important news story suddenly changes. To illustrate this, during the presidential election in 2020 the situation changed quickly, and many news organisations ran a 24-hour news channel covering the changes. Thus, sales of newspapers declined rapidly as nearly everyone got updates on their smartphones and social media. For this reason, I think that printed newspapers will be seen as unnecessary in the future as most people will rely solely on digital news and downloadable books at no cost.

To conclude, I think print media will be considered a thing of the past in the next decade as people depend more on free information on their smartphones, and traditional newspapers will not be able to compete with digital media.

Sample 10:

The rise of digital media has ignited discussions on the fate of print media, with predictions of its decline in the face of digital convenience. However, this essay contends that despite the advantages of online resources, print media will preserve its distinct charm and significance. We will explore the enduring value of print and how digital consumption is shaping, not erasing, its role.

Printed materials not only offer tactile experiences and a deep sense of ownership that digital formats cannot replicate, but they also foster a unique, personal connection between the reader and the text. The physical act of turning pages, the distinctive smell of ink on paper, and the visual appeal of bookshelves richly contribute to a reader's experience, enhancing engagement. Studies suggest that reading from paper leads to better comprehension and retention compared to screens, thus highlighting print's significant educational advantage. Moreover, the collector's value of first editions and the aesthetic appeal of printed newspapers and books as design elements in homes and offices further underscore their enduring allure and cultural significance.

On the other hand, the rise of digital media is undeniably reshaping access to information and literature, offering unparalleled convenience. The ability to carry thousands of books in a single device and instantly access the latest news presents compelling advantages for the modern reader. Additionally, online platforms offer interactive and multimedia content, enriching the reading experience with features that print cannot match, such as hyperlinks and videos. However, this shift towards digital mediums does not herald the end for printed media; rather, it suggests a diversification of content consumption, catering to varied preferences and situations. This evolution reflects the changing landscape of media, emphasizing the coexistence of print and digital formats in accommodating diverse reader needs and enhancing accessibility.

In conclusion, the digital transformation enhances information and literature access but does not erase the unique value of print. Both forms, with their distinct advantages, are set to coexist, serving varied reader preferences. The future lies not in choosing one over the other but in valuing the strengths of both print and digital mediums.

Sample 11:

The digital era's ascent has stirred a vibrant debate around the survival of printed media, with some predicting its demise in favor of universally accessible online content. This essay posits that despite the convenience of digital platforms, the intrinsic value and unique appeal of printed materials will ensure their persistence. The forthcoming analysis will illuminate the irreplaceable qualities of print media and how digital advancements complement rather than supplant it.

Print media, with its tactile richness and the intimate experience it offers, holds an irreplaceable position in the hearts of many enthusiasts. The act of flipping through pages, the unique scent of paper, and the aesthetic pleasure derived from book collections offer a sensory experience that digital screens simply cannot emulate. Research consistently underscores the cognitive benefits of reading printed materials, revealing significantly enhanced comprehension and memory retention. Furthermore, the tangible nature of books and newspapers fosters a deeper emotional connection, with first editions and exquisitely crafted publications adding substantial value beyond the written word, enriching the reader's engagement and appreciation.

Conversely, the digital realm has undeniably transformed access to information, offering immediacy and portability unmatched by traditional formats. The capacity to store extensive libraries on a single device and instantaneously update content has revolutionized reading habits, accommodating the modern lifestyle's demands. Digital platforms also introduce interactive elements and multimedia integration, enriching the learning experience in dynamic and engaging ways. Nevertheless, this technological shift does not herald the extinction of print; instead, it signals an era of diversified media consumption. Here, digital and print coexist harmoniously, each catering to distinct preferences and occasions, thus broadening the scope of how content can be consumed and appreciated in today's world.

In summary, the narrative that digital media will obliterate print is overly simplistic. While digital platforms redefine accessibility and engagement, the sensory and cognitive advantages of printed materials affirm their lasting significance. Future media landscapes will likely celebrate the coexistence of print and digital, leveraging the strengths of each to enrich the collective experience of readership.

Sample 12:

The advent of digital technology has sparked a debate on the future of traditional printed media, with some predicting the obsolescence of newspapers and books in favour of online content. I contend that this perspective overlooks the enduring value and unique qualities of printed materials, asserting their continued relevance despite the digital surge.

Firstly, the tangible nature of printed books and newspapers offers a sensory experience that digital platforms cannot replicate. The feel of paper between one's fingers, the sound of turning pages, and even the scent of ink contribute to a reading experience that is profoundly personal and deeply engaging. Furthermore, printed materials do not require electricity or internet connectivity, making them more accessible in regions where such resources are scarce or unreliable.

Moreover, the health implications associated with prolonged screen exposure cannot be understated. Research has indicated that the blue light emitted by screens can disrupt sleep patterns and strain the eyes. Unlike digital devices, reading printed material does not expose the reader to such risks, presenting a healthier alternative for prolonged reading sessions.

Collecting physical books and newspapers also has cultural and sentimental value that transcends mere content consumption. Physical libraries and archives serve as bastions of knowledge and history, preserving works for future generations in a way that digital formats, susceptible to data loss and obsolescence, cannot guarantee. The act of gifting or inheriting a book adds a personal dimension to the reading experience, embedding stories within stories.

In conclusion, while the convenience and accessibility of digital media are undeniable, printed newspapers and books hold irreplaceable value that extends beyond their physical form. They offer a sensory experience, promote health, and carry cultural significance that digital formats are yet to match.

Sample 13:

It is widely believed that the future will witness the extinction of printed magazines, journals, and books, owing to the ability to access them online without charge. However, I unequivocally refute this proposition on the basis that purchasing and perusing a printed book or newspaper elevates our existence to the fullest, while also supporting democracy. Conversely, online reading is predominantly subject to an authority's endorsement, and it fails to provide a deep, nuanced perspective to readers.

Indulging in a printed newspaper or book is the paramount means of fostering one's imaginative prowess. As individuals peruse a printed story or article, they are prone to visualize the settings and characters therein, with the depth of their immersion spawning a proliferation of creative cognizance. This unparalleled sensation can only be attained through the consumption of printed material. For instance, a study reveals that individuals who read the Harry Potter novel series in print format were left disillusioned after viewing the film adaptations, as their mental imagery far surpassed the visual depictions in the films. This exemplifies how a physical book invigorates one's cognitive faculties to a degree that is almost unattainable through browsing online literature.

Furthermore, procuring printed books or newspapers serves as a contribution towards augmenting our democratic values. Once a fact is printed, it becomes arduous for a government to disregard it, whereas online news portals can be readily suppressed by authoritarian regimes. Sustaining the subscription of printed literature fortifies this formidable democratic platform. As an illustration, it is widely acknowledged that in numerous Latin American countries that lack democratic structures, individuals can only access online news portals that are subject to control by their respective regimes.

In conclusion, perusing a printed publication stimulates brain function and imagination, thereby fostering creativity that can translate to real-life achievements. Conversely, reading online texts offers a fleeting sense of gratification. Additionally, purchasing printed newspapers serves as a crucial financial backing for this platform, which represents the people's voice in the pursuit of democracy.
Sample 14:

There is a discussion whether written media tools such as newspapers and books will no longer be purchased by individuals as it will be possible to reach them online and without payment. I completely disagree with this opinion. 

Firstly, written books and newspapers are more affordable. Although there is free limited daily news and some e-books on the internet, most platforms require people to be a member with a fee. Additionally, people need to have technological devices, namely laptop, mobile phone, and e-book reader which are produced to be broken down in a short time with a fast-consuming mentality. However, buying them is less effortless and cheaper. Moreover, books can be lent to other people and gifted to other generations. 

Secondly, technological equipment has a detrimental effect on people’s health. For instance, reading something online is harmful to people’s eyes because of virtual light. So, people need special protective glasses to be able to read safely. Moreover, this light may cause eye surgeries earlier than usual. The fear of being operated may trigger psychological problems such as depression, anxiety, and fear of death. 

Finally, collecting books and newspapers is a habit. While some people see books as decorative accessories, others think that newspapers are a good way to remember the past. Thus, people tend to collect them as a memory. Furthermore, these collectors use well-designed bookcases and newspaper racks to exhibit these papers. 

In conclusion, while it is believed that people will not pay for newspapers and books later because of free access to online ones, I disapprove of this statement. In my opinion, written documents will continue to be read and hold their own. 

Sample 15:

The popularity of physical newspapers and books is in steep decline, nearing irrelevance. In my opinion, although select segments of the population still value books, the move towards free online media is inevitable.

The argument against this is that certain individuals continue to pay for printed versions. These tend to be older people and only apply to the most well-known books and newspapers. For example, The New York Times still generates sizeable revenue from subscriptions and is one of the only magazines in the United States currently publishing a daily, physical edition. Moreover, hard copies of books are still popular. The vast majority of middle-aged and older people relish the texture and character of actual books and lack the technological know-how to download e-books. Even many younger people prefer reading paperbacks and hardcovers to reduce eye strain.

Nonetheless, someday nearly everyone will read solely online. The clearest evidence for this can be seen in the number of publishers resigned to discontinue printing such as The Boston Globe, The Atlantic, and The Independent. Those still in print have seen circulation drop precipitously as individuals access the same news for free, more conveniently on their mobile devices. This same trend is occurring slowly with e-books due to the rise of Amazon’s online platforms. Companies charging for online subscriptions have found their readership is trending towards obsolescence as competitors are willing to post free content and earn profits through targeted advertising. These are entrenched habits for young people, and it is only a matter of time until print media disappears entirely.

In conclusion, a rapid decline in publishing cannot be halted as reading habits have changed irrevocably. This means websites will have to become as reliable and responsible as newspapers.

Sample 16:

Technology has put an earth-shattering impact on our lives in all feasible ways. It has also altered the reading habits and preferences of people due to the advent of e-books and e-newspapers. It is believed that in the impending times, people will completely stop buying printed material to read as they will opt for free of cost corpus online. This essay is in disagreement with the above-given idea.

To begin with, although in the forthcoming technophilic times more people will prefer to read books and news electronically, there will still be a significant proportion of subscribers willing to purchase and read the physical versions of the material. It is because not everyone will be able to buy smartphones or other devices like iPads due to financial limitations as well as because of the lack of availability of such gadgets in remote or underdeveloped areas. Furthermore, traditional reading books are being read since time immemorial and masses who are fond of reading get a sense of satisfaction and relaxation while holding a book and flipping its pages as they believe that real essence of reading lies in going through the physical books only. It has also been scientifically proven that reading before bedtime induces sleep.

Further reinforcing, prolonged exposure of eyes to screen is not good for humans psychologically as it causes strain which makes the online reading experience unpleasant. It also weakens the eyesight and increases the risks of other health disorders such as obesity and sleep deprivation. Many people such as the illiterate or the old aged are not well-versed with handling e-reading devices or accessing the internet for finding news to read. Moreover, a print newspaper is reliable, everlasting and unchanging unlike news on websites. Last but not least, a recent study of young children between three to five years revealed that they had lower comprehension of the story when their parents read to them from virtual books as opposed to printed ones. This happens because they get distracted by e-devices and have a harder time focusing on the story itself.

To sum up, despite the several benefits of digital books such as their eco-friendly nature and portability, a considerable population will still continue to savour and use hardbound books and newspapers because of their numerous charms.

Sample 1:

These days, many people are afraid of nuclear technology because of the dangers associated with its use. In my opinion, although it is true that nuclear weapons pose the greatest threat to life, the use of nuclear technology for peaceful purposes also carries some serious risks.

Nuclear power stations provide an important source of cheap power for many industrialised nations and some developing countries. However, there is always the danger of radiation leaking from these plants. Even though safety precautions are taken, there have been numerous disasters such as the explosion of a nuclear plant in Russia not long ago.

Nuclear technology is even used to help cure some diseases such as cancer. Radiation can be applied to the body to burn away cancerous cells. This is, however, a dangerous procedure, and the application of radiation is almost always painful and not always successful.

The most worrying aspect of nuclear technology, though, is its use for military purposes. Enough atomic bombs have already been built to completely destroy the planet, and the real danger is that one day some country will start a war with these weapons. Too many countries now have the technology required to make such bombs, and there is currently much debate about how to control the situation.

In conclusion, nuclear technology certainly has positive uses, but is, nonetheless, dangerous. However, it would have been better if it had never been used to create nuclear weapons. If life on Earth is to continue.

Sample 2:

Since the inception of humanity, energy has been like oxygen to mankind. As said in the famous saying necessity is the mother of all inventions, man has created many new forms of energy to cater to his needs. To generate the continuous supply of energy we have been using non-renewable resources. Nuclear energy has emerged as a clear alternative to the conventional non-renewable resources which are depleting at an accelerating rate. But, with its hugely rewarding merits, it has proven itself as a dangerous alternative which can be fatal if placed in wrong hands.

The nuclear emission can be fatal to the living organisms and thus the production and consumption have to be done with a lot of caution. For instance, the USA used nuclear weapons on Japan, Hiroshima Nagasaki. We can never forget the horrendous mass destruction it caused and the aftereffects present till date. Since then, the world superpowers have reached many agreements to not repeat such usage of nuclear technology which can threaten life on earth. Furthermore, the Tsunami in Japan brought Japan and its neighbours at a high risk due to emissions from the impacted Nuclear Energy plant.

While the dangers of nuclear technology are well known and measured, the advantages it provides are huge too. The Amount of energy it can generate can make a country self-sufficient for its energy needs. Countries like Japan have realised this and are now generating the nuclear energy on large scale. Japan has ensured that all the safety precautions are addressed to marginalise the dangers.

Since every scientific invention has proved to have two facets, nuclear energy can prove to be an answer to the energy problem of the world, provided it is used wisely. All the countries, small or big, must come together and work towards using nuclear technology as a tool of development.

Sample 3:

In the past, nuclear technology was instrumental in defining the military power of a nation. It revolutionised the way wars are fought now. Nowadays, governments are doing more R&D, how to use this technology in a controlled environment to benefit power, medical, commercial and industrial sectors. This essay will analyse the merits and demerits of using nuclear technology for civilian usage.

Nuclear power plants can be made using this technology which will provide a cheap source of power for developing countries where energy crisis is rising every year. For instance, Iran is using its nuclear power plants to generate electricity. However, if safety procedures are not followed strictly in operating these power plants, it can result in leaking of radiation in the environment which can have adverse effects on the mankind and ecosystem of the region. Power plants in Russia is an example, where radiation leakage happened due to the mishandling and that caused the death of many power plant workers.

Medical sciences and medical equipment are another domain where nuclear technology can be used to cure patients. For instance, cancer, which was widely believed to be non-curable disease, can now be cured to some extent by exposing the patient to radiation on a regular basis. Again, this procedure of curing is painful and does not work all the time.

Another benefit which nuclear technology can provide is in oil and gas exploration. Nuclear well logging is used to help predict the commercial viability of new or existing wells. It is also used in food processing where food is treated with ionising radiation. This food treatment, if not handled with care, can contaminate the food with radiation and it would be disastrous if the food reaches the market unchecked.

To conclude, the above provides advantages and disadvantages associated with using nuclear technology for the civilian purpose. In my opinion, even if the nuclear technology is used in a strictly controlled environment with proper safety measures, it still posses' threat to mankind and ecosystem of our planet. We should expand our research and look into other technologies that can be an alternative to nuclear technology and are environmentally friendly.

Sample 1:

The widespread use of social media has revolutionized the way people connect and stay informed. While some argue that its pervasive influence has adverse effects, I believe that the benefits of social media significantly outweigh the drawbacks.

Opponents of social media highlight several negative aspects, such as privacy concerns and the spread of misinformation. Social media platforms often collect vast amounts of personal data, which can be misused or compromised, leading to serious privacy breaches. Furthermore, the rapid dissemination of information on these platforms can contribute to the spread of false news, which can mislead the public and cause widespread panic. For instance, during the COVID-19 pandemic, numerous false claims circulated online, leading to confusion and fear. However, it is important to note that measures have been implemented by social media companies to counteract these issues, such as improved privacy settings and algorithms to detect and flag fake news.

However, I believe that the advantages of social media are more significant. Firstly, social media has made it easier for people to maintain relationships, regardless of geographical distances. In Vietnam, for example, many families have members working or studying abroad, and platforms like Facebook and Zalo allow them to stay connected effortlessly. Secondly, social media serves as a powerful tool for real-time information dissemination. During natural disasters or emergencies, social media can provide timely updates and mobilize aid. The 2020 Central Vietnam floods saw numerous social media campaigns that organized rescue and relief efforts, demonstrating the platforms' ability to facilitate immediate community response. If social media were not as prevalent, these connections and timely information sharing would be considerably hindered.

In conclusion, while social media does present challenges such as privacy risks and the potential for misinformation, its benefits in fostering communication and providing real-time information are substantial. The advantages of enhanced connectivity and timely updates, especially in critical situations, underscore the value of social media in modern society. Therefore, the positive aspects of social media usage far outweigh the negative ones.

Sample 2:

Across the globe, many people use social media to not only stay connected with others but to also stay abreast of current events. In my opinion, the benefits of this widespread use significantly overshadow its drawbacks.

Admittedly, there are notable disadvantages when it comes to using social media. Privacy concerns are a major issue, as users often share sensitive information that can be vulnerable to data breaches. For instance, several high-profile data leaks have exposed personal details of millions, leading to identity theft and loss of privacy. Furthermore, the mental health impacts of social media use are another serious concern. This is because prolonged use of social media has been linked to increased feelings of anxiety, depression, and loneliness, as users often compare their real lives to the highly curated lives of others they see online.

Despite the above-mentioned issues, the advantages of social media are more significant and impactful. To begin with, social media platforms facilitate instant communication, removing physical barriers. This connectivity was crucial during events like the COVID-19 pandemic, enabling families and friends separated by lockdowns to stay connected. Another merit worth mentioning is that social media acts as a vital conduit for disseminating real-time news. During emergencies, platforms like Twitter have proven essential for spreading information quickly, helping people stay informed and make timely decisions.

In conclusion, while social media presents risks concerning privacy and mental health, its benefits in promoting connectivity and information dissemination are profound. The ability to bridge long distances instantly and the capacity to share urgent news swiftly affirm that the advantages of social media far outweigh its disadvantages.

Sample 3:

In recent years, social media has become a primary tool for staying connected and accessing news. While this trend has its benefits, it also poses several significant drawbacks, leading to both positive and negative consequences in equal measures.

On the one hand, social media has revolutionized how we connect with others and consume information. It allows people to globally connect with old friends, relatives, or those with shared interests, regardless of geographic location. For instance, students studying abroad can keep in touch with their families and friends daily using video call features on platforms like Skype and Facebook. Additionally, social media makes news available to the public sooner than conventional media like newspapers. During the 2011 earthquake in Japan, platforms like Twitter and Facebook played a crucial role as people swiftly shared photos, videos, and eyewitness accounts, offering real-time information about the unfolding disaster ahead of traditional news outlets.

On the other hand, social media also has several disadvantages. One significant issue is online communication abuse, such as bullying and harassment. These sites, attracting large numbers of new users daily, can become toxic environments where users are verbally assaulted. Cassidy Jernigan, a 15-year-old from Texas, was cyberbullied on platforms like Facebook and Ask.fm, enduring relentless hateful messages and threats. Another downside is the diminishing importance of direct contact with people in real life. Many young users prefer living in a virtual world rather than engaging in real-life relationships, leading to increased stress, anxiety, and loneliness. A 2017 study by researchers at the University of California, San Diego, found that people who use social media for more than two hours per day are twice as likely to report feeling lonely and isolated than those who use it for less than 30 minutes per day.

In conclusion, while social media offers substantial advantages in connecting people and providing instant news, its potential for abuse and negative impact on real-life interactions suggest that its benefits and drawbacks are evenly balanced.

Sample 4:

Social networking platforms are used by a number of people to keep in contact with others and stay abreast of the latest affairs. In my opinion, there appear to be limited drawbacks to this technological advance, and the benefits far overshadow these negative aspects.

With regard to the first argument of allowing more opportunities for social interaction, opponents of this viewpoint might argue that the proliferation of online sites has given rise to social withdrawal. They contend that social media users nowadays are becoming increasingly addicted to chatting with online people and mainly form virtual relationships, which are a poor substitute for real-world connections. Although this can be a legitimate concern, I do not believe that this is a likely scenario, given the fact that thanks to these platforms, Internet users, regardless of age, have a tendency to meet their friends far more frequently, as conversations online often lead to more in-person meetings. Moreover, these social networking sites, with the integration of features such as texting and video calling, have broken down communication barriers, allowing individuals living far away from their hometown to easily stay in touch with their distant family members or relatives.

Concerning the matter of staying informed about news events, there is no doubt that social media tends to get the scoop on major stories, thereby meeting the quest for timely and most recent information among the masses. By contrast, readers of newspapers and viewers of television more often than not get access to outdated information, as information on these mainstream media outlets has to go through an inherent process of rigorous censorship before being reported to citizens. In addition, online news consumers can obtain news occurring on both domestic and international levels, which, in turn, allows people to enrich their reading experiences, as they are not confined to solely local coverage. Of course, one might argue that the exposure to sensational headlines or any inaccurate and biased information on the Internet is becoming a huge concern, but with media literacy initiatives, the rising awareness of online literacy and the ability to cross-reference sources, this no longer poses any problems to those consuming news online.

In conclusion, while there are certain disadvantages associated with the use of social media, these issues can generally be overcome, and there are definite benefits to using this platform for the purpose of strengthening connections with other people and keeping up-to-date with the latest events.

Sample 5:

Social media has become omnipresent globally. While it facilitates staying connected with others and keeping abreast of the latest news, there are significant drawbacks to this development. I am convinced that the drawbacks of this development outweigh its advantages.

Certainly, numerous virtual platforms such as Facebook and others enable us to connect with friends anytime, anywhere, enhancing the way we keep in touch. For example, a live video of a music concert in Vietnam shared by a user could be viewed by all friends on the list, regardless of their locations. This undoubtedly brings people closer and makes the world more accessible.

However, the convenience of social media comes with risks. Our personal information may be susceptible to theft, as the incidence of cybercrime has reached unprecedented levels. This leaves individuals with a fear of technology vulnerable to scams. The elderly population in the USA, identified as the primary targets of hackers in a 2018 report by Harvard University, faces the consequences of stolen data and financial harm. Furthermore, cybercrime not only inflicts financial harm on users but also contributes to the mental damage caused by cyberbullying.

The anonymity provided by social media contributes to the prevalence of cyberbullying, as individuals feel immune to punishment for their actions. Thus, social media has adverse effects on individuals, resulting in various challenges. While networking sites provide significant benefits, they also expose us to these problems. In conclusion, despite the advantages of staying connected and informed, the disadvantages of social media, such as cybercrime and cyberbullying, outweigh its benefits.

Sample 6:

Communication has never been so effortless since social media entered the daily routine of people all around the world. With just a few clicks and scrolls, everyone can interact with others or get updated on global events. While this presents various advantages, I believe that the drawbacks outweigh the benefits. In this essay, I shall analyze both sides of the issue to clarify my point of view.

On the one hand, social media has upgraded people’s lives tremendously. First, it serves as a means of communication and enables individuals to stay in touch with family, friends, and acquaintances regardless of geographical barriers. This facilitates meaningful relationships by allowing individuals to share experiences, thoughts, and emotions in real time, thereby strengthening social bonds and nurturing a sense of community. Second, social media platforms offer convenience and accessibility when it comes to staying informed about news events and updates. With a simple scroll through their feeds, users can access a diverse range of news sources and perspectives, allowing them to stay aware of current affairs on a global scale. This immediate access to information not only raises awareness but also makes citizens more informed and educated about the world around them.

On the other hand, it is understandable that people perceive social media as disadvantageous, especially for teenagers. First, although social media can facilitate interactions, excessive use may reduce real-life communication. For example, when an individual types a message, a single-word text such as “omg” or "lol" can still express a whole long sentence, which can lead to misunderstandings or curtailed conversations. Furthermore, excessive use of social media for communication may result in a popular mental syndrome called FOMO, or Fear of Missing Out. Uploading a picture, liking a post, or replying to messages seems to have become a must to stay engaged with the community. One tends to feel the pressure of going through the same cycle every day to maintain their “presence” in society and avoid falling behind. Second, both legitimate and misleading information may travel quickly via social media, having a significant impact on those who wish to keep updated about news and developments. The anonymity provided by social media platforms may also lead to cyberbullying, harassment, and online abuse, which pose major concerns for people's mental health and well-being.

In conclusion, while social media has improved people's lives by allowing them to stay in touch with loved ones and stay informed about current events, it has also had negative consequences for communication quality and exposure to false information. Therefore, the advantages cannot outweigh the negatives, and individuals should use social media in moderation and increase awareness about its potential risks.

Sample 7:

In contemporary times, staying updated with up-to-the-minute pieces of news and keeping in contact with other people are both preceded by social networking sites. Although this ever-increasing trend might result in some social problems, its merits hold more significance on constant communication and faster coverage of news.

On the one hand, the proliferation of social media has an adverse bearing on interpersonal relationships and public knowledge. To commence with, as users become more accustomed to virtual interactions and less adept at conducting in-person engagements, this is a serious repercussion for social bonds and a reduction in the sense of belonging. As such, individuals are deprived of face-to-face communication skills, hence, they are inclined to reservedness and antisocial behaviors from real-world connections. In addition, because of the rampancy of information publishers on the Internet, current affairs are disseminated without an appropriate proofreading process from the accredited authorities. As a result, some misleading propaganda may be produced widely, having negative impacts on people’s beliefs or even triggering some dissension in society.

On the other hand, instantaneous forms of interaction and timely updates act as two key factors contributing to the growth of online updates in the media. First, a vast number of internet users are offered opportunities to maintain their relations virtually via text messages, and video calls. This usage can stimulate interpersonal communication irrespective of their time zone or location, which can help them keep in touch with relatives and establish new friendships resulting in a real-life relationship later on. Second, thanks to technological advancements, sophisticated and advanced algorithms easily generate the dispersal of online news from journalists on social networking sites and offer readers a wide range of news in a personalized way. Therefore, individuals get access to topics related to their specialty and interests, enabling them to broaden their understanding of global affairs and make informed decisions in work based on timely and relevant information.

In conclusion, despite some critical downsides of over-utilization of social platforms including the deterioration of social interactions and inaccurate information, these are dwarfed by the merits, particularly in terms of rapid news and socialization.

Sample 8:

Beyond daily communication, social media has also been used as a platform for spreading news events. Owing to this development, many people now have instant access to current issues. Despite the convenience and efficiency, I personally believe there are more disadvantages in such excessive use of social media.

It is true that the current technology and social media make news available to the public sooner than any conventional media like newspapers. This not only enables faster coverage of news but reduces the use of printed materials to some extent. What also needs to be acknowledged is the significance of social media in promoting interpersonal communication and information exchange. In extreme cases, like during Corona virus prevention and control, social media has proved its liability as an alternative for offline activities, such as family gatherings and school orientations.

However, many people are so tied up with social networks that they tend to overlook the long-term side effects. The major problem with using social media in news reporting is that there tends to be a lack of fact verification before the sharing process happens. People are easily overwhelmed by the political arguments, posted selfies, shared links, and brand videos that enter the average news feed every day. When reading current events on social media, many people are found just scrolling past headlines and not wanting to read them, either because of information overload or the suspicion of fake news.

The notion that social media improves communication also tends to be simplistic and idealized. Very often, the quality of an online conversation is unfavorable because one cannot sense the emotion from the other person. Reliance on social media could hurt a person’s ability to have a face-to-face conversation, since it is unusual to convey a thoughtful message through spoken word or instant texting. Thus, the dependence on social networks has in fact reduced communication quality.

To conclude, my view is that the benefits of using social media as a means of daily contact and news events are tiny, compared with the negative repercussions in the long run. The excessive use has caused an unhealthy environment in society.

Sample 1:

In order to attain outstanding achievements in sports, many regard impressive physicality as the most significant attribute. Others, however, argue that this characteristic pales in comparison with other elements such as determination and wealth. This essay will discuss both notions in detail and provide reasons why I contend with the latter.

Proponents of desirable physical ability argue that it helps athletes accelerate in their pursuit of success. This is because most sports entail extensive physical activities, therefore, maintaining a higher level of fitness affords sportspersons an advantage over their competitors in terms of speed or strength. Moreover, athletes are less vulnerable to injuries when they are physically fit. For example, when a soccer player has stronger muscles, they are more well-prepared for strenuous activities which curtails the risk of fracture or cramps.

Furthermore, there are more important factors that dictate individuals’ advancement in their sports careers. First and foremost, one’s success may be attributed to strong resolve. This is indicated by athletes’ intensive courses of practice, which eventually endow them with skills that they previously could not acquire due to their physical incompetence. For instance, Baxter Humbly won various kickboxing championships despite having one arm amputated at birth. In addition to inner capabilities, abundant financial support also contributes to sports players’ future accomplishments. Athletes with superior budgetary capacity are able to utilize cutting-edge technology that facilitates more efficient training, thus leading to enhanced skills and faster success.

In conclusion, I believe that although possessing good physical ability is necessary to achieve success in sports as it provides athletes more comparative advantages and reduces the risk of being injured, other elements including diligence and financial capability are more significant contributors. Hence, I recommend that individuals who pursue a sporting career should prioritize these more important aspects for further success.

Sample 2:

In today’s world, sports have become an essential aspect of our lives. Some people believe that success in sports depends on physical ability, while others think that other factors are more important. This essay will discuss both viewpoints and provide my perspective.

On the one hand, physical ability is undoubtedly important in sports. It is a prerequisite for athletes to possess the right physical attributes to perform well in their respective sports. For example, basketball player LeBron James is known for his towering height and incredible physical strength, which gives him an edge on the court. He uses his physical abilities to dominate his opponents, out-rebounding and out-muscling them to score points. 

On the other hand, mental toughness, discipline, and determination are equally crucial in achieving success in sports. These attributes help athletes stay focused and motivated even in the face of adversity. For example, Cristiano Ronaldo, one of the greatest soccer players of all time, is known for his unrelenting work ethic, discipline, and mental toughness. He trains tirelessly, never giving up on his goals, and works hard to improve his skills and technique continually. 

In my opinion, both physical ability and mental attributes are essential factors in sports success. While physical ability may provide an initial advantage, an athlete must also possess other attributes to overcome challenges and achieve success. It takes discipline, hard work, and mental toughness to stay motivated and focused on the goal. The right mindset is critical to pushing through obstacles and setbacks and remaining determined to succeed.

In conclusion, physical ability is undoubtedly essential in sports success, but mental attributes are equally crucial. A combination of the right physical features and mental toughness, discipline, and determination is necessary for athletes to excel in their respective sports. It takes a balance between these attributes to achieve greatness and become a successful athlete.

Sample 3:

The ongoing debate in contemporary society revolves around the significance of physical ability in determining success in sports versus other crucial factors. Each perspective has its merits. While physical strength distinguishes competitors and safeguards against injuries, I maintain that intelligence, flexibility, and strategic prowess provide players with substantially more advantages.

It is undeniably true that participating in various sports demands a considerable amount of physical strength. Firstly, physical strength is a fundamental factor for ranking players, being the most conventional and effective method. For instance, a football player with superior resistance and strength can outperform a regular player by lasting longer on the field and experiencing less energy depletion. Furthermore, players need sufficient resistance and physical strength to guard against injuries, which can sometimes result in indefinite accidents.

However, proponents argue that physical strength is not the sole key to success in sports. Notably, numerous factors contribute to victory, such as intelligence, flexibility, and strategies. This is evident in sports that do not heavily rely on strength. For example, chess and related activities demand critical-thinking skills, while badminton and table tennis require flexibility. Additionally, more complex sports like baseball, football, and basketball employ strategies extensively. Balancing these aspects provides competitors with an edge, leading to a less challenging path to victory.

In conclusion, while physical strength is essential for ranking players and preventing injuries, I believe that a player should focus on balancing every aspect. Many sports require a sharp mind, flexibility, and excellent strategies for success. Accumulating these skills will enable athletes to become more successful in sports.

Sample 4:

In the contemporary era, physical ability is assumed to be a factor that contributes to success in sports. However, a group of individuals argue that multiple factors play a crucial role in succeeding in sports.

On the one hand, having strong physical capabilities is advantageous for sports players. To elaborate further, people would attain numerous accomplishments in sports if they had the capability of performing fluidly during the match. Not only can they perform better, but also, they will be more confident about themselves. Therefore, they will maintain high morale and an increased likelihood of winning the game. For example, Doan Van Hau, who is a football player from the national Vietnamese football team, was made to attend a check-up after a competition in 2019 as he was doubted that he abused drugs to maintain his physical health. However, his drug test result was negative, and his good health condition facilitates him to compete well and achieve many prizes.

On the other hand, it cannot be overlooked that having good physical ability is advantageous for success in sports. However, they would not be able to achieve their goal if they did not possess requisite skills which are needed in sports. Furthermore, self-discipline is one of the essential skills that sports players need in their training period as they can develop themselves to catch up with their rivals. Moreover, maintaining strict self-discipline during training not only aids them in being more organized, but also boosts their confidence through acquired skills. Therefore, they can be able to accomplish and succeed in many sports by their appropriate skills.

In conclusion, I am of the opinion that success in sports is contributed by many factors, such as essential skills learned from the training period.

Sample 1:

There are differing opinions in regard to the freedom to use fresh water. Some believe citizens should have the right to use fresh water freely, while others assert that the state should regulate the amount of fresh water citizens can use. This essay will discuss both of these arguments and explain my thoughts on why the government should manage the use of freshwater.

On the one hand, some see the right to fresh water as a basic human necessity. According to the UN’s International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the right to water is an essential human right and all signatory nations of the covenant must ensure that their citizens have unrestricted access to fresh water. Thus, the governments of those nations are obliged to guarantee that their citizens can use fresh water in any amount to meet their fundamental needs such as cooking, cleaning and drinking. If citizens are not afforded adequate access to fresh water, it would be tantamount to an infringement on human rights and these citizens will suffer greatly as a result.

On the other hand, others believe fresh water is a scarce resource and should therefore be controlled by the state. The global supply of fresh water is dwindling with each passing decade due to numerous factors such as the greater frequency of droughts and the increasing demand from a growing population. According to the UN’s estimation, the majority of the world population will reside in water-stressed regions by the end of the 21st century. Hence, the scarcity of fresh water should be addressed by the government through the promulgation of policies and regulations intended to prolong the supply of water in the long term.

In conclusion, I believe that though people should have access to an adequate amount of fresh water for their survival, the state should intervene in not letting some people use too much water as this can lead to others not having enough of it.

Sample 2:

Water scarcity has become a major problem in the modern day, which poses the question of whether people should still have free access to fresh water. Although some people argue that it is their right to use water as they choose, I believe it is more beneficial if there are restrictions on water use.

On the one hand, proponents of the idea that people should be able to freely use water often state several reasons. Firstly, it is not always people's fault that water is wasted. In some countries, bureaucracy, mismanagement and corruption are the main factors that jeopardize the water supply. Therefore, it is unjustifiable to force people into saving resources that they do not waste in the first place. Secondly, it is the responsibility of the state to ensure that its citizens have access to fresh water. The government should use taxpayers' money to promote sustainable water management and improve the sewage system, allowing them to supply and recycle water in a way that meets current needs without affecting future generations.

On the other hand, other people believe that water shortages will become more severe without government intervention. A large number of people still think that fresh water is an unlimited natural resource. Setting maximum limits for water consumption or punishing those who overuse water would surely raise people's awareness of the dire consequences of abusing water resources, thereby discouraging them from misusing water. In addition, only the government has a deep understanding of its current water situation. Therefore, only they can take action accordingly to prevent drought and other emergencies that water shortages can cause.

In conclusion, although household water use might not be the main culprit of water shortages, I firmly believe that the government should control and regulate the water supply in order to encourage efficient water use and protect the country from disaster.

Sample 3:

Whether citizens should be allowed to use fresh water freely or governments should put restrictions on the amount of fresh water citizens can have access to has gained traction. In my opinion, while each view has its merits, I agree that water usage should be regulated.

On the one hand, being able to use fresh, clean water is a human's basic necessity. First, besides food, water is another fundamental contributing to human well-being. Therefore, if people were not to get an adequate amount of water to sustain basic activities such as hydrating themselves, cooking, and cleaning, their human rights would have been violated. Secondly, people have varying needs for water so restricting the amount of water used to an average number would be disadvantageous to those whose businesses involve heavy water usage, for example, people involved in farming activities.

On the other hand, introducing regulations on fresh water usage can have undeniable positive effects. Water is a scarce resource, so making it freely available can lead to depletion of fresh water and unequal distribution of water. As a matter of fact, water sources have been depleting in recent years due to global warming, droughts, and pollution. Consequently, if individuals are free to use water at their own discretion, it will lead to faster exhaustion of this rare resource. Another grave effect is that people in some countries who have difficult access to fresh water will have to receive less as people in other countries have used it extravagantly.

By and large, I opine that despite water being a common property, people should not be given unlimited usage of that resource but should rather follow the government’s regulations and distribution.

Sample 4:

Access to clean water is widely regarded as a fundamental necessity in every human’s life, and its management has long been a major concern. In fact, opinions differ as to whether water systems should be run by state bureaucrats, or whether unlimited water should be provided to citizens. Considering the complexity of this matter, I would contend that there should be strict regulations on freshwater use.

On the one hand, the idea of unfettered access to fresh water sources is justifiable in a few aspects. This is primarily because water use is recognized as a human right. Lack of safe and affordable water would exert detrimental impacts on people’s health; thus, the water supply should be within reach of every ordinary person for personal and domestic uses. In addition, the universal right to receive water leads to the demand for non-discriminatory distribution of this resource to people around the globe. Supporters of free water usage argue that when something is not available to be charged, there will not be a conflict of interests that harm a specific group of underprivileged population.

On the other hand, there are more compelling reasons why authorities should impose some restrictions on freshwater management. One major cause is that water is a limited resource and is threatened by human industrial activities and climate change. If governments do not step in to control the process of safe water delivery, people might take it for granted, and this will soon be exhausted. Another concern is that people may procure water from unregulated sources that are dangerous to individuals and communities. To tackle this, over many centuries, governments charged citizens to gather and deliver water, which covered the costs of maintaining the water system and ensuring safety standards for drinking-water quality.

In conclusion, while some hold the view that water should be available with no limitation, I firmly believe that suitable government interference would be more beneficial for people’s access to water. It is recommended that citizens participate in the water management board to ensure that the right to water is properly enforced.

Sample 5:

Opinions are utterly divided when it comes to the freedom of freshwater use. While some believe that they should be able to assert their right to the utilization of the resource however they see fit, others argue that states should rigorously monitor how much water is resourced. I side with the latter.

On the one hand, some claim that unlimited access to freshwater is a basic human right. Their rationale is that uncontaminated water is fundamental to the existence of human beings as it is essential for everyday needs, including drinking, cleaning and farming, and government's denying people such a natural entitlement triggers great suffering and distress. Although the pivotal role of water is irrefutable, I disagree that people should be permitted to use as much water as they want since this endorses the wastage of the already scarce and dwindling safe water supplies.

On the other hand, others consider that water usage should be closely governed by the authorities. I concur with this view because promoting water preservation aside, water restriction regulations avert inequitable and unjust access to water for all members of the population. In other words, if the government did not introduce a rigid cap on water consumption, impoverished communities, especially those residing in water-stressed regions, would be faced with risks of water deficits due to their low buying power while more endowed families could exploit and even squander the limited resource.

In conclusion, while there is no doubt that freshwater is vital to the survival of humankind, I do not agree that people should have unrestricted access to it. Instead, it is suggested that the use of water be carefully managed by the states to ensure water conservation and fair distribution.

Sample 6:

Water is a vital natural resource that nature has bestowed upon humanity. While some believe that freshwater usage should be regulated by the government, others believe that it should be accessible for people to consume as much as they wish. In this paper, I would discuss both points of view in depth and present examples to show why the first assertion is correct.

There are two reasons why advocates feel that freshwater should be plentiful for the general public. First and foremost, fresh water is a basic human requirement for everyday activities and should be given at no cost. Different functions, such as drinking, washing clothing, bathing, and so on, are basic necessities for every individual without which they would perish. Furthermore, they believe that governments should ensure that rainwater collection pits are built at appropriate locations in order to boost groundwater availability during the rainy season.

Others, including myself, believe that strong policies should steer people in the proper direction to utilise water in a restricted manner in order to save it for future generations. Pure water amenities are enjoyed by only the wealthier communities due to a lack of good administration, leaving the poor in the lurch. Aside from that, the mismanagement of this natural resource is a contributing factor. For amusement and enjoyment, many resorts and hotels, for example, use millions of gallons in games and swimming pools.

To summarise, many individuals believe that government laws should manage freshwater distribution, while others believe that there should be no price for using it. I totally agree that local governments should rigorously supervise its use because it is a basic need for everyone and should be shared equally between the affluent and the poor.

Sample 7:

Fresh water is essential for living organisms on Earth as it is a vital resource necessary for survival. However, fresh water is not an unlimited resource, leading to scarcity in various regions globally. This essay will examine perspectives on access to fresh water and present my perspective on both viewpoints.

The first viewpoint argues that individuals should have the right to use fresh water as they please. Water is universally accessible for individual use and plays a crucial role in daily life. The high demand for fresh water can be met by the Earth’s surface, which is covered by 70% water, and advancements in technology that can convert water into potable water. I concur with this perspective as previously mentioned, as fresh water is a vital resource that is abundantly available.

On the other hand, the second viewpoint suggests that governments should strictly control the use of fresh water due to its limited nature. The scarcity of fresh water poses a significant challenge in numerous regions, notably in Africa. Whenever fresh water is supplied to the region, government regulation of distribution ensures equitable access among households. While this approach may be suitable for regions facing severe scarcity like Africa, I find it less applicable in areas where fresh water resources are more abundant.

In conclusion, while fresh water is a finite resource that needs to be managed carefully, I believe that a balance can be struck between individual access and government regulation to ensure fair and sustainable use of this essential resource.

Sample 8:

There have been conflicting views on whether the use of freshwater should be controlled or not. In my opinion, government regulations on water usage should be put in place so that this limited natural resource can be utilized in an equitable manner.

The proponents of unrestricted access to water may view it as a fundamental human right. They may believe that they are entitled to use as much water as they see fit for their daily activities, such as taking long showers or leaving the tap running when brushing their teeth. Restricting their water consumption is a violation of their human rights. However, I think these are selfish individuals who fail to consider the impact of their actions on the larger global community.

On the other hand, there are those who argue that water should be managed as a limited natural resource in order for it to be distributed equitably across the globe. To be specific, many regions are facing recurrent droughts, and people there are experiencing a water shortage. Therefore, conservation is necessary to ensure that everyone in the world has access to this limited resource. After all, water is crucial to human survival and, without it, many people would become sick and even die. I agree that the government should regulate the use of freshwater. Otherwise, there will always be individuals who waste water and disregard the needs of those living in arid areas.

In conclusion, although free access to freshwater is a basic human need, I believe controlling its usage is necessary to secure its equitable distribution among all people on earth.

Sample 9:

Clean water is the most essential thing we need to survive. One group of people believes that they can use fresh water without any restrictions. Whereas others opine that it is a limited resource on the planet. So, the government should impose some strict rules to reduce the use of fresh water. Both have their own pros and cons. Before I comment on my view, both must be discussed in the following paragraphs.

On the one hand, many individuals believe they have the right to use pure water as much as they want. The first and foremost reason is that it is a natural resource which is owned by no one. This means that people have the freedom to use it without worrying about anyone others. One another reason is that it is available free of cost. People do not need to pay any charges to use fresh water. For example, the Narmada River contains fresh water and is easily available in most places. Everyone can use that water for their daily needs without prohibition.

On the other hand, some people opine it is limited. Higher authorities should do everything possible to control excessive freshwater use. This is because the amount of water that we can use in our household activities and for drinking purposes is limited. As per one survey, we have only 2% of fresh water on this earth; the other part of the water is not useable for human life. If people use more water and waste it, it will be a problem for future generations, and they will face a shortage of clean water.

In conclusion, although water is a natural resource and completely free, the government should take some steps to reduce excessive use of it because it is a limited resource.

Sample 10:

Certain people believe that with the backing from the Constitution, they can overuse water, while some people think that water is a limited resource, so the government needs to regulate its usage. In my opinion, I agree that the government should regulate it. This essay will highlight both sides.

On the one hand, the government controlling the usage of water will infringe on the rights of the people. This is because it is their legal right to have access to and use water that is naturally given. The government regulating free water will deprive others of being able to use as much as they want. Moreover, controlling fresh water would incur costs for the users. In order for the state to manage freshwater, taxes and sanctions will be imposed. This will increase the costs of industries and the poor people in the community.

On the other hand, water usage needs to be controlled to enhance its sustainability. Since water is a limited resource, the state must ensure that it is sustainable for future generations. This calls for the checkout of people who misuse the water and pollute it. For instance, this can be done by the government imposing higher taxes on the water to prevent over or misuse of our fresh water. Again, the state will gain revenue when fresh water is regulated. Freshwater regulations will bring much income to the government because people will pay for its usage, especially large industries which use much water every day.

To conclude, water is essential for our lives. I believe that the government should control fresh water because its benefits, such as sustaining water and revenue, supersede the problems that may arise.

Sample 1:

The relative success of different countries is usually defined in economic terms. There are several other factors, apart from the economy, that could be used to assess a country, and in my opinion, education is the most important of all.

Standards of education, health and individual human rights should certainly be considered when measuring a country’s status. A good education system is vital for the development of any nation, with schools, colleges and universities bearing the responsibility for the quality of future generations of workers. Healthcare provision is also an indicator of the standard of living within a country, and this can be measured by looking at average life expectancy rates or availability of medical services. Finally, human rights and levels of equality could be taken into account. For example, a country in which women do not have the same opportunities as men might be considered less successful than a country with better gender equality.

In my view, a country’s education system should be seen as the most important indicator of its success and level of development. This is because education has a considerable effect on the other two factors mentioned above. It affects people’s health in the sense that doctors and nurses need to be trained, and scientists need to be educated to the highest levels before they can carry out medical research. It also affects the economy in the sense that a well-educated workforce will allow a variety of companies and industries to flourish, leading to trade with other countries, and increased wealth.

In conclusion, nations can be assessed and compared in a variety of ways, but I would argue that the standard of a country's education system is the best measure of its success.

Sample 2:

The success of a nation is traditionally defined primarily in economic terms. However, several other indicators could be used for such an evaluation, and in my opinion, the relative importance of these factors depends on the specific conditions of a country.

Apart from the economy, a number of other factors can be considered in quantifying success. One of them is the well-being of a country's population, most often ensured by the provision of equal, quality healthcare for all citizens. The Nordic nations, for example, though not the wealthiest, are often considered successful for their high standards of public health and life expectancies. Another noteworthy aspect is the sustainability of a nation, which can be assessed by the prevalence of environmentalism and its importance to the authorities. A case in point is Switzerland, renowned for its commitment to reducing its reliance on fossil fuels, as such environmental conservation initiatives drive sustainable long-term development without running the risk of depleting the Earth’s non-renewable resources.

I believe that a country's level of development plays a deciding role in determining which factor is most crucial. In underdeveloped countries, economic progress is still a primary metric due to its essential role in elevating citizens’ living standards and providing financial means for improvements in other areas, such as healthcare and education. This focus not only helps a country eliminate poverty but also ensures its continued success. However, wealthier countries, which may have developed at the cost of environmental exploitation, should consider additional non-economic indicators. The affluence of these countries could become unsustainable, or even deteriorate, if their wealth comes at the expense of finite environmental resources, or if they fail to provide for the essential needs of their labor force.

In conclusion, while a robust economy remains a key marker of a country's success, there are also other metrics, with citizens' well-being and sustainable growth being of equal significance. From my perspective, one factor could be more important than another, depending on a country's level of development.

Sample 3:

Economic development is one of the factors that affects the success of a nation. However, there are other factors that can determine whether or not a country is successful. Personally, I agree that economic progress is one factor in measuring accomplishment of a country and health and education degrees are true as another cause of national achievement.

To begin with, the Human Development Index (HDI), which is used widely to measure the success of a country, points out that economic progress through national income index is utilised to assess how wealthy a nation is. This index indicates how many citizens are living under standardised income level and vice versa. The richer the people, the more successful the country. In it not uncommon that when a country progresses economically other important aspects, such as healthcare, education, international trade, social security and life standard of citizens also progress.

Despite economic value, health status also contributes measurement to decide the achievement of a country. The healthier the citizens, the more productive they are in doing their activities. As a result, they can fulfil their rudimentary needs well since they have the fitness to work and earn money. This condition also enables a country to spend less money in eradicating outbreak or epidemic and contribute more money to the social development, for instances, establishing more public infrastructures and developing entrepreneurship to help to cope with unemployed.

Education is also considered as another measurement for national prosperity. In many developed countries, people who attain and can secure better jobs are those who have a higher level of education. Education can affect people’s ability to compete and maintain their job and wages. If individuals can secure their job, they will not be worried about being unemployment.

From my point of view, none of these three factors, either education, economic or health, outweighs one another. They are equivalent in determining the prosperity of a nation and can affect the functions of each capacity.

All in all, economic, education, and health status are important to create a successful country and these elements have balanced roles for pointing welfare to a nation. 

Sample 4:

A successful country is usually associated with developed country, having economic strength with the great national income. Even though it is true that economic progress will affect the improvement of a state, I firmly believe this factor is not the only thing to be considered as parameters of a successful country.

It is obvious that economic growth is one indicator which is considered to assess the success of a nation because without adequate economic condition, the government of the state will not be able to manage and run its programs well and citizens will suffer. However, that factor will be meaningless if it is not supported by the other aspects such as education and health. For instance, Brazil, having good economic growth in the last century, is still struggling with the low rate of education and health care of its citizens, particularly in the northern region. This eventually means that the inhabitants in the northern part of Brazil are still poor, and the government has not fully succeeded to prosper its people.

Furthermore, a wealthy nation like Brazil still has a problem with the morality of its residents, reflected on the high crime rate in the country which will potentially endanger the national stability of Brazil. This means that the government has failed to educate its citizens. Therefore, morality should be taken into account as another factor to obtain success by the nation.

In a nutshell, other than economic prosperity, there are the other indicators that should be considered in order to be a successful country such as education, health, and morality. However, personally, I put economic factor as the most important one because important aspects to improve the other factors (education, health, and morality) cannot be achieved well if a good economic condition of the nation has not been achieved yet.

Sample 5:

It is true that economic growth is normally considered a strong indicator of a nation's success. However, many people think that other factors such as equality and freedom are no less significant. To my way of thinking, I tend to believe that how the disadvantaged are treated tells the most about a nation.

For a variety of reasons, the majority of us equate economic development with success. Perhaps chief among these is that a strong economy is mistakenly viewed as the prerequisite for any advancement in any other field. Although things like the quality of education and medical accessibility need to be backed up by a strong economy, prioritizing economic development often leads to neglecting the imminent needs in educational and medical sectors. Economic success is by no means the only index of success.

Conversely, a country's success should be measured in other dimensions such as the quality of life of an average citizen, the success in reducing poverty. An overall economic success does not always guarantee that the wealth created is distributed fairly and equally among all residents. In developing countries, corruption and exploitation means that the wealth is in the hands of the privileged minority. This leaves the poor struggling to put food on the table let alone live a decent life.

Importantly, any country's attitude to its less advantaged citizens is the strongest implication of its success, as this requires not only economic well-being but a great deal of civilization. For example, in most of developed countries, building designs are being modified to allow access to disabled persons, and there are also laws for paid leaves for expecting mothers. Those sorts of things are missed out in developing countries, despite the recent economic successes.

In conclusion, although economic success is critical, there are other key factors to consider when measuring a country's success. Personally, I think the way the less privileged are looked after is the strongest indicator.

Sample 6:

These days, some individuals argue that the success of a nation is assessed via the economic growth, whereas others propound other elements. This following essay will present my argument that although education and human basic rights should be included, economy constitutes such a greater and more crucial role in this evaluation.

To begin with, to measure a country’s growth, education and human rights should be seriously considered. To be more precise, a good educational system offers all individuals numerous chances to acquire comprehensive knowledge and do further research. This, in turn, produces a well-trained young future workforce to meet the higher demand in an internationally dynamic current working market, thus contributing to the country’s prosperity. In addition, reinforcing human rights also plays a significant part in the general development. For example, eliminating gender prejudice at the office which has hindered women’s competence potentially yields better outcomes when females can engage in making crucial decisions. As a result, this sustains societal stability, which can be used to evaluate the wealth of a country.

However, among all elements, economic progress is likely to be the most vital. It is clear that these statistics show the state revenue originating from all economic sectors. In other words, if the economy thrives, citizens’ income will increase dramatically, followed by the escalating expenses in other needs, including education, healthcare or recreational activities. This, finally, improves the quality of life, and demonstrates the success of a nation.

In conclusion, from my perspective, although other factors, namely education and human rights should be taken into account during the evaluating process, economic growth still plays the most important role.

Sample 7:

We are all used to the terms "developed" and "developing" when describing a country's progress. While these are useful words, they do not entirely capture all of the factors that measure how a country grows and changes. While economic indicators are important, we should also look at non-material progress for a complete picture.

One of the most important factors outside of economics is how people treat each other. If a country's citizens are friendly and warm and kind to one another, then it says something positive about their character. This is also connected to education. The caliber of people that a country produces is almost certainly related to its education system.

Another important indicator is social programs and services. For example, if a country has good health care and social services, then it is fair to say that that country has a high set of values and conscience. If a person loses a job but can get assistance, or a minority still has an equal opportunity of success, then we can say this country is advanced.

A final thing to look at is how that country is perceived by other nations. If it is a peaceful country and treats others fairly, it will also be respected, and this is a sign of success and vice versa. While it is hard to say which of these factors is most important, we can draw a conclusion that it has to do with "values".

To conclude, a country must have high principles if it wishes to be truly considered successful. Of course, economics is still an important benchmark, but it is not the only one. Surely, what makes a country great is not only its GDP or modern buildings, but also how civilized it is.

Sample 8:

It is widely believed that a successful country is one with a thick wallet. However, thorough scrutiny will reveal that there are many other parameters to assess the success of a nation, which are slightly less visible as compared to economic power.

The first among such factors is the distribution of wealth among citizens. In many countries, there exists a wide disparity in the financial status of people. While some are extremely rich, the remaining people are as poor as a church mouse. India epitomizes this category. Though India has some of the world’s richest people and a strong economy, the country, overall, is yet not developed.

Yet another factor, in my opinion, is social security. There are many countries in the world, which are under constant siege by civil wars, internal conflicts, religious riots, and other crimes of umpteen natures and proportions. Therefore, for a country to be termed successful, it is highly necessary to ensure proper enforcement of rules and regulations.

Some other important factors which decide the success of a nation are the literacy rate, the health status of people, technological advancement, and gender equality. However, economic status is the main indicator of the success of a country. This is mainly because for all other key fields like education, health, and technology, money is required. In other words, only money can ensure the all-round development of a nation.

As a whole, one can undoubtedly say that money alone cannot ensure the success of a nation though it is the key component of success.

Sample 9:

Many economists, politicians and people around the world use economic progress as the only yardstick for evaluating a country’s progress. Others, however, consider other factors, such as education, healthcare, freedom of speech, to measure a country’s advancement. In my opinion, education exceeds all other factors in importance.

Access to education, freedom of speech, and healthcare should seriously be taken into consideration when assessing a nation’s success. Education for all citizens is pivotal to the success of a country. Freedom of speech is another crucial factor to certainly be considered. Freedom of speech promotes democracy, this, in turn, fosters prosperity in every facet of a nation. A very good example here is the Arab spring. Despite the tremendous economic success, many Arab nations are in severe crisis due to the absence of democracy. Aside from freedom of speech, the healthcare system is also an indicator to evaluate a nation’s achievement. A good healthcare system, measured by a reduced mortality rate to easy access to medical services, denotes the progress of a country.

Among these indicators, however, the right to education is the most effective way to measure a nation’s success. This is because education frees poor people from poverty, reduces inequalities and income disparities, empowers women, and creates a conducive environment for individuals to unlock their full potential. It also reaps considerable economic benefit to a country and helps societies to facilitate lasting peace and sustainable development. In fact, access to education is the key to all human rights, which in turn paves the way for the success of a country. That is why the right to education is the most powerful factor in measuring a country’s achievement.

In conclusion, education proves to be a significant indicator to measure a nation’s success. However, other factors such as economic progress, healthcare facility, and freedom of speech, also determine the prosperity of a country.

Sample 10:

It is irrefutable that economic progress is one yardstick of determining a country’s success, but there is a range of other non-economic factors such as healthcare, the standard of education and availability of human rights which can be used to judge the well-being of a nation. I believe that the standard of education is the most important factor.

One of the main factors besides economic progress which determine a country’s development is the standard of education. The standard of education is important because a society to truly progress needs inquisitive minds. In other words, education should focus on innovation and curiosity. Moreover, I think there should be good teaching and institutions right from the primary level to the tertiary level.

Another factor which is important is healthcare. A healthy workforce is not only more productive and efficient but also more creative and innovative. Healthcare should be complete with a focus on wellness, prevention to cure. Besides healthcare, I think that the availability of basic human rights is fundamental to a progressive society. Fundamental human rights are essential for people to achieve their true potential and for a society to develop. For example, a society where people are not able to express themselves freely can certainly not develop and progress.

I believe that out of all the factors listed above, the standard of education is the most important. Education in way determines other factors like economic progress and healthcare and even availability of rights. An educated society would mean an efficient and creative workforce and thus a good economy. Similarly, education is critical to a good healthcare system, in the sense that doctors and nurses need to be educated first before they can treat others. Last but not least, an educated society is more liberal and democratic and thus more accepting of everyone’s rights.

In conclusion, I would like to reiterate that although many factors can be used to measure a country’s progress, I consider that level of education to be the most significant.

Sample 11:

Nowadays, many experts and global organisations are finding a united definition of a country’s success. It is believed that economic development as GDP growth will illustrate the achievement of a country. Meanwhile, some people put forward the idea that besides this factor, other features have a stronger impact on that. As far as I am concerned, the latter opinion should receive more support.

First, it is obvious that for most countries, the political institution plays a critical role in creating a country’s all-round development. This is because it might be a momentous leadership promoting the progress of other important areas such as education, economics, equal and safe society, science and technology. If a country exists in an undemocratic regime, it might be able to lead to the corruptible problem, social inequality, and even occurring advocacy groups phenomenon in the political environment and that means the country does not keep pace with the fast-paced development of globalisation and therefore impeding the country’s economic and social growth. This is particularly important in poor countries like Haiti, South Korea, Congo and so forth.

That is not to say that economic progress is not an assessment of a nation’s success. It is due to the fact that economic factor exerts an essential influence on mirroring the successful level of countries in the world. For example, today’s economists and governments have still used GDP, GNP and CPI index in order to estimate countries’ development. However, once a nation gives priority to accelerate the economics, this may lead to increasing the gap between the poor and the rich, high inflation, economy-based crimes, and an unstable society. So, governments should choose a stable growth corresponded to a prosperous society and economy.

In summary, the country should create sustainable and successful progress in many areas based on the collaborative and democratic institution and thus by making the society more prosperous and happier. Meanwhile, we should not neglect to invest effectively in economic development.

Sample 12:

There is a common belief that development is all about achieving economic growth. If we use this yardstick, western countries are the most developed in the world. Some people, however, believe that economic growth is just one of the many factors that contribute to the development of a nation. I agree with this view. In my opinion, the overall quality of life and the freedom that people enjoy in a country are all important factors to consider.

Some Middle Eastern countries are economically developed; however, they have authoritative governments that give little importance to personal freedom. In many of these countries, people cannot speak about the government or express their opinions on the internet. The plight of their women is even worse. They are deprived of education and many of them don’t even have the right to vote. In my opinion, in spite of their economic growth, these countries cannot be considered developed. 

Countries in the west are generally considered developed because of their prosperity and improved standards of living. In these countries, too, many people experience loneliness and lead unhappy lives. It is evident that all that prosperity does nothing to improve their lives.

Economic growth is important. People should be able to satisfy their basic necessities and lead healthy and happy lives. However, economic development alone won’t make a nation developed. Safety, happiness and freedom of speech and expression are all important things to consider.

To conclude, economic prosperity is just one of the many factors that determine the success or development of a nation. The overall quality of life is determined by a lot of other factors. These include access to quality education, healthcare, safety and freedom.

Sample 13:

The world-famous philosopher Socrates once said, ‘The only good is knowledge and the only evil is ignorance’. Numerous people commonly believed that economic progress is the exclusive element to evaluate a nation’s success. On the other hand, many individuals think other categories should be observed to measure a country’s success. From my perspective, education is and always will be the backbone of any country’s progress, and other factors such as healthcare, safety, and transportation are significant. Below, the following essay will extend these views with arguments and illustrations.

Firstly, the quality of life attached to effective public services are crucial factors to measure a country’s success. Health services, a well-structured transportation system, a clean environment, safety, and diverse job opportunities are vital to ensure the wellness of civilians. If any of those categories is fragmented, a vast number of the country’s population could be affected, decreasing the quality of the daily workforce. A recent study made by the University of British Columbia found that developing countries victims of white-collar crime and other types of corruption were not inclined to invest properly in their society. Thus, the crime rate was high, the public health score was low, and the country’s environment tended to face higher challenges compared to developed nations.

Secondly, education is the most significant factor to prove economic progress. Whereas diverse elements are important to develop the quality of life, education is the core of all those factors. Without well-educated citizens, a country can face the absence of high-performing professionals. People without education tend to harm the environment. Likewise, values in illiterate people and low-educated citizens have been scientifically proven not to be strong. Hence, population problems such as overpopulation, crime, and diseases are on a large scale.

In conclusion, education is the main significant factor to measure a country’s success. However, other elements such as transportation, jobs, health, and security are powerful drivers playing a fundamental role in people’s lives.

Sample 1:

Nowadays, academic lessons have been more and more prioritized over physical education and sport-based subjects in the national educational curriculum in many countries. I hold a viewpoint that this tendency produces more undesirable outcomes towards the students' development in terms of health and makes fewer of their chances to sharpen soft skills.

On the one hand, I agree that knowledge-oriented subjects play an ultimate role on the academic path of each student, because students have to acquire capabilities in these fields to pass year-round examinations with the purpose to achieve an outstanding academic record. Such achievements would be strong foundations to win a slot to a renowned university and get highly sought-after diplomas. Psychological-wise, it is not a wise policy in the long term because students need physical activities as a sense of escapism from the tension of academic rigour. Without exercise sections at school, schooling will become monotonous tasks of classroom lessons, homework, and examinations.

To make matters worse, the lack of sports activities may even take its toll on students' physical health. Students lacking regular physical practice will suffer higher risks of obesity and cardiovascular illnesses which not only make them less confident in their appearance but also cause life-threatening symptoms such as stroke or heart attack. There are also legitimate fears that without practicing sports and exercise sections, the opportunities for students to practice their interpersonal skills such as teamwork and cooperation would be limited. It is easy to see in team sports such as football or basketball when each student plays a distinct role in the field, and they must collaborate effectively to maximize the chances of victory.

To conclude, the role of academic subjects is important, but it should not be an excuse to exclude the entire physical education from the school syllabus because students need to practice sports in order to relax, improve their physical health, and hone human interaction skills.

Sample 2:

A concerning trend in education across many countries involves the replacement of sports and exercise classes with additional academic subjects. While academic rigor is undoubtedly essential, this shift in focus raises concerns about its potential consequences for children's development. This essay will explore the reasons behind this trend and examine the detrimental effects it can have on children's lives.

Several factors could be driving the decline of physical education programs in schools. Firstly, the intensifying pressure for academic achievement plays a significant role. Schools and parents alike, in a world obsessed with standardized tests and college admissions, feel compelled to prioritize core subjects like math, science, and language arts. This pressure often leads to the sacrifice of non-academic activities like physical education, perceived as less crucial for academic success. Secondly, the ever-expanding academic curriculum creates time constraints. Schools constantly strive to equip students with essential knowledge in various domains, forcing them to prioritize core subjects and potentially cut back on physical activity programs.

The consequences of replacing exercise classes with academics can be significant and far-reaching. Reduced physical activity during childhood has a direct impact on physical health, increasing the risk of childhood obesity, heart disease, and other health problems. Furthermore, exercise plays a vital role in mental and emotional well-being. Sports classes provide a much-needed outlet for stress release and improve mood through the release of endorphins. Without these opportunities, children might experience higher levels of anxiety and depression.

In conclusion, while academic achievement holds importance, it should not come at the expense of children's overall well-being. Replacing exercise classes with academic subjects creates a narrow approach to education. Schools and policymakers need to recognize the detrimental effects of this trend and seek alternative solutions such as integrating physical activity into academic subjects, encouraging extracurricular sports programs, and prioritizing teacher training and resource allocation. This ensures that children receive a balanced education that nurtures both their minds and bodies.

Sample 3:

Sport is an important constituent of education at school and universities. However, there is a dramatic shift in this trend in some developing countries over the last few years. The authorities concerned claim that lengthy syllabus, competitive learning and studies pressure are the main hindrances that mitigate student interest to pursue in this field. I think this is not good practice to exercise; children should provide opportunities to participate in physical activities that would help them in relaxing and developing skills such as leadership, teamwork and handling pressure.

Sports play a pivotal role in health and could significantly contribute towards achieving other skills that are also important for a successful person. For instance, lack of these activities will make people lethargic, and they will become more susceptible to diseases such as obesity and laziness. Furthermore, it is also seen that students without these activities are more hyper and violent in their attitudes, this will lead to severe problems in society.

Nowadays, students have to perform exceptionally well in order to compete in their peer group. That increased panic, tension and un-relaxing conditions. Therefore, exercise is a one way that can reduce their studies woes and help them to relax and reenergize for their future studies. In addition to this, students who are good at sports activities can adopt it as their future career.

To sum up, I would like to say that eliminating sports activities from school curriculum would have dire consequences on students and society. We would be less likely to produce players for our national teams. Apart from that, students' mental health is negatively affected by the absence of sports.

Sample 4:

Sport is a significant constituent of instruction in universities and school. However, there is a dramatic change in certain developing nations’ tendency during the past couple of decades. The government worried that prolonged syllabus, aggressive learning and research stress are the chief hindrances that mitigate pupil curiosity to pursue in this discipline. I believe this is not a great practice to exercise; kids should provide opportunities to participate in physical activities that would aid them in relaxing and growing abilities like leadership, teamwork and managing stress.

Sports play a critical role in wellness and might greatly contribute to attaining other abilities which are also crucial for a successful individual. For example, the absence of those actions will make individuals lethargic, and they will become more prone to diseases like obesity and laziness. What is more, it is also seen that pupils with no actions are more inspirational and hyper in their approaches, resulting in serious problems in society.

These days, students must do exceptionally well to compete within their peer group. Besides this, pupils that are good at sports activities can embrace it as their potential livelihood.

In conclusion, I would love to state that removing sports activities from college programs would have dire effects on society and students. We would not be as inclined to create players for our country’s teams. Aside from that, pupils’ mental health is adversely impacted by the lack of sports.

Sample 5:

The debate about where to allocate valuable teaching resources probably started with the first educational institutions. In present-day society the conflict continues and rightly so. In my opinion converting sports classes to more traditional subjects has two significant advantages. Firstly, it is a more effective use of a student’s time. Secondly, in the future, academic skills will be more useful.

Switching time spent on sport in a school to time spent on more academic activities is a wise and cost-effective solution. Firstly, academic studies are inherently less expensive to perform when compared to physical education.

For example, to play almost any sport one has to invest in the appropriate equipment, ranging from shorts and T-shirts to rackets and balls. Furthermore, excess time is spent in the changing rooms or washing afterwards. In more traditional subjects, students merely enter the classroom and are learning within minutes.

Secondly, sport can be argued as an activity practised naturally by children, especially boys. In every school at break time many children engage in energetic activities, whereas hardly any are studying algebra, biology or physics. Because these subjects are less popular more resources should be allocated to teaching them.

In addition, academic skills could be argued as more important due to the small number of people in society currently using sport skills in a work environment. Thus, focusing on skills demanded by the labour market would benefit students’ lives dramatically in the future.

To conclude, young learners going through school would finish much better prepared for life by avoiding sport tuition. Furthermore, they would have taken full advantage of their school years by spending more time learning.

Sample 1:

Some feel that violence in entertainment is a root cause of problems in society and should thus be censored. In my opinion, while there is legitimate cause to establish reasonable boundaries, such content has little actual negative impact.

On the one hand, there is a general level of acceptance that gratuitous violence should be restricted. This is particularly the case if films are being broadcast on public channels or it is possible to gain easy access to violent games. In most nations, programming during the daytime has higher thresholds for acceptable content due to fears of influencing impressionable children. The worry is that very young children and teenagers will become desensitized to violence and potentially establish either a confrontational way of interacting or, in extreme cases, a pattern of behavior. Studies have not shown much evidence for these claims however they possess a commonsensical logic.

On the other hand, the majority of individuals have no difficulty distinguishing between fiction and reality. Consumers of violent entertainment are simply passing the time or experiencing a vicarious thrill. There is even the slight chance that by watching violent entertainment, audiences will be dissuaded from such behavior or feel their need for violence has been sufficiently expressed. For instance, an individual who plays violent computer games or is obsessed with horror films, according to research, is no longer likely to commit a violent crime or display abnormal behavior. The actual causes of problems in society relate to employment, economics, discrimination, income inequality, and various systemic barriers.

In conclusion, though there are certain levels of violence that should be censored depending on the context, most explicit content ought to be permitted in games and movies. Efforts to heavily censor would be short-sighted and misguided.

Sample 2:

Horror movies and games are standard. Therefore, some perceive that these influence the community negatively and should be eradicated, whereas others think it is not harmful and serve as a relaxation technique for people. This essay will discuss both sides of the argument, and I will give my perspective.

On the one hand, some see violent movies and games as harmful and should be removed from circulation. This is because they make people unconsciously violent. One of the ways learning takes place is by observation; that is, people learn from what they watch. Hence, the content of their observations tends to influence how they behave. Thus, those that feed their eyes with damaging content will have a negative attitude, as they will always want to practice what they have learnt. To illustrate, it has been discovered that children who watch Jackie Chan, a popular Bollywood movie, tend to bully their colleagues because they want to act like Jackie Chan to show their power. Similarly, these kinds of films and games can make someone have a panic attack. They usually contain scary pictures and acts, and this can make someone unnecessarily fearful, especially when something related to these occurs physically. For example, when I watch snake on a plane, an American movie series, I always panic when it is dark, hoping that I might see a snake somewhere in the house.

On the other hand, other people feel that horror videos and digital games are a means of relaxing and do not have a negative effect because they are entertaining. Movies and computer games that contain violence usually entertain people because they are never boring to watch. Moreover, they have graphics and sound effects that stimulate the brain, which help people feel relaxed when watching them. In addition, some lessons can be learnt from them, such as defensive mechanisms and how to be security conscious. For instance, I learnt from a horror film that leaving a radio switch on when not at home can prevent house bugling because the buglers will think the house owner is around when the radio is working.

In conclusion, violent entertainment media are now popular. Some think they are dangerous to society and should be banned, while others think otherwise. However, in my opinion, computer games and videos with horrible content negatively impact society. This is because they encourage abusive attitudes and crimes in the community. Therefore, it is recommended that the government should pass legislation that producers of such entertainment should place parental guardian control on them to prevent children from watching.

Sample 3:

In the concurrent era, films and digital games are popular in the country. Some individuals agree that it has a bad impact on society, so it should be banned in the country, while other people believe that they are very helpful for country people to relax their mind due to heavy workload. I agree with the letter statement and explain both views mentioned above in subsequent paragraphs.

In the technological era, people have heavy daily routines in their job and business. In addition, pipal can work 8 to 10 hours a day, so their mind is very stressed. Thus, people play games on mobile phones to relax their minds. Furthermore, citizens have to work hard to achieve their dream goals. Hence, smartphones entertain the person and store all the important data in memory. That is why people can easily access any place and whenever they want. For example, most IT employees are stressed due to working on the computer, so sometimes they use smartphones to relax and play mobile games.

On the paradoxical side, smart gadgets such as smartphones can negatively impact country people. Elaborate that if citizens play games daily, sometimes they will be addicted to smartphones. In fact, children like to play games on mobile devices at a very early age, which can lead to eye weakness. They may need sunglasses at a young age. For instance, the Indian government has banned some games due to violence, such as PUBG.

To conclusion, nowadays, most people have busy schedules in their job or business, so social times they can use mobile phones to play games to relax their minds. However, other people say that it impacts our society, and I agree with the first statement because people use mobile phones and sometimes listen to music.

Sample 4:

In the realm of modern entertainment, the prevalence of violence in films and computer games ignites a heated debate. While some assert these mediums negatively impact society and advocate for their prohibition, others argue they are mere harmless diversions that aid in relaxation. This essay will explore both perspectives before presenting a reasoned conclusion.

Advocates for banning such content often cite the potential for negative societal influence. The crux of their argument hinges on the concept that repeated exposure to violence can desensitize individuals, particularly the youth, to real-world aggression. In Vietnam, for instance, a surge in juvenile delinquency has been partially attributed to the mimicry of violent scenes witnessed in media. This view is buttressed by the observation that such entertainment can blur the lines between fiction and reality for impressionable minds. However, it could be argued that these cases are more reflective of underlying social issues, such as inadequate parental guidance or education, rather than direct consequences of the media itself.

Conversely, the standpoint that these films and games are harmless forms of relaxation holds merit. It posits that engaging in such media provides a safe outlet for the natural human fascination with the taboo and the extreme. For example, in the bustling, high-pressure environment of cities like Ho Chi Minh or Hanoi, individuals may find solace and a means to unwind through these virtual experiences. It is suggested that instead of inciting violence, these mediums offer a platform for its controlled expression in a fictional context. However, I believe that this perspective, while valid, overlooks the necessity of balancing such content with media literacy and critical thinking skills to ensure consumers can distinguish between virtual and real-world actions and consequences.

In conclusion, while there are valid arguments for both the potential harm and the harmlessness of violent films and games, it is crucial to consider the broader context. These mediums, in themselves, are not inherently detrimental to society; rather, it is the lack of education and guidance surrounding their consumption that can lead to negative outcomes. Therefore, instead of outright bans, a more nuanced approach involving media education and parental involvement should be prioritized to cultivate a society that can engage with such content responsibly.

Sample 5:

The surge in popularity of films and computer games featuring violent content has triggered vigorous debates among individuals. While some argue for a ban due to adverse impacts on societies, others assert that they are simply a form of entertainment. In this essay, I will delve into both perspectives before presenting my own opinion.

On one side, advocates for banning violent films and online games posit that they might adversely affect societies. They contend that frequent exposure to these forms of media may normalize violence as an acceptable means of addressing life challenges, ranging from self-defense to seeking validation. Consequently, individuals may emulate the portrayed violence, leading to social issues such as bullying and increased crime rates. This not only affects individuals negatively but also harms societies as a whole. Hence, implementing a ban may be necessary to rectify the situation.

On the flip side, some argue that the extent of detrimental effects from these films and games is limited, considering them a means of relaxation from the rigors of daily life. For these individuals, these genres serve as a way to unwind and escape, with violent elements adding excitement and anticipation. Therefore, watching or playing them provides a sense of relaxation, offering an escape from personal problems in daily life.

In my opinion, while acknowledging the potential adverse impacts on societies, I am convinced that there should be no restriction on these mediums, provided the level of violence is carefully and appropriately regulated by film directors or game producers. These creators should bear the responsibility of ensuring that their products align with regulations or policies set by the authorities.

In conclusion, with proper methods employed in depicting violence, the negative effects of films and games featuring violent scenes on societies can be mitigated. They can continue to be a source of relaxation for many people, as long as appropriate measures are taken to address potential harm.

Sample 6:

The importance of films and computer entertainment invites crime to become popular in the contemporary Era. It is always debatable and has now become more controversial, with many people claiming that it is beneficial in terms of entertainment while others reject this notion. In my opinion, both the use of movies and computer games appears to be more rational but practically, its addiction to be controlled. This essay will further elaborate my views and thus lead to a logical conclusion.

Analyzing the statement and explaining further the first and foremost reason behind it is that owing to movies and computer games, they are now becoming stress busters against people’s hectic work schedule. Another striking benefit in this regard is that by watching movies and computer games, juveniles can adopt logical thinking as well as imagination. For instance, in India, ‘whitewater Jr’ is a platform where children are invited to make logical codes of the game when playing it, which can boost their thinking obscenities and mind development. Thus, games are more righteous.

However, there are many pitfalls that negate this argument and the potential influence of this trend, but the most alarming one is that games and movies are becoming an addiction for many people, which lead to spending more time themselves in these activities, and they are often involved with less social arrangements. Moreover, movie scenes and games sometimes inculcate crime, and we have many cases observed in the media. For example, last year in India, people preferred to play a game called “PUBG” as this is a shooting type of online virtual entertainment. In many regions of India, we have seen a crime, so authorities have banned this game. Hence, these apparent needs to be controlled.

To recapitulate, according to the arguments aforementioned above, even though games and movies are imperative for the public's entertainment, in my viewpoint, limited use of there is always acceptable. In addition, its potential drawbacks should not be overlooked either.

Sample 1:

In the contemporary world, the popularity of air freight has led to a growing reliance on it for transporting agricultural products. While some individuals view this trend as advantageous, others argue for its restriction. This essay will examine both perspectives and provide additional examples.

One significant benefit of this approach is the provision of a more consistent supply of fresh fruits and vegetables to the host country. This is particularly relevant in areas where weather conditions and cultivated land are not optimal for growing certain crops. Importantly, air transportation can compensate for the shortfall in locally produced products, thereby sustaining the market. For instance, Vietnam, despite being an agricultural country, imports fruits like apples, pears, and kiwi by air due to their challenging domestic cultivation. Consequently, this not only diversifies the range of available products but also ensures a steady supply chain for the food processing industry, contributing to the nation’s economic stability.

However, there are inevitable negative consequences associated with this trend. Firstly, as countries increasingly rely on external sources, there is a risk of discouraging domestic crop production. This, in turn, has various impacts on the farming system, including the erosion and degradation of farmland, the limited development of tools and cultivation methods, and a reduction in skilled agricultural workforce. To illustrate, Vietnam’s heavy reliance on imports prevents it from achieving self-sufficiency in agriculture, leading to a focus on specific crops like rice and tropical fruits.

In conclusion, while the growing trend of air freight for agricultural products helps stabilize the availability of fruits and vegetables against seasonal and climatic factors, it also poses a threat to the agricultural structure of the host country. Consequently, it is imperative for governments to implement appropriate strategies to maximize the benefits while minimizing potential damages.

Sample 2:

Food is a basic necessity for all humans. The transportation of food is a controversial topic that often sparks debate. Some argue that it is beneficial to export food to regions where it is difficult to grow it. On the other hand, some believe that this practice has negative environmental impacts.

On one hand, there are regions in the world where growing certain plants is nearly impossible due to unfavorable climatic conditions. To meet the food demand, these countries need to import fruits and vegetables from agriculturally rich countries. For example, some areas in Africa struggle to cultivate and harvest food due to harsh environmental conditions. Additionally, natural disasters like floods or earthquakes can disrupt food production. For instance, in the Sindh province of Pakistan, annual floods often destroy agricultural fields, necessitating food imports to prevent shortages.

On the other hand, transporting food over long distances contributes to environmental pollution. The use of aircraft, trucks, and ships for transportation burns fuel and releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, exacerbating climate change. Moreover, importing food can be costly, leading to higher prices for consumers. For example, when Pakistan imported wheat from Iran, the cost of flour doubled, placing a financial burden on citizens who had to pay more for essential goods.

In my opinion, while importing food can be necessary to ensure food security, it should be minimized. Governments should invest in advanced agricultural technologies and practices to improve local food production. By using methods such as greenhouse farming and hydroponics, countries can grow a wider variety of crops locally, reducing the need for imports.

To sum up, importing food can be essential in certain situations to prevent hunger and ensure food availability. However, it is also important to consider the environmental impact and economic costs. Governments should strive to enhance local food production through sustainable practices, thereby reducing reliance on food imports.

Sample 3:

There has been a steady increase in the demand for imports throughout the world in recent years, including perishable items, such as fruits and vegetables.

Despite the boom in this business, importing agricultural products is very often criticised as unnecessary and extravagant, especially when air freight is involved. The criticism was correct in the past, but at the present time, there are indications that this trade activity has brought various benefits.

First, it is important to note that contrary to popular belief, imports are now increasingly affordable to the general population. Thanks to the rapid development of the freight transport industry, air travel has become an economical mode of transport, resulting in the subsequent decrease in the cost of importing. Meanwhile, technical advances in the food processing industry have made it much easier to preserve fresh fruits and vegetables over a long-haul air flight. Because of the wide availability of imported crops, there are more varieties in the food market, leading to the drop in the price of imports. The supply of products in the market is less likely to be influenced by seasonal factors, and an adequate intake of nutrition is guaranteed for the general population throughout the year.

Another fact to note is that import and export normally go hand in hand, and a country that imports goods from other countries does not necessarily suffer a loss. Trade is not unilateral but bilateral. Some countries are noted for an agrarian economy, while others specialise in manufacturing industrial products. Countries differ in their product structures because they have dissimilar natural resources, climates, and geographical features. By adopting an enlightened policy and promoting trade activities with other countries, a country can facilitate the exchange of goods, services and capital with the rest of the world and promote economic development.

On the negative side, some countries might become addicted to importing goods and overlook the possibility of developing a self-contained economy. Scarcity of resources or lack of technology might prevent a country from producing crops to feed its population, but it cannot be taken as an excuse for relying heavily on imports. Government funding in scientific research can make it possible to achieve a breakthrough and increase the yield, thereby resolving the food supply crisis.

Countries are therefore advised to promote international trade and to develop their own industries simultaneously. Positive attitudes toward importing goods from other countries demonstrate a government's stance on the international trade, although the government should also prevent itself from relying on imported goods.

Sample 4:

Globalisation has revolutionized our world in many aspects. Now, we don’t belong to a big planet Earth. We belong to a small global village. Everything is available everywhere. There are many advantages and disadvantages of transporting fruits and vegetables over a long distance by air. In my opinion, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.

On the positive side, transporting goods over a long distance gives us a lot of choices. We can taste a variety of fruits and vegetables from all parts of the world. For example, about ten years ago, we hardly saw kiwi fruit which is from New Zealand. But now it has a place on every fruit stand. Moreover, delivery by air is quick. Seasonal fruits and vegetables that are grown in faraway countries can be delivered as soon as possible by keeping the quality and taste unchanged. Only air transport can cover so long a distance in such a short time to achieve this goal. The United States, Canada and Western Europe all import tropical agricultural products that grow in tropical climates by air.

Secondly, many people get employment in this field. Small farmers have a chance to expand globally, and it increases the overall economy of the country. Finally, it helps in developing good relations between countries, which helps in international cooperation and peace. If countries are dependent upon one another’s economic success, then armed conflict would be less likely.

On the downside, importing foods can have a negative effect on local culture. This can be seen in countries such as Japan where imported food has become more popular than traditional, local produce, eroding people’s understanding of their own food traditions. A second major disadvantage is pollution. When goods are transported thousands of miles by road, sea and air, it increases pollution from exhaust fumes.

To put it in a nutshell, I pen down saying that, importing foods by air has both merits and demerits but the pros outweigh the cons.

Sample 5:

The airline has its popularity significantly risen in the transmission of many nations' fruit and vegetable industry, and especially used to deliver to areas lacking these products. While many people find this usage of aircraft reasonable, others suggest that this means of delivery is unnecessary. My essay will explain why many encourage this tendency and some believe that there are other methods that are also more relevant for transference.

Airliners are known for their incredible speed of commuting from one point to another, which can be utilized not only for human travelling but also for transporting goods and cargoes. This means that when an area or region has to suffer from famine or weather that is unsuitable for their crops, transmission by air would be the most appropriate method to tackle the problem. Additionally, many countries like the United Nation, China, and Russia have numerous airlines only for exchanging and exporting products. For instance, in China only, where various kinds of weather can be found, spends less attention on agricultural issues due to the convenience of an aircraft that contributes a remarkable part in solving these concerns.

Advantageous as the airline is, the airline itself requires tonnes of fuel like coal, oil, gas to activate the engines. Therefore, this is the main reason why many people reject using aircraft as a means of transportation regardless of its favourable attributes. A research at the environmental institute in California shows that 27% of the carbon dioxide released into the atmosphere, affecting the air quality of numerous countries are what airline are responsible for. This immense amount of toxic chemical substances emitted into the air is what needs to be considered more than famine and crop losses.

In general, although airline makes good transportation, does not mean that it should be overused. Otherwise, the world will have to face more serious environmental problems in the next decade leading to much more significant consequences.

Sample 1:

In many parts of the world, young people now have a tendency to take a gap year, which is the time between finishing high school and starting university. From my perspective, this trend has various advantages as well as drawbacks. This essay will discuss both sides.

On the one hand, taking a gap year seems like a great opportunity for young people to discover themselves. This means they can take some time off to find out what they are really passionate about, which will be vital for their career choice later in life. Students usually engage in volunteering, taking on different types of jobs or traveling to another country to experience a foreign culture. Moreover, people who choose to work before entering university will have less of a financial burden and they are believed to acquire more skills than those who don’t go to work before higher education.

On the other hand, I believe that this trend can bring about several disadvantages that should not be overlooked. Firstly, the biggest drawback is distraction. In other words, young people who spend way too much time earning money or traveling might be discouraged from going back to their studies. Those who actually get on with their study may find it overwhelming at first as the experience is not as relaxing and enjoyable and they are more likely to fall behind. In addition, there are risks of getting sick or injured when people travel too often; some might even have fatal accidents. Furthermore, some recruiters say that they don’t really appreciate applicants’ gap year if it’s not significant.

In conclusion, while taking some time off studying to explore the world may sound like a good idea for people who have just finished school, I strongly believe that the disadvantages that it brings are more substantial.

Sample 2:

In certain areas around the world, high school graduates are encouraged to take a gap year before attending college. Although taking a year off from education to travel or work might be damaging to students’ mental health as well as their postgraduate education, a gap year can also improve students' general knowledge and financial management.

On the one hand, the negatives of taking a gap year include a poor mental state and an unwillingness to pursue further education. First of all, traveling may be detrimental to their emotional and mental well-being. The reason is when students travel, they will be far away from their loving family and friends, thus homesickness is unavoidable, and travel costs are frequently too expensive for young people to see their families regularly. Furthermore, individuals who are employed may be reluctant to resume university education. This shifting mindset is predicated on the assumption that generating money is more exciting and that the taste of independent lifestyles is addictive. For students who abandon higher studies, their educational future would be jeopardized, as having a diploma is now considered necessary to be more competitive in the corporate world.

On the other hand, traveling or working before starting university provides significant benefits to one's world knowledge and personal finance. Young students will be able to broaden their international perspective as a result of overseas trips. Japanese students, for instance, frequently journey to Western nations such as the United States or Canada to learn about diverse ways of life, which aids them in comprehending the world. Another advantage is that these adolescents will be able to grasp the value of their money and appreciate the significance of the hardships required to acquire it. As a result, they will be capable of managing money more responsibly and learning how to plan their lives ahead of time.

In conclusion, taking a year off from school to travel or work could be disruptive to a student's further education and emotional wellness, however, a gap year can also allow them to become more knowledgeable and adept at managing their finances.

Sample 3:

It is quite common these days for young people in many countries to have a break from studying after graduating from high school. This trend is not restricted to rich students who have the money to travel but is also evident among poorer students who choose to work and become economically independent for a period of time.

The reasons for this trend may involve the recognition that a young adult who passes directly from school to university is rather restricted in terms of general knowledge and experience of the world. By contrast, those who have spent some time earning a living or travelling to other places have a broader view of life and better personal resources to draw on. They tend to be more independent, which is a very important factor in academic study and research, as well as giving them an advantage in terms of coping with the challenges of student life.

However, there are certainly dangers in taking time off at that important age. Young adults may end up never returning to their studies or finding it difficult to re-adapt to an academic environment. They may think that it is better to continue in a particular job or to do something completely different from a university course. But overall, I think this is less likely today when academic qualifications are essential for getting a reasonable career.

My view is that young people should be encouraged to broaden their horizons. That is the best way for them to get a clear perspective of what they are hoping to do with their lives and why. Students with such a perspective are usually the most effective and motivated ones and taking a year off may be the best way to gain this.

Sample 4:

Men have been experimenting all the probable ways to lead a better life. In such a way, teenagers are allowed to explore the world before starting their tertiary education either through a job or travelling. Both the advantages and disadvantages will be discussed before a reasonable conclusion is reached.

A break period after secondary school has been proven to be beneficiary for the youngsters. Initially, by visiting places, individuals will be exposed to diverse cultures, traditions and a wide variety of people and these visits are helpful to attain social knowledge. It aids in their higher studies; for instance, in conducting theses related to community. Next, prior work experience will be added as a good point, as it prepares them for work. Moreover, many companies prefer experienced staff members.

However, there are a few drawbacks of sending them for work or a tour. Education process will be disrupted. As a result, the students may not show interest in higher studies while a few of them continue to work in the same sector. As youngsters start to earn money through work, they may become inclined towards bad habits such as smoking, alcohol consumption, drug addiction and so on. Lastly, making a trip for a long period may affect their financial status if they run out of money which may indulge in debts.

Overall, it is apparent that although there are few benefits of encouraging youth to work or travel, the disadvantages are outweighed. Hence, I opine that young people should have continuation in their studies to prosper in life.

Sample 5:

Taking a study break after high school and before starting university is very common in certain countries. Many people take a year’s break to either travel and explore different countries or they may take up some jobs to gain experience. This practice has both pros and cons.

First of all, taking a break could really help in rejuvenating people. When you travel, you gain a lot of experience. Usually, when people are in high school, they live in a protected home environment; in case of any problem, you can seek parents and friends help and advice. But when you travel, you are on your own and if you face any problem, you learn to deal with it. This not only gives you the experience to deal with tough situations later in life but also gives you confidence.

Many a time, young people are confused regarding their career options and are often in dilemma regarding the subjects to choose in universities. Taking up a job before university can help in identifying the field of interest and provide relevant experience. At the same time, it also makes them financially independent, some students often save money to fund their university study with this. For instance, before starting university, I was confused whether I should go for computer engineering or electronics engineering; but after working in small start-up computer company, I realised that I liked coding and would spend hours in front of computers to automate several processes. This work experience helped me clear my mind and I was 100 percent confident that this is something I would study and have a career in.

Sometimes taking a break can also have negative impacts on people. When one starts working, they often take up jobs that require low skills yet provide easy money. For example, jobs like salesman, BPO jobs etc. Since people become financially independent, they might continue doing the same job and never join university back. It is quite evident in developed countries where many students take up menial jobs and drop out of universities.

In conclusion, as every coin has two sides; on one side taking a break can really help some people to gain exposure to the world, understand the diversity and make better career choices. On the other side, it may ruin their whole life; easy access to money can restrict their desire to further their studies. It is therefore very crucial that one evaluates all the options and takes an informed decision.

Sample 6:

Nowadays it is a trend in some countries that young people travel before they start university studies. Travelling to other countries is not a barrier for the rich students as they have enough money to spend. There are many merits and demerits for young people who decide to do this.

Firstly, students can fill the time gap between finishing high school and starting university studies. They do not have to simply sit at home. Secondly, even poor people can work after high school and earn money for their higher studies so that there will not be any burden for their parents. Thirdly, working and travelling in foreign countries allows gaining knowledge about the culture, norms, and values of that country. Furthermore, it increases our communication skills. Moreover, students can find out about the different courses and studies available in the country and they can choose further studies according to their taste. Again, working or travelling helps people to face the realities of life and they will be prepared to manage the obstacles in their future life. In addition to this, work and travel make young people independent for their future university studies. As a result, they will become self-confident, and it increases their self-esteem.

On the contrary, there are some disadvantages too. Sometimes people will never return to their academic studies so that country will lose its scholars. Again, young people may continue their work and they may lack interest in studies. I think very few people only discontinue their studies as higher qualifications are needed for a good job.

When we weigh both sides, the advantages are greater.  From the above reasons, in my opinion, countries should encourage their young people to work or travel for a year between finishing high school and starting university studies.

Sample 7:

It is understandable to think that taking a year between finishing high school and starting university studies might be a good thing to do. For starters, both working and travelling are two activities that provide experiences of some sort for anyone, and doing so should give the student a new perspective on his or her life.

A high school student is 18 at the time he has to enter university. At that age, one could think that he is too young to work. But far from being truth, starting a job will prove to be something good in the future, as long as it isn't a stressful and slavering job. By the time the young boy is ready to begin his university studies, he will be more responsible, more experienced and aware of what he wants to do with his life.

If instead of working, he wants to travel, although not making as much money as if he worked, the experience wouldn't be any disappointment. Travelling the world is a rewarding adventure, where a person can learn more about others and about themselves. Besides, travelling alone gives you the time to think about yourself, if your life is going the right way and if you are ready to take the next step. Learning about other cultures can help you grow a critical view about your own and be ready to face changes and obstacles during your life.

Although I agree with the premise, I don't think it should be encouraged to take more than a year. If this happens, there is a chance that the student loses focus and forgets about the university. While making a career in the workplace would be great, we should encourage young and capable students to achieve a higher level of education even if they already have a job.

With all that, and with the expressed opinion about the duration, I agree that it should be encouraged for young people to work or travel for a year between finishing high school and starting university studies, so we can build a better life for the citizens of the future.

Sample 8:

Young people who have just finished high school studies could decide to continue studying at university or to work or travel abroad. This essay is about the advantages and disadvantages that young people could face deciding not to continue studying immediately after the high school graduation.

One of the possible advantages of encouraging young people to take a sabbatical year before university studies is that students could discover what they really like to do in the future: in fact, while studying, most of the subjects are superficially treated and students often feel forced to study, not understanding that they are deciding their future and not wasting time on books. So, a one-year stop could clear ideas and teenagers could decide the best for their future.

On the contrary, encouraging young students to work or travel for a year before going to university could bring also disadvantages. Whereas some time could clarify ideas, too much time could discourage former students from restarting studying: for example, young people who decide to work after high school usually don't return to study because they feel it could be too hard to do it. This fact could lead to a fall in the number of students going to university.

To sum up, there are lots of reasons in favour of encouraging young people to work or travel for one year after graduating from high school, but there are also some disadvantages that have to be taken into account.

Sample 9:

The job of a supervisor requires a lot of preparation and a strong attitude to caring about the quality of work. The most relevant qualities of a supervisor will be analised in the following paragraphs, supported by specific details and examples.

Firstly, one of the most important characteristics of a supervisor is the perfect comprehension of the nature and dynamics of the work he has to manage with. Furthermore, the supervisor is a manager who leads the work of a group of people, so he has to be comprehensive on errors and at the same time he has not to lose the control over his subordinates, letting them do unrepairable mistakes. That's a really challenging task that I'm experiencing this current year as responsible of a group of research which represents the University of Padova in a European competition called Solar Decathlon.

Another fundamental quality that makes a good supervisor is the capacity to judge equally all the subordinates' works, instead of being preferential towards the ones which respect more his ideas. The quality also includes his/her focus to the deadline and attaining excellence in the team. Supervising a group of people with strict rules is not always possible and more leadership quality, in this case, is essential. Being able to keep balance in the team and observing the progress while learning from the past mistakes three other qualities each good supervisor should have.

In conclusion, a supervisor has to be perfectly acknowledged on the tasks he's working with, and he has to be a leader strict but right in the eyes of his subordinates.

Sample 10:

Education has never been about learning information and basic skills only. It also concerns the students’ social interactions and their involvement in other activities apart from studies. In my opinion, taking a break before embarking the university studies has more pros and fewer cons.

It is undeniable that students from wealthy family backgrounds prefer to go on a trip abroad. This type of travelling helps them to improve their inter-personality skills. Also, they can learn a lot of things about the country like culture, fashion, language and so on. This is the absolute way to explore their mind and gain social knowledge.

Those who lack the money will surely choose to work for a year’s time. Working is one of the best options to learn business strategies over a small span of time. It is the place where you get to work with people from different age groups. So, qualities like adjustability and adoptability will automatically grow within you. And before initiating their college life, they get some sort of experience about industrial demand in the global job market and save some money for the future.

There are some serious problems with this idea is that students take up a break from their studies might not continue with their studies after a year. As they are juvenile, they could have a lack in decision making. It might be a hindrance to their future carrier. There will be a chance of inequality among students in the university, between the rich and poor students.

At the age of adolescence, especially while deciding to take a break right after high school, a student should have proper guidance and carrier goal. So that he/ she will get motivation to accomplish it in the future.

Sample 11:

Taking one year gap between high school & university studies has become very popular in some countries. Those who think that it is an opportunity for their future plan to work somewhere and travel extensively. Actually, in the latest training where I participated, I met with several people from Denmark and Norway who were over 24 and are working in non-profit organizations. By assembling all of the facts I will try to examine what are the advantages and shortages of taking one year gap.

First of all, of course after high school, working and travelling experience can be valuable opportunity for personal development and career advancement. By travelling, prospective students are able to acknowledge different cultures, values and traditions. Moreover, while travelling students can develop their independence and confidence and thus these two main qualities can help them to overcome crises which can happen in their life. Work experience is a very crucial factor, and my experience shows that companies in some cases look for experienced employees more than someone qualified or graduated from university and have no prior experience. Addition to it, experience in workplace is kind of practises and whatever gained from practises may match with syllabus of some subject which will they have, thus in this case students’ knowledge on those subjects will be advanced.

Taking a gap year has several disadvantages. Talking about it, after working and travelling students can neglect their university, in some cases, they may not take any university studies at all. Even in the case of getting a course at university, the atmosphere of class such as attendance and discipline can seem hard to students. So, students feel hardships to adapt and overcome.

In conclusion, I can easily say that taking a gap year has some advantages and drawbacks, and it is hard to say one of two exceeds another one and one of famous scholar said: before I spent time and now time is spending me, so I consider that it is a personal choice whether to take or not.

Sample 12:

Taking a year gap between the high school and the university has become a popular option amongst many young students. This time off provides a break after many years of formal study, some use this time to travel; others volunteer and still some begin working. Although all of these have clear benefits for students on different levels, the drawbacks also cannot be overlooked.

The benefits of taking one year off are plenty. Firstly, students who travel away from their home environment would probably develop independence and self-confidence on personal level. Secondly, living in a foreign country enables students to explore different cultures, traditions and viewpoints and this would make their mind broader in the future. Thirdly, when these students work, they get professional experience because they get a taste of diverse workplaces, and this practical experience will help them to choose possible career interests. Also, they might save some money that would support them in further education.

Nevertheless, there are also some disadvantages involved in taking such a long break. The main drawback is that students might forget some essential knowledge such as physics and mathematics which is usually needed in the university, and they could lose the good study habits and discipline. Consequently, they might face some difficulties when they come back to the university. Moreover, students could be deceived by the money that she/he might earn. As a result, some would think that completion the university education is not really necessarily as long as the money is available. Those usually discontinue the learning process and end up losing the right tract.

In conclusion, taking a gap year is an individual decision. Although there are some obvious advantages on personal as well as professional levels, the disadvantages of forgetting essential science and even discontinuation of studying cannot be ignored as drawbacks.

Sample 13:

Before embarking on college many young people are advised that a year working or travelling may be a good option. This essay will suggest that saving money is the biggest advantage of this and a reduced motivation to study is the primary disadvantage.

Third level education is very expensive and lots of students decide to work for 12 months and save up money before they begin their studies. This allows them to pay for their living costs, tuition fees and accommodation and focus on their studies, rather than struggle financially or have to get a part time job on top of their academic work. The Times recently reported that the average student at a UK university requires over $12,000 per annum just to survive and many drop out because they cannot afford to stay.

Despite these advantages, many students often get used to working or travelling and don’t want to return to a life of study after a year off. This short-term view can cause some to bypass university altogether and go straight into a job that is beneath their capabilities or may not offer the same prospects their future career might have done. For instance, a recent survey by the British Government found that 26% of students who take a gap-year never enter tertiary education.

In conclusion, taking a break from studies can be advantageous if it allows people to gather up savings, however, they should also be careful that it does not lead to disillusionment with education altogether.

Sample 14:

A number of pupils have a tendency to take a year off to gain work experience or travel after they graduate from high school. Although this propensity can trigger drawbacks such as the detrimental impacts on students’ academic progress, I consider its benefits including the accumulation of life experience and the development of new skills are more significant.

On the one hand, taking a year off can be detrimental to students since their academic development can be adversely affected. This is because they start their university education a year behind their peers causing a delay in acquiring their bachelor’s degree. This can hinder them from future career opportunities and a high earning potential. Additionally, taking a brief time to work or travel before embarking on their formal university education can engender the loss of momentum. More specifically, some students may find it difficult to return to academic studies and struggle to adjust to the pace of college coursework afterwards.

On the other hand, having a break between high school and university can bring two benefits. Most noticeably, it can provide students with the opportunity to gain life experience. To be more specific, they can acquire deeper insight into new cultures and exposure to different ways of living and thinking by travelling. Consequently, they are more likely to have a broader perspective and better understand themselves and the world around them, becoming more well-rounded individuals. Furthermore, they can learn new skills by working. In other words, their communication skills, time management and problem-solving skills are often strengthened by cooperating with others to fulfil tasks at work. These competencies can be beneficial in preparing for college and future careers.

In conclusion, the inclination to work and travel for a year after high school in lieu of going directly to college can have negative impacts on students’ academic development. However, I consider it is more beneficial since it can enhance their life experiences and enables them to learn crucial skills. It is advisable that high school graduates should take time to experience the real world by travelling or working.

Sample 15:

In this day and age, taking a gap year has become increasingly popular among high school leavers. From my perspective, the drawbacks of this trend are clearly eclipsed by its merits.

Undoubtedly, there are some obvious advantages of taking a gap year after finishing high school. Firstly, this short break offers students a golden opportunity to assess their strengths and weaknesses, which will make them well-prepared for the unknown future. In some countries, like Vietnam, the majority of high school students fail to wisely decide what degree they wish to pursue. This issue could be alleviated if high school graduates were granted a gap year to travel and gain fresh experiences. This would enable them to identify their interests and make good educational decisions.

Secondly, taking a gap year will give students the precious chance to accumulate experience instead of just learning theory in books. In fact, students might learn about the job and acquire valuable practical experience by collaborating with professionals in the field, which would aid in their development as adults. When evaluating applications for open positions, employers generally prioritize applicants with extensive life and professional experience.

In conclusion, taking a gap year in order to explore or engage in employment can cause disruptions to a student's future academic progress and emotional well-being. However, a gap year can also provide an opportunity for individuals to be well-prepared for the future and expand their practical knowledge.

Sample 16:

It has become common to see some high school graduates take a gap year for travel and work purposes before they apply to university. While there are some upsides to taking a year off upon high school graduation, it is not without its downsides.

To start, there are some clear advantages of taking a gap year for traveling and working as a high school graduate. Regarding traveling, this experience helps them become more mature by broadening their outlook on life and enjoying more independence. A break from academic life and its pressures is one other favorable aspect of academic leave. Having studied for eleven consecutive years, most students tend to grow bored and tired of rigorous academic routines. Hence, students taking a gap year have the chance to enjoy some free time and return with a fresh mind. As for the work aspect of this decision, they can earn some money, which enables them to afford a better education for themselves. Experience they gain from working also helps make better academic and career decisions in the long-term.

Despite that, one should not be dismissive of some possible drawbacks of taking a gap year after school graduation. The most evident downside is perhaps the fact that their academic life will suffer as a result of academic absence. Students who put their studies on hold tend to have difficulties catching up with their peers later on. This is even more so in the case of university education seeing as courses taught at universities tend to be more comprehensive and complex, which can present a challenge to the student. Adding to this point is the fact that most students who take a gap year lose interest in pursuing tertiary education. This is because once they gain some independence after earning money, they develop a false sense of financial security, which kills their interest in learning.

In conclusion, while the main advantages of a gap year for travel and work are personal development and a fresh mind as well as better academic prospects, drawbacks range from academic challenges to a lack of interest in education.

Sample 17:

In many countries some students take a year off after finishing their high school studies for traveling or working before they enroll in a university. In my perspective, this one-year gap between high school and university provides them with more disadvantages than advantages.

On the one hand, there are some merits for students who take a year off to travel or work between high school and university. Firstly, travel broadens the minds of young people. This might help them to gain valuable experience in their life. For example, students who travel to different places get a chance to mingle with different types of people and cultures and this may improve their knowledge and experience. Another positive outcome is that while traveling or working, young people could acquire maturity, and this would help them perform well when they join university. A final benefit is that young people will probably earn some money when they work before joining university. This money can be used to pay their university fees.

On the other hand, there are more drawbacks when students spend a year working or traveling before joining the university. The first one is that if young people decide to work, they might get used to receiving an income and because of this they will not want to come back to their student life anymore. The second one is that traveling is an expensive activity and students who travel a year require a huge amount of money. This could be spent on university studies. What is more, most of the students are too young to travel by themselves and this might put them in more dangerous situations. For example, young students are not mature enough and they may get involved in illegal activities such as selling drugs and crime.

In conclusion, although there are some advantages to traveling or working between high school and university, in my opinion, the disadvantages of this practice outweigh the advantages.

Sample 18:

Before college, many young people are advised that a year of working or travelling may be a good option. This essay will suggest that experience gained and money saved are the biggest advantages of this, but delaying careers and reducing motivation to study are the primary disadvantages.

The main advantages of a gap year are learning more about the world and earning money. For students who have just finished secondary school, working or travelling for a year will allow them to learn what life is like outside of the education system. Also, third-level education is very expensive, and many students decide to work for 12 months and save money before they begin their studies. The average student at a UK university requires over £10,000 per annum to survive, and many drop out because they cannot afford to stay.

Despite these advantages, students lose a year that could have been used to advance their future careers, and they often get used to working or travelling and don’t want to return to a life of study. As job markets are very competitive, an extra year of experience can make a massive difference when applying for jobs, and those who took a gap year are at a disadvantage. Moreover, some decide to bypass university altogether and go straight into a job that is beneath their capabilities or may not offer the same prospects their future career might have. For instance, jobs in the service industry are easy to get without a third-level education, and many gap students fill these roles only to be stuck in them for the rest of their lives.

In conclusion, taking a break from studies can be advantageous if it allows people to accumulate savings or learn more about the world. However, they should also be careful that it does not delay the start of their careers and lead to disillusionment with education.

Sample 19:

There is a growing trend towards taking a gap year before entering tertiary education among school leavers in certain parts of the world. While it is true that such practice is not without its disadvantages, I would argue that the benefits of going to work or travelling before one embarks on college far outweighs these disadvantages.

On the one hand, people’s concerns about delaying university are largely justifiable. To begin with, if a person opts to travel, there is the question of finance. Most high school graduates are unlikely to be able to fund their travels, and as a result, must ask their parents to pay for all the expenses of the trip. This is obviously undesirable, especially for families in developing nations, who have more urgent needs to address rather than travelling. Should they decide to go to work, there is a high chance that they would just end up doing part-time work with meagre pay. In addition, these jobs often provide employees with little exposure to professional working styles and skills, so most fail to gain any substantive benefits from them. For instance, my friend spent a summer working at a fast-food establishment in Hanoi, which he said was a complete waste of time because he could not acquire any new skills, nor could he procure any significant savings from the salary.

On the other hand, notwithstanding the described issues, I believe abundant advantages accrue to taking a year off before college. By going to work, youngsters can obtain valuable working experiences. The merit of this is they can put their study into perspective when they take university courses later. For example, an accounting major can better imagine how accounting theories and standards are applied in a corporate context if he has previous experience reading financial statements and handling transactions as a cashier. By travelling, one has the chance to acquire useful life skills by living independently, especially if he journeys to a foreign country. I can personally vouch for this, as during my 3-year stay in America, not only did I materially improve my English, but I was also able to learn how to live on a tight budget and manage personal finance.

In conclusion, it is my genuine belief that taking a gap year before enrolling in a university is a rewarding experience and definitely an option worth contemplating for those who are about to graduate from high school.

Sample 1:

Nowadays, the crime rate is accelerating according to many surveys. To rein this situation, there should be a mechanism in place like jail for lifetime and death penalty based on the severity of the crime. The government should enforce such laws to create a high alert around society and endorse a secure ruling to its people.

Many incidents are the best examples of imbalanced society values in the recent days. Those are like killing someone's own mother or a plan to murder the best friend due to immaturity. If there is no mechanism to stop such kind of incidents would severely impact the society livelihood. Hence, capital punishment is mandatory to implicate fear among the people who create such violence, ensuring a peaceful life for innocent people.

In fact, I believe the death penalty is the only way to punish the criminals as they commit serious crimes which directly aid in controlling the violence at least to some extent. For instance, recently a group of five men brutally raped and murdered a woman in the broad daylight. Due to that, the high court had punished death penalty to that group which has created a sensation as the capital punishment is very rare in my country and social volunteers said the crime rate is gradually decreasing after that incident. Thus, violence is effectively controlled if capital punishment is endorsed by society.

In some societies, the crime is so violent and severe that the government and the law enforcing authority have to handle that strictly. As a result, they do not have any alternative other than imposing capital punishment. Capital punishment gives a message that you won’t be given any second chance if you commit a serious crime like murdering someone. This message is strongly needed in some societies to control the crime rate. Without capital punishment, you can’t ensure that the same criminal won’t commit the crime again. You can’t actually control crime and severe lawbreaking with minor punishment in all of the countries. The theme is that someone who murdered another human will regret it someday and after a few years would lead a dignified and free life when the relatives and family members of the victim would remorse forever. What punishment do you have in your mind if someone is a psychopathic killer and is out of redemption? Minor punishment and reformation facility? This does not just make sense.

To summarise, capital punishment is important to bring down the crime ratio and to also provide a secure life. Otherwise, ambience in the society will disturb which is not recommended for the common man. Hence, it is advisable to imply such punishment which leads to a peaceful life with less violence in these days and also in the future.

Sample 2:

Before talking about the essential role of the death penalty, you have to think about the meaning, and the purpose, of any kind of punishment. If you consider that the purpose is to prevent the guilty from being nasty again, you can be seduced by an argumentation in favour of the suppression of capital punishment.

But you have to think about another aspect of the problem: a punishment is also useful to impress people, to make them fear the law. In fact, let's take the example of a young misfit, which has grown in a violent atmosphere, influenced by older delinquents, etc. He lives on the streets; he's got no aim but to survive. This is the kind of person who could possibly kill someone for money, or even for fun. Why would he fear prison? Life would be easier for him there. In addition, in many cases, when you behave normally, you can benefit from penalty reductions. This young misfit needs to be impressed; he needs to know that the law is a frontier. When you cross it, you can lose your life. That is why capital punishment helps keep a distance between robbery and murder. If you abolish it, you suppress the difference between these two types of crime, which are completely different.

But there is also a limit to define: even if the death penalty is unavoidable, it would be a crime to apply it to inadequate cases. If there is no premeditation or past facts which can justify such a punishment, it is far too strict to apply the death penalty. That is why the lawmakers have to establish precisely the context in which capital punishment car being pronounced. That is the price to pay to limit violence without using excessive violence.

Sample 3:

The argument about the capital punishment or death penalty is a very controversial one. Some people think that without death penalty it is impossible to retain the law and order in a country while others stand totally against the capital punishment and describe it as inhuman. Both sides have their logic to support their opinion. In my opinion, capital punishment should be only used in a situation where there is no other alternative. Otherwise, penalties rather than death should be tried to punish anyone.

Sometimes the law and order of a country become so fragile and out of control that the Government and law enforcing agencies must show the mass people that a criminal is punished severely and other should not dare to do the same crime. In these cases, many criminals are hung till death or even send to the electronic chairs and there really left no alternative rather than that. Again, there come situations even in a very peaceful society that all the people show contempt to the criminal and expect some exemplary punishment. For example, all the people expect a terrible penalty for a serial killer or a lunatic rapist. Most of these killers and criminals are severely damaged psychologically and the possibility of their being normal again is almost zero. This kind of person who has taken other people's lives and dignity should be punished with the highest penalty like death to make the society a better place to live in. Finally, those who betray with the country and compromise with the enemy with the freedom of the motherland should be hung till death in another word should be given capital punishment because of their heinous act.

But we must consider that we cannot create a living being and we never have the right to take the lives of a living being. So, if we punish even a single innocent soul with the punishment, he/she does not deserve then the whole system will be corrupted. If an innocent citizen is imprisoned and proved not guilty at a later time, we can at least take him/her out from the prison but what if we've already killed him/her? There would be no way to remorse and the whole law would be condemned. Moreover, if there are chances that a criminal will remorse for what he/she has done and will lead a normal and peaceful life, then he/she should be given a chance.

I believe that some criminals are simply dangerous for the society and will always be no matter how much opportunities and support they are given, and they should be given the death penalty. But if there is the slightest chance that the criminal was a victim of the situation and tried to save his/herself or any logic in favour of the crime, should be given chance at least once. And capital punishment should be used only in some extreme cases rather than using it as the law prevailing policy.

Sample 4:

Capital punishment is the process of killing the offenders for the crimes they have committed. Capital punishment was very prominent in the old days but these days capital punishment is diminishing, and the authorities are opting for a less barbaric way to punish the criminals. I too agree with the alternative way of punishment which is less severe than death. There are various arguments for supporting or opposing it which I will be discussing in this essay.

Opponents of the death penalty, like me, say that capital punishment is not a solution. First of all, the human has no right to kill another human for any reason, no matter how severe the crime is. My second argument against this is some crimes are committed by mentally sick people. Those people are not responsible for their deeds. They can be put in safer hospitals for the rest of their life. Moreover, it may happen that the offender has been convicted and executed wrongly. Later upon further investigation, he is proved to be innocent. We don't have any way to roll this back. Somebody might lose their precious life which is not at all acceptable. In London, a criminal was proved not guilty after 15 years; if he had been executed nobody could have done justice to his life. Finally, there are various alternatives available, for instance, life sentences. These alternatives also serve the similar purpose of making criminals realise their mistakes.

However, proponents say that criminals should be shot dead for their mistakes. Why should the government bear the expenses of criminals in the jails? The criminals should not be granted anything less than this death punishment.

Sample 5:

With the increasing number of crimes like murder, terrorism and drug trafficking, capital punishment is often assumed to curb these offences. Controlling offenders through severe punishment is laudable but I don't agree fully and believe there are other alternatives to control brutal acts in society.

There are many plausible arguments in favour of capital punishment. People believe that death sentences are vital in maintaining peace and controlling hostility in society. Capital punishments like hanging, electric chair, gas-room, firing squad and so on create fear in criminals in committing severe crimes. For instance, recent attack by militants on Schools in Pakistan where they killed children urged the government to revoke the moratorium on the death penalty which resulted in reducing the growing number of attacks. People believe that it is the best way to avenge the life of victim's beloved ones. Fear of execution will keep them at distance from committing brutal crimes. For instance, increased drug trafficking in UAE was controlled after the government imposed the death penalty on the offenders.

On the other hand, we have no right to take the life of another human being. There are many alternatives which can control violence in societies. For instance, Rehabilitation programs can help criminal to become better citizens of a society. Community services and counselling sessions can aim to develop love and affection for mankind. Capital punishment can also result in instances where other gang members of the offender try to avenge the life of their friend, which poses a serious threat to the victim’s family. There are many countries that have ended capital punishment, for instance, Portugal.

To conclude, capital chastisement might not help in curbing brutal and hostile acts in societies and government should implement other forms of punishment like life imprisonment.

Sample 6:

Many people believe that death penalties are necessary to keep law and order under control in our society. While there are some drawbacks of capital punishment, I agree with the view that without capital punishment we will become more vulnerable to violence.

The death penalty could be an uncivilised law in some cases. We have no rights to kill another human. It can be a violation of human rights to kill someone by poisonous injections, hanging or by electrocution. Besides, some innocent people could be convicted and executed for crimes they never did. For example, sometimes the law and administration are not efficient, and the police might capture the innocent citizens by mistake during an investigation process. Therefore, the death penalty is argued to be a barbaric and savage approach.

However, I believe that many times it has become essential to enforce capital punishment in society. Firstly, it is an effective deterrent to major crimes. If there are stricter punishments, people will be afraid of committing offences. For example, Pakistan has controlled the rate of terrorism in the country by enforcing death penalties for the members of terrorist organisations. Secondly, the government spends an ample sum of the national budget on the maintenance of prisoners with lifetime sentences. So, by capital punishment the administration can get rid of criminals who are involved in major crimes, such as murders, terrorists, drug smuggling, rape, and consequently, can avoid the amount spends on imprisonment.

In conclusion, although capital punishment could be seen as an aggressive rule in some cases, I believe that it is an extremely important law that can control many violent crimes of society.

Sample 7:

The topic of capital punishment has been a contentious issue for decades, with opinions divided on its necessity and effectiveness. Some argue that without the death penalty, society becomes more vulnerable and violent crimes increase. They believe that capital punishment is crucial for maintaining order and deterring serious crimes. This essay will argue against this viewpoint, highlighting why the death penalty is not essential for societal security.

Proponents of capital punishment assert that it serves as a powerful deterrent against violent crimes. They claim that the fear of execution prevents individuals from committing serious offences. For instance, countries with strict enforcement of the death penalty, like Saudi Arabia, often cite low crime rates as evidence of its effectiveness. These supporters believe that the death penalty is necessary to ensure public safety and justice for victims.

However, substantial research contradicts the deterrent effect of capital punishment. Studies comparing crime rates in regions with and without the death penalty show no significant difference in violent crime rates. For example, in the United States, states that have abolished the death penalty, such as New York, have not experienced an increase in homicide rates compared to states that retain it. Moreover, the possibility of wrongful execution poses a severe ethical dilemma, as innocent lives may be unjustly taken, thus undermining the moral foundation of the justice system.

In conclusion, the death penalty does not significantly deter crime, and the risk of executing innocent individuals raises profound ethical concerns. Therefore, it is recommended that societies invest in more effective crime prevention strategies, such as improved law enforcement, rehabilitation programmes, and addressing the root causes of crime.

Sample 8:

Punishment in any form, when it is given to the offenders, must bring modification in behaviour. So, in the absence of the death sentence, human beings’ lives are at risk, and it can escalate brutality. So, it is considered that execution is indispensable in order to curb ferocity in society. I completely agree with the statement because it is a must to maintain law and order in society. Moreover, rebuilding the faith of people in a government makes it necessary to execute criminals.

First off, if criminals do not get punished for their crimes, then people feel insecure. Because they think offenders can harm them as well. So, it is essential to control the activities of the guilty people and deter violence in society. In this way, law and order can be maintained. Criminals will think twice before committing any abdominal activity. As a result, people would have a secure life. So, for the smooth running of governmental activities, it is indispensable to give the death penalty to criminals. However, it must be given by seeing the severity of the crime. For instance, many minor girls were raped and murdered. Thus, innocent children lose their lives without any fault, and those who survive confront psychological trauma. So, here in such cases, a death warrant is mandatory.

Moving further, Now, people have lost their faith in government. They consider that the government is doing nothing and culprits that free on bail. So, to rebuild the trust of the masses, it is compulsory to punish criminals. Many times, it has been shown that people do not get justice even after so many years. They believe that justice delay means justice denied. So, it is a must for rulers to get the trust of individuals; otherwise, people would have no other alternative but to migrate overseas for their safety. So, it is a stigma on the fair name of any country. Consequently, any government will lose its reputation.

To conclude, thus capital punishment is essential to maintain law and order and deter people from committing criminal activities. Only then people can lead a secure life. Moreover, individuals would trust their government, and they will be ready to contribute to the betterment of their nation.

Sample 9:

Capital punishment is one of the severe forms of punishing crimes of high intensity. It is believed that enforcing such brutal punishment is absolutely necessary to curb violent crimes without which the ferocity cannot be controlled, making the lives unshielded. In my opinion death penalty is mandatory to ensure law abiding populace because of the fear it creates in them.

The major impact of implementation of capital punishment is the deterrent effect it has on the society. Death penalty averts a person from committing crimes. Because of the fear of losing one’s life, the urge to indulge in crimes of violence is nipped in the bud. For example, since death penalty is implemented stringently in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the rate of violent crimes is minimal in this nation.

In addition, we can say that death penalty and crime rate are directly proportional. Lack of death penalty is directly proportional to increase in crime rates. It is the basic right of every citizen to have a safe and peaceful life. If the intensity of the punishment is not sufficient to create fear in the criminals, they may commit brutal crimes because of the weak punishment system. The crime rate against women and children in India is on a higher scale in the recent days because of the lack of efficient punishment system. Therefore, it is almost imperative to have capital punishment in place.

However, one of the concerns associated with capital punishment is that it may not help to eliminate some types of crimes like terrorism wherein there is no fear of death.

To conclude, death sentence has been in practice only in a few countries. In my perspective, death penalty is the best way to punish malefactors of vicious crime.

Sample 10:

The question of whether the death penalty or capital punishment, is necessary to preserve social order and lower violent crime has been controversial. This essay explores the complex arguments supporting different strategies while examining whether the death penalty is necessary to reduce violence in society.

First and foremost, potential criminals are deterred from conducting violent acts by the threat of the death penalty. However, empirical studies have frequently yielded conflicting findings, making it difficult to determine a direct link between lower rates of violent crime and the death sentence, making other criteria, like socioeconomic status and access to education more important in preventing crime.

Additionally, it is also important to take into account the moral and ethical issues raised by the death penalty. Particularly, a serious concern is the possibility of cruel and inhumane treatment during executions, while it is vital to protect human life and avoid the long-lasting effects of unjustified executions. Not only this, it cannot be denied that witnesses, executioners, and the relatives of the victims experience emotional distress.

Lastly, the death penalty involves costly legal procedures that put a heavy financial strain on governments. To justify this, the funds used to uphold the death penalty might be better used to combat the underlying reasons for criminal behavior, prevent crime, and provide rehabilitation.

To recapitulate from the above discourse, it can be deduced that the death sentence is not an appropriate way to deal with violent crime because of the moral and ethical issues it raises as well as the difficulties it has in actually being implemented.

Sample 11:

Capital punishment is an extremely sensitive matter to many countries. It is certainly true that many people are against the death penalty especially the catholic society. In my point of view and based on my experience in our country, the death penalty has a great impact on peace and order of the state.

During the early years of the Philippine government, wherein the death penalty still part of the justice system, the crime rate is minimal. News about violence and heinous crimes are barely seen on television or read in the newspapers. In fact, crimes like kidnap, rape, and murder are only famous in movie scene. Furthermore, drug or human trafficking are not prevalent. It seems that people are threatened by capital punishment. I even heard this story from my grandfather that one of our past presidents was seen roaming around in public places without any presidential securities. This clearly shows how safe and peaceful the Philippines at that time. Thus, I believe that the death penalty is an effective way to achieve peace and order in our country.

The reason behind that argument is based on my evaluation of the current justice system of our new government. Nowadays, most of the news headlines are pertaining to crime and violence. Abduction and murder have been happening even in their own vicinity. Cases about drug and human trafficking are rampant. Even the government officials are not confident about the security in our own country. It is apparent in the number of security guards that surround them, particularly when they are outside the government offices. This scenario is evidence of how unsecured the Philippines environment at the present time. The increase of reports of infringement provides strong support about the negative impact of death penalty abolition.

In my opinion, capital punishment plays an important role in minimizing the crimes and imparts further assurance of security in the surroundings. Therefore, I strongly agree that it should be imposed by the Philippine government and should be considered by other nations.

Sample 12:

The topic of capital punishment elicits strong emotions and diverse viewpoints, and some opine that without capital punishment, our society is prone to more crime and violence. I believe that there are more effective and humane ways to address crime and ensure public safety rather than implementing capital punishment.

Firstly, the claim that capital punishment deters crimes of violence is not strongly supported by empirical evidence. Numerous studies have shown that the presence or absence of the death penalty does not significantly affect crime rates. Factors such as socioeconomic conditions, education, and effective law enforcement play more substantial roles in preventing crime. Therefore, relying on capital punishment as a means to control violence may be misguided and overlook more comprehensive approaches to crime prevention.

Furthermore, the application of capital punishment raises ethical concerns. The irreversible nature of the death penalty means that any errors or miscarriages of justice cannot be rectified. There have been cases where innocent individuals have been wrongfully convicted and sentenced to death, only to be exonerated years later. Such occurrences highlight the inherent fallibility of the justice system and the irreversible consequences of capital punishment.

Rather than relying on capital punishment, societies can focus on implementing more effective crime prevention measures and rehabilitation programmes. Investing in education, social support systems, and rehabilitation initiatives can address the root causes of criminal behaviour and help reintegrate individuals back into society. Moreover, a shift towards restorative justice approaches can offer a more compassionate and meaningful response to crime. Restorative justice focuses on repairing the harm caused by crime, promoting accountability, and facilitating the healing and reconciliation of all parties involved.

In conclusion, the evidence does not convincingly support the claim that the death penalty serves as an effective deterrent for crime. Moreover, ethical concerns, the potential for wrongful convictions, and the irreversibility of the punishment call into question its legitimacy. Instead, I believe that focusing on crime prevention, rehabilitation, and restorative justice can lead to more equitable, humane, and secure societies.

Sample 13:

Many people believe that the death penalty is necessary for serious offenders to keep our society safe and for the country to function and advance. While such punishments might seem cruel and inhuman to some, I sincerely believe that without capital punishment, our society will become unsafe for ordinary citizens and vulnerable to brutality and crime.

To begin with, our society has laws and punishments so that ordinary citizens can live without fear and violent individuals are kept away from creating havoc. Thus, when we talk about a burglar who has stolen more than once, we have a prison sentence for such a crime, and he is given an opportunity to repent and come clean after he serves the prison time. However, when we talk about a pathological criminal who is a serial killer or has an obsessive-compulsive disorder to rape a child, they are beyond correction and should never be allowed to be able to harm a single innocent soul on our watch. For such capital offences, we need to have capital punishment to make our society secure and safe.

Moreover, I believe that capital punishment is necessary as it is an effective deterrent to many major offences. According to many, the best method to keep crimes under a tolerable level is to show people the consequences of their misconduct and felonies. For example, many Asian countries, including Singapore, have controlled drug trafficking and drug dealing by enforcing death penalties for such offenders. The result of it was astounding and all of those countries have alleviated the drug trafficking and drug dealing problems to a staggering lower level.

To conclude, despite some sentiments against capital punishment, I believe that it proves out to be the best method to make our society a far better place to live in.

Sample 14:

Many people believe that the death sentence is necessary to counter the violence and maintain peace in society. However, I believe that there are better alternatives to curb the crime rates and the death penalty is inhumane in a civilised world.

According to many, the death sentence is the only way to make an example to deter others from committing heinous crimes. They believe that serious offenders are like worms in a righteous society and should not be given a second chance. However, for both ideas - in and against capital punishment, several research works have been conducted, and the findings indicate the contrary. It is interesting to note that countries that have implemented capital punishment still have a higher crime rate than those countries that have abolished it. Besides, I personally believe that we do not have the right to kill a human being as this would be another crime.

Thus, it is only rational to suggest that counselling and educating criminals in prisons could be a great way to convert criminals into good human beings. Norway, where the crime rate is lower than most other countries in the world, is a great example of how proper counselling can change criminals. Moreover, we have to deal with the core factors of crimes and their backgrounds, give people economic freedom and tackle pressing issues in society to reduce crime rates. A society with a strong economy and educated members has lower crime rates and that is what we should be working on to achieve. Finally, we can replace capital punishment with life imprisonment for repeat offenders and heinous criminals who are beyond correction.

To conclude, persuaded by what has been discussed as well as compelled by what I have learnt and experienced, I would like to reiterate that capital punishment cannot reduce the crime rate in the long run and it is inhumane to kill someone for his/her crime.

Sample 1:

There have always been differences in the types of work men and women have done. However, the trend in modern times has been for both men and women to have greater freedom of choice in terms of employment. Some people might say that there is no need to go further. However, in my view, wherever possible, gender equality should be encouraged.

There may indeed be good arguments for allowing certain posts to remain predominantly male or female. Where all-male or all-female groups exist, there may be a need for related posts to be held by men and women respectively. Patients in all-female hospital wards, for example, would probably appreciate having female nurses to look after them. It could also be argued that certain jobs requiring a great deal of physical strength, coal mining or logging, for example, should continue to be done mainly by men.

However, in the vast majority of situations, making occupations more open to both genders has distinct advantages. Men and women can bring slightly different perspectives and approaches to a job. Female police officers, for example, may have a greater understanding of domestic violence and a better range of strategies for dealing with this problem. Male primary school teachers probably have a better understanding of the needs of young boys and can serve as good role models for them.

The changes that result from allowing men into female-dominated occupations and vice versa may be subtle, but they are far-reaching. However, to benefit the most from this development, it is important not to expect males and females to approach work in identical ways.

Sample 2:

Males and females are often viewed as having differing skill sets. It is agreed that it is correct to exclude people from certain jobs on the basis of their gender, but only in very limited circumstances. This essay will first discuss how physical attributes prevent women from excelling in particular roles; secondly discuss how society at large rejects men from undertaking certain careers, followed by a reasoned conclusion.

For many years the general consensus in the armed forces is that women should not be allowed to participate in combat missions. This is because most women lack the brute strength required for this particular occupation and it is therefore right to prevent them from joining the ranks. For example, the American Army recently allowed some women to fight on the front line and the Department of Defense deemed the experiment a failure, due to lack of fighting effectiveness. Despite this, many women have fought in many wars, famously on the Eastern Front for Russia and the Viet Cong in Vietnam, so maybe it is men’s attitudes that prevent them performing rather than their stature.

Society has yet to accept men in many traditionally female positions, such as nanny or beautician. Businesses feel that it is fine to not hire men for these posts because most of their customers would not be willing to have a man perform that service. I personally know of one example when a friend failed at the interview stage when applying to become kindergarten teacher because he was the wrong sex.

To summarise, in limited circumstances it is just to prohibit people from certain occupations, but only if they cannot physically perform or if the general consensus is that it is a single sex post.

Sample 3:

It is evident that the gender gap is closing in the vast majority of occupations in today’s society. However, some remain with the opinion that females and males are born to have differences in terms of their vocational preferences. Despite this, I would argue in this essay that it is wrong to exclude a certain gender from a certain occupation.

It is undoubtable that a certain gender could be more appreciated in some professions. It is mainly determined by the biological differences between males and females. For example, females are perceived to be more caring and nurturing by nature, so that they could be more suitable working in nurseries and hospitals; whereas males are more likely to be employed in mining and construction industries because they are physically stronger. In those cases, the gender gap may remain in the short future.

However, for the vast majority of professions, making occupations more open to both genders has significant advantages. Different genders could bring different perspectives into work, which could generate more possibilities for a company’s development. For example, a male nurse could offer his unique experience to a female dominated team in order to promote a more holistic care to patients in both genders. Moreover, there is evidence that a mixed gender working environment is often proven to be more efficient. Therefore, companies could benefit from the different perspectives and efficiency that mixed gender teams bring.

To conclude, although some occupations remain to be female- or male-dominant, there are more advantages to allow both genders having the freedom of their vocational choices. Companies that facilitate this equality could benefit from the increased possibilities and efficiency.

Sample 4:

There is a truth that the strengths and weaknesses of men and women quite differ due to the disparity in their genders and apparently, it dramatically affects their opportunities to do a specific work. However, I think that this reason is not strong enough to exclude males or females from certain professions just because of their genders and wherever possible, they should be given freedom of choice and gender equality in employment should be encouraged. On the one hand, the argument that supports the jobs’ orientation based on their genders remains commonly dominant because these males or females seem to have an apparent instinct and physical capability to excel other sex in accomplishing their jobs. For example, women seem to have a predominant role in medical services thanks to their natural instinct of motherhood and femininity. Patients often prefer female nurses over male nurses because they enjoy the tenderness and the enthusiastic caring for the patients of these “white blouse fairies” with their miraculous skills of soothing the patients’ pain. Meanwhile, there are some special jobs requiring a great deal of physical strengths and persistence like coal sea-fare sailing and fishing, mineral mining or forest logging which used to be done mainly by men because they have shown their extraordinary abilities to work under high pressure and long-lasting endurance. On the other hand, in some occupations, the matter of making jobs easily accessible to both genders has brought about some practical advantages, not only for them but also the whole society. For instance: Female police officers may better deal with the domestic violence and child abuse in the families thanks to having a greater understanding of gender inequality and its adverse effects on the emotions of every member and better strategies to tackle the conflict than their male counterparts. Whereas male kindergarten nannies probably have a better understanding of the characters of young boys, leading to helping them form a good dignity and a strong manner. Although these people only account for a little proportion of the whole labour force, we are obliged to respect their freedom of choice in pursuit of a career to bring about their job’s self-satisfaction and respond to various and abundant demands of the society. In conclusion, although the difference in physical abilities and emotional feelings between males and females has a large impact on the choice of jobs and the job assignment of the society, in most of cases, it is possible to allow men to undertake many female-dominated occupations and vice versa so that they can succeed in their chosen careers and serving plentiful requirements of the society.

Sample 5:

Nowadays, when women and men become more equal than those in the past and more and more women are occupying many important positions in society, there is still suggestion that males and females should be excluded from some kinds of job. To a certain extent, I agree with this opinion. First, there are some professions only suitable for men, and one of which is construction work, for example. It is extremely difficult for a woman to climb between girders of Eiffel Tower and paint each of them. Or how can she stand hanging outside a skyscraper cleaning glass window? Another example can be found in military duty which probably causes soldiers lose their lives in battlefield. It is said that what a woman has to do to serve her country is not sacrificing herself, but rather giving birth for future generation. Second, only women’s personality fit them particularly to nursing profession which requires great patience and sacrifice. It is hardly expected that a man characterized by aggressiveness and decisiveness is willing to pamper the elderly fully erratic. And with strong personality, almost no man accepts helping old people with grooming and personal hygiene, which is widely regarded as a humble occupation. However, it is not recommended, in general, to discriminate between men and women in regard to their occupations. They should be equally granted opportunities with the aim of promoting their talent to the limit. As can be seen in practice, we used to witness some exemplary women being successful in science, two of them was Marie Curie awarded 1911 Nobel Prize in Chemistry and Sofia Vasilyevna Kovalevskaya, the first woman appointed to a full professorship in Northern Europe, and we have, at the present time, the most powerful woman politician from Germany, Angela Merkel. In conclusion, we only exclude males or females from a very few exceptional occupations. Otherwise, it would be better to encourage equality of job opportunity between men and woman.

Sample 6:

Woman and men are commonly seen as having different strength and weaknesses. Therefore, they might be fit for different kinds of jobs. But most people have the concept that some certain professions are only for one gender. So, is it right to exclude males or females from certain professions because of their gender? Personally, I think it can be right or wrong in certain situations. It’s absolutely right to exclude women from some dangerous and very hard works that need a lot of strength and energies such as building, transporting heavy items,…Woman’s body structure is different from man’s, there might be exceptions but I think that most women are weaker than men. Hard work can affect their health if they’re not strong enough, and it’s dangerous if the work causes any lasting injuries to their bodies. Moreover, some professions require working late at night or working in secluded places. Women – main victims of violence and sexual harassment – might be in peril. Unless they’ve prepared carefully to face with any dangers, women should not choose those professions. However, it can be wrong if people exclude males or females from some professions that they are actually good at. What do you think if you see a man making up for others or a woman playing football? Centuries ago, many people thought that women are not fit for intellectual jobs and there were schools for men only, women had to stay at home and do housework. Later, people opposed strongly when they saw a team of women played football because they thought that sports were not for females. And men were also criticized and looked down on if they were found sewing or cooking. Nowadays those negative thoughts have decreased but they haven’t totally disappeared. If the work is not very hard for them to do, if they’re interested in it and they have a flair for it, why don’t we let them do it? Only when they do something that they love can they become successful in the future. The better the workers are, the better results they bring. I think we should encourage any talented person to do whatever he/she is good at, and we shouldn’t consider gender as a problem, it can help develop a nation. Some famous chiefs, make-up artists,… are not females, and some famous engineers, footballers,… are not males, but they can make their own fame and lead a happy, prosperous life. In conclusion, people should consider carefully how the jobs effect men or women before excluding them from certain professions.

Sample 7:

There is no doubt that man and women possess different advantages as well as disadvantages. Thus, some people think that males or females should not be allowed to join several professions because of their gender. I myself disagree with this viewpoint. To begin with, I believe that we should not prohibit males or females from any jobs due to the following reasons. First of all, it is widely admitted that man or woman can now do jobs that has long been for the other sex only. For example, in the past, women were not allowed to join military in a lot of countries. However, nowadays, the percentage of women in the army has significantly increased. Especially, a lot of women are even becoming soldiers in the battlefield like several female pilots of Qatar in the fight against the so-called Islamic State militants. Likewise, we are now witnessing more and more men who are taking part in specific professions that require the women’s skills like tailors, housekeepers, teachers at kindergartens, etc. Second of all, people believe that performance in jobs likely to be better with the participation of both men and women. It might be true that men and women effectively support each other as they have different strength and weaknesses. Interestingly, the working environment seems to be more lovely and flexible with the presence of both genders. In addition, it will not be fair if we exclude males or females from any jobs because we are trying to establish the gender equality. People now are getting opener and opener in assessing men and women. Therefore, grouping them in any professions seems to be an act that goes against efforts of building parity between men and women. However, some claim that women are not suitable for several tough jobs that have long been for men only because these professions require standards like strengths, endurance and strong will. I find it hard to agree because it is proved that women can contribute a lot in whatever role they play. They, for instance, might not be part of military fights, but they will be incredibly useful in preparations or assistances that are always essential, and men can hardly bring out an equal performance. Therefore, there should not be stereotypes in this case no matter what gender they are. In conclusion, though males and females have different capacities, there is still room for them to show their strengths and assist the other sex. From my perspective, recruiters should keep an open mind toward men and women in order to choose employees that they are looking for.

Sample 8:

Gender equality has always been a hot argument ever. Nowadays, men and women have a larger freedom of choosing their occupation. However, many consider that there are still types of work for males or females dominantly. Therefore, they tend to prevent males or females from certain posts because of their sex. In my opinion, I believe that it is not a sensible attitude. Nobody can argue that men have their own distinctive innate strength. It is often said that men are stronger than women so that men are usually employed in several hard work such as labourer in construction site, fishman, gold miner, police officer, etc. On the other hand, women also have inborn advantages. They are supposed to be more minute and careful than men, which help them have detailed posts like sewer, fashion designer, nurse, teacher, etc. But this idea seems not to be practical today. In the modern times, most of the careers, which are supposed to be for males dominantly, are done expertly by females and vice versa. For instance, there are a large number of famous male fashion designer in the world. Their fame and items have claimed that men are completely able to do female-dominated occupations with their passion and efforts. Moreover, men can do a post that is considered only for women – midwife. More and more male midwives are successful in helping mothers give birth to babies. Besides, a female police officer can be more sensitive to comprehend the situation or the motivation of a crime and have right decisions to deal with it. In conclusion, the occupation of a person depends on his liking, passion and fortes, not his inborn characteristics. The difference in terms of sex-based work is gradually fading away.

Sample 9:

Born differently, women and men have their own roles to play in society. It is common for us to see more women in some certain professions, like nurse and teacher, while a larger number of men in other sectors. However, it would never be a wise choice to exclude certain genders in any profession.

To begin with, it is a matter of sex equality. Women have always been depicted as gentle and vulnerable, to the extent that such conventional views often make them be seen as weak or even inferior to men. Nevertheless, the situation has changed in modern society. Women began to appeal for the equal rights, insisting they can also do whatever males can do. Indeed, there is an increasing number in female soldiers, female engineers, etc., the results of which turn out to prove that they can perform excellently in these sectors as well. If those women choose to engage themselves in certain jobs, why should any authority deprive such right of them?

Moreover, the co-operation of women and men in one sector is also conducive to boosting the work efficiency. For instance, those male nurses can help to carry some heavy equipment in the hospitals, which would usually be an arduous task for females. Possessing some different innate natures, men and women can jointly make an achievement by taking advantages of their own strengths.

In fact, men and women working in the same profession can generate much more positive results that we may not expect. A kind of job cannot only be monopolised by one gender without a single person of the opposite sex, as it is not fair nor beneficial.

Sample 10:

It has argued that there are a different pro and con of the male and female people for getting a job based on their physical strength and emotional characterization. For my point of view, the strengths and weaknesses of gender depend on the particular jobs or works they have been applied to.

Firstly, the men seem to dominate to the work related to the strong physical bodies or movements. This is explained why most of the builders or instructors are the male workers. Furthermore, the male people are also suitable to the job which has a technology and engineering involvement such as electronics, telecommunication and others.

However, there are a lot of jobs, which women could overtake men in application. The job is related to society or health care of patients. It is agreed that the nurses or childcare position might be good for women to apply than men. It might be because the women have stronger emotional and more connection to the child or to the patients.

Several jobs which cannot define which gender are better than others. For example, the kitchen works or chefs are the common works of women for everyday life. It seems to advantage for a woman. But actually, most of the professional chefs are the male domination.

In conclusion, it is hard to say that the men are better than the women or the women are better than the men in the professional carriers because of their gender. Some jobs might be suitable for the men and others might be good for the women. Males and females are equaled in the carrier application.

Sample 11:

Gender has always been an issue for both men and women in getting a job. Traditionally, men are the ones who went out to work to earn money to support their family, whereas women sat in the home and spent their time more on domestic chores. With time passes, more women have started to get involved almost in every profession that the males are already involved in. But there are certain professions which accept only a gender and exclude other.

Some people would argue that it is more common that men get involved in jobs which require physical strength, but this is not the case with women. Because unlike the body system of a male, the female body system is comparatively different, and it is unhealthy for the female body system to indulge in physically strenuous activity. The reason is it can cause severe muscular or even chemical changes in the female body system which may lead to certain diseases in their later life.

On the other hand, others would argue that the acceptance of employees should be based on a person’s personal interest, experience and knowledge but not on gender. For instance, form the very beginning, nursing was highly recommended and allowed only for females. But today, more males are interested and qualified in the field, so the superiors are also happy with employing more male nurses than female, particularly for dealing with male patients.

Besides that, there is not much work in the world which specifies only for a certain gender. For almost every job, whether it is high income or low income, both men and women have evenly indulged in it. For instance, there are both males and females who are working as cleaners which is a low income and there are both genders who are qualified in high income jobs such as doctor and engineer.

To sum up, the views support the argument that certain genders should and should not be excluded from certain professions. There are jobs that require hard work such as working on the construction site, doctors and engineers and light work such as graphic designing and office works. But it is more advisable for women to indulge more on light work to avoid physical illness, however, this does not mean that the males are obliged to work in physically demanding jobs while women work in less strenuous jobs. This preferably depends on the strength and the situation of the job, and most importantly the person’s interest in it.

Sample 12:

Stepping in to the competitive world, women have set their foot in every walk of life. However, in much of the world some areas are still male-dominated. Are men impossibly holding their higher ascendancy above women? I believe that a great many people, especially men hold the answers that “it is obviously true”. In my perceptions, success is in the hands of those who dare to walk on the path of fire and thorn to claim their talents. In other words, gender equality should be widely promoted in today’s society, both males and females can assume their responsibility for any professions.

The first point to note is that society does not assign either males or females to do a certain kind of job and gender discrimination is no longer valuable, in comparison with the past. Modern community treats us the same social conditions and the same advanced education. That means we have more and full chances to develop ourselves in every area at the highest level. Thus, the most skillful person will be appointed to an important post, no matter whether they are males or females. It is said that the 21st century marks an unmistakable progress in occupational segregation which has cracked many authorities’ brains. Emerging as a typical example of the success, Japanese government makes the best of reviving a crowded female workforce and promulgating the laws of openness in professions. Historically, Japanese women, especially those who were married, experienced a period of gender discrimination and had no opportunities for promotion at work. It is extremely unfair, and it is the root of commotions in Japanese community. Back up to the issue of occupational segregation, perhaps from now on, no politicians in any countries make the same mistake as Japanese ones in the past. It is crystal clear that politicians value peaceful labour above riots.

Secondly, no one has inborn merits that stand them in good stead. Professions in the fields of mathematics, computer science, the natural sciences and technology are for men and not for women. This attitude is far from being valid. According to a newest study, if a man finds himself working in a “female-oriented” job, he ends up earning 12.5 percent less than his male counterparts, whereas a woman who works in a “male-dominated” field earns 25.9 percent more than her female peers. So interestingly women in fact are earning more than men because of their less committing faults and their capacity of dealing with matters with accuracy and caution. Thus, what is the best solution for the thorny problem of making a more equal workforce? There is no way around but the labor pool must be balanced out by drawing from a supply of trained men or women to cover the skill gaps. But it is tough to achieve in reality if gender discrimination is alive. Therefore, it is time to exclude job stereotyping by gender from our community if we want to see men in the maternity ward and day care centers or women in trucking, construction and heavy machinery operations.

It would be great to achieve an ideal employment balance on a national scale and we believe in the right direction of our government for a workforce that never sleeps.

Sample 13:

Traditionally men and women work in different fields. Though they have always worked together to build a better world, a subtle difference has always been there in the types of employment they have done. The modern world has changed this perspective to a great extent despite some people’s old-fashioned views that a woman should look after the family and a man should be the bread winner. In my view, gender equality is far more important than considering which sectors are more suitable for a particular gender and which are not.

Some people might present traditional arguments regarding the suitability of some posts for females and some others for male, but the modern era teaches us otherwise. In fact, greater freedom of choice in terms of employment can accelerate the development of a nation than the old way of distributed work pattern. For instance, it is believed by many that a female is more suitable for a profession that requires tenderness and caring while men are more adept in doing tasks those demand more physical strength. Thus, according to their opinion, more women should become nurses or teachers than males while logging, mining, and construction works should be solely done by males.

However, making occupations more open to both genders have distinctive advantages and in certain cases, mixed-gender work environment outperforms the single-sex workplace. For instance, having an all-female hospital is quite challenging and not a pragmatic idea at all. Men and women can bring diverse perspectives and approaches to a job and a school with both male and female teachers has better teaching environment than a single-sex-teacher one. It is quite logical that a female patient would feel more comfortable to consult with a female doctor while a female police would better understand the domestic violence and bring superior strategies for dealing with the problems. Though traditional view does not support women to become doctors or police, we can definitely understand their needs.

To conclude, innovations and advantages gender equality in job sectors can bring are far-reaching and have greater benefits for society. The time has come for us to break the traditional and outdated belief of gender-suitable-profession.

Sample 14:

It is generally believed that in some cases, males and females have difference ability, skill weakness, limitations and natural talents, especially in a workplace. I am of the belief that they should be distinguished for certain work fields. Assigning the right person in the right place would enhance performance and increase the profit and productivity. I would explain two examples to reinforce my view.

Initially, women tend to be more patient in teaching toddlers and adolescences than men. In addition, women better understand what children want and like. Moreover, it is common that woman teachers are higher in number than male teachers in nursery and primary schools. This strength could be best used if women have had more opportunities in teaching children, nursery or any fields that relate to the teaching and interacting with the toddler. Likewise, female is naturally caring, and nursing is a great profession for them. It is not uncommon that we can see more female nurses in hospitals that their male counterparts. So from this regards, I agree that some professions are more suitable for female whereas others are to men. Providing that gender base priority in some professions is not a bad idea at all.

Another example is male’s natural strength. On an average, men are physically stronger than women. For example, generally labours are mostly males as this job requires hard work and physical strength. The work fields that require more physical strength could be reserved for male employees. Likewise in many jobs employees need to work at night and work publicly which might be inconvenient for female employees in many countries. For such jobs, males should be given priority, I believe.

Lastly, men tend to use their logic first, but women use their feeling first. Meanwhile, men like extreme challenges than women. Mining offshore is one of the professions that needs logic, bravery, and physical strength at the same time. Men are suitable for doing this job because not only for those requirements but also the commitment to work overtime.

To sum up, it is right to exclude men or women in certain work fields. People work based on their passion and ability. Educational background, enthusiasm, skill, talent and suitability can increase the performance and some jobs could be more suitable for male while others for female.

Sample 15:

Nature has made males and females with a different set of characteristics and these contrasts in feature make them adept at certain tasks, according to the common belief of the society. However, in this era, when gender equality has already been accepted and both males and females proved that they can be equally fit in any job, excluding a certain gender from a particular profession is no longer an acceptable and wise option.

To begin with, according to the common social dogma, women should stay at home, take care of the kitchen and up-bring children while men should have a career, earn money and take important decisions for the family. Though this was a widely accepted idea in the past, it has started changing and women in certain professions have outnumbered their male counterparts. For instance, the number of female teachers has already exceeded the number of male teachers in many countries according to an online report. On the other hand, men have proven that they can be as good as females in childcare and nursing. The time has come to forget the old dogma and accept the fact that gender equality is longer an option, but a must in job sectors. Women are no longer ready to be confined within the walls while males have forgotten their prejudices and started switching the roles.

Furthermore, while selecting someone for a job, the authority should look for a suitable candidate and that person can be either a male or female. The widely held belief that women are less suitable in professions that require physical strength, logical reasoning, mental power, diplomacy and dealing with others is no longer acceptable in the society. Many female presidents and prime ministers in the world have proved that it is a baseless theory and tech giants lie Google, Microsoft, Facebook and Yahoo! Do not employ people based on their gender, rather they put more emphasis on someone’s quality and potential.

To draw a conclusion to the discussion, despite some physical differences, both men and women have similar talents and possibility. The old dogma of gender-based role is no longer tolerable in the modern era and this is why someone’s talent and skill should be the primary reasons for the suitability for a job, not the gender of the candidate.

Sample 16:

Throughout the history, a difference could be observed in the type of jobs men and women have done. However, this old belief that categorises men and women for certain jobs has changed in the modern era and these days, both genders have a greater freedom to choose a career. Some people might possess the old dogma in this regard, I personally, however, believe that gender equality must be encouraged.

One group of thought advocates that male is physically stronger and has less vulnerability while working in a group of people while females are better caretakers and soft-hearted. This is why, according to them, certain works like logging, coal mining and construction works are more suitable for men while teaching, cleaning and nursing should be done by females. While all-female or all-male employee concept is supported by some, I think a balanced workplace, where an equal number of men and women work together, is more suitable in terms of social, economic and gender equality perspectives.

It is more practical to make occupations open to both sexes as it has distinctive advantages. Due to a slightly different way of dealing an event by men and women in general, having both male and female employees in an organisation brings more innovations and open new opportunities. For example, a female police officer may have a greater understanding of domestic violence and a better range of strategies for dealing with the problem while a male nurse can better judge the need of a male patient in a hospital.

To draw the conclusion, gender-based occupation at a first glance may seem beneficial but in reality, the gender equality can ensure better performance, innovation and social progress.

Sample 17:

The idea that males and females are born with distinct characteristics from each other has been a unanimous consensus for as long as human beings first came into existence. However, in my view, these differences should hold little to no significance when it comes to selecting specific careers for both genders.

To start, the exclusion of a gender from particular professions can have a detrimental effect on many groups in society. Clearly, qualifying an applicant based on their gender instead of their abilities will prevent individuals from developing to their full potential. Furthermore, this mode of thinking directly contributes to sexism by reinforcing harmful stereotypes and setting negative examples for younger generations. For example, a young, impressionable girl who witnessed a woman being denied a job simply for being a woman will form biases about which occupation a certain gender can and cannot enter and will inevitably constrain herself and her potentials inside that false mindset.

Advocators of this exclusion present a counterargument, stating that the unique attributes of males (better physical strength, authoritativeness) and females (sentiment, gentleness) might hinder them from efficiently completing certain tasks at work, but this view is fundamentally flawed. Firstly, these traits are not exclusive to a certain gender. Secondly, individual who receives enough training or possesses adequate qualifications will prove themselves suitable for a job, regardless of their sex. Finally, supposing that this exclusion was implemented, the workplace and job culture would experience a severe lack in diversity, which has been proven to reduce employees’ productivity and negatively impact their attitudes towards work.

From the basis of the points mentioned above, it is conclusive to state that leaving out a certain gender from a profession is never a good idea. Companies and employers should always strive for gender equality and offer equivalent work opportunities to all sexes to eliminate harmful, sexist stereotypes and create a welcoming, inclusive work environment for all.

Sample 1:

In many societies, there is a growing concern about the increasing number of juvenile offenders committing serious crimes. Some individuals argue that these young offenders should be punished as adults due to the severity of their crimes. However, I firmly disagree with this opinion.

Firstly, it is essential to recognize that young offenders often lack the same level of maturity and judgment as adults. Adolescents are still developing mentally, emotionally, and socially, which may contribute to impulsive decision-making and a heightened vulnerability to peer pressure. For instance, a teenage shoplifter who stole under peer pressure may not fully comprehend the consequences of their actions due to their immature judgment. Therefore, it is crucial to consider these factors when determining the appropriate punishment for young criminals. Punishing them in the same way as adults may not only be unfair but also counterproductive, as it fails to address the root causes of their behavior.

Secondly, rehabilitation should be the primary focus when dealing with young offenders, rather than punitive measures. By providing these individuals with access to education, counseling, and skill-building programs, society can help them to overcome the challenges they face and ultimately reduce the likelihood of reoffending. For example, a young offender who has committed a serious crime could be placed in a juvenile detention center that offers educational programs, counseling services, and vocational training, which helps them address the underlying issues that led to their criminal behavior. As a result, upon reentering society, they are better equipped to make positive choices, reducing recidivism rates and promoting a safer community for all.

In conclusion, punishing young offenders who commit serious crimes in the same manner as adults disregards the unique developmental needs and circumstances of adolescents. Instead, society should focus on rehabilitation and support for these individuals, ensuring they have the opportunity to grow and learn from their mistakes.

Sample 2:

Whether adolescents should be punished for their crimes in the way adults are has gained traction. From my point of view, imposing similar punishments for both young and mature offenders will have a negative impact.

On the one hand, advocates of equal treatment for underaged and adult lawbreakers have grounds to believe that this notion can have positive results. First, more young criminals would emerge if they are pardoned for their wrongdoings due to their age. Some retributions are too light for the seriousness of the felonies committed, hence, cannot deter youngsters from breaking the law. Moreover, giving young offenders lighter sentences is unjust for the victims and their families, as some felonies are too vile for punishments such as being sent to prison. One case in point is in Vietnam, 2017, a robber killed a family of 4, including the parents and their young children. Usually, this man would have been sentenced to death, yet he only got sentenced to 18 years in prison. The fact that he escaped just punishment because he was a few months underaged angered the public for an extended period of time.

On the other hand, I strongly believe that juvenile delinquents should not receive retributions similar to that for adults. To start with, children do not have the moral capacity and thorough understanding of the world as grown-ups. Therefore, they cannot fully comprehend the weight of their wrongdoings or even the sentences. Some young offenders commit crimes without knowing that it is an offense. Thus, giving these criminals leeway and an opportunity to rehabilitate and contributing to society is more humane. Furthermore, adolescents are easily affected by different factors, as compared to adults. Grown-ups have the ability to stop themselves but younger ones, once instigated, may act on impulse and cause regrets.

To conclude, while it is undeniable that inflicting fitting penalties for criminals is important to upholding society’s stability and values, I am of the opinion that young lawbreakers should be tried differently in court from adult offenders.

Sample 3:

There is an opinion that young offenders should be held accountable for their actions just as adults. While I find this view of some people justifiable to some extent, I also argue that treating both young and mature lawbreakers equally may have adverse effects.

On the one hand, I can understand why a young age should be no deterrent to dealing with criminals. If these juvenile delinquents were easily pardoned in place of receiving strict punishments as adults, they would not become fully aware of the serious consequences of their crimes. Therefore, imposing appropriate punishments could prevent them from conducting illegal actions in the future. Besides, young perpetrators usually receive lighter sentences than they deserve, which is an injustice to the victims. In Vietnam, there was a well-known case in which a teenager murdered almost every member of a family deliberately, escaping the death sentence due to being a few months under the responsible age.

On the other hand, I am convinced that juvenile criminals should be tried in a different court from that for adults. Firstly, children are proven not to have sufficient intellectual or moral capacity to understand the outcomes of their misdeeds, so they lack the necessary conditions to be trial defendants as grown-up people. Secondly, when given a second chance, these underage convicts can have an opportunity to successfully rehabilitate and learn a valuable lesson. Thirdly, children can be negatively influenced by some bad role models, which should also be considered to give them a fair trial.

In conclusion, breakers of laws should not be spared of punishments, but I believe young offenders should be dealt with differently from adults.

Sample 4:

In the wake of perpetrations and solemn offences which have only been exacerbated in the past few years, the contention of young people being prosecuted at par with adult criminals has been prevalent. Some opine in the support of equal punishment for all while some hold the viewpoint of tackling the two segments distinctively. I find myself agreeing with the latter standpoint and in the forthcoming sections of this essay, I shall be elucidating the same.

People who argue that everyone should be charged with equal punishment, principally state that for equal crime, the prosecution has to be equivalent. However, for the young and undernourished mindsets that would be too extreme to execute. Juveniles who commit misdemeanors are not mature enough to distinguish between right and wrong. They majorly culminate in committing a serious offence influenced by what they perceive from their surroundings and hence discernment and prudence of judging often don’t get contoured to their maximum capacity in their case. Hence, prosecuting them equally as adult criminals and misdoers shall not be apposite.

The fragile and gullible adolescents, if treated commensurately as adults, shall curb their development and ravaging all the scope of them treading in the right direction. Subjecting juveniles to a strict trial will not only deprive them of their chance and possibility to ameliorate but it may imperil them into adapting a personality that could be immensely diabolical in the later stages of their lives. Bestowing a mild laxity in the case of juvenile delinquency could treat them for their offences and hence letting them know the dire consequences of such peccadillos without being harsh on them that might defeat the whole process of their refinement.

Although people of a younger age could use it as a loop to evade the repercussions of the misdeeds, the threat of possibility couldn’t nullify the factual facet of their deterioration otherwise.

In conclusion, it could thus be argued that punishing everyone with an equal intensity under a similar set of charges could denude the frangible personalities of young people.

Sample 5:

As the remarkable increase in juvenile delinquency has been a serious cause for concern nowadays, it is generally believed that youngsters who are involved in serious crimes such as murder or robbery should be subject to the same sort of punishment as adults. However, from my point of view, while legal deterrence is essential, it is advisable that the degree of detention for juveniles be lower than that for mature people.

Although young people are inexperienced and to a certain extent unconscious of their behaviors, it is wrong to say that they are virtually innocent when attempting a murder or fraud. Recent reports of adolescents below the age of maturity committing murder or swindling people out of their money on the Net are a case in point. Those young criminals seemed to abuse their rights in order to lower or even get away with their sentence. Although titled as “minors” in legal papers, juveniles have nearly the same intelligence and physical strength as adults, who are just several years older than them, so detention as compensation for their crime is vital.

However, I believe that the degree of punishment should not be taken to the extreme. Teenagers have insufficient life experience and are to some extent ignorant of what awaits them after committing a crime, so they should not be applied the highest sort of punishment. Programmes that assist in the progress of re-education of juveniles are wiser and more pragmatic replacements of severe punishment such as lifetime imprisonment or capital punishment.

In conclusion, whereas young criminals are mandated to be subject to detention, it is vital and ethical to put them on a lower scale of punishment than that for adults.

Sample 6:

In modern times, the rate of youths being convicted for serious offenses has increased drastically. There are certain people who believe that young people deserve to be sentenced as adults, others however do not share these views. I completely disagree with youths receiving the same exact punishment as adults even for the same crimes committed.

Though there is a rise in the involvement of teenagers in more crimes lately, I believe that every child needs to have hope and a chance at a good future and hence should not be judged so harshly as an adult for their actions. According to my opinion, every human makes mistakes, but it would be wrong of us to cost the teens their future because of one mistake. First and foremost, governments should not enact the same punishments to resemble crimes regardless of age as though in the short term it may decrease the crime rate but in the long term it will be detrimental to the social cohesion of the society as the youths could not be easily included within the social fabric of any community even after their prison sentence is over. This in general affects negatively the future of a country.

For such instances juvenile detention systems remain the best for younger folks as exposing children to the degraded environment of an adult person can affect their mental health severely and scar them for the rest of their life. In some proven cases it was observed that adult prisons left a bad impact on the young prisoners' minds which led them to turn to more violent crimes in the future. It is usually more beneficial to engage children in some constructive training instead of just sending them away to live in an isolated cell. On the other hand, it has never been proven that extensive jail time corrects the behavior of the convicts. In addition to these, the environment of the child in which they are growing up is also an important factor to be considered as in many cases it has a direct relationship with the crimes being committed by the youths. Young people are easily influenced by adults and as such can also copy their aggressive behavior ultimately leading to something far dangerous.

Altogether, though more and more demands for equal punishment for youths are being raised every day due to the steady increase in the number and nature of violent crimes being committed. I however vehemently disagree and believe the better way to punish them is to detain them in specialized centers where the government will provide professional help for dealing with the minor offenders.

Sample 7:

Crimes can be detestable, while minor offenders and their crimes are from time to time treated with leniency. Thus, some argue that laws should not discriminate, and equally punish minor criminals—an opinion that this essay is against.

To begin with, minors are yet to approach their maturity, and their crimes, albeit serious, should be punished with the consideration of their young age. Internationally speaking, countries might define the start of adulthood differently—18 being the most common—but they commonly believe that there is a distinction between minor crimes and adult crimes. Minors are likely to be given a better chance for rehabilitation when they commit crimes because of their inexperience of life and possibly better life prospects. In that case, milder punishments are inflicted on juvenile delinquents: lesser sentencing and relatively less harsh correction facilities are introduced in their cases.

Moreover, considering the correction process, minor offenders should not be punished equally as adult criminals. Despite the above-mentioned arguments that are in young offenders’ defense, crimes, especially felonies by minors, deserve heavy punishment to deter crimes and reduce the harm of those crimes to the society. However, sending minors to adult prison might entail unexpectedly negative results. First, minors are naturally closer to more sophisticated criminals and crimes, which aggravate juvenile delinquency. Second, when in adult correctional facilities, young criminals might be threatened by assaults by adult prisoners, mostly sexually, which is nowhere closer to the purpose of rehabilitation.

In sum, law breakers, be they minors or not, should be punished for their wrongdoings, but lesser sentences and special correctional facilities might be more reasonable and helpful.

Sample 8:

There are reformers today who argue that adults and young people should be treated equally under the law. In my opinion, despite the ostensible fairness of this proposal, it disregards crucial psychological differences.

Those who believe all ages should receive equal treatment point out that this will engender a greater deterring effect. The main reason that all individuals in society are punished is not for justice alone, but as a means to ensure others will not commit similar crimes. Young people learn in school and the world generally that their actions will have consequences and that crimes are punishable with prison time and other penalties. If these censures are weakened, then the chances a young person will attempt to commit a crime will logically increase, even if the total number of young people engaging in criminal behavior today is lower than at any point in human history.

However, age is a just mitigating factor. Adults who commit crimes have had more time to develop socially and intellectually while young people might not fully grasp the consequences of their choices for themselves and others. For instance, there have been recent cases where young people were influenced by extremist elements now pervasive in social media. Young people are more impressionable in these situations and often lack the confidence and maturity to think for themselves. This vulnerability extends to their emotional and intellectual development and justifies laws that protect young people from receiving overly harsh sentences.

In conclusion, though there are practical reasons to support equal punishments for all ages, this alteration would be unfair to young people. Courts should consider a range of factors before selecting an appropriate punishment.

Sample 9:

The punishment to adolescents for committing crimes is undeniably a contentious matter that has been debated by various people of our society. I believe they should be punished in the same manner. This is a viewpoint with which I strongly concur. I recognise that young individuals over the age of 16 face major penalties for their activities, in my opinion.

To begin with, crime is so awful that punishment was implemented to keep the people safe and improve their lives. This gives people who perpetrated atrocities the opportunity to reconsider their actions and possibly choose the right side. Teenagers are encouraged to commit crimes in these settings because they will face fewer consequences. In a country where drugs are banned, for example, a young man sold something similar, and it wasn't his fault. As a result, regardless of age, adults and children should be penalised equally.

Second, they will discover that their misbehaviour was cruel after punishment. That, in my opinion, is the fundamental reason why not only adults but even young people must go to prison after committing crimes. The greater the penalty, the better for the children. I support the opinions of countless others who have committed similar offences. It would also be beneficial to have the same laws all around the world in order to limit the number of cheaters.

In conclusion, because young individuals already understand how a person should behave in society, they must be held accountable for their crimes as adults. However, measures to assist teenagers in leading honest lives when they are released must be put in place.

Sample 10:

Nowadays many people are observing that the number of minors committing major crimes is increasing. Some people think that teenagers who commit crimes should be punished like adults. I completely agree with this viewpoint. When juvenile offenders are considered adults and are sentenced to the same punishment, it will have a major impact on other juvenile offenders too.

In many countries, youth are subject to less severe punishment when compared to adults. This gives young people the green flag to do what they want without being held accountable for their actions. In India sometimes, teenagers go unpunished even for the most serious crimes. So, if countries implement consequences for youth, they will think twice before breaking the law. Second, some adolescents with particularly aggressive behaviour need to be excluded from society and receive specialized psychological care this will indeed help to prevent such disastrous crimes in the future.

Increasing the severity of punishments will deter other teenagers from committing crimes. In other words, potential young offenders will fear committing a crime because they will be aware of and fearful of the severity of the consequences. This can benefit society and youth in the long run. Regardless of age, a crime is a crime; if minors are given leniency, they will not be aware of the harm they are causing to society. For example, if a college student stabs someone and walks away, he will not understand the seriousness and consequences of his actions.

In conclusion, the problem of increasing juvenile crime can only be solved by providing appropriate punishments regardless of their age.

Sample 11:

In some regions of the world, youth-related crime is increasing. Therefore, some say that children who commit severe crimes should be punished in the same way as adults. This perspective is wrong in my opinion because it exposes adolescents to the corrupt influences of the world.

Firstly, the adolescent years are significant turning points in everyone's lives. They are influenced by violent films and lose the ability to discriminate between truth and fiction as a result. Due to the fact that heroes are admired even after committing a crime, they have a tendency to associate with the wrong people and engage in activities that they must subsequently undergo. They lack advice from their parents and elders as a result. For instance, according to a survey conducted by The Times of India, more than 50% of the criminal activities done by adolescents mirrored the actions shown in movies and video games.

Criminals must be punished because they convey the incorrect message to society, but these adolescents should be given a second chance and compensated by society. They should be sent to rehabilitation clinics where they will be taught life-improving skills and techniques. They must be taught the law and how to be responsible citizens. The government should organise all of this at a facility that can alter a child's outlook.

In conclusion, teenagers who violate significant laws should not be punished as severely as adults and in my opinion, this viewpoint should be promoted as punishing them can have adverse effects on youth.

Sample 12:

It is irrefutable that the rise of crimes has brought see changes in the lifestyle of individuals and rapidly spread across the world. Youngsters should be treated in the same way as adults when they are engaged in an offence. I endorse the statement wholeheartedly. I have some solid ground to explicate at length in the paragraph to come.

The first and foremost reason is that it does not require any harsh punishment for youngsters; when they are involved in a certain type of crime, according to them, they are already in their learning stage, and their minds are not to competently expand, which they are able to neglect that bad habits and evaluate their right decision. for instance, a regular survey conducted by the United States about the increasing the ratio of crimes among the young people and got shocking results and found in most cases were of youngsters who got distracted from their parts and involved in a better society and addressed with the appropriate lessons which were based on the reality of life without giving strict punishment as an adult. Furthermore, violence in the media can attract young people’s attitudes and behaviour. Lack of parental guidance can lead a teenager to delinquency which eventually leads to becoming stubborn and easily committing crimes. Add it, and domestic violence can force young people onto the streets and into bad company.

It is implicit that the age factor of youngsters must be considered while giving any strict punishment, thus leading to there would be become means for the nation and spoil their whole life of the juvenile. For instance, bad behaviour is easier to change when a person is grown-up rather than provide hard punishment. Moreover, a youngster might be negatively influenced by time in adult prison, which is totally acceptable at a minor age. In addition, teenagers need re-education and re-socialization rather than penalization because adult sentences are too serve for youngsters. Such as, in the middle east, the Australian government organized several rules and conducted an abundance of seminars for taking care of minors, which they found any crime before the age of 18.

To put it in and nutshell, I pen down saying that juveniles need to know that law is serious, and punishment is a good way to teach them this and also get familiar with their mistakes. Therefore, the government must develop a committee, especially for teenagers, which brings them accurate morals and crucial aspects of the lifestyle of the youngsters.

Sample 13:

It is argued that the same punishments should be applied to both young criminals and adults who commit offenses. In my opinion, I agree with this point of view only if the crime is serious.

There are several reasons why it is wrong to impose the same punishments on both adolescent and adult criminals. Firstly, perhaps young people could only commit minor crimes, and this causes very little damage to society. It is better to send them back to family or school for rehabilitation. Secondly, they are not mature enough to understand that their misbehaviors could have negative impacts on the society, and these behaviors often come from peer pressures. For example, those who suffer from school discipline problems, such as bullying, are forced by their bulliers to pursue illegalities such as robbing or stealing which can exert serious effects on others.

However, I would argue that strict punishments like prison sentences should be imposed on young offenders who commit dangerous crimes. This is because only such punishments could demonstrate to the adolescents that heinous actions will have consequences, and this can help to dispel any ideas of committing crimes of young people in communities. In some countries, Vietnam for example, young offenders aged below eighteen will be put on probation, even if they commit a serious crime such as murder. As a result, the number of young people who break the law in Vietnam has been increasing rapidly. Therefore, it is necessary for governments to implement a policy of zero tolerance to dangerous crimes regardless of age.

In conclusion, it seems to me that juvenile offenders who commit dangerous crimes should deserve the same treatments as adults.

Sample 1:

In some countries, the pursuit of career advancement is contingent on physical relocation, often leading to geographic separation from established social networks. While this trend undoubtedly presents some advantages in terms of career accessibility and financial security, they are clearly outweighed by the deleterious effects upon individual well-being.

On the one hand, geographical mobility for professional pursuits creates a wider range of career opportunities, potentially exceeding those available in one's immediate locale. This can result in not only professional growth, but also increased earning potential, thereby enabling individuals to improve their standard of living and potentially contribute financially to the well-being of their families back home. Another potential benefit can be seen in the exposure to diverse cultural contexts and perspectives. This may help to foster personal development by broadening one's horizons and enriching their understanding of the world, providing opportunities for intellectual and personal growth.

However, the allure of professional and personal advancement cannot adequately compensate for the significant social and emotional costs involved. From a social perspective, the physical separation from one's established network, encompassing family and close friends, disrupts the very foundation of an individual's support system. This disruption can engender feelings of isolation, loneliness, and emotional strain, ultimately hindering personal well-being. Furthermore, missing significant life events and milestones of loved ones can exacerbate the sense of detachment and longing for the familiar, potentially leading to psychological issues such as depression and anxiety. These mental problems may, in turn, affect their long-term career success and fulfillment, thus defeating the original purpose of relocating.

In conclusion, leaving family and friends in order to seek work opportunities in a different place can help people progress in their careers and grow as a person. Unfortunately, these positive effects are nullified by the detrimental impacts that such a decision can have on their social and emotional life.

Sample 2:

These days, many people are willing to sacrifice the chance to stay near their families and friends to relocate for work. While this may have certain drawbacks, from my perspective, the benefits are more significant.

On the one hand, people who move away from families and friends are more at the risk of enduring mental health problems. Physical distance usually discourages them from confiding their troubles to their loved ones. This is often the case of migrant workers who keep their suffering to themselves just to ease their families’ worries. Consequently, they are more vulnerable to mental health issues, such as depression, while their families and friends at home remain unaware. This circumstance could even get worse if these people are introverts who tend to distance themselves from their new colleagues. 

On the other hand, for those relocating for a job, they are more likely to achieve career fulfillment. For one thing, there are often better career prospects available outside their hometown to people of working ages. Bigger cities or countries are hubs of various industries, which promise more career choices and significantly higher wages. Therefore, it is far easier for people to find a suitable job. Secondly, this can help people, especially those who have just reached adulthood, advance their careers faster. Living with parents could indeed trigger emotional issues because of family conflicts, which could negatively influence their work performance. Without that potential disturbance, young people can wholeheartedly devote themselves to their work and thrive.

In conclusion, because of work, more people are living away from families and friends, which has both advantages and disadvantages, and I believe that this is more beneficial to individuals. 

Sample 3:

In today’s world, many individuals find themselves compelled to move in search of job opportunities, often resulting in separation from their families and friends. While this trend offers certain advantages, I believe that the disadvantages outweigh the benefits.

On the positive side, relocating for employment can bring significant career benefits. For instance, it opens up opportunities for career advancement and professional growth, particularly for individuals from rural areas who move to urban centers where major companies and industries are concentrated. Moreover, moving for work can provide individuals with the chance to expand their skill sets, gain valuable experience, and enhance their competitiveness in the job market. For example, they may develop self-sufficiency skills such as cooking and laundry, as they no longer have their parents or friends nearby for support.

However, I believe that the drawbacks of this trend are more significant. Firstly, moving away from loved ones can lead to feelings of loneliness, isolation, and homesickness. The absence of familiar support networks can have a detrimental impact on mental well-being and contribute to a sense of social disconnection. Additionally, geographic mobility can disrupt social relationships, making it challenging to maintain meaningful connections with family and friends. For instance, many young people in Vietnam who work overseas for extended periods often find it difficult to reconnect with their peers upon returning home due to the lack of regular contact.

In conclusion, while relocating for employment can offer opportunities for career advancement, it also comes with challenges related to social isolation and the disruption of social networks. From my perspective, the downsides of moving for work outweigh the upsides.

Sample 4:

It is true that people in many nations, more and more people are relocating to a new location far from their close ones to pursue their career. While there are some positive aspects of this trend, I believe that overall the benefits outweigh the drawbacks.

On the one hand, there are two clear advantages of finding jobs away from people’s hometowns. Firstly, moving to a new location might allow people to have a wider variety of jobs and a better career prospect. For example, large corporations are mostly located in the capital, so people from the countryside will need to relocate if they would like to work there. Secondly, a chance to earn a better salary is also one of the crucial factors encouraging people to move away from their friends and families. People find jobs to earn money so they can use it for their own purposes, so the higher the income the job is, the more attracted they will be.

On the other hand, moving to an unfamiliar place can have a negative impact on people’s mental health. When relocating to a new location, especially to a new country, job seekers might have to face culture shock, which can heavily impact their mind and their ability to work. In addition, the enormous pressure from work and a lack of support from people close to them will lead to stress and feelings of loneliness. For example, the suicide rates in South Korea and Japan are increasing at an alarming rate due to excessive workload.

In conclusion, it is clear that there are undeniable drawbacks to people’s mental health when moving away from their friends and families to find a career. However, having better a career prospect and a higher income would be enough to outweigh the disadvantages.

Sample 5:

Living away from kins is the sole choice of certain people who long to work to make ends meet. This essay argues that the drawbacks are eclipsed by the benefits involved because despite potential emotional breakdown, this practice ensures stable income and developed intellectual faculties.

The idea of looking for employment in an unfamiliar place can be disadvantageous in terms of the mental distress that individuals may suffer. Obviously, tremendous pressure from work and a lack of support from all relatives resulted in the tendency to hide one's inner feelings, whose long-term effect would do more harm than good to his or her mental health. An extreme example of this is the alarming rate of Japanese young adults committing suicide since they are usually overwhelmed by heavy workloads but have no companion to confide in.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned arguments, I would argue that the benefits of being job-seekers to living far away from their homeland are of greater importance partly because of decent earnings and partly because of chances to grow. With regard to the former, this relocation provides more opportunities for workers to be employed in their favorable fields and suitable positions. Thus, they would probably be offered competitive salaries and good benefits. Concerning the second advantage, changing temporary residence according to workplace offers frequent exposure to local unique culture and customs. There is a high possibility that this practice would likely enhance one's mentality and broaden his or her horizons as well.

To recapitulate, although some people may withstand mental suffering when not living in close proximity to families and friends for the sake of searching for a source of livelihood, this practice provides individuals with wage stability, and ample opportunities to be advanced. Therefore, I hold the belief that the advantages of this development clearly overshadow the drawbacks involved.

Sample 6:

In today's globalized world, it has become increasingly common for individuals to relocate in search of employment opportunities, often leading them away from their friends and families. While this trend does present certain drawbacks, I firmly believe that its advantages far outweigh any disadvantages.

On one hand, moving to a new location for work can engender feelings of loneliness and isolation. The emotional disconnect experienced during difficult times, such as job loss or illness, can be particularly challenging. The absence of support provided by friends and family may leave individuals feeling helpless and overwhelmed, potentially leading to mental health issues such as depression and anxiety. Additionally, the financial burden of relocation can pose a significant hurdle. The search for new accommodation, especially in urban areas where housing costs are exorbitant, can be financially taxing. Moreover, the cost of living in a new location might exceed individuals' expectations, placing further strain on their financial stability. Without the backing of friends and family, individuals may find it arduous to meet their basic needs, intensifying their stress and anxiety levels.

Despite the inevitable sense of loneliness resulting from leaving loved ones behind. I firmly believe that the advantages of relocating for work overshadow the disadvantages. With the aid of technology, individuals can effortlessly maintain communication with friends and family, thus mitigating feelings of isolation. Furthermore, moving away from home presents an opportunity to form new friendships and relationships, broadening one's horizons and potentially opening doors to fresh professional and personal prospects. Additionally, relocation can foster personal growth and development by exposing individuals to diverse cultures, languages, and ways of life. For instance, working in foreign countries provides valuable insights into distinct customs, cuisines, and traditions. ultimately cultivating greater understanding and adaptability.

In conclusion, while there are undoubtedly challenges associated with moving away from friends and family in pursuit of work, the benefits of this phenomenon far surpass any drawbacks.

Sample 7:

In today’s dynamic job market, the necessity for individuals to relocate to secure employment is becoming increasingly more common, leading to a separation from their traditional support systems of family and friends. I am convinced that this phenomenon, despite being somewhat disadvantageous, brings about far more significant benefits.

To start with, the decision to move for work is not without its disadvantages. Chief among these is the emotional toll of separation from loved ones. An example of this is the common scenario where young professionals move to urban centers, leaving behind aging parents in rural areas, which often leads to emotional distress and guilt. Additionally, the logistical and financial hurdles of moving, such as securing housing in expensive metropolitan areas like Hanoi or Ho Chi Minh City, can be daunting and often result in significant financial strain.

Nevertheless, I would contend that the advantages of such relocation are more substantial. Professionally, it opens up a realm of opportunities that are often not available in one's hometown. For instance, moving to tech-centric cities such as San Francisco or Bangalore can dramatically accelerate one's career trajectory in the technology sector, offering access to innovative projects and networks that are pivotal for growth. Personally, I think such moves cultivate resilience, adaptability, and a broader perspective on life. Living in diverse cultural settings enriches one's understanding and appreciation of different ways of life, fostering a more inclusive and adaptable worldview. 

In conclusion, while the emotional and financial costs of relocating for work are significant, I am of the opinion that the positive aspects, including enhanced career opportunities and personal growth, substantially outweigh these downsides. 

Sample 8:

The number of people residing away from friends and relatives to further their careers has been on the rise recently. I strongly believe the benefits of this trend including an enhanced social life and personal development outweigh the drawback of a heightened cost of living.

The foremost advantage of living away from families and friends for business purposes is the opportunity to broaden social circles. Relocating allows people to establish relationships with new neighbours or local residents who share the same hobbies with them. In addition, fewer familial responsibilities resulting from family separation generally means people can afford more time to socialise with their colleagues after work, fostering a more vibrant and diverse social life.

Another key benefit is that residing in distant places from home promotes personal growth. Individuals are often required to address challenges with limited support from their loved ones, allowing them to develop greater self-reliance to navigate through obstacles on their own. This facilitates the acquisition of skills such as decision making and problem solving, which are integral to their careers. In comparison, if people live close to their families or friends, they may overly rely on them for support, undermining their capacity for independence.

However, those living away from home might face additional financial challenges. These hurdles usually stem from an increase in monthly spending associated with accommodation and travel due to the necessity of renting a room and making trips to visit their families. By contrast, when living with relatives, not only do the aforementioned expenses diminish, but people can also save money by sharing utility bills with their parents or extended family, possibly resulting in greater savings for relaxation and personal pursuits.

In conclusion, the merits of relocating away from families and friends for job opportunities carry more importance than the demerits as it enhances one’s social circle and personal growth despite possible financial concerns. That is why working people should prepare a comprehensive monetary plan before moving out to start a self-reliant life.

Sample 9:

Individuals are increasingly leaving their family and friends to pursue their job goals. Some people may relocate to far-flung areas of the nation, while others opt for going abroad. This trend, in my opinion, offers more advantages than downsides which would be discussed objectively during the course of the essay before drawing a rational conclusion.

When an individual decides to relocate for work, there are several benefits for both the individual and his or her loved ones. Primarily, no one abandons their family for a few perks. As a result, it is understandable that people who elect to relocate away from their native country for work expect greater job possibilities and higher pay. With their wages, they would eventually be able to improve the family’s economic situation and standard of living. Most significantly, in a better location, one may enjoy improved infrastructure, health care, and recreational opportunities. In addition, living alone instills a sense of independence in a person by requiring him to pay bills, buy food, clean the house, and prepare meals.

On the other hand, there are some drawbacks to this progression as well. The first and foremost is a longing for one’s home and loved ones. Second, adjusting to new people, language, food, and cultural trends is difficult. In summary, unfamiliarity in any situation puts a person’s mental and physical well-being at risk. And in such scenarios, being geographically far away from their family and acquaintances would only bring more harm than good.

To summarize, despite a few disadvantages, the advantages of living far away for job reasons are faster and further. Also, working in a better city or nation is fundamentally satisfying.

Sample 10:

The phenomenon of individuals relocating for career opportunities, leading to separation from friends and family, has become increasingly common in many parts of the world. This essay aims to establish that the drawbacks of this practice outweigh its possible benefits.

Admittedly, residing in other locations for work has several advantages, chief among which is the opportunity for personal growth. Indeed, living away from one’s comfort zone necessitates learning to adapt to new environments, cultures, and challenges. This can provide individuals with a broader perspective on life and enhance their social skills as they build new relationships, fostering a sense of independence and self-development.

However, the primary drawback of this trend is the possibility that the fabric of family structures can be weakened. Specifically, family members moving away may lead to a disintegration of the support framework that plays a vital role in households. For instance, childcare becomes more challenging, and the care of elderly relatives may be compromised. This can result in increased stress and financial burdens on both the individuals relocating and their family members who remain.

Additionally, financial difficulties are another repercussion of this phenomenon. Often, the areas with more job opportunities also have a higher cost of living, such as higher prices for housing, transportation, and daily necessities. While individuals may earn more in these regions, the increased expenses may offset these financial gains, impacting their overall quality of life.

In conclusion, while acknowledging the benefits of moving away from friends and family for career pursuit, including personal growth, I reiterate the emotional and financial challenges posed by this trend are more concerning. The decision to migrate for job opportunities must be decided based on a thorough evaluation of the individual’s domestic circumstance, financial capacity, and emotional resilience.

Sample 11:

In the contemporary global landscape, the migration of individuals seeking employment away from their familial and social networks has become increasingly common. This essay will deliberate on whether the advantages of this trend surpass its disadvantages.

The primary advantage of relocating for work is the exposure to better career opportunities and potentially higher remuneration, which are often not available in one’s local area. Such opportunities can significantly improve an individual’s economic status and quality of life, providing them with resources to support themselves and their families. Furthermore, living and working in a new environment fosters personal growth, resilience, and adaptability, skills that are invaluable in the modern, ever-changing world.

On the other hand, the major disadvantage is the emotional and psychological cost of being separated from loved ones. This separation can lead to feelings of loneliness and isolation, which can have profound effects on an individual’s mental health and well-being. Additionally, the societal impact of this phenomenon, particularly in rural areas, can be detrimental, leading to depopulation, a decrease in community cohesion, and the erosion of local cultures and traditions.

In conclusion, while the prospect of enhanced career opportunities and personal growth associated with moving away for work is enticing, it is imperative to consider the emotional repercussions and the broader societal impact. Ultimately, the decision hinges on individual priorities and circumstances, making it a deeply personal choice.

Sample 1:

In contemporary times, many young people contemplate taking a gap year to explore the world or gain work experience before embarking on their academic or professional journey. While some view it as an opportunity to broaden their horizons, others consider it an expensive and unproductive idea. In my opinion, taking a gap year can bring significant benefits and is a worthwhile investment for young people.

On the one hand, the idea of taking a gap year can be seen as an unproductive venture as it involves a significant amount of money and time. For instance, the expenses incurred on travelling, accommodation, and other leisure activities during the gap year can be quite exorbitant. Additionally, spending a year without any structured activities may result in a lack of discipline and motivation, which can be detrimental in the long run.

On the other hand, taking a gap year before starting university or work can provide valuable opportunities for personal growth and development. The time spent exploring new cultures, meeting new people, and trying out new things can help young people gain a better understanding of themselves and their place in the world. This experience can lead to improved self-confidence and a broader perspective, which can be highly beneficial in academic and professional pursuits.

Overall, I support the idea of taking a gap year as it provides young people with an opportunity to develop themselves outside the traditional academic or professional structure. Despite the expenses and the potential for unproductivity, a well-planned gap year can result in personal and professional benefits that can last a lifetime.

In conclusion, young people should be encouraged to take a gap year, but they should also be aware of the potential drawbacks and carefully consider their options before making a decision. If this year is used properly, they will reap more benefits. 

Sample 2:

Some youngsters consider a gap year the key to enhancing their career prospects, while others think it is a worthless pursuit. I believe that pursuing a gap year can provide worthwhile experiences to juveniles, laying the seeds for a prosperous professional career.

On the one hand, by taking a gap year, youngsters can gain relevant work experience and key skills which help broaden their view of the world. Working during the deferred years can increase their knowledge and communication skills. Furthermore, experiencing the customs and cultures of other countries helps them gain appreciation and awareness of global issues, which puts them in leadership positions. Such knowledge is paramount to securing a dream job in the future.

However, if the gap year is used imprudently, it can cost an awful amount of money and time. To add to the ordeal, one can get into debt. One in ten people faces financial ordeals from budget mismanagement according to gap-year tour operators. In my view, that number is negligible when we consider the benefits the travelling and job experience can offer.

In my opinion, hefty expenses should be the least cause for deterring a gap year. The return on investment is high, bringing positive drastic changes to the personality of the youngster. Travelling to other countries solidifies young adults with soft, and hard skills, molding character and individuality. Facing and circumventing adversity in an unfamiliar country sets a solid foundation for solving problems in life. Such an experience is worth the expense and effort.

In conclusion, there is definitely an edge some young people can attain, contrasting to those who consider a gap year an expensive pursuit or a waste of time. However, improper planning can adversely affect personal finances, but accurate gap-year budgets and plans eliminate the risk of debt and the possibility of wasting time.

Sample 3:

Currently, the concept of a “gap year” or a year dedicated to traveling is gaining popularity. Some individuals perceive it as an advantageous opportunity to enhance their life skills and broaden their knowledge, while others regard it as a futile endeavor. In this essay, I will examine both perspectives on this matter.

On one hand, taking a “gap year” can be a constructive means to develop skills and knowledge. Life skills and soft skills, such as cooking and budgeting, often require hands-on experience, which may not be readily attainable within traditional educational settings. Moreover, spending quality time with family during this period not only fosters familial bonds but also facilitates the exchange of stories and wisdom among family members. Additionally, embarking on a year of exploration and discovery can serve as valuable preparation for young individuals in making informed decisions about their future endeavors.

On the contrary, embarking on a “gap year” without a well-thought-out plan can be counterproductive. Without a source of income, individuals undertaking a gap year may find themselves overly reliant on familial support, which can strain family resources. Furthermore, without a detailed itinerary, a gap year may devolve into aimless leisure rather than purposeful exploration. Effective time management is essential during this period of experiential learning; without it, valuable opportunities may be squandered.

In my view, despite the potential drawbacks associated with a “gap year,” I maintain that it is a worthwhile consideration for school-leavers as they contemplate their future paths. While careful planning and financial considerations are imperative, the benefits of gaining practical experience and self-discovery during this period can outweigh the challenges. Therefore, I advocate for a balanced approach, where the advantages of a gap year are maximized through thoughtful planning and purposeful engagement.

Sample 4:

On the threshold to the life of an adult, an increasing number of young people choose to take a gap year to have a full life from travelling, while others consider that this just incurs great expenses and an immense waste of time. In my opinion, having a gap year has both merits and drawbacks, but I believe I am not alone in giving more advocacy than rejection to it.

It cannot be denied that the gap year has inherent merits for high school graduates. Indeed, it opens up their minds which may be clogged in academic pressure of the greatest milestone in life - high school graduation. Going beyond the school and homeland can pull young people’s steps towards new world views to have the taste of new lifestyles and living experiences which aid them in their journey to discover themselves. Thanks to travelling, they are expected to recognize their strengths, and weaknesses, and thus is beneficial to find a good match for themselves among numerous majors for their university education. As for entrepreneurs, during such trips, they can expose themselves to direct experiences to help concretize feasible business models for future business orientations. Also, living freely away from home offer quality time for individuals to think for themselves to identify the passion they want to devote their lives to.

However, the assertion that the gap year comes with huge costs of time and money also has some truth in it. Those taking a year travelling can graduate one year later than their friends and find themselves at the disadvantage of joining the workforce later. That may cost them dearly with opportunities lost to other early birds. Besides, it may be unexpectedly expensive to take a gap year when one receives the double blow of not being able to work due to constant moving, and overhead spending can be incurred to make them indebted to their family's sponsorship. If they can support themselves, then the money can be saved by living frugally or even practicing austerity for years in their adolescence. Those are the problems of people with discipline, but for irresponsible youngsters, the gap year may become an immeasurable waste of youth with time spent aimlessly and lavishly.

In conclusion, although there are two sides of the debate, I still believe the gap year gives people more than taking from them when it helps set foundation for their future selections and decisions which can be crucial to their development.

Sample 5:

The gap year, also known as a sabbatical year, is a year-long break taken by young people before beginning work or university. This time is usually used for travel, personal growth, and to broaden their horizons. Many view a gap year as a valuable opportunity to gain life experiences and a deeper understanding of the world, which can be beneficial in later life.

On the other hand, some people see gap years as an expensive and wasteful use of time. They believe that young people should start working or studying immediately after finishing school to avoid losing momentum or becoming too settled in their ways. In addition, taking a year off can be costly, as young people will need to pay for travel, accommodation, and other expenses.

It is true that gap years can be expensive and might not be affordable for everyone, but there are many ways to make a gap year affordable and worthwhile. For example, volunteering abroad, working as a gap year student or taking part in an organized gap year program can help young people save money and gain valuable experiences. Additionally, a gap year can provide young people with the opportunity to develop their interpersonal skills and to mature and grow in ways that may not have been possible otherwise.

In conclusion, the gap year is a personal choice that depends on individual circumstances, preferences, and goals. Some people view it as an opportunity for personal and educational growth, while others see it as a waste of time and resources. Ultimately, whether a gap year is worth it or not will depend on the individual and the way they choose to spend their time. Some people may benefit greatly from the experiences they gain, while others may not find it beneficial.

Sample 6:

Gap years have been a topic of discussion for many years now, with some believing that it is an essential aspect of a young person's life, while others consider it to be a waste of time and resources. I firmly believe that pursuing a gap year can offer numerous benefits to young adults and lay the foundation for a prosperous career.

Firstly, gap years provide young adults with valuable work experience and essential skills that can broaden their perspective of the world. Working during a gap year can increase their knowledge and communication skills and offer them the opportunity to understand customs and cultures of other countries. This can provide them with an appreciation and awareness of global issues, which can be extremely beneficial in leadership positions. Such knowledge and experiences are critical in securing a dream job in the future.

However, it is crucial to note that a gap year, if not approached properly, can result in significant expenses and, in some cases, can lead to debt. While it is true that one in ten people face financial difficulties due to budget mismanagement, this number is small and can be easily avoided with proper planning.

Expenses, however, should not be a deterrent for young adults pursuing a gap year. The returns on investment are often high and can bring about positive changes to their personality. Travelling to other countries and experiencing different cultures can provide young adults with both soft and hard skills, which can shape their character and individuality. Confronting and overcoming adversity in an unfamiliar environment can also set a solid foundation for solving problems in life.

In conclusion, gap years can offer a range of benefits to young adults, providing them with valuable work experiences, essential skills, and a broader perspective of the world. While it is true that improper planning can result in significant expenses, with accurate budgeting and planning, these risks can be eliminated. The experiences and skills gained from a gap year are worth the expenses and can provide a strong foundation for a successful career.

Sample 7:

Some youngsters consider a gap in the key to improving their career prospects, and others think it is a futile pursuit. I feel that chasing a gap-year might provide juveniles with rewarding adventures, putting the seeds of a booming professional career.

On the one hand, youngsters can get relevant work experiences, essential skills, broadening their perspective of the world. Working during the deferred years can increase an invaluable understanding. Furthermore, experiencing other nations can help gain an appreciation and awareness of international issues, putting people in the lead. Such knowledge is paramount to secure a dream job.

To add to the ordeal, an individual can go broke. According to gap-year tour operators, one in ten people face financial ordeals from budget mismanagement, but that number is negligible.

Finally, in my estimation, hefty expenses should be the most common cause of deterring a gap year. The return on investment is high, bringing extremely positive adjustments to the character of the child. Traveling to other states solidifies young adults with soft and challenging abilities, molding individuality and character. Facing and circumventing adversity in an unfamiliar country sets a factual basis for solving problems in life. Such expertise would be worth the cost.

In summary, there is absolutely an edge some young person can attain, in contrast to people who consider gap years a costly waste of time. However, improper preparation can negatively impact private financing; accurate gap-year budget plans eliminate the risk of bankruptcy and debt.

Sample 1:

Modern medical facilities and research in the healthcare sector have brought miracles to the world. We have cures for deadly diseases, and researchers are working with our genes to prevent diseases even before we are born - marvelous indeed! As a result, people these days live longer. This trend has both positive and negative aspects. In my opinion, longer life expectancy offers far more advantages than demerits.

Among the drawbacks of this trend, a higher life expectancy increases the ratio of senior citizens in a country, and it requires a huge budget to support their healthcare and retirement. For instance, when older people constitute more than 35% of the total population in a country, its healthcare and retirement support budget increases by 60% compared to a country where the ratio of senior citizens is less than 20%. Moreover, an increasing ratio of senior citizens would mean a shrinking young workforce for a country, and that has negative consequences on national productivity and economic activities.

On the other hand, with an increasing life expectancy, people these days remain more active and contribute to society even in their old age. As the government has raised the retirement age, old people are no longer a burden, but an active workforce. To cite an example, professors, researchers, lawmakers, writers and many other professionals have vast experience and could contribute even more in their old age. Thus, when a physicist discovers a groundbreaking theory in his or her 70s, we should thank the enhanced medical research and treatment. Finally, as the number of working parents is heightening, grandparents are the last hope for young children. Older people are doing us a favour by taking most of our family burdens.

To conclude, thanks to the enhanced medical facilities for which we now live longer and are part of the progress. This enhanced life expectancy is a blessing for the human race despite some drawbacks. So, I wholeheartedly believe that the trend of enhanced life expectancy due to medical advancement has more merits than drawbacks. 

Sample 2:

This era is sanctified with comprehensive medical care, and the lifespan of people has enhanced and is still increasing through modern medicines and treatments. I believe the result has blessed human civilisation and the disadvantages of increasing life expectancy are overshadowed by its advantages.

Increased life expectancy brings forth certain disadvantages. One major disadvantage is the potential strain it places on healthcare systems and resources. As people live longer, the demand for medical services and long-term care increases, leading to overcrowded hospitals, longer waiting times, and financial burdens on healthcare systems. For example, the rising number of elderly individuals requiring specialized healthcare and support services can overwhelm the existing infrastructure, potentially compromising the quality and accessibility of care.

Among the advantages, ultra-modern facilities and advanced medicines have transformed medical facilities and cured many deadly diseases. With an improved lifespan, people can contribute more to society. Early retirement plans let them start another profession as they are more active these days. For instance, many professionals these days start their own businesses after their retirement. This trend welcomes freshers to have jobs and eradicates unemployment to a great extent while also contributing to the national economy.

Moreover, as a direct result of improved life expectancy, people can spend more time with their family and grandchildren. Working parents can leave their children in safe hands while at work. The way grandparents care for their grandchildren is incomparable to the attention they would receive from a daycare centre. So, we need our elder parents to be with us more than ever before. 

In conclusion, an improved lifespan profoundly benefits the family as well as society. Despite a few drawbacks, a growing lifespan offers far more benefits. 

Sample 3:

The global population will be eight billion soon, a staggeringly high number than the ideal population that the world can support, and advanced medical care has, on top of that, increased people's life expectancy, making the situation graver than ever before. Higher life expectancy, as a result of modern medical care, though thought to be a blessing, actually has more negative consequences on our economy and society. This essay will explore both the advantages and disadvantages of this and opine that it has more disadvantages.

The first advantage of increased life expectancy is that it allows people to live longer and lets them share their experiences with the younger members. These senior members can also look after the children and contribute to developing their ethical and moral characteristics. Moreover, they can sometimes remain active and contribute to the national economy. For instance, many elders start a shop or a business after their retirement and it has a positive contribution to creating jobs.

However, the disadvantages of a higher proportion of the aged population are profound and widespread. As the proportion of senior citizens increases in a country, the economy has to take more strain to support their living and healthcare. Moreover, higher life expectancy keeps more aged people in jobs and thus reduces career opportunities for younger people. The social consequences of this trend are also very high. Since young people are busy with their studies and work, they have little time to care for their aged parents and grandparents. As a result, those people do not get enough time from their family members that they need.

To conclude, advanced medical care has blessed us with higher life expectancy but has also created profound economic and social problems. I believe the disadvantages of higher life expectancy far outweigh its benefits when we judge things from practical, economic and societal points of view.

Sample 4:

The advancements in medical care have led to a significant increase in life expectancy, and clearly, this phenomenon has both positive and negative aspects. I firmly believe that the advantages outweigh the disadvantages, and this essay explains why.

A major disadvantage of this trend is that increased life expectancy puts a potential strain on social support systems, particularly for older adults. As people live longer, the need for social services, including elder care and support for ageing populations, increases. This can place a burden on families, communities, and government resources. For instance, the growing number of older adults requiring assistance with daily living activities, such as healthcare, transportation, and social interaction, can stretch the availability of caregiving services and support networks. It may also impact the well-being of family caregivers who face challenges in balancing their own responsibilities with providing care for ageing parents or relatives.

On the contrary, one of the most significant advantages of increased life expectancy due to modern treatment and advancement in medical science is that people have more time to achieve their goals and fulfil their aspirations. They can pursue further education, start new businesses, and travel to exotic destinations without having to worry about age-related health problems. Additionally, living longer also allows individuals to spend more time with their loved ones, creating more cherished memories.

Secondly, with people living longer, society can benefit from the wealth of knowledge and experience that comes with age. Older individuals can serve as mentors and provide valuable insights and wisdom to younger generations. Moreover, they can continue to contribute to society through volunteering or engaging in charitable work.

In conclusion, the advantages of increased life expectancy far outweigh the disadvantages. With more time to achieve personal goals, contribute to society, and be productive in the workforce, individuals can live more fulfilling lives. Therefore, it is imperative that we continue to invest in medical research and technological advancements to further improve the quality of healthcare and increase life expectancy.

Sample 5:

With the advancement of medical care, people are now living longer than ever before. The increased life expectancy comes with its advantages and disadvantages. In this essay, I will outline both the merits and drawbacks of this and argue that the disadvantages of increased life expectancy outweigh the advantages.

One of the advantages of increased life expectancy is that people have more time to pursue their goals and make a positive impact on the world, whether it is through their work, volunteering, or other forms of contribution. Additionally, increased life expectancy can lead to greater economic productivity as older adults continue to work and contribute to the workforce.

However, there are many disadvantages to this phenomenon as well. One of the main disadvantages of living longer is the burden on the economy. As people live longer, there is an increase in the number of people who require medical care and social services, which puts a strain on government budgets. The cost of providing healthcare, pension benefits, and other services to an ageing population is considerable, and it can result in reduced funding for other areas such as education, infrastructure, and defence.

Another significant disadvantage of increased life expectancy is the negative impact on the environment. Longer life spans lead to greater consumption of resources and energy, which contribute to environmental problems such as climate change, pollution, and deforestation. As people live longer, they consume more resources, produce more waste, and contribute more to greenhouse gas emissions, which can have catastrophic effects on the planet.

To conclude, while it is undoubtedly beneficial that medical care has improved to the point where people can live longer, the negative consequences of this development are significant. The burden on the economy, the negative impact on the environment, and the social and cultural problems all demonstrate that the disadvantages of increased life expectancy outweigh the advantages.

Sample 6:

The field of medicine is always evolving and becoming more advanced. Longevity and an increase in the average lifetime are two results that may be attributed to such advancements; I personally believe that the benefits significantly exceed the downsides.

The passing of a loved one is a terrible experience, and the grief that follows may sometimes feel overwhelming and insurmountable. As a direct consequence of this, it is challenging to stick to the same routine during these challenging times. These days, the prevalence of this ailment is lower than it used to be, which means that people no longer need to live in constant worry of losing a loved one to the disease. One additional benefit of this advancement in medical technology is that we will have more time to spend with the people we care about. Through conversation with them, we could get insight into their lives and the wider world around us.

In contrast, there are major downsides to living longer. Providing financial aid to seniors is one of them. Whether they choose to age in place at a nursing home or remain independent, all seniors will incur greater financial burdens from the government and their communities as they require higher levels of specialized care as they become older. Another consequence is a shrinking and older workforce. Some retirees may be allowed to continue working because of the age rise, but they may be unable to perform their duties as well as they formerly did. For example, even though a senior has years of expertise in the workforce, keeping up with the latest software and hardware might be challenging.

The final benefit of these advancements in medical technology is an increase in the average lifespan. This trend, in my opinion, provides possibilities to benefit from the knowledge and wisdom of our forebears as well as to spend more quality time with them.

Sample 7:

There is no doubt that the development of new technologies has been an essential contributor to the progression of medical care. As a direct consequence of this development, the average lifespan of individuals has grown over the course of history. This article explores both the positive and negative aspects of human beings being able to live longer as a direct result of developments in medical technology.

One of the best things about having a longer expected life span is that people will have more time on their hands, giving them the chance to do more things and learn more about life. Many young people in today's society put too much emphasis on making personal and professional progress at the expense of their desire to have fun. People are more likely to live longer if they have the freedom to start working on their goals as soon as possible. With the help of new strategies that have been made possible by spending money on medical care over the years, the vast majority of people with chronic and untreatable diseases like cancer can now be helped.

There are, however, certain disadvantages to people living longer. The fundamental issue is the growing population of elderly people who need assistance. In truth, many industrialized nations prioritize providing higher pensions for the elderly and spending a lot of money building and improving their healthcare systems rather than investing money in other things like education and agriculture.

In conclusion, I believe that the advantages of the growing medical business outweigh the disadvantages, since a greater number of people are able to follow their interests, and more effective therapies for a wider variety of ailments are discovered.

Sample 8:

Scientists' diligence and expertise in recent years have led to the development of treatments for a number of potentially fatal illnesses, greatly benefiting human health. Because of this, people nowadays tend to live longer than their ancestors did. There are benefits and drawbacks to this happening, but I believe the benefits will outweigh the drawbacks.

To begin, this new trend comes with a slew of problems. To start, a proportionately older population is a direct result of the trend toward longer life expectancy. Because the old are unable to provide for themselves financially, the authorities must shoulder the cost of caring for them. Consequently, an abundance of senior citizens will have a dampening effect on the local economy. Second, there's cause for concern over a relative scarcity of available human resources. To elaborate, in industries like manufacturing products, which require a large group of workers, the resources of youthful staff will become inadequate as people live longer and older.

On the other hand, I believe that having a longer life expectancy is beneficial in a variety of ways. These elderly people may work with vitality and vigor in their occupations. Because of their elderly age, they may still contribute to society. The elderly are also beneficial to the country since they will pass on traditional beliefs to the new generation, assisting the latter in acquiring a better grasp of the past. People will also have more time for their lives and families if they live longer.

In conclusion, despite the fact that increased longevity may give rise to certain potential negatives, I feel that its benefits would exceed its cons because advancements in scientific knowledge most likely enhance the quality of human existence.

Sample 9:

In the modern world, there is an improvement in medical care, which leads to people living longer and increasing life expectancy. I believe that both advantages and disadvantages will be seen in this phenomenon.

On the one hand, there are several benefits when people’s life is longer. Firstly, this phenomenon can affect positively labor sources. Because individuals are increasingly healthier, old people who have many years of experience could continuously work in offices or factories instead of having retirements. Therefore, there could be an increase in labor sources with high quality, which contributes to a developed economy. Secondly, as a result of living longer, individuals may have access to a happier life. They might spend more time taking care of their children as well as doing recreational activities such as visiting abroad or playing sport. If health care services are not developed, people could suffer from serious illness and have a short life expectancy, so they cannot do everything they want.

On the other hand, some people claim that an increase in life expectancy can cause negative influences. First, when the number of people died by illness decreases, the society can witness the booming population, which leads to a significant rise in people’s living demand. As a result, there would be high pressure on public services and a decrease in living standard. Furthermore, overpopulation may affect adversely social security. Despite a huge amount of labor source, there is a limitation in job opportunities, so many people are not capable of working as employees. Because the unemployment rate rises, the society might face with an increase in the crime rate.

In conclusion, I personally believe that there are both benefits and drawbacks when life expectancy is longer, and disadvantages outweigh advantages.

Sample 10:

Over the period of time, the medical facilities and health care system have improved tremendously. With the improved medical care, the life expectancy of people has increased. This situation has both advantages and disadvantages. I believe that both the situations are correlated, and the former outweighs the latter. On one hand, with modern and enhanced medical facilities and technologies many fatal diseases like cancer, HIV have increased the lifespan of the patients. This gives hope and happiness to the patient and his or her family members. On the other hand, many people claim that modern medical technologies have increased life expectancy. As a result, there is an increase in the ratio of the older population in the society. The fact might interest others that these older people due to these advanced medical facilities remain active and a lot more energetic in their workplace. They will be able to contribute more to society even after they reach their retirement age. This leads to more asset accumulation in the country. This will lead to teaching values and traditions to the younger generation which may be in the family, neighbor, or anywhere in the world. Additionally, the modern and new generation will be more grounded as they would better learn the past. On the other hand, there are also quite a number of disadvantages of this longer life expectancy. For instance, the treatments are expensive. Modern and ultra technologies make a huge hole in the pocket. The middle or upper middle class would surely face difficulty affording the A-class treatments. Also, the number of hospitals, doctors, and nurses is limited. The older people are, the more the tendency to get infected with any diseases. Keeping in mind that the resources are limited, the scarce number of hospitals won’t be able to attend to a lot of patients with equal importance. If it is to be considered that the government will support with funds and resources, that will also cost a considerable amount of money. Lastly, I would conclude that enhanced life expectancy is a blessing that will also have a lot of disadvantages. In my opinion, life expectancy outweighs the disadvantages because of the enhanced medical facilities which have decreased the mortality rate to quite an extent.

Sample 11:

In modern times, we see that medical facilities and technologies have enhanced. Modern medical science with a lot of effort has been able to change and improve the medical care system. Due to this advancement, people are living longer, and life expectancy is increasing. There are a lot of people who are in favor of this modern and developed health care system while others think that there are more disadvantages than advantages. Here in this model answer, I have discussed both pros and cons so that the conclusion can be drawn. The first and the foremost benefit of this modern medical field is that every person in the back of the mind knows that in any emergency case they can trust the medical facilities and doctors, hence can enjoy life to their fullest. They believe that there is a treatment for every difficult disease. The advantage is that people due to this assurance lead a stress-free life. The second reason is that the younger generation will learn values, wisdom, traditions, and experiences from the elderly person. The senior member in the family or in the office will always guide the juniors to escalate the social and moral values. Additionally, the government will be able to set an example of the dynamic works of the elder people to inspire the younger generation. This will also have an outflow of good and positive thoughts in the country. Furthermore, this will also lead to community development activities wherein the younger generation will learn to respect the elders and have a symbiotic affinity towards each other. Well now coming to the disadvantages, development or advancement doesn’t always have a positive effect. The enhanced life expectancy means an increase in population, precisely the older population. For instance, living longer doesn’t indicate a healthy life. The older people are more prone to get affected in pandemic situations, where the difficult part is the medicine or the disease preventing procedures might be difficult or may have side effects and make the body even weaker. The increase in life expectancy also decreases job opportunities, lesser resources, and more. Also, in any organization, the senior member will be in his position for a longer period due to his experience. Well, life should have balance in all aspects. In my opinion, life and death is a natural process to create balance in the universe. Hence, death must be accepted to proceed further in life and make scope for others.

Sample 12:

Modern medical advancements have done wonders for the healthcare system. There is a cure available for any sort of fatal disease. The scientists and researchers are even working with our genes that can be beneficial in preventing various diseases. Due to this advancement in technologies, people are living longer, and life expectancy is increasing. People believe that an increase in life expectancy has more benefits than demerits. The enhanced life expectancy means an increase in population, precisely the older population. The older people, due to these advanced medical facilities, remain active and a lot more energetic in their workplace. They will be able to contribute more to society even after they reach their retirement age. This leads to more asset accumulation in the country. Additionally, the government has extended the retirement age. For instance, professors, researchers, lawmakers, writers, and many other professionals have vast experience and could contribute even more in their old age. Thus, when a physicist discovers a groundbreaking theory in his or her 70s, we should thank the enhanced medical research and treatment. The younger generation will learn values, wisdom, traditions, and experiences from the elderly person. The enhanced life expectancy means an increase in population, precisely the older population. For illustration, living longer doesn’t indicate a healthy life. The older people are more inclined to get affected by any sort of disease, where the difficult part is the medicine or the disease preventing procedures might be difficult or may have side effects and make the body even weaker. Lastly, in my opinion, enhanced medical facilities have increased life expectancy and we are a part of progress. This enhanced life expectancy is a blessing for mankind.

Sample 13:

Since the inception of mankind, people have formed societies to reap greater benefits which would not be possible to take as individuals. With the evolution of healthcare facilities, life span of mankind has increased to a great extent. In my opinion, the merits of having an older generation have an edge over its demerits which will be discussed in the subsequent paragraphs.

Commencing with the multifarious benefits of having elderly people. First and foremost, grandchildren get a chance to spend time with their grandparents. The younger generation is nurtured by elders which establishes a lifetime bond among them. Apart from it, golden agers inculcate family values in the next generation and teach them about their culture. Moreover, in this inflation era, both parents have to work to make both ends meet. Therefore, while they are working, children can stay in the company of old timers and can learn from their experience. Other than that, elders can cherish childhood memories of their descendants.

Furthermore, the worth mentioning positive is, in Asian countries like India, offspring stay with their parents in one house. Rising age groups learn how their parents take care of elderly, and they learn to regard their wellspring. Therefore, it constitutes healthy values among propagation. However, there is one drawback of early agers, owing to their deteriorating health, old people are prone to diseases. Thus, abundant medical resources need to be appointed to take care of geriatrics.

To recapitulate, aged people are irreplaceable assets for our society and their significance cannot be overlooked. Hence, higher authorities should initiate endeavours to take advantage of their experience. Also, government should dedicate facilities to look after them in their late years considering their contribution to economy during their working age.

Sample 1:

Some claim that when choosing staff, businesses should choose autonomous, creative workers. Others, on the other hand, believe that individuals who can work independently should be given preference over team players. For a company to grow at its best, I believe both types of employees are necessary.

Those who support creative and autonomous workers argue that these individuals generate new technical items and apps as well as fresh ideas. In addition to improving the company's reputation, this resulted in a rise in revenue. Since the development of cutting-edge technologies, a great concept can make a business very wealthy. Therefore, creative workers who are capable of working independently are a benefit to any firm.

However, other people think that a company's success depends on its ability to operate well as a team. In their opinion, brainstorming is stimulated when people collaborate. Together, people with varied backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences can produce amazing inventions. Employees develop the ability to handle problems and maintain discipline in every circumstance thanks to teamwork and their capacity for following directions. Additionally, they can strengthen one other's areas of weakness and foster a mindset of problem-solving. For a corporation or business to be successful, all of these are very advantageous. For instance, a recent study revealed that 80% of profitable companies employed more team players than solo workers.

In conclusion, this essay took into account these two viewpoints and outlined the reasons why a workplace needs a good mix of both types of people to advance. I think that both types of workers are necessary for a company. Employers should look for both teamwork and the flexibility to function alone in some circumstances when hiring new employees. It may also promote economic growth and give businesses a more vibrant appearance.

Sample 2:

There is frequent disagreement over which applicant is the best fit for a position. Undoubtedly working as a team is great quality. I firmly believe that it is more practical to hire individuals who are creative and capable of handling duties on their own.

First and foremost, collaboration and teamwork are crucial. This is due to the fact that businesses have their own systems that have been created and optimised by numerous subject-matter experts. As a result, business leaders actively seek out people's resources who can comprehend and adhere to the organisational framework. A firm is a substantial organic body as well. Active employee interaction is necessary for the effective operation of the business, which solitary players lack. For instance, if one employee completes their task in their own manner, the rest of the team may suffer. It may cause the project to be delayed and require more work to be done. It makes sense to hire applicants who cooperate well with others and follow the regulations.

Despite the objections raised above, there are some situations where giving one job candidate precedence over another is justified. It may be someone who brings creativity and initiative to the workplace. First of all, originality is important to business. A business needs creative human resources to lead the market with fresh ideas if it is to succeed. Consider Samsung as an example. This electronics behemoth has been rated first due to the devices' distinctive looks and capabilities. The inventive researchers at Samsung must be to blame for making this feasible. Second, the independent production approach can make it easier to see issues earlier and come up with creative solutions. Such a method saves a lot of money and time, which could result in business profits.

In conclusion, it makes sense that employers want a member of their ideal network who can perform their obligations. But I think those who can think creatively and work independently would be a terrific, valuable advantage for business foundations to succeed.

Sample 3:

While some hiring managers choose individuals with an innovative and independent work style. Others think that applicants with cooperative and instruction-compliance qualities will be needed to speed up the firm's growth. In my view, the most important criteria for every recruiter to take into account when hiring are both inventiveness and the capacity to work well with others.

At first glance, it makes sense why open-minded and independent people are preferred. Because they are able to think creatively and come up with a wonderful yet unexpected concept that will help the business compete with rivals. A product with distinctive differences would undoubtedly pique consumers' interest. Despite the fact that most modern goods are sold for profit and essentially appear the same under numerous brands. For instance, the facial ID function on the iPhone X has caused a significant frenzy in the mobile phone industry since its release.

However, collaboration and teamwork are crucial for the company's growth. Realising that collaboration is essential to success is not difficult. While a brilliant individual may have an inspiring idea, it is a team that will actually bring that dream to life. In many businesses, employees are given equal responsibility for all duties. And only with good coordination and fewer ego clashes can the work be completed efficiently and on time. Many businesses organise events to strengthen employee bonds because they recognise the importance of teamwork. For instance, every month, the entire crew of the NDL factory in South Vietnam participates in a gathering featuring a variety of team-building activities.

In conclusion, candidates should possess both creativity and cooperation, because both are crucial for the firm to succeed. It is implied that the type of work will also determine which quality recruiters value more in candidates.

Sample 4:

In today’s competitive job market, the debate over whether companies should prioritize hiring innovative, independent workers or team players who can follow instructions is a topic of much discussion. Both perspectives have their merits, but ultimately, a balance of both qualities is essential for a successful and productive workforce.

On the one hand, proponents of recruiting innovative and independent workers argue that these individuals bring fresh ideas and creative solutions to the table. They are often self-starters who can take initiative and drive projects forward without constant supervision. This can lead to greater efficiency and breakthrough innovations within the company. Moreover, in a rapidly changing business landscape, the ability to adapt and think outside the box is crucial for staying ahead of the competition.

On the other hand, advocates for team players who can follow instructions emphasize the importance of collaboration and cohesion within the workplace. In many industries, teamwork is essential for tackling complex projects and achieving common goals. Employees who can work well with others and follow instructions demonstrate strong communication skills and a willingness to contribute to the collective success of the team. This can lead to a harmonious work environment and a sense of unity among colleagues.

In my opinion, while both qualities are valuable, companies should prioritize hiring individuals who possess a combination of innovative thinking and teamwork skills. This approach ensures that the company benefits from a diverse range of perspectives and ideas, while also fostering a supportive and collaborative work culture. By striking a balance between independence and teamwork, companies can create a dynamic and productive workforce that is well-equipped to tackle challenges and drive the business forward.

In conclusion, the debate over whether companies should prioritize hiring innovative, independent workers or team players who can follow instructions is complex. However, a balanced approach that values both qualities is crucial for building a successful and cohesive workforce.

Sample 5:

In the realm of corporate recruitment, a pivotal debate centres on whether to prioritize candidates who are innovative and independent or those adept at teamwork and following instructions. This essay will explore the merits of both approaches: the value of autonomy and creativity for driving change, and the critical role of teamwork and compliance in operational success, before concluding with a balanced perspective that integrates these essential attributes.

On one hand, proponents of recruiting innovative and independent individuals argue that such traits are crucial for propelling organizational change and nurturing a progressive culture. These employees are typically self-starters who excel in resolving complex challenges with minimal oversight, fostering an environment ripe for innovation. For instance, tech startups often succeed by embracing such innovators who swiftly adapt and create groundbreaking solutions that disrupt traditional markets, illustrating the significant impact of autonomy in sectors that constantly evolve.

Conversely, the ability to collaborate effectively and adhere to established protocols is equally critical for organizational success. Many enterprises rely on well-integrated teams that can manage intricate projects with precision and harmony. This need for effective teamwork is paramount in industries such as healthcare, where seamless collaboration and strict adherence to protocols are crucial not just for operational success but for ensuring patient safety. In such settings, teamwork and compliance with guidelines are fundamental, maintaining high standards of care and operational excellence while mitigating risks associated with human error.

In my opinion, while innovation is crucial for development, the essence of a successful organization lies in its ability to balance both traits. The ideal workforce should comprise a mix of individuals who can think outside the box and those who excel in a structured team environment. This hybrid approach ensures that a company remains adaptable and stable, capable of both initiating change and sustaining growth.

In conclusion, while both independent innovation and effective teamwork are valuable, the integration of both characteristics within a workforce facilitates a dynamic yet reliable corporate environment. Companies would do well to cultivate a recruitment strategy that appreciates and incorporates these diverse skill sets, ensuring a robust foundation for future success.

Sample 6:

In the ongoing debate about optimal recruitment strategies, there are compelling arguments for both hiring independent, innovative individuals and those adept at teamwork and following instructions. This essay will first examine the merits of nurturing creativity and autonomy in employees, then assess the importance of collaborative skills and adherence to established guidelines, ultimately advocating for a balanced approach that incorporates both sets of qualities for organizational success.

The first viewpoint emphasizes the recruitment of innovative and independent thinkers, arguing that they are crucial for pioneering new paths and introducing breakthroughs in business. Independent workers often bring fresh perspectives that challenge the status quo and drive technological and creative advancements. Their ability to think outside the box is essential in sectors like software development, where those who navigate problems independently not only accelerate the development cycle but also innovate solutions that propel the company into new markets. Such autonomy can lead to significant competitive advantages, as these individuals often anticipate trends and adapt quickly to market demands.

However, the capacity to work as part of a team and follow detailed instructions is equally indispensable, especially in settings where precision and coordinated efforts are paramount. Structured environments, such as manufacturing and logistics, heavily rely on teams that can meticulously follow procedures to ensure the quality and safety of products. The synergy created by a team—where each member plays a defined role that complements the others—ensures efficiency and reliability in output, which could be compromised by too great a focus on individualism. Moreover, in these industries, collective problem-solving often leads to more sustainable and thorough solutions, reinforcing the necessity of maintaining a balance between following directives and fostering individual insight.

In conclusion, while the allure of innovation and independent problem-solving is undeniable, the functionality of teams cannot be overlooked. An ideal recruitment strategy should thus embrace both the dynamic capabilities of innovative individuals and the systematic precision of effective teams to foster a robust, versatile business environment.

Sample 7:

The hiring process is a critical aspect of organizational success, and different approaches to recruitment have been widely debated. Some argue that companies should prioritize candidates who display innovation and independent work capabilities, while others advocate for recruiting individuals who excel in teamwork and are adept at following instructions. This essay will explore both perspectives and assert that while innovation and independent work skills are essential, recruiting individuals who can collaborate effectively and follow directions is more conducive to overall organizational growth and success.

Proponents of recruiting innovative and independent individuals believe that such employees can bring fresh ideas and creative solutions to the table. These candidates are often self-motivated and capable of tackling challenges independently, leading to potential breakthroughs and efficiency gains within the organization. For example, a company that values innovation might prioritize hiring a software engineer with a track record of developing novel applications, demonstrating their ability to drive technological advancements.

On the other hand, others argue that a cohesive and well-functioning team is the backbone of any successful organization. They keep expressing that team players can collaborate effectively, leveraging their diverse skills and perspectives to solve complex problems collectively. Moreover, individuals who are receptive to following instructions contribute to streamlined processes and consistency in output. For instance, a manufacturing company may seek employees who are willing to adhere to established protocols to maintain high product quality and safety standards.

As far as I am concerned, while innovative and independent employees are valuable assets, fostering a team-oriented culture can significantly enhance an organization's performance. A cohesive team can achieve more together than a group of talented individuals working independently. Collaboration fosters creativity through the exchange of ideas, and cohesive teamwork can produce well-rounded solutions to complex challenges.

In conclusion, the debate over whether companies should prioritize hiring innovative and independent individuals versus team players who follow instructions is multifaceted. I think that while innovation and independent work skills are essential for progress, the success of an organization heavily relies on effective teamwork and the ability to follow instructions coherently.

Sample 1:

Due to the advent of streaming services and personal computers it has become increasingly common for individuals to watch entertainment alone rather than with friends and family. In my opinion, this is overall a negative development despite the conveniences it offers.

The advantages of more insular viewing habits relate to individual convenience. Firstly, this concerns choice. A Netflix subscriber is able to choose from a wide range of current and past entertainment without having to consult others. This means they are more likely to choose programming relevant to their tastes. Secondly, watching shows alone allows for greater flexibility. An individual can pause, switch to another program, re-watch shows, and transition between a variety of portable devices. Each of these decisions does not require negotiation with others and can be made depending on a person’s mood and preferences.

However, I believe the tradeoffs related to social cohesion are more pressing concerns. Society has become increasingly insular in general due to the pervasiveness of one-sided technological interactions on devices such as smartphones and laptops. This transition has loosened social bonds between family members, friends, significant others, and society at large. In the past, a family might watch a television show together, joke about it, discuss it, and then have a common point of reference for later conversations. This is now less likely, and many consumers now spend an outsized amount of time alone, limiting their exposure to other perspectives. Over time, the effects on mental health and social unity may be drastic and difficult to reverse.

In conclusion, although watching shows alone has benefits in terms of personal choice, the drawbacks related to social interaction make it a negative on the whole. Individuals should strive to limit the time they spend alone watching TV shows and movies.

Sample 2:

Due to technological advancements, many people nowadays prefer to watch television, movies, and other entertainment alone. Certainly, such a predilection has advantages and disadvantages. Though this approach has many advantages, I feel the disadvantages outweigh them. In the forthcoming paragraphs, I will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the issue and explain why I believe in the latter.

On the one hand, it is evident that insular watching provides the most comfort since you do not have to haggle with anybody to select which film to watch or because you can pause, turn up, or turn down the sound at your leisure. This implies people are more inclined to select programming that is customized to their preferences. Moreover, viewing television alone gives you more flexibility. Also, some introverts find it difficult to conceal their inner feelings in front of large groups of people.

On the other hand, the disadvantages are pertinent to severe social connection interference. Spending more time alone can reduce your communication capacity and weaken your bonds with family members, friends, and acquaintances. We used to watch leisure shows together, critique them, and laugh together in unison. As a result, new spectra are created and made available for future discussion. We are now less inclined to begin a conversation and are becoming unprecedentedly averse to engaging in any discussion. If this problem continues to afflict our contemporary culture in the long run, the consequences will be extremely difficult to predict.

To sum up, while watching films alone can provide individuals with complete ease, the drawbacks it brings are equally horrendous. To prevent this, we should balance personal and social time by replacing family time with alone time.

Sample 1:

In the contemporary era, culinary practices have become a topic of discussion, with some asserting that traditional food and dietary habits have undergone modifications. From my perspective, this matter, rooted in various factors, yields significant adverse consequences.

Primarily, the substantial impact of social media is a key factor that markedly transforms our daily dietary habits. Technological advancements have facilitated the widespread dissemination of diverse culinary techniques. For example, sushi, originating in Japan, has garnered immense popularity worldwide through social media, captivating non-Japanese individuals and enticing them to experience its exceptional flavors and aroma. As a result, this issue has implications, encompassing both advantages and disadvantages for all nations.

Specifically, the globalization of culinary practices has provided a diverse array of food choices for individuals. Owing to the availability of recipes on the internet, individuals can now access information about dishes from every corner of the world. Conversely, this phenomenon poses a threat to the preservation of certain traditional cuisines. For instance, in Vietnam, the increasing enthusiasm among the younger generation for foreign cuisines like Korean and Japanese has led to the potential fading of its culinary heritage, exemplified by dishes like Banh Gio, thereby impacting the nation’s distinctive identity.

As a result, while this transformation brings about certain benefits, its drawbacks are more pronounced, including the erosion of authentic flavors in traditional dishes and the consequent loss of conventional identity. The massive influence of social media and technological breakthroughs has not only expanded culinary choices globally but also posed challenges to the preservation of cultural culinary heritage, especially among younger generations.

Sample 2:

In contemporary times, the traditions and customs associated with our dietary choices and eating habits are undergoing significant transformations. These transformations can be attributed to several interconnected factors. While these changes hold both positive and negative aspects, I firmly believe that, on balance, they offer substantial benefits.

One primary driver of these shifts is globalisation. The modern world is more interconnected than ever before, with people from diverse cultures and backgrounds frequently interacting. This interaction has led to a cross-pollination of culinary traditions and the incorporation of new ingredients and cooking techniques into local diets. For instance, the popularity of sushi, originally from Japan, has soared in Western countries, showcasing the global exchange of culinary practices.

Moreover, changing lifestyles and demographics have also played a pivotal role in altering food customs. Urbanisation, hectic work schedules, and the rise of single-person households have led to increased demand for convenience foods and dining out. Consequently, traditional family meals may become less frequent, potentially diminishing cultural food rituals associated with communal dining.

While these transformations pose challenges to the preservation of some food traditions, they also offer several advantages. The fusion of culinary practices from different cultures can enrich the gastronomic landscape, providing individuals with a wider array of flavours and culinary experiences. Moreover, the embrace of convenience foods can enhance efficiency in our fast-paced lives.

In conclusion, the evolving traditions and customs related to food are driven by globalisation, changing lifestyles, and demographic shifts. While these changes may sometimes challenge the preservation of certain cultural food practices, they also bring opportunities for culinary enrichment and greater convenience. Overall, these transformations reflect the dynamic nature of our society and can be viewed as a positive adaptation to our evolving world.

Sample 1:

Nowadays, in many countries, children are being given more independence than in the past. This trend has sparked a debate over whether this development is positive or negative. In my view, the advantages of giving children greater liberty outweigh the disadvantages.

First of all, giving children more freedom can help them become more self-sufficient. Letting children choose their activities and interests can help them develop a sense of individuality and express themselves in a way that feels authentic to them. Additionally, this can help them gain decision-making skills that will be valuable in their adult life. For example, when parents or caregivers allow their children to choose what to wear, they can have an appreciation for different types of clothing and find their sense of style.

Secondly, having more freedom allows children to make mistakes and learning from them can be a valuable learning experience. By understanding the consequences of their actions, children can learn to make better choices in the future. Moreover, it can improve their self-esteem and confidence, making them more resilient and adaptable to challenges. For instance, children should be allowed to manage their own time, such as by creating their own schedules or planning their own activities. If they forget to do something or run out of time, it can help them see the importance of time management and planning.

In conclusion, we should give children the freedom to learn and grow, as long as we provide them with guidance and support to become responsible, independent, and well-rounded individuals.

Sample 2:

Today, children in many regions of the world are granted more autonomy than they used to be. This, in my perspective, has both merits and demerits.

The increased allowance of freedom potentially helps a child learn to be discerning and independent from a young age. Indeed, parents who are either too protective or too restrictive, which was characteristic of past generations, often struggle to teach their offspring to be judicious and responsible. Freedom, therefore, is essential to help form the child’s bold character. Moreover, it is also crucial for narrowing the gap between parents and kids. This can be seen by comparing the way children of the 1970s generation, for example, handle problems pertaining to their relationships with their parents with that of those born three decades later. The latter are more likely to be able to resolve these issues by openly discussing them with their parents, which the former hardly do.

However, freedom should be granted only to a certain extent, lest it turn out to be detrimental. It could, for instance, lead to excessive liberty in matters of morality. Because the child is rarely warned against exceeding certain boundaries, he may grow up treating issues like drugs, alcohol, and crime as if they were harmless. Or, to a lesser degree, the child may be spoiled from indulgence and develop damaging character traits such as arrogance or irresponsibility.

In conclusion, it could be a positive phenomenon that children nowadays enjoy more liberty than in the past. This can help nurture the child’s personality and reduce the distance in the parent-child relationship. On the other hand, an immoderate practice of this might cause the child to be morally ruined or foster poor qualities such as self-centeredness and thoughtlessness.

Sample 3:

Different from the past when children used to be under strict parental control, many young people now are given a higher level of freedom in various aspects of life. I personally believe that such a tendency should be seen as a major progress with favorable implications for the young’s skill and behavioral development.

One important benefit of giving children more freedom is related to more created chances for their skill development. As children can freely decide their leisure activities and learning fields, they can explore their interests and talents independently. This autonomy to make their own choices and navigate their surrounding world can enable students to foster a sense of self-confidence and self-esteem. Furthermore, an accumulation of personal experiences in terms of facing failures, taking responsibility for their choices, and coping with problems on their own can boost the young’s analytical and problem-solving skills. As a result, they would be more able to tackle complex adulthood challenges with resilience and lead an independent life without reliance on parents.

Another implication is that increased autonomy is vital to the young’ development of desirable behaviors. Granting children more freedom in daily activities enables them to freely express their emotions, develop coping mechanisms, and take on age-appropriate responsibilities, including managing personal belongings, completing household tasks, or navigating their neighborhoods. During such tasks, children can gain a sense of empowerment and other qualities such as sympathy, kindness, bravery, and honesty during their interactions with others. This is not the case in the past when many rich Vietnamese children who are overprotected by their parents tended to misbehave and act arrogantly towards others.

In conclusion, I personally believe that being given more freedom in leisure activities, daily tasks, and interactions with others, the young nowadays can greatly benefit from skill and behavioral development. It is suggested that parents should create a more enabling environment for their children with a certain level of supervision and guidance to maximize their benefits.

Sample 4:

In contemporary society, there has been a noticeable shift in the degree of autonomy granted to the younger generation, a stark contrast to the stringent oversight they once experienced. I am firmly convinced that this evolution is a commendable stride forward, offering invaluable opportunities for holistic growth in both personal and interpersonal domains.

A paramount advantage of bestowing greater independence upon youngsters lies in the myriad opportunities it presents for self-discovery and skill acquisition. When adolescents are at liberty to select their recreational pursuits and academic disciplines, they delve deeper into their passions, fostering a profound sense of self-awareness. For instance, in Ho Chi Minh City, a recent initiative allowed high school students to design their extracurricular activities. This led to a surge in innovative clubs, from robotics to environmental conservation, reflecting the diverse interests of the students. Such endeavors not only bolster self-assurance but also cultivate resilience, as they grapple with challenges and learn from their missteps, preparing them for the intricacies of adult life.

Furthermore, this newfound freedom plays a pivotal role in molding their character. By navigating daily tasks and social interactions autonomously, they hone essential life skills and virtues. In the past, many Vietnamese youngsters, especially from affluent backgrounds, were cocooned in privilege, leading to a sense of entitlement. However, with increased freedom, they now engage in community service, interact with diverse groups, and develop empathy, humility, and a sense of responsibility.

In summation, the enhanced freedom that today's youth enjoy is undeniably a boon, fostering both skill and character development. It is imperative, however, for guardians to strike a balance, offering guidance while allowing their wards the space to grow and flourish.

Sample 5:

The world is changing fast and so are the rules and the norms of society. When grown-ups today compare their childhood with that of today’s children, they find that today’s children have more freedom than they used to have. I believe this situation is largely positive.

There are many advantages of children enjoying more freedom. They grow up quicker than their parents did. This produces more liberal, mature and adventurous adults, which obviously has an effect on society in the long run. Today’s children follow the global culture, which is the amalgamation of the good points of the various cultures of the world. Consequently, countries progress more rapidly because of this shedding of many traditional ways of doing things and becoming freer and more open societies. For example, in India, if today’s youngster wants a dowry free marriage, he will go ahead and have it against all odds, whereas earlier youngsters could not take a stand against it as it was considered customary.

Furthermore, today’s children have the power of the Internet and the satellite TV in their hands. Today’s young generation is the most well-informed generation than ever in the history of mankind. They know what their parents and grandparents do not know. They have oceans of opportunities in front of them, which they want to explore. They adopt careers of their choice and do not hesitate walking on the untrodden path. They are not afraid of taking risks. For instance, earlier children were pressurized by their parents to take up medical, non-medical or commerce streams, but today’s children are going into computer animation, computer gaming and other fields, which were unheard of before.

On the other hand, sometimes this freedom can be detrimental for children. They like maturity and fail to see the far-reaching consequences of their actions. It is also the time when teens make mistakes and need someone there to guide them understand what went wrong, take a step backward, analyze, and again take a step forward. Freedoms should come in small steps so that the teens are ready to move forward having proven their ability to handle each small movement. Too much freedom can end them in bad company and also drugs.

To sum up, it can be reiterated that freedom enjoyed by children is, by and large, a good thing, but the onus is on the parents to prepare them for this in small steps, so that the negative side of this excess freedom does not go against them.

Sample 1:

The growth of the said trend can be attributed to two main factors. First, it often stems from people’s curiosity about past events. In many cases, this curiosity could lead to the discovery of an intriguing story about how life once was. Take apartment buildings in the Old Quarter of Hanoi for example. Built about 100 years ago, they are now still standing as the testimony of the way of life in the early 1900s and would offer interesting stories to dwellers with an inquisitive nature. Second, people’s interest in the building origins would often concern long-standing properties rather than newly constructed ones. And in old properties, there could be lurking dangers because, after all, these buildings are subject to deterioration following decades in use. Householders therefore need to learn about the house’s history so as to take necessary precautionary measures.

Currently, there are some methods that can be adopted to trace the origins of houses and buildings. The most reliable way is to turn to official records from local authorities. For houses and buildings to be erected, they would often need construction permits from local authorities, and information from them could show an extended history of the house ever since it came to be. Moreover, another approach is to consult the previous owners of the property. It may be a good idea to ask them whether there were any modifications made to the house or if they have the original layout design, which can be of great help if maintenance is needed. Lastly, there might be information about old buildings like the ones in Hanoi Old Quarter on the Internet or in historical libraries. These are also good methods for owners to track down the origins of their own properties.

In conclusion, curiosity and the insights needed for housing maintenance are the main factors contributing to this trend. Besides, with the help of authority, past owners, online tools or even historical books, people can research the history of their properties.

Sample 2:

Many citizens, nowadays, are inquisitive to learn about the home they live in as extensively as possible primarily because they want to learn about the background and style of their house, assess the safety, and find out if it is haunted. I believe nearby elderly citizens and the internet could be two invaluable sources for such curious people to find the best possible information about their buildings.

The knowledge of the background of a house gives people a sense of self-satisfaction. This is why people, especially those who live in a house that was built many years ago, are often interested in finding out more about the adobe. The background often includes how the house was painstakingly built in an era when technology was not so advanced. Thus, exploring the background reveals some unique and fascinating facts. For instance, it was a common misconception for many dwellers in the old part of our city that their houses were built during the English colonial era. In fact, researchers recently found that those houses were built mimicking the English styles but by the local masons. It was fascinating to finally learn about it. Moreover, the construction and the built quality of a house conveys much information about the safety and durability of the houses. Knowing such details could prevent people from facing any disaster like falling victim to a collapsed house. Finally, some people superstitiously think a house might be haunted if it has some bad history. Learning about its history often comes from their personal belief and their motivation to either cleanse the house or move off. 

To get proper information about the houses, people can talk to local senior citizens who have been living there for quite a while. They can offer first-hand information about the building and many more details that are not available elsewhere. On top of that, the internet could be another effective source to get details of a house. For instance, many websites store data about the houses in the UK, and anyone can find them online with just a few mouse clicks.

In conclusion, people's motivations to learn about their houses could range from safety reasons to simple curiosity, from superstition to practical reasons. To get the best information they can contact elderly locals and browse the internet.

Sample 3:

The history of a house or a building can be fascinating, sometimes daunting or even mesmerising at times if we try to delve into it. For some people, learning about the history of the houses in which they live, is utterly important for various reasons. This essay attempts to outline some of those possible reasons for this and a couple of methods to research this.

The first possible reason for many to become inquisitive about the past of their houses could be that they actually want to find a connection, if any, between themselves and the buildings. Such connections, or lack thereof, could actually provide an insight to them as to whether those buildings contained anything “unique” at some stages of their existence that would make them- the people that is – feel “special” among the others, or “different” from the rest of the crowds in their neighbourhoods. After all, I think that it feels really good to remain at the centre of attention every now and then.

Some people would be interested to learn about the history of their buildings, especially how they were built, or what kinds of materials were used to construct them because they want to make sure that the buildings are safe enough for living. After all, nobody would want to put their lives at risk by choosing to live in a “weak” building that was built with some “unreliable” materials about a century ago! 

But, for whatever reasons that they want to learn about the history of their buildings, it is always better that they ask the locals first to get their information about the former residents of their houses. They could also contact the local municipality or the concerned local authority who could apprise them about how the buildings were made. Finally, people could also visit a local library or the authority that keeps the information about old buildings, to learn about the history of buildings in their respective areas. 

To conclude, people are becoming more and more interested in the history of their houses primarily to find a unique feature of it to feel special or to learn about the architectural style and safety features of the house. They can contact local residents, municipality offices and the library to do the research work required to find the history of their houses.

Sample 4:

It is increasingly becoming common practice for people in many places to be inquisitive about the history of the houses or buildings they live in. This trend can be attributed to a variety of reasons, including a desire to understand the cultural and architectural significance of one's home, as well as a sense of personal connection to the past. In this essay, I will explore the reasons for this growing interest in the history of houses and discuss ways in which people can research the history of their homes.

The first reason for this growing interest in house and building history is a desire to understand the cultural and architectural importance of one's home. People may be curious about the style of architecture of their home and how it fits within the broader context of the neighbourhood or city. Additionally, individuals may be interested in learning about the people who have lived in their homes before them and the role the house has played in the community.

Another reason for this interest is a sense of personal connection to the past. People may want to know more about the history of their home because they feel a sense of belonging and connection to the place where they live. This can be particularly true for those who have lived in their home for many years or inherited it from a family member.

People can research the history of their homes in a variety of ways. One way is to start by looking for any historical records or documents that may be available through local historical societies, libraries or archives. These records may include deeds, maps, and photographs that can provide information about the home's history. Another good way to research the history of a home is to speak with long-time residents of the neighbourhood who may have knowledge about the home and its history. Additionally, people can research the history of the home by looking at census records, city directories, and newspaper articles.

In conclusion, understanding the history of one's home can deepen one's appreciation for the place where one lives, and provide a sense of connection to the past. It is believed that history and knowledge about homes would be easily accessible in the future.

Sample 5:

In contemporary society, there has been a marked increase in the number of individuals who display a keen interest in uncovering the historical background of their residences. This essay will examine the impetus behind this phenomenon and discuss various methods that can be employed to facilitate such research.

One of the primary reasons for this growing curiosity can be attributed to the desire for a sense of belonging and connection to one’s abode. As individuals become increasingly transient in their lives, relocating for work or personal reasons, they may seek to find meaning and stability in their living quarters. By delving into the past of their homes, they can establish a link with previous inhabitants, thereby fostering a sense of continuity and attachment.

Moreover, the value of historical preservation has gained prominence in recent years, with more individuals recognizing the importance of conserving architectural heritage. Learning about the past of a house or building contributes to this preservation effort, as it enables the current occupants to appreciate the significance of their dwelling and potentially safeguard it against future alterations or demolitions.

To satiate this thirst for historical knowledge, there are several avenues that can be explored by individuals. Firstly, local archives and libraries can provide a wealth of information, ranging from old maps and photographs to records related to construction and ownership. These resources can help to piece together a comprehensive narrative of the building’s past. Another fruitful approach involves engaging with neighbors or previous occupants, who may possess valuable oral histories and anecdotes that illuminate the lived experiences of the space.

In conclusion, the surge in interest regarding the history of one’s accommodation can be ascribed to the quest for belonging and the increasing awareness of the importance of architectural heritage. Utilizing local archival resources and engaging with community members can prove to be effective methods for conducting this research, enabling individuals to forge a deeper connection with their homes and the past that shaped them.

Sample 6:

In recent years, it has been observed that an increasing number of individuals in certain nations have exhibited a heightened curiosity toward uncovering the historical background of their residences or edifices. This essay will explore the underlying causes of this trend and suggest ways in which people can delve into the past of their abodes.

The primary reason for this burgeoning interest can be attributed to a desire to preserve and appreciate cultural heritage. As societies evolve and modernize, citizens often develop a sense of nostalgia for the past, seeking to understand the origins of their surroundings. For instance, historical structures often boast unique architectural features, which can reveal fascinating insights into the techniques and materials utilized by builders of bygone eras. Consequently, uncovering the narrative behind an edifice piques the interest of individuals who value these distinctive qualities and wish to maintain a connection with their cultural ancestry.

Additionally, understanding the history of a property may have practical implications, such as increasing its monetary value. A residence with a rich historical background or noteworthy past occupants can be perceived as a valuable asset, attracting potential buyers and investors. In this manner, a well-researched lineage of a house can serve as a unique selling point, contributing to its allure in the real estate market.

To embark upon the journey of tracing their property’s history, individuals can employ various research methods. A visit to local archives or libraries can yield valuable information, as they typically house historical records, such as property deeds, maps, and photographs. Furthermore, engaging with community members or local historians can provide anecdotal evidence, offering personal insights into the area’s history. Additionally, online resources, such as historical databases and genealogical websites, serve as convenient tools in supplementing one’s research.

In conclusion, the mounting curiosity toward the historical background of houses and buildings stems from a desire to preserve cultural heritage and capitalize on potential financial gains. To satiate this interest, individuals can utilize a combination of traditional and digital research methods, thus gaining a more profound understanding of their property’s past.

Sample 7:

In several countries, an emerging trend of individuals expressing an amplified interest in discovering the historical roots of their dwellings or constructions has been identified. This essay will delve into the factors contributing to this phenomenon and discuss avenues through which people can investigate the provenance of their habitats.

One possible explanation for this growing curiosity is the human propensity for storytelling and connection. Delving into the history of a building or house allows inhabitants to form a deeper bond with their living spaces, transcending the mere physical aspects of the structure. Another factor that may contribute to this fascination with architectural history is the influence of popular media. Television programs, documentaries, and online content often showcase the transformative potential of restoring and preserving aged structures, igniting public interest in the conservation of architectural heritage.

To satisfy their curiosity and investigate the histories of their dwellings, individuals can pursue various research strategies. One approach is to consult architectural historians or preservationists, who can provide expert guidance on the building’s style, construction techniques, and potential historical significance. Additionally, residents can access public records, such as census data, land registries, and building permits, which often contain information on previous owners, alterations, and construction dates. Finally, local historical societies and museums may house collections of photographs, artifacts, and documents that can shed light on the neighborhood’s past and the development of its architecture.

In summary, the rising interest in uncovering the historical foundations of residential properties can be attributed to the innate human desire for connection and the influence of popular media. By employing a multi-faceted research approach, individuals can unveil the rich tapestry of stories woven into the fabric of their homes, fostering a deeper connection with their living spaces and the broader community.

Sample 8:

In a number of countries, there has been a noticeable surge in individuals expressing a keen interest in uncovering the past of their domiciles or buildings. This essay will examine the factors stimulating this inclination and outline methods through which people can delve into the chronicles of their structures.

The burgeoning interest in the historical context of residences can be attributed to the increasing awareness of environmental sustainability. As societies grapple with the consequences of rapid urbanization, many individuals are embracing the concept of adaptive reuse, which involves repurposing older buildings while preserving their historical significance. By gaining a comprehensive understanding of the architectural background, inhabitants can identify potential restoration opportunities, thereby contributing to a more sustainable and environmentally friendly approach to urban development.

Another compelling factor is the potential for personal growth and enrichment. Studying the historical context of one’s abode offers an opportunity to expand one’s knowledge and understanding of the past, fostering a sense of intellectual curiosity. This pursuit of knowledge enables individuals to develop a more holistic view of their environment, promoting a deeper appreciation of the built heritage and its role in shaping the contemporary landscape.

To conduct research into the history of their homes or constructions, individuals have several avenues at their disposal. One method involves utilizing digital platforms, such as mobile applications and online archives, which provide access to historical records and images. These resources facilitate the process of tracing the architectural lineage, enabling users to uncover vestiges of their buildings’ evolution through time. Alternatively, seeking assistance from local government agencies, which often maintain repositories of historical data, can yield valuable information on building permits, ownership records, and architectural plans. Lastly, engaging in oral history projects, by interviewing long-term community members, can offer unique perspectives on the area’s evolution and the experiences of its inhabitants.

In conclusion, the growing fascination with the historical context of domiciles and constructions can be ascribed to the desire for environmental sustainability and personal enrichment. By employing a range of research methods, individuals can unearth the intricate layers of history embedded within their structures, fostering a more profound connection with their environment and its heritage.

Sample 9:

In several nations, there is a marked increase in individuals exhibiting a heightened curiosity about the historical narrative of their homes or buildings. This essay will discuss the factors that contribute to this emerging trend and propose ways people can investigate the antecedents of their structures.

One potential driving force behind this growing interest is the rise of genealogy and ancestry research, which has ignited a passion for personal history among many individuals. As people delve into their family trees, they naturally become curious about the spaces their ancestors inhabited and the connection between their living environments and family narratives. Consequently, learning about the history of their dwellings allows individuals to establish a more profound connection with their ancestors and enrich their understanding of their family’s past.

Another factor contributing to this enthusiasm for architectural history is the increasing appreciation for craftsmanship and authenticity. In a world characterized by mass production and standardized designs, the allure of unique and historic structures becomes more pronounced. These buildings embody the skill, dedication, and creativity of past artisans, fueling a renewed interest in architectural heritage and inspiring future innovators to push the boundaries of design and construction.

To investigate the history of their edifices, individuals can employ several strategies. One approach is to consult with architectural conservators or restoration specialists who possess expertise in historic building techniques, materials, and styles. These professionals can provide guidance on the age, significance, and architectural lineage of the structure. Another method involves examining primary source materials, such as historical newspapers, city directories, and property tax records, which can offer insights into the building’s past ownership, usage, and modifications. Finally, examining architectural plans, blueprints, or builder’s contracts, if available, can provide valuable information on the original design, construction details, and the vision behind the structure.

In conclusion, the increasing interest in the historical context of homes and buildings can be attributed to the growing enthusiasm for genealogy and the appreciation for craftsmanship and authenticity. By utilizing a variety of research techniques, individuals can unravel the historical tapestry of their living spaces, deepening their connection with both personal and architectural history.

Sample 10:

In recent times, an increasing number of individuals have been captivated by the idea of uncovering the historical background of their residential edifices. This essay will delve into the rationale behind this growing fascination, as well as the methods available for conducting such inquiries.

Firstly, one primary motivation for exploring the past of a dwelling may be the desire to assess its long-term structural stability and maintenance requirements. Older constructions have, over time, undergone various repairs and renovations, which might impact their current condition. Being cognizant of a building’s backstory can empower its inhabitants to make informed decisions, ensuring the safety and preservation of their homes. For instance, awareness of previous termite infestations would prompt the residents to take appropriate preventative measures to avoid a recurrence.

Another reason for this burgeoning interest in a domicile’s history might stem from curiosity regarding potential paranormal or supernatural occurrences within the premises. Such a phenomenon has long captured the human imagination, and many seek to either confirm or debunk these tales. By learning about previous occupants and their experiences, current residents can either embrace the building’s supernatural history or put their minds at ease. For example, a family might become intrigued by a local urban legend surrounding their home, prompting them to research its veracity.

Various approaches can be employed in the quest for historical information. One effective method is participating in local history walks or tours. These events, usually organized by historical societies and community groups, provide a wealth of information on the region’s architectural heritage and often reveal vestiges of the past related to individual buildings. Furthermore, individuals can consult public records, such as land registries and census data, to piece together a chronological narrative of their dwelling’s past.

In conclusion, the growing interest in a building’s history can be attributed to a range of factors, including assessing structural stability and supernatural occurrences. While local history tours offer an engaging way to learn about the past, a more comprehensive understanding can be achieved through the examination of public records. By doing so, individuals can gain a deeper appreciation for their homes and the stories they hold.

Sample 11:

In some countries, there is a growing interest among people in tracing the history of their homes. I think they research this for many reasons, perhaps out of interest, or to find a sense of connection. For help with finding answers, they should turn to the seniors in their neighborhoods.

Some people delve into the stories of their homes simply because they are curious. Many historical buildings have been torn down, which makes those that remain uncommon treasures in the city. As a result, it is likely that residents in the surviving buildings can't help finding out more about them, such as when they were built and why they look the way they do.

There are also people who do research to find a sense of connection. With concrete residential buildings everywhere, neighborhoods nowadays look very alike and, therefore, it is hard for people to feel something special about where they live. However, by learning about the buildings that once stood there and the people who lived in them, for example, a sense of connection and involvement may be fostered.

The best way for people to explore, I believe, is to ask the elderly in their neighborhood. Many seniors have lived in the same neighborhood all their lives. They have seen it change around them. They have witnessed people coming and going. Talking to them can definitely help one uncover some intriguing stories of the place where one lives.

In conclusion, curiosity and a desire to seek a connection are two possible reasons why people investigate the history of their homes. To find answers, they should ask the old people in their neighborhood for help.

Sample 12:

The trend of individuals seeking to uncover the history of their homes is becoming increasingly prevalent in certain countries.

This growing interest in a somewhat contentious subject can be attributed to various factors, with curiosity being the most common motivation. When one moves to a new place, a multitude of inquiries naturally arises, particularly about the origin of their dwelling. This curiosity is similar to the psychology of children, who, upon entering a new home, tend to focus on the security of their surroundings. Therefore, discovering the history of one’s residence becomes an essential aspect of settling in. Some individuals are driven by a desire to assess the feng shui of their house, determining whether it is regarded as auspicious or not.

The way in which people articulate the origin of their homes or buildings is diverse, and technological advancements have significantly facilitated this process. More specifically, the internet plays a crucial role in this exploration. Digital content related to your dwelling, such as blogs on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok, provides accessible methods for exploring the history of your neighborhood. Alternatively, one can gather information by interacting with neighbors or consulting the previous owner of the residence. The extended period they have spent living and observing the house or building equips them with insights that can be valuable. For example, if there is an unusual arrangement in the garden, consulting the previous owner can provide clarity on the matter.

In conclusion, the increasing fascination with discovering the origin of one’s home or building is now taken as a given. People are inclined to favor the practice of exploring the history of their residences, driven by curiosity and aided by the accessible methods provided by technology.

Sample 13:

There is a necessity to restrict learning history for understanding civilizations or ancient culture. However, these days people from several parts of the globe are inclined towards understanding the history of their own houses and buildings. This essay will highlight a discussion based on the reasons for the rise in this interest area and the sources from which people could obtain more information related to the history of a building. First and foremost, the necessity of understanding the history of a building will help with effective and potential gathering of information based on the age of the building and materials that have been used for its construction. Thus, evaluating this information will help with understanding the durability of the concerned building. Additionally, people also put in their life savings in buying a home, thus, this will help them with deriving an understanding of their property and its sustainability state. On the other hand, another factor that provokes individuals to search the history of their buildings could be due to the increasing rate of crime and paranormal activities across the globe due to which people have become alarmed and cautious. There are a number of sources available that help out in researching the history of a place. Nevertheless, there are a number of documentaries and articles available online that will be more insightful to get in touch with the local population to obtain appropriate information associated with a given area. This is helpful as local people have been longer residents of the given area, they would be a key helper in spotting the abnormalities and inappropriate activities that took place in the past. However, to acquire a detailed and an in-depth understanding of the building, individuals or the owners of houses or buildings can always approach civil engineers or construction workers that will assist them with acquiring appropriate information of building history. To conclude, with this essay, I would like to quote that ease of access to any information online has resulted in people being more cautious about mentioned things.

Sample 14:

There are trends going on that suggest background checks based on the history of particular commercial buildings or residences are becoming common practice. These are mainly observed in particular with commercial buildings or residents while they live in. The major reason behind this research can be highlighted as the interest of individuals in finding family or behaviors of the residents that reside in the past in that building. This will help with ensuring the quality and value of the building in that neighborhood. This essay will be addressing this aspect in the preceding sections and will also highlight methods that can be used to find these details. It is common for human beings to find details about their own properties. To expand this, majorly real estate investors are focused over searching details and information of ancestors that resided in those buildings while searching for their period in those areas. Moreover, individuals these days like to thrive on the fame and reputation of a particular property that was built in earlier ages. Hence, they might look for methods that have been applied to accomplish the construction of a building and materials utilized. Nevertheless, property buyers may acquire details associated with the strength and value of those buildings prior to their purchases. If they wanted to acquire the above details, several methods can be utilized to find these sources from those areas. For instance, engaging in brief discussions with senior citizens in the neighborhood can provide valuable insights based on their experiences over the years. Moreover, they might consider ensuring the applicability of reliable resources that are published in the libraries about the concerned homeowners while going through with the plans relevant to the building that are approved by the councils. Thus, it can be concluded from the above discussion that humans tend to get familiar with the locations that have been used by people to live in and to find out about the reputation it gained.

Sample 1:

While many advocate the trend of corporations funding sports activities, others are strongly opposed to this sponsorship. This essay will elaborate on both perspectives and the reasons why I lean towards the former.

On the one hand, some people disapprove of advertising in sports. Their main rationale is that companies may promote products that are harmful to the public. For example, Budweiser, a leading beverage brand, has sponsored football tournaments around the world to encourage the consumption of alcohol, despite scientific evidence on the damaging effects of alcohol on drinkers’ health. Furthermore, the prevalence of advertisements during sporting events may negatively affect the overall event experience. Excessive promotion of sponsors’ images can overshadow those of great athletes, and numerous TV ads can frequently interrupt live broadcasts of these events, leading to a decline in the viewing experience.

On the other hand, there are those who argue that the merits of sports sponsorship outweigh the potential disadvantages mentioned above. For sports development, it provides essential funding for the purchase of new equipment, payment of staff at venues, and athletes’ salaries. Additionally, it can fund campaigns that promote the benefits of physical activities, contributing to the overall growth of sports. For businesses, sponsoring sporting events is an excellent opportunity to boost sales of their products. This increased revenue, in turn, can be invested in the development of innovative goods and services that effectively address consumers’ problems, as well as to expand their business, creating more job prospects for the public. Thus, it is clear that this practice is beneficial to everyone in society.

In conclusion, although sports sponsorship might potentially lead to the promotion of harmful products or a reduced experience of sports events, I believe it can significantly contribute to the development of both sports and businesses. This is because more people benefit from the enjoyment and improved well-being of a sporting-focused nation with premier facilities, compared with those that are negatively impacted by the association with harmful products. Therefore, governments should issue necessary legal frameworks and regulations, including the restriction of tobacco and alcohol promotion, for this win-win partnership to thrive.

Sample 2:

Corporate sponsorship in sports is a common trend in modern times. Many indicate that it is a good trend, while others are of the opinion that there are drawbacks to this. This essay will discuss both points of view and argue in favour of the benefits of brands sponsoring sports.

On the one hand, when a company sponsors sports and individual athletes, it can increase interference. That is to say that the company often expects favour and if the event is sponsored by a big company, then it is likely that they will try to interfere in the working of the event. They, for instance, want to arrange the schedule of the tournament according to their design or shoot advertisements with athletes in the middle of the event, which in turn, translates the tournament into a marketing event.

On the other hand, without sponsorship from companies, many sporting events may not take place. It is difficult for many organizers to meet expenditures, so it is important that companies assist these events so that they can continue to entertain the public. For example, there are many events like the Olympics or World Cup Football which would not be successful without the funding of big corporations. Moreover, corporate sponsorships are crucial for attracting young talents and building more sports facilities all around the country. Without their money and support, spreading sports and making it popular among young people would have been much more difficult.

In my opinion, I feel that financing sports by companies and big brands is a positive trend. This is because sponsorship is the mutual benefit of both parties. In simple words, sponsors often provide athletes with clothing and equipment free of charge for advertising purposes.

In conclusion, corporate sports sponsorship has both positive and negative aspects. However, after a thorough analysis of both sides, I believe that sponsorship is a positive trend because it reaps advantages for both parties and spreads the popularity of sports all around the world.

Sample 3:

Sponsoring sports events as a means of advertising has become increasingly common among companies. While some individuals view this trend positively, others argue that it brings about certain drawbacks. In this essay, I will explore both perspectives before presenting my own opinion. Personally, I contend that while sports sponsorship may provide visibility for companies, it can undermine the integrity of sports and lead to commercialization.

Firstly, proponents of sports sponsorship argue that it benefits both companies and athletes. By associating their brand with popular sporting events, companies can reach a wider audience and enhance their brand recognition. For instance, major sports tournaments like the FIFA World Cup attract millions of viewers worldwide, providing ample exposure for sponsors. Moreover, sponsorship deals often provide financial support to athletes, enabling them to pursue their sporting careers and achieve success.

However, detractors of sports sponsorship highlight the negative impact it can have on the purity of sports. When companies sponsor events or athletes, they often expect a return on their investment, which may compromise the integrity of the sport. For example, athletes may feel pressured to endorse products or behave in a certain way to please their sponsors, rather than focusing solely on their performance. This commercialization of sports can diminish the authenticity and spirit of competition.

In conclusion, while sports sponsorship may offer benefits such as financial support and increased visibility for companies, it also poses risks to the integrity of sports. As a result, I believe that excessive commercialization through sponsorship deals is not conducive to the true essence of sportsmanship and fair competition.

Sample 4:

Numerous modern organizations employ a wide range of tactics, including the sponsorship of sporting events, in an effort to boost sales. There are others who believe that by advertising during athletic events, businesses are not only able to reach a wider audience, but also provide a platform for new participants. Though, the opinion shouldn't be formed until both sides have been weighed.

Having a company's name associated with a sporting event is a great way to get the word out about a game, and it also allows firms to generate additional revenue. Reduced government support for some games has led to a decline in popularity. This means that when businesses invest in these games, spectators are much more likely to tune in. Because of this, the promotion of any activity will benefit. Furthermore, event sponsorship can help get knowledge about up-and-coming athletes.

However, the bulk of corporations that host sporting events peddle low-quality goods and goods that are harmful to health. It's concerning that cigarette and alcohol companies use sporting events to promote their products, given the known dangers of these substances to human health. Although alcohol has been shown to have potentially toxic effects on the human body, companies like Kingfisher, which mostly supplies wine, are utilizing the popularity of sporting events to increase their profits.

To recapitulate, one of the clear benefits of sponsoring sporting events is the opportunities it gives to up-and-coming athletes. Nevertheless, the unintended consequences of such publicity campaigns cannot be ignored. Regardless of institutions promoting sports for their own benefit, they still help spread the word about the athletic world.

Sample 5:

Ad campaigns have evolved in many ways over the years, and that much is certain. There has been a dramatic increase in the trend of sponsorship, whereby businesses market their wares by financially supporting a particular sporting event or athlete. There are those who think this form of advertising is effective while others think the negatives outnumber the benefits. Still, I believe that the advantages are more than the drawbacks.

First of all, one of the greatest aspects of sports sponsorship is that it boosts the sales of the sponsoring businesses. For instance, the firm decides to support a highly publicized sports team or athlete. Then the event planners won't have to stress over finding money. These corporations put up a lot of cash and handle all the personal finances for a certain athlete or sporting event. 

On the contrary, it's essential to remember that advertising also has its pitfalls, such as the possibility that the sponsoring corporation is exploiting the venue of a sporting event to promote its inferior products. Kingfisher, an alcohol manufacturing industry, sponsored cricket as a means of advertising its product despite the known detrimental effects of alcohol consumption. Furthermore, the company's reputation is at risk if the athlete engages in criminal activities like match-fixing or the use of performance-enhancing drugs. As with other forms of violence, these kinds of actions undermine sports' core values.

In conclusion, there are indisputable positive outcomes to sponsoring sporting events, but there are also adverse repercussions. When weighed against the merits, the drawbacks are insignificant. The professionals have an obligation to enhance their performance and avoid scandals if the brand is to benefit from its sponsorship of sports and remain competitive in the market.

Sample 6:

The corporate world of today is cutthroat. Therefore, many multinational corporations sponsor major sporting events to either maintain their market share or gain new clients. Despite the fact that many people appear to have a favorable opinion of this, there are numerous individuals who are concerned that the negative effects of endorsement deals on sports will ultimately win out. In my opinion, the benefits that recipients receive through sponsorships might sometimes outweigh the drawbacks.

Corporate sponsorship deals in sporting events have two major drawbacks. The potential damage to one's reputation is a serious drawback. An increase in understanding of the harmful health effects of certain product categories, such as alcoholic beverages, tobacco products, and processed foods high in sugar, salt, and fat, is the primary source of operational risks that could make the endorsement of such products by a sports team or league divisive. The operational risk is another important drawback.

However, there are several benefits to having a global corporation promote your popular sports team. To begin, sponsorship is identified as an essential funding mechanism for event running costs. Many well-known sporting events rely entirely on sponsored money to run, and if promoters are unable to secure sufficient endorsement funds, the events will be forced to be canceled. In addition, athletes gain from sponsorships since they can use the money to pay for things like match fees, uniforms, equipment, travel expenses, and more. Therefore, there are different significant benefits to receiving taxpayer funding.

To summarize, while corporate sponsorship does have its shortcomings, the rewards enjoyed by those who receive it far outweigh them. The pros of promotions, in my opinion, are sufficient to outweigh the pitfalls that arise from this infomercial and collaboration arrangement.

Sample 7:

Sport sponsorship has gained significant prominence in recent years and has been recognized as one of the effective instruments for promoting companies and brands. While some believe that this could be beneficial for the sponsors, I agree with those who believe that there are potential negative outcomes from sports endorsement.

Looking firstly at the positives, the most significant of which is increased awareness of the company brand name. This is because sponsoring companies are able to gain publicity and recognition through their association with the event and the organization. Furthermore, sponsoring sports is an effective way for companies to get involved in the community. For example, consumers would develop a preference for Coca-Cola’s products, and intention to purchase because of the sheer number of social activities done by the company during its sponsorship of the Olympic games.

However, sports advertising does present some disadvantages, the most obvious of which is it can be a risky financial investment. To elaborate, profit, improved brand image or increased sales cannot be guaranteed for the sponsor. For example, if the endorsed athlete falls ill, gets injured, and does not perform well, there is a possibility that the sponsor will not receive the profit that they had originally expected. Another downside is that sport endorsement could harm the reputation of companies. If the athlete or athletes endorsing a brand become involved in scandal, drug abuse, or violence, that brand could become associated with that scandal, and face consumer boycotts.

In conclusion, despite the benefits of brand awareness and involvement in the community that sports endorsement can offer, the drawbacks of risky investment and the potential damage to the company’s reputation should be taken into consideration.

Sample 8:

In contemporary times, as the number of companies and enterprises significantly increases, advertisements have become ubiquitous for better profits and reputation. While there are debates about the advantages and disadvantages of this trend, I believe the drawbacks are minor compared to the benefits.

On the one hand, advertising can be disadvantageous when it is exaggerated or misleading. First, children or immature teens who cannot distinguish between reality and advertising can be influenced by unethical advertisements that promote gambling or drugs. Research indicates that the number of young gamblers and drug users has risen significantly since advertising began to develop in the 1980s. Second, unreliable advertisements may harm an athlete’s reputation if the advertised products or services are substandard.

On the other hand, it is undeniable that using sports events to advertise a brand not only raises its recognition and revenues but also helps athletes ease their financial burdens. Teenagers often idolize their favorite celebrities, such as singers or sports athletes, which encourages them to buy products or merchandise endorsed by these celebrities. For example, news reports indicate that after Ronaldo, a well-known soccer player, became a spokesperson for Pepsi, the company’s revenue increased considerably by one third. Additionally, sponsoring sports results in reduced costs for equipment provided to athletes, which allows them to focus on their careers rather than financial concerns.

In conclusion, while there are some potential drawbacks associated with financially supporting sports, I firmly believe that the benefits outweigh the disadvantages. Sponsorship in sports helps companies build their brand and profits while reducing athletes’ financial stress.

Sample 9:

Today’s business world has become highly competitive. Many transnational companies, therefore, sponsor popular sports events so as to stay competitive or advertise themselves. However, many seem to have a positive opinion about this, yet others believe the influence of these corporations on sports through sponsorship deals has a detrimental effect. In my view, the advantage beneficiaries secure from sponsorships can outweigh its negative impacts.

There are two significant drawbacks to corporate sponsorship deals in sports events. One of the major disadvantages is the reputational risk. The key source of reputational risk is heightened sensitivity to the detrimental health impacts of some product classes, such as alcohol, tobacco, and junk foods that are enriched with sugar, salt or fat that may translate it into contentious for a sporting spirit to partner with corporations of these product categories. Another major disadvantage is the operational risk. To illustrate, operational risk takes place when sponsors demand to change the format or rules of the event, or when they exert undue influence on the event’s timing, content, and even participants.

Sports sponsorships by multinational companies, however, also confer many advantages. For a start, sponsorship very often is regarded as a vital source for operational expenditures of an event. The operating budget for many renowned sports events relies solely on the sponsorship revenue; the failure to get sponsorships is more than likely to cancel the event entirely. A case in point is the 2011 Colorado Springs Pro XCT event, a professional mountain biking competition. The event was cancelled owing to the lack of financial sponsorship. Apart from that, sponsorships also reap benefits to the players or athletes as it covers costs, for example, match fees, kit, equipment, accommodation, and so on. Corporate sponsorships thus offer many decisive advantages.

To conclude, while there are some disadvantages, the beneficiaries of the benefits can reap from corporate sponsorship are enormous. Therefore, I think that the advantages of sponsorships negate the shortcomings that stem from this business and partnership agreement.

Sample 10:

Global sport is a multi-million-dollar industry, and many corporates vie one another to bag publicity by spending money for its conduct. Many are of the view that MNCs bearing the expenditure of conducting such events is right, but others argue that it has demerits. Both these contrasting viewpoints are examined in this essay before stating my opinion.

On one hand, large conglomerates sponsoring mega sports events get wide publicity of their products through audio-visual media besides illuminated billboards and banners at the venue. To elaborate, PepsiCo International has been incurring millions for organizing international cricket matches. Carbonated beverages produced by the company are not only advertised but also these are freely distributed to the participants which ensure wide acceptance for the same. Thus, such sponsoring of sports tournaments elicits media coverage to the company in particular and the game in general.

On the other hand, such companies select and support only sports events which are popular and have wide viewership. This paves the path for other regional sports and sportsmen to be ignored who find it difficult to achieve financial support and global exposure. It is in evidence on record that athletes of lesser-known events either find it hard to survive or to participate in costly competitions because multinational corporates sponsor only games of high repute. Many clippings on television news channels and radio news would substantiate my contention. Hence, it can be stated that companies have been promoting certain sports only for their own benefit.

Having critically examined both perspectives, it is unambiguously opined that large business houses have been sponsoring sports only for self- aggrandizement. Such promotions deny opportunities for less popular sports and games; thereby many sportsmen get ignored. It is hoped that right-thinking entrepreneurs would extend support to financially weak athletes irrespective of their sport or game.

Sample 11:

Many believe that the influence of multinational companies on sports through sponsorship deals has a harmful effect. In my opinion, while advertising creates potential conflicts of interest, this is a positive situation overall as it funds the sports industry.

The growing primacy of sponsorships in sports can be problematic when it precipitates an ethical dilemma. In recent years, many Middle Eastern corporate entities linked closely to governments with poor human rights records such as Saudi Arabia and Qatar have purchased and are now endorsed by major footballing leagues and teams. This raises the question of whether such leagues should accept morally bankrupt ownership. A similar example was seen in the NBA recently, which has signed various lucrative sponsorships with Chinese companies and was put in a difficult position when a league executive expressed support for the independence movement in Hong Kong. The league was forced to backtrack amid pressure of boycotts from China.

Nonetheless, advertising is a key part of the viewing experience fans have come to expect. The advertisements themselves are slightly annoying at best, but they allow leagues to make games widely available to watch and guarantee the salaries of the best players. Most games, whether it be football, basketball, tennis or another sport, can be viewed for free on major television networks or online. Advertising allows the distributors and owners to earn enough for this to be a viable option. Moreover, leagues do not operate in a vacuum. If one league banned all advertising, then players would simply switch to play somewhere else where salaries are higher. Advertising is therefore an unavoidable, crucial prerequisite to having the top players.

In conclusion, the fan benefits outweigh the pernicious impact of sponsorship deals in sport. It is regardless important for leagues to balance competing ethical, economic, and entertainment priorities.

Sample 12:

The way of advertisement has changed over time, nowadays sponsorship is common among the other ways. Some argue that there are many benefits to advertising, while other people think it has more drawbacks. Both views are valid; in my opinion, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.

On the one hand, some people claimed that advertising is modern art, and it is a key part of modern business. The most obvious advantage is that companies can tell us about their product, without it we have fewer choices. For example, most of the people know Nick and Adidas brand through their advertising in the world cup of football. Also, advertising is a creative industry that employs many people, without it, there would be high unemployment.

Some companies sponsor sports as a way to advertise themselves. On the other hand, although, there are advantages of sponsorship they are also some disadvantages. Sometimes advertisements can manipulate people, especially in cloth trends. Furthermore, as we live in a consumer culture, advertisement companies persuade us to follow the latest trend and encourage us to associate a certain brand with a higher status. Moreover, children can easily be influenced by the advertisement and some of them put pressure on a parent to buy think. For instance, my smallest brother asked my father to upgrade his phone with every new series.

To sum up, the benefit of sponsorships is a controversial topic, in my point of view the advantages of it outweigh the disadvantages.

Sample 1:

In the modern era, obtaining a credit card has become a simple process, granting individuals greater access to funds and enabling them to make purchases with ease. Despite the potential issues that may arise for those unable to repay their debts, I believe the advantages of credit cards significantly outweigh the disadvantages.

One of the primary advantages of credit cards is the convenience they offer. Credit cards enable users to make purchases without carrying large sums of cash, minimizing the risk of theft or loss. Additionally, credit cards allow individuals to make purchases online or in foreign countries, simplifying transactions and increasing accessibility to a wider range of products and services. Furthermore, credit cards provide financial flexibility, as they enable users to cover unexpected expenses and pay off the balance over time, thereby easing potential financial stress.

Another notable advantage of credit cards is the consumer protection they provide. Many credit card companies offer features such as fraud protection, allowing users to dispute unauthorized charges and avoid financial loss. This added security promotes consumer confidence in making transactions, both online and in person. An example is the fraud protection feature provided by Visa. Imagine a situation where a cardholder discovers a fraudulent online transaction. Visa's fraud protection policy allows this cardholder to dispute the charge, and after a brief investigation, the credit card company confirms the transaction was indeed unauthorized.

In conclusion, while the misuse of credit cards can result in financial difficulties for some individuals, I believe that the advantages of credit cards outweigh the potential drawbacks.

Sample 2:

Credit card or plastic money is the latest phenomenon and offer a very efficient way to do transactions without handling the actual money. The booming of banking sectors in recent years, on the other hand, has made it possible to apply for and get a credit card more easily than ever before. While the credit card offers a risk-free and convenient way of shopping or making any transactions, it has its demerits like becoming defaulter to the bank. My belief is that credit cards have far more advantages than the disadvantages they offer.

Initially, the credit card is easy to carry and possesses little risk of robbery and pickpocketing. The security system of a credit card makes it virtually impossible for a thief to steal someone’s credit card and use it. On the contrary, carrying a large sum of money is quite risky. From this regards, plastic money or better known as the credit card has made it possible to do hassle free transactions.

Secondly, by nature credit cards allow people to take credit from the bank and purchase their necessities from shops. From this perspective, it offers great economic freedom to people. Online shopping or e-commerce business has become so popular because of the online credit card transaction facilities. Many small online shops can run their business and get payment instantly only because of the innovation of credit cards and online payment. A shop owner is no longer doing local business and his customers come from every corner of the world and thanks to the credit card for making this happen.

Finally, the credit card allows banks to mobilise money, and this is quite an important aspect of the economic growth of a country. Think about the millions of transactions happening every hour via credit cards and their impact on mobilising the money and that would allow you to fully appreciate the importance of credit cards in the global economy.

Undeniably there are some disadvantages of credit cards especially when people cannot repay the amount they have already spent or when they are hacked. However, this cannot degrade the usefulness of plastic money in the modern era. Banks should never grant credit cards to people with bad credit records or to someone who does not have the economic stability to actually afford it. In fact, the credit limit imposed on every credit card actually does restrain people from being extravagant and becoming a bad creditor.

In conclusion, every technology has some negative aspects and that does not make the technology bad itself. Bank authorities should make strict rules about allowing credit cards to someone, and people should be more frugal when spending money they are obliged to return. Credit cards have so many advantages that make our life easier while the negative impacts could easily be controlled.

Sample 3:

The world today has become a majorly cashless society and the use of plastic money has crept in. Plastic money as one refers to it means the use of credit cards and debit cards instead of real paper money. Credit cards have made people’s lives easier since they have reduced the use of paper money to quite an extent which in turn has made the mode of payment simpler with just a swipe.

Many countries including India as well, most of the people have credit cards as they are very easy to obtain from the banks which issue them. People from all walks of life, be it a student, a businessman or even a homemaker have a number of credit cards with which they make everyday payments for something or the other. The best part about owning one is that a person does not have to carry cash all the time and is also less time-consuming as no money needs to be withdrawn from the account for any payments. These days all kinds of payments can be made with a credit card via the internet whether it is shopping online or payment of bills. Even if people do not have sufficient money in their savings account, a credit card can be used for payment up to a certain limit.

Though a credit card may seem the need of the hour by many people in this seemingly cashless society, it may have certain repercussions like overspending. People who are impulsive shoppers may spend money uselessly on items that are not required by them just because they have the capacity to pay via a credit card though they do not actually have the money. This creates debts for such people which leads to the accrual of debts. The return of the money overdrawn on a credit card attracts an interest, late or non-payment of this will lead to this interest being added to the actual amount. Hence, people will fall into debt unable to come out of it which might also lead to legal consequences as well.

In can be concluded that a credit card does make life easier for people in terms of payment for purchases made in today’s era but one should be careful not to be too free in its use and have a frugal attitude towards its usage.

Sample 4:

In today’s modern society, the use of credit cards is ubiquitous, which leads people to question whether this is a beneficial development. I think the advantages of credit cards far outweigh their disadvantages.

Having a credit card guarantees many benefits for you. The first benefit is that it reduces cash usage, which means being safer and more convenient for cardholders. For example, cardholders conveniently do not have to carry around lots of cash, which means that they are at a lower risk of being robbed. Another reason why credit cards are safer than cash is that they have PINs, which discourage thefts. The second benefit is that, because each bank now has its credit card, they offer various unique features to appeal to their customers. For example, most credit cards have a cashback or reward program. This cashback can save cardholders lots of money when grocery shopping, while the reward points can sometimes be converted to free trips or hotel bookings.  

However, there are still some drawbacks to having credit cards, which is why many people still choose to pay by cash. The tendency to overspend is one major problem with credit cardholders. Because credit cards allow users to spend more than the amount in their account balance, many users indulge in their spending, thus incur debts when they cannot pay back by the end of the month. Another problem is that credit cards are often targets for scams. Many people carelessly share information that might be answers to their security questions, like their relatives’ names, or the model of their first car, which makes scammers’ jobs easier. Another mistake when using credit cards is to take pictures of your credit card number, along with the PIN, since it is easy to hack into your phone to retrieve this information.  

In conclusion, although credit cards have their drawbacks, like the risk of overspending or being targets of scammers, I still think that the convenience and safety that it offers far outweigh its disadvantages.

Sample 1:

It is impregnable that marriage life brings numerous challenges and responsibilities every person needs to face. The world has evolved and changed in many ways, principally regarding the marriage perspective. A few segments claim that it is important to be responsible for becoming an equal shareholder to manage the pace of living in families, whereas others believe the opposite. However, both spouses should share responsibilities equally. There are several benefits and drawbacks which I would like to clarify that length in the upcoming paragraphs to come.

To begin with, it is implied that marriage life could not be managed by a single person even if it requires both husband and wife’s contribution to share the responsibility of funding for a home; this means if they do not cooperate, it might result in a huge impact on their lifestyle. To make this clear, becoming a bright winner for a whole family is not a piece of cake, even if it puts immense pressure on one shoulder. For instance, thousands of the words happened all across the world with the reason that both parents are unable to build a team a strong bonding and cause ample conflict and dispute which removes their understanding note further, to ensure all financial stability they gain in good economic state and understanding in one place. Some issues would occur within the stability between the two genders and are unable to maintain their wealth relationship; as a result, children would suffer from drastic consequences and impact badly.

On the other hand, in this fast and personal life, both the husband and wife are busy with intense work-life for families and neglect their children’s lifestyle, which directly impacts children’s mental health. For instance, children need sample morals and ethics in their developing stage of children are deprived of these assets. As a result, they would not survive in future. In addition, this drawback brings about mental disorders. Moreover, if parents are involved in rat races and avoid children’s space, youngsters are unable to develop skills and abilities.

To conclude, both spouses need to earn equal to handle their expenditure of families, but they also spend their quality time giving an immense lesson to their children.

Sample 2:

In modern Indian society, the flow of relational unions is advancing, and the part of each accomplice in contributing to the family's budgetary well-being has ended up a theme of dialog. I am inclined to concur that it is the shared duty of both companions to earn a living for the family. Firstly, financial autonomy is significant in today's competitive world. With the rising fetched of living and the complexity of budgetary commitments, depending exclusively on one’s pay may pose challenges. When both partners contribute financially, it not only ensures a more stable financial foundation but also provides a sense of security and shared responsibility. Additionally, shared budgetary obligations cultivate a sense of uniformity and association inside the marriage. Conventional sex parts that dole out gaining as essentially the husband's obligation are progressively seen as obsolete. Grasping the thought of both companions contributing to the family salary advances a more adjusted and libertarian relationship. In any case, it is imperative to recognize the differing qualities of family structures and personal inclinations. Whereas shared monetary obligations may work for a few couples, others may want distinctive courses of action based on their interesting circumstances.

In conclusion, I accept that, to an expansive degree, it is the duty of both companions to contribute to the family's budgetary well-being. This not only addresses the viable viewpoints of cutting-edge living but also advances uniformity and collaboration inside relational unions.

Sample 3:

These days, in marriage life, a few individuals think that it is exceptionally critical to handle the monetary burden of living costs for both spouses and spouses. In my point of see, couples ought to be treated similarly, but there are a few benefits and disadvantages with respect to morals.

There are various reasons for defenders of working couples to supply financial help to the family. To begin with, of all, cash is an unavoidable portion of human life. So, in the event that any family has more than one asset for gaining at that point, they can survive the hardship exceptionally effectively since they can spare much more cash as compared to the others. In addition, life partners can satisfy the requests of their children, on the off chance that they are fiscally free as they have excess cash to pay expenses and bills for their instruction and high-standard way of life.

On the other hand, everybody has distinctive obligations in a family. It could be a common conviction that spouses utilized to work exterior to win, whereas spouses chose to do family chores, including cooking, cleaning, and looking after their children. In expansion, females got to get ready nourishment for their kids as well as their spouses; at that point, they get time to do a few rests. It could be an exceptionally depleting and upsetting obligation. Thus, they are not able to go out to work. Besides, most working guardians don't have time to spend with their other family individuals which makes an unfavorable impact on their family bonding.

In conclusion, females can go out for employment to bolster their families, but they ought to learn almost time administration that can offer assistance to them to satisfy their family and work duties.

Sample 4:

Within the final few decades, there has been a colossal alteration in relational unions to remain cheerful. Few people accept that the obligations of winning ought to be partitioned between accomplices, whereas others are contradicted by it. Be that as it may, I emphatically concur with the given articulation due to a few conceivable reasons such as the monetary emergency and the taking after passages will dilate both positions with lucid examples.

To start with, the first reason to concur is to assist each other in everyday incomes. To clarify assist, in this costly world, there's no question that it is following to outlandish for a single companion to handle all costs on their claim because of tall charges on things such as goods. To embody, a parcel of accomplices is working full-time to remain fiscally steady, especially in creating nations like Canada, Britain, etc. In expansion, working alone in a family isn't only difficult to create cash but also for well-being. This implies that the spouse or spouse has got to make efforts to satisfy the fundamental needs of the family such as lease, bills etc. which eventually influence his/her well-being such as push, discouragement etc. In this way, it is one of the finest thoughts to share duties together to run a cheerful life.

On the other side, the primary critical reason to disagree is work-life adjustment which suggests both companions are not able to distinguish between work and individual life. This can be primarily due to no time for each other. According to Americans thinks about, 80% reason for divorces is because of no time for each other around the world. Additionally, this issue not only affects the partners but also their children, who may feel alone at home. This situation makes children anti-social, depressive etc. For illustration, in created nations, half of the youngsters are suffering from anti-social behavior since they have a propensity of remaining alone. In this way, this contention influences guardians as well as kids.

In conclusion, there's no question that sharing the living takes a toll on companions has some negative impacts such as slanted in divorce rates, and children's mental well-being, other than that it has more positives such as sharing push with each other, and monetary solidness. Be that as it may, they ought to discuss with each other counting house chores sometime recently joining the endeavor.

Sample 5:

Many these days contend that both spouses should work and provide for the entire family. In my opinion, though advisable in certain circumstances, it is preferable to subdivide roles within a family.

Those who support this argument focus on the righteousness of empowering women in marriages. Historically, women did not have the freedom in most cultures to work. In recent decades, as women have gained more rights both formally and informally in society, this has allowed them to extend themselves through their careers. Connected to this empowerment is also a sense of duty. Not only do women now have the opportunity to work and develop their full potential, but they also have the privilege of taking on greater responsibility. The end result is they can both help alleviate financial burdens at home and gain improved self-esteem.

However, a clear division of responsibilities in a family is the best way to nurture one’s child. If both parents work, as has become increasingly common in Western nations, there is a strong likelihood the children will be neglected. Though affluent families can mitigate this drawback with a nanny to look after the children and a cleaner, this is a poor substitute for the love of one’s actual parents. Moreover, most working-class families must simply work harder at their jobs and at home. This can produce significant fatigue over the long term and cause parents to feel powerless, overextended, and even lead to anxiety conditions and depression.

In conclusion, ideally both parents would have jobs but in reality, this does not allow for proper balance in a family. This does not imply that only males should have jobs as either the husband or wife can become the primary earner.

Sample 1:

As a result of constant media attention, sports professionals in my country have become celebrities, and those at the top are paid huge salaries. Just like movie stars, they live extravagant lifestyles with huge houses and cars. Many people find their rewards unfair, especially when comparing their salaries with those of top surgeons or research scientists or even leading politicians who have the responsibility of governing the country. However, sports professionals' salaries are not determined by considering the contribution to society a person makes, or the level of responsibility he or she holds. Instead, they reflect the public popularity of the sport in general and the level of public support that successful stars can generate. So, the notion of ‘fairness’ is not the issue here.

Those who feel that sports stars’ salaries are justified might argue that the numbers of professionals with real talent are very few, and the money is recognition of the skills and dedication a person needs to be successful. Competition is constant and a player is tested every time they perform in their relatively short career. The pressure from the media is intense and there is little privacy out of the spotlight. There is a huge number of sports people compared to those who have become successful and have a huge salary. It takes lots of practice, skills and time to become a sports icon. Again, sports personalities like Sachin Tendulkar, Tiger Woods, Shane Warne inspire the new generation to be attracted to the games they play. So, all of these factors may justify the huge earnings of the sports personality.

The first reason why I think that such a high salary is deserved by famous athletes and entertainers is because we all need them. Entertainment plays an essential role in our every day’s life. We need to relax, watching TV with our favourite TV stars or favourite football players. Entertainment is one of the best ways to eliminate stress and tension and leave all troubles behind. For example, I cannot stay home all day long without watching TV. So, basically, I believe that famous athletes and entertainers have such high salaries because we need them. They are like doctors for our minds and souls. Scientists say that people usually spend the same amount of money for their food and entertainment. I think this fact tells a lot.

The second reason for this is that famous athletes have to work hard in order to get good results. I am sure that the achievements they make are the result of hard work, persistence and pain. They sometimes risk their lives and health. For example, I am a big fan of L. Amstrong, the most famous cyclist in world's history. He faced probably the most challenging difficulty in his life, cancer. He was very young for this disease. Amstrong was in his early twenties when he found out about it. I read a book about his life, and what impressed me were his words after his victory in France. He said: "Cancer was the best thing that ever happened to me ". He defeated the disease only because he believed in himself and did not give up. I think such a person deserves to have a high salary and be loved by many people throughout the world.

Personally, I think that the amount of money such sports stars make is more justified than the huge earnings of movie stars, but at the same time, it indicates that our society places more value on the sport than on the essential professions and achievements.

Sample 2:

Cristiano Ronaldo, David Beckham, Tiger woods are some famous sports professionals who earn a great deal. The reason behind these great deals is the constant media attention to them. However, it is true that they do not contribute too much to society like doctors and scientists.

Sports professionals who earn a great deal of money are the hard workers in their respective field. They use all their efforts for the success of their ones and of their teams. The people with real talent in the field are very few, that is why they are worth the deal. Even more, a player has a short career, and he is tested in that period with the massive competition on the respective field. The pressure of the media is intense and there is no privacy in their life. So, this can also justify the huge earnings.

However, sports professionals do not contribute more to the society. Other high-profile professionals like doctors make a great contribution to the society by treating sick and injured people. Furthermore, scientists who work for the new invention and climate change also contribute more for the society. If we favour these points, then they must have a great deal of money. However, the salary of sports professionals is not determined by the percentage they contribute to society.

Personally, I think the mega deal of money sports professionals received is more justified than the huge earnings of the movie stars. This also points out the importance and value of sports as compared to other professions and achievements.

Sample 3:

Nowadays, sports professionals are obtaining more attention from people from all over the world. Media is one of the main reasons that make a person get fame in no time. So, sports people are being treated like celebrities worldwide. To give a piece of one's mind, talented sports people should be compensated with more pay.

To be at loggerheads, some might feel this suggestion is unfair. It is a fact that not all the sports stars are more talented than the people who work in other esteemed professions such as doctors, scientists and politicians. They play an important role in the growth of their nation. Whereas sports persons play for themselves by using their country's name only as a label, sometimes they bring success and fame for the whole nation. Because of media, people give keen attention to sports celebrities and treat other professions scornfully.

In an honour bound, those who have mere talents must be paid a huge amount of money. It is indeed that not all sports persons are successful in their careers. People who have the audacity and hard-working nature are the one who relishes with the victory. Even though they play for their personal goal, achievements they make in sports also make the nation very proud. Considering this reason, it is fully justified to let a sports person earn a great deal of money.

To conclude, the sports professionals with suffice tendency to accomplish something in their career are justified to acquire huge earnings. It clearly depicts that sports professions have more value than other essential professions around the world.

Sample 4:

Nowadays, famous athletes earn huge amounts of money while even great scientists’ income can hardly reach one-tenth of them. People have been sharply polarised by this issue; hence, few people can be found in the middle position. But what does each group state?

Advocates of talented sportsmen claim they are unique in their field. They can absorb the attention of hundreds of millions on TV screens as a consequence of their brilliant performance. Therefore, either the manager of matches or team owners can advertise in prime time or on their jerseys and make fortunes. In economic terms, supply and demand dictate commodities prices in the market. If a strong demand and a severe shortage exist for these heroes, why should they undervalue themselves? After all, this is how capitalism works.

On the opposite front, a vast crowd feels this reality is an injustice. They argue that those who are high achievers in other fields are unique, too. Furthermore, they compare the net income of some gifted scholars with mediocre football players and the outcome is awful in their viewpoint. Surely, all scientists don’t earn the same, but even Noble laureates earn less than sports celebrities. For instance, one of my genius colleagues complains non-stop, comparing his salary with a renowned superstar, Ronaldo. Although he has a good wage in comparison with our coworkers, he needs to save all his earnings to reach Ronaldo’s weekly income level.

All in all, I think both parties have some elements of truth in their remarks. Nonetheless, the reality, however harsh it is, will not vary unless the economic system evolves. Capitalism is not a matter of morality. To make it ethical, in my point of view, a tax code with no loopholes should be in place which has higher rates for those with multimillion monthly packages to compensate this bitter situation and dedicate this money to the well-being of humanity.

Sample 5:

There is no hesitation in saying that celebrities like film stars and sports stars are paid considerably higher amounts of money than those who are in important professions like bureaucracy, doctors and engineers.

Generally, sport starts, apart from excelling in their game, they also entertain a large number of people. This naturally gets the attention of the public and the media. So, they became very popular. Commercial product manufacturers take advantage of this popularity, and they use these famous personalities to promote their product by paying ample amount of money. A great example for this is Sachin Tendulkar, a famous cricketer in India, who is treated as the god of cricket. He acted in many advertisement films supporting numerous mercenary brands. Most of his income is from this job rather than from batting in the field. This proves that celebrities earn more money by influencing society than doing their own job.

On the other hand, the main reason for the people in crucial professions is not paid as much as sports stars are due to lack of identification. These people normally stick to their own job and most importantly the outcomes of their jobs are not entertaining. Also, media doesn’t show interest in focusing their work. Even if a documentary is telecasted on their achievements, people just watch and ignore it. A great example of this is Mr. Vishweswar, who was a chief architect of one of the major irrigation projects in India. In his project, the design of the reservoir is so amazing that it has become the key resource of water for thousands of hectors of cultivating the land. Though his achievement contributed major role in the eradication of poverty in south India by reducing the cost of farming, he was not paid any extra money for this. This proves that people can’t become wealthy by helping the society.

In conclusion, I strongly feel that the attitude of the people should change. They should identify the real heroes. Every individual should realise that the people who give benefits to the society should get paid more that those who entertain them.

Sample 6:

There are many disputes over the high salaries of the top sports people. Although reasons can be given for unjustified this, personally I believe that sports professionals deserve these high wages.

Many people believe that top sports people earn too much money that they don’t deserve due to two main reasons. First reason: people believe that sports professionals do not provide a vital service to communities like other important professionals do. Football players, for example, earn enormous salaries by simply kicking a ball is something they often refer to. The second reason: while life would be difficult without doctors, engineers and other vital professionals, people could all live happily without professional sports stars.

On the other hand, I would argue that there are many causes to support the high income in sport. Firstly, people who reach the highest level in sport must be highly skilled and talented. They take training and practise every day to reach this level of professionalism. So, hard-working and dedicated workers deserve high wages. Secondly, the sports professional is more susceptible to serious injury. If they get hurt, they need more money to recover and support their families meanwhile. Also, they will not be playing the sports they play for the rest of their life. Most athletes retire after the age of forty or sometimes even earlier. Finally, sports salaries are only high because sports fans are willing to pay much money to watch their favourite stars.

In conclusion, there are convincing arguments both for and against sports professional high salaries, but I believe that they deserve the salaries they currently earn.

Sample 7:

The world of sports is a multimillion-dollar industry. Around the globe, people flock to sporting events or watch their favourite teams faithfully each week on television. As a result, professional sports athletes receive huge salaries - well above, for example, those of doctors, lawyers, teachers or social workers. There is some debate about whether such outrageously high salaries are justified.

On the one hand, sport is viewed as a professional career, in which the top players should rightly earn high salaries. Athletes train rigorously from an early age to become peak performers in their field. They face tremendous pressure in each and every game, match or competition. Their personal lives are compromised, and they lose all privacy. At the same time, their strong achievements bring honour and attention, not only to themselves, but also to their teams, schools, cities or countries.

On the other hand, various professions contribute to making our world run smoothly. Doctors put in at least ten years of grueling study and internship; their work saves lives. Teachers educate and inspire young people to be responsible citizens: their efforts produce the citizens of tomorrow. Social workers rescue individuals facing physical, mental and psychological challenges: their intervention creates safer societies.

Yet, professionals in the fields above usually struggle to get by, despite their meaningful and critical contribution to the world. In my view, paying enormous salaries to sportspeople is unnecessary. We need to reconsider our social priorities and eliminate the great disparity in income received by diverse professionals. By doing so, we can build societies in which each one feels valued, appreciated and appropriately compensated for their own vocation or specialization.

Sample 8:

It is a well-known fact that highly successful athletes can earn significantly more than their counterparts in other professions. Some say it is completely justified, while others say it is completely unjustified. It's not fair to the other highly valued professions, in my opinion.

On the one hand, there are individuals who have the opinion that famous video game players are deserving of a significant amount of money due to the fact that they not only create a world record for their country but also represent the nation all over the world, thereby making the people of all nations feel proud. In addition, they can achieve all of this with a healthy diet and sufficient practice time. Therefore, it is completely acceptable to earn significantly more than people in other fields.

However, there are those who believe it is fundamentally wrong to associate with those of different cultural backgrounds. First, non-athletes spend more time on important fieldwork than athletes do. For instance, a scientist may come up with novel chemical formulas, medical treatments, technological advancements, and so on. As a result of this, they miss out on opportunities to enjoy life. Second, military workers sometimes gave their lives for their country and its citizens but were ultimately unable to become famous or wealthy as a result.

It's not fair, in my opinion, to the other field workers who put in long hours and sacrifice their time for the greater good of society and the country. Doctors, for instance, are willing to put their own lives in danger in order to save the lives of their patients. As a result, it's only fair that others get paid more.

Finally, while some may believe that successful athletes are entitled to higher salaries than other professionals, others may view such disparity as unfair. In my opinion, this is unfair to other accomplished individuals in the same field.

Sample 9:

More and more people all over the world are paying attention to professional athletes today. The media is a major factor in a person's rapid rise to fame. Thus, athletes are currently enjoying the same level of global acclaim as celebrities. Talented athletes should be paid more so that they don't have to give their opinions away for free.

One possible disagreement that could arise is that some may find this proposal unfair. It's a well-known fact that not all famous athletes are more gifted than, say, doctors, scientists, or politicians. In many ways, they are crucial to the development of their country. Athletes often compete independently, using their country's name as a label; however, when they achieve greatness, the entire country benefits. It's largely due to the media that the public pays so much attention to athletes while dismissing those in other fields.

Those who are bound by an honour obligation must be compensated with an enormous sum of money if they possess merely talents. It is a well-known fact that not all athletes enjoy a prosperous career in their chosen field. People who are naturally fearless and willing to put in lots of effort are the ones who get to savour the spoils of victory. Even though they are playing for their own personal goals, the accomplishments they achieve in sports cause the nation to feel a great deal of pride. When this factor is taken into consideration, it is completely acceptable to allow a sportsperson to earn a significant amount of money.

To summarize, it is reasonable for a sports professional to make a significant amount of money if he or she has a sufficient tendency to accomplish something during their career. It is very clear that the value of working in sports is significantly higher than the value of working in other essential professions around the world.

Sample 10:

There are a lot of disagreements regarding the extremely high salaries that top athletes make. Even though there are reasons that can be given to justify this, in my opinion, it is still unjustified that sports professionals make such high salaries.

Many people think the highest-paid athletes make too much money and don't deserve it for these two main reasons. People think sports professionals don't serve communities like other important professionals. The first reason, football players often mention their huge salaries for kicking a ball. The second reason is that while life would be harder without doctors, engineers, and other essential workers, people could live without professional athletes.

However, I would contend that there are many reasons to support the high income in sports. First of all, those who make it to the pinnacle of their sport need to be exceptionally talented and skilled. They put in the time and effort every day to learn and perfect their craft. That's why people who put in a lot of effort should be compensated well for their efforts. Secondly, the athlete has a higher risk of severe injury because of their profession. If they get injured, they will require additional funds to facilitate their recovery and continue providing for their families. Furthermore, they will not be able to continue participating in the sports they currently do. When they reach their forties, or sometimes earlier, most athletes call it quits. Finally, the reason why athletes get paid so much is that sports fans are willing to pay a lot to see their favourite teams and players play live.

In conclusion, I acknowledge that there are compelling arguments both for and against the high salaries that sports professionals currently earn, but I maintain that they are justified.

Sample 11:

Successful sports professionals can earn a great deal more money than people in other important professions. Some people think this is fully justified while others think it is unfair. Discuss both these views and give your opinion

People have different views about the salary among people. While some argue that it seems wrong when professional athletes receive higher incomes than people in other vital fields, I believe that this is entirely fair.

On the one hand, I understand why it can be argued that it is unjust for sports stars to have higher salaries than other professionals. Perhaps the major argument is that while athletes only give pleasure, people in medical and educational professions play far more vital roles in society. For example, new drugs invented by scientists could save millions of people’s life from diseases, and a teacher could provide a wealth of knowledge for students, helping them to have better chances to secure employment in the future. Indeed, without such professionals, countries could not develop and even be adversely affected. Therefore, it seems only right that they should be given higher salaries to make greater contributions to the community.

On the other hand, I am of the opinion that professional sports athletes deserve higher salaries. Firstly, in order to have exceptional skills and fitness required, constant hard training is necessary, and this takes great commitment, dedication, and passion. Bodybuilders, for example, have to spend a great deal of time working out at the gym on a daily basis and follow a special diet that an ordinary person might fail to do. Secondly, achievements that they attain in international competitions could bring great honour and pride to their own countries. Finally, it is easy to see that sports personalities have a short career in comparison with other professions. For instance, while doctors can work until they are 60, footballers normally retire at their early 30s.

In conclusion, although I acknowledge that professionals such as teachers or scientists play a pivotal role in society, I would contend that it is equitable for talented sports athletes to earn higher incomes.

Sample 1:

The topic of whether boys and girls should be taught in mixed schools has been a contentious issue ever since the initiation of women’s rights movements. Some argue that the practice of teaching boys and girls in the same school should be upheld, while others refute this.  Both sides of this debate will be analysed in this essay before a reasoned conclusion is drawn.

In one camp, it is believed that educating boys and girls in a co-education system reaps numerous bounties. For example, most women rights activists contend that instructing males and females together enhances the understanding between the two genders. This equips members of both genders with the necessary skills which can later be transferred into their personal lives, and as result enjoy a higher degree of matrimonial bliss. Thus, it is clear why many people support the idea of co-education.

On the other hand, many consider the practice of educating girls and boys separately is best. For example, Saudi Arabia is often mocked for its conservative culture. Despite this, Saudi Arabia has one of the lowest rape and sexual assault rates in the world. One of the reasons cited for this is the segregation on the basis of gender in the educational institutes. When looking at this side of the debate, the benefits that are derived from separate schools for girls and boys can be seen.

Although both sides of this argument have indisputable virtues, it is felt that practice of educating male and female pupils in the same school is much more of a positive development than negative. Therefore, it is hoped that the trend of co-education schools will continue to be the norm the world over into the foreseeable future.

Sample 2:

Nowadays, the co-educational system is considered the best option in many countries. Some believe that it is better that young females and males study separately, while others mention that studying together can be more beneficial. I will discuss both sides and will give my opinion.

On the one hand, those believing that education systems should be a separate gender-based system have their own reasons. One is that this method can be safer. Every year, numerous sexual offences are reported by the local or national news, regarding of rape or other inappropriate sexual behaviours, especially in countries permitting both genders to study in one school. However, studying in single-gender institutions can reduce the rate of these figures. As a prime example, thousands of sexual assaults are reported in the U.S. schools annually but had the government considered unisex education, these rates would have dramatically decreased. Another reason is that this system may raise religious conflicts. In some countries, some opponents are not interested in sending their children to these types of schools, and this has become a hot potato between different religious groups. For instance, French Islamic citizens prefer their children to study in a single sex school, whereas the administration admits both genders in one educational place.

On the other hand, I personally give a green light to those supporting the co-educational system. The first reason behind it is that this system definitely would be less costly. Clearly, to divide girls and boys, governments have to spend more money on education because they cannot use empty spaces of a female school for a male one, or vice versa. As a result, less educational facilities should be provided for scholars, declining the total education budget. Furthermore, this method can improve students’ communication skills. Obviously, having a better relationship with the opposite sex, juveniles will have a closer relationship not only during their study but during their matrimonial life. They generally have fewer marriage problems with their partner due to having a better experience before. In this way, Sigmund Freud, a very familiar former psychologist, believe that humans’ social skills are fundamentally developed as they have closer feelings to their opposite sex during childhood.

In conclusion, although in some countries co-educational system is not popular, I agree with it. Not only can this approach save governmental budget, but it also helps youth develop better relationships with the opposite gender. Hopefully, a global tendency will propagate this method of education in the near future.

Sample 3:

In this era of globalisation, “education” has become a part of every individual’s identity. But the bone of contention is whether to get educated in separate or co-education schools. This has been a debatable topic since the inception of the education system. The following essay will discuss the beneficial aspects of both schools and my opinion.

In regard to the citizens who believe that segregated schools are better places for their children, there are several positive impacts; firstly, it is believed that when boys and girls are separated, it would make them more disciplined. Secondly, they tend to be more focused on studies rather than being distracted by all fantasies of teenage. So, this would likely bring out them with flying colours and prosper in life.

On the flip side, it is undeniable that co-education schools are also far more beneficial. This is because the interaction which occurs in this environment between boys and girls creates a healthy relationship, which naturally tends to make them more comfortable in later stages of life. This is not all; this education system makes her free from shyness and fear. For illustration, if a girl who is educated in co-education school joins a company for a job, she will feel free to communicate and socialise with others, since she would have shredded all her hesitations and nervousness in her school days. This would definitely lead her on the right path both in career and life.

In a nutshell, mixed education imparts more and more benefits to students, and these would facilitate them to progress in life. In my perspective, when both genders are educated together, it would bring out the best citizens who could serve as a bearer for posterity by making them aware of their own limits and the culture of the society.

Sample 4:

The question of boys and girls being taught in the same or disparate institutions is rather contentious, sparking numerous conversations. Some opine that boys and girls should be taught in different schools, while others think they benefit more from attending co-educational institutions. I agree with the latter and in this essay, I will delve into both sides of the issue.

Firstly, activists campaigning for gender equality opine that instructing boys and girls in the same environment creates an atmosphere of reciprocal understanding and promotes equality between them. It also reduces gender stereotypes as boys and girls get to interact with each other. Co-educational institutions also make room for mutual respect and socialisation, along with providing opportunities for synergetic effort from both boys and girls. Furthermore, it offers every child a sense of healthy competition, allowing boys and girls to compete with and learn from each other, which builds their confidence. Lastly, it teaches girls that they too can work and contribute equally like their male classmates, which later on encourages them to pursue and seek career opportunities. This has a positive impact on the growth of any nation by having both men and women contribute equally to the economy and bolster it.

Contrastingly, advocates for education to be segregated state that boys and girls studying together may prove to be distracting. Some even suggest that boys and girls learn in different ways and teaching in separate schools can be adapted to accommodate such differences. Moreover, others suggest that separate educational institutions ensure there is diminished bullying and gender discrimination faced by girls.

In conclusion, it can be said that while separate schools can have their benefits, co-educational institutions are more advantageous for the purpose of educating boys and girls.

Sample 5:

It is argued by some that students would benefit more when they attend single-sex schools. In my opinion, however, it would be better for them to enter mixed-gender education.

On the one hand, the primary reason why some people support single-gender education would be students’ better academic results. When boys and girls are taught separately, there is little chance for early relationships. This is considered as one of the most distracting problems for teenage and adolescent students. Without worrying about these distractions, students might be able to concentrate more on their study, and therefore, might get higher grades than those at co-ed schools. Despite this being true to some extent, having no interaction with the opposite sex will cause these students a lot of troubles later in life, especially in their careers.

On the other hand, I would argue that mixed-sex education is a better option because students are better prepared for their future jobs. Nowadays, it is almost impossible to find a company where there is only male or female staff. Therefore, those who graduate from single- sex schools, despite their higher academic results, might find it hard to work collaboratively with their colleagues of the opposite sex. By contrast, people from mixed schools might easily cooperate with their opposite-gender partners since they have learned how to communicate and interact effectively with opposite-sex classmates during their time at school.

In conclusion, although some people think that it is more beneficial to send students to single- sex schools, I personally believe that mixed-gender education brings more benefits for students.

Sample 6:

Some individuals assert that males and females should be educated in separate schools, while others are advocates of mixed-gender schools. This essay will discuss both perspectives and confirm my support for the latter viewpoint.

Those supporting the idea of single-sex schools argue that they offer advantages, including the chance to improve students’ academic performance by avoiding distractions from romantic relationships with the opposite gender. Certainly, in such schools, students rarely have the opportunity to interact with individuals of the opposite gender, encouraging them to make committed efforts in advancing their academic knowledge. Another argument is the creation of a more relaxed and comfortable learning environment. Female and male students don’t have to consider adjusting their actions or behaviors in the presence of the opposite gender, fostering a stress-free environment that positively impacts mental health.

However, I believe that mixed schools offer greater benefits. Firstly, regular interaction with students of the opposite gender helps learners enhance their understanding of each other, contributing to the development of social skills, including conflict resolution and effective communication. The second reason is the enhancement of students’ awareness of gender equality. It is likely that moral lessons focused on teaching students to respect others, especially those from another gender, would be significantly promoted in mixed schools, crucial to ensuring an equal learning context. Consequently, mixed-gender schools support an environment that encourages impartiality among students, aiming for a society characterized by fairness.

In conclusion, while some argue for separate education based on gender for improved focus, I maintain that mixed schools are more favorable in promoting learners’ social skills and fostering consciousness of gender fairness.

Sample 7:

The advantages and disadvantages of sending children to mixed schools have always been a subject of debate. Some parents and teachers feel that mixed schools are better; others are more in favour of separating boys and girls. In my opinion, both types of schooling have their merits and demerits.

There are at least a few benefits to separating boys and girls. It is quite normal to feel attracted to members of the opposite sex. This attraction often results in distractions. By separating boys and girls, distractions can be reduced to a great extent. This will make the atmosphere in the classrooms more conducive to learning. If boys and girls are taught in the same schools, the chances of boys getting hyperactive are pretty high. It is a general fact that boys commit more mischiefs when girls are around. They want to impress girls and often fail to focus on their studies. If boys are taught in boys’ schools, this situation can be avoided.

On the flip side, single sex schools do not facilitate interaction between boys and girls. As a result, children taught in single sex schools often find it difficult to interact with members of the opposite sex. This can lead to awkward moments at social gatherings where they have to deal with such encounters.

I think this is the biggest disadvantage of single-sex education. Mixed schools, on the other hand, allow boys and girls to interact freely and help in the overall development of their personality. When boys and girls study together, they get to understand the skills and limitations of each other.

After analysing both sides of the argument it is not hard to see that mixed schools and single sex schools have their merits and demerits. However, in my opinion the advantages of teaching children in mixed schools outweigh the disadvantages. I hope that mixed school education will be promoted by parents and teachers.

Sample 8:

The issue of the present is the issue of the arrangement of the school. Generally, some people espouse the notion that teaching boys and girls in different schools is imperative. I opine that it is prominent to educate both boys and girls on the same campus or same class. This essay will scrutinize both aspects of the quandary in the ensuing paragraphs.

To begin with, proponents believe that girls and boys should be educated separately because of their safety so that they learn more independently without any fear. Furthermore, separating both genders in school is cardinal as they cannot distract during some other activities. In addition, females feel more comfortable with females, and boys feel more convenient with boys, so this leads to a better atmosphere at schools, and learners easily concentrate more on their studies. For example, in Australia, the government separated boys’ and girls’ schools because of safety, and these things positively impacted education students were more intelligent than in the past.

Secondly, I vehemently believe that males and females should educate in the same class to bring harmony to schools, which positively impacts students. Also, they can get to know each other and acquire collaborating skills if they are educated in the same schools. Moreover, boys and girls are educated in the same schools because it is a win-win situation for both, for they can fathom their opposite gender, and in the future, this will help if they work at the office. To exemplify, in the survey of 2012, which was conducted by an educational authority, 70% of students learned about how to cooperate with another gender.

In conclusion, considering these points from a personal perspective, without a shadow of a doubt. I am inclined to believe that it is suitable for boys and girls to be educated at the same schools.

Sample 9:

In today’s generation, girls and boys must pursue education to live a good life. There are some controversies about whether girls should take their education from separate schools for girls. When some argue that both should study at combined schools, well, in that case, I will support the latter view.

If separate schooling is provided to girls and boys, it will make their minds conscious. At some point, they will not be able to coordinate and end up being uncomfortable and altered socializing at their workplace. One will hesitate or be aggressive while putting their point in front of the other. They will lack understanding due to less or no interaction with that gender. Moreover, in the developmental stage, they can provide a good sort of knowledge and guidance to each other. For instance, one study carried out by the University of California has shown that men can understand women 73% better than any other woman and give honest reviews and suggestions.

On the flip side, some people with narrow mindsets and old school mentality opine that girls and boys should not study at the same school to avoid their interaction. Sometimes their concern is much or less related to competition prevailing in the class ranking, where these people tend to believe that girls should not beat boys. They find it quite offensive. Perhaps there is another reason, and some parents are worried for their daughter’s safety as they have heard a lot of news and incidents about boys bothering and bullying girls. So being protective parents, they favour the view that girls should study in separate schools from boys.

To sum up, there are so many arguments which can be put forward to justify both views. All in all, I think girls and boys should study in one place. Every problem can be overcome with some sort of knowledge, and students will get more options for schools and quality education as there are many combined-gender schools.

Sample 10:

While some people support single-sex schools as they think it brings better results, others are in favour of mixed-gender schools. Personally, I believe that both genders benefit more from attending mixed schools. This essay will explore the arguments supporting both perspectives and present reasons why mixed schools provide a more conducive learning environment for students.

Supporters of separate schools argue that gender-segregated education allows for tailored teaching methods that cater to the specific learning needs of boys and girls. They claim that separating the genders eliminates distractions and allows teachers to focus on gender-specific teaching strategies. For instance, proponents suggest that boys may excel in more competitive and physical activities, while girls may benefit from a nurturing and collaborative learning environment.

Conversely, attending mixed schools provides numerous advantages for both boys and girls. First and foremost, mixed schools mirror the real-world setting, where individuals interact and collaborate with people of different genders. This fosters the development of social skills, empathy, and mutual respect, essential qualities for success in personal and professional relationships. For instance, in a mixed school, boys and girls have opportunities to work together on group projects, promoting teamwork and understanding.

I believe that mixed schools promote a diverse and inclusive learning environment, fostering the exchange of different perspectives and ideas. Besides, students learn to appreciate and respect different opinions, preparing them for the multicultural society they will encounter outside the educational setting.

In conclusion, while some argue for the merits of separate schools in terms of tailored teaching methods, I strongly believe that boys and girls benefit more from attending mixed schools. Mixed schools provide a realistic and inclusive setting that mirrors the real world, enabling students to develop social skills and learn from diverse perspectives.

Sample 11:

Education of girls has always been a crucial topic in the history of the modern world. While women have gained rights to be educated after long drawn struggles, it has been possible for the world to come a long way through that. However, even today, some people believe that girls and boys should be educated in separate schools. Although many others believe that boys and girls benefit more from attending mixed schools. Discussing both sides, my opinion would vouch for the latter.

In terms of girls and boys studying in the same school the benefits of it are quite high for both the students. Accordingly, boys and girls become more comfortable in understanding each other. One of the most important aspects of studying in a mixed school is that students of both genders become more accustomed to each other’s styles and personalities. It provides both with higher exposure to the modern world where men and women both have to work coherently. Moreover, the world needs to coexist with both sexes whereby men and women need to work with each other rather than separately. This is to ensure that the perceived patriarchal notions on girls’ education are eradicated. Boys and girls alike need to be part of sex education thereby understanding its different tangents. The students should understand the need for respect for one another being crucial. Effectively, it builds the tolerance of both boys and girls to be educated in a diversified classroom than in a monotonous one. However, on the other hand, traditional beliefs of people who are inclined towards girls and boys should be educated in separate schools. The belief is that segregation between boys and girls from school level helps in protecting social manners. It is considered that boys and girls have a natural inclination towards each other which leads them to flatter each other in mixed schools. Accordingly, they believe that when girls study separately from boys in schools it helps in protecting the modesty and chastity of the students. These beliefs are detrimental for social development and hence, my opinion remains with the fact girls and boys should be educated in mixed schools.

Sample 12:

Whether a single-sex or a uni-sex school is more advantageous and yields better results are open for debate. Single-sex schools are preferred by many since they believe that it ensures a better environment for education while the proponents of coeducation argue that boys and girls should be taught together for healthy competition and better mutual understanding. Personally, I prefer the single-sex school method.

The advocates of the mixed-education system often point out that when boys and girls study in the same school, they develop mutual understanding. As a result, it ensures a wholesome work environment in the future. Moreover, this education system encourages positive competition and helps students excel not only in their studies but also in other important areas. For instance, when boys and girls are assigned to a project, they tend to learn how to work together. Reversely, they often compete to show their supremacy and thus excel in education and learning. But this is not the whole picture.

As a female, and as a student in both coeducational and separate schools, I must outline that I felt more comfortable being with girls than boys. In a perfect world, mixed-sex schools may produce far-reaching benefits, but not in a world where we are often shattered by the harsh reality. Single-sex schools have less violence, sexual discrimination and abuse. Bringing very young boys and girls together in schools has consequences that often lead to social degradation.

To conclude, despite some advantages, coeducation has severe problems. From my experience, I can say that a separate educational system is healthy, free of discrimination and abuse. I hope that parents would be very thoughtful before deciding to send their children to a particular school type.

Sample 13:

People’s opinions differ as to whether schools should have boys and girls studying together or there should be separate schools for each gender. Personally, I agree with the former viewpoint.

Those who argue for single-sex schools have their reasons. Firstly, many people feel that the presence of the opposite gender in class can negatively affect studies. Students, particularly those in their teenage, can be seen spending more time pleasing the opposite sex than thinking about their studies. Secondly, cases of sexual harassment within schools are more frequent now than in the past. Many people see separating boys and girls altogether as a solution to the problem. Thus, it is both academic and safety concerns that underlie people’s preference for single-sex schools.

However, I side with those who feel that co-educational schools are better. Single-sex schools offer an unnatural environment that is unlike the real world. With little experience of interacting with the opposite sex, students from such schools tend to struggle with social anxiety when they enter universities, which are co-educational, and in their real life where such gender boundaries do not exist. By contrast, those studying in co-educational environments are confident in the presence of the opposite gender, which helps them settle comfortably in tertiary-level education and, later on, in their jobs. Thus, in the long-term coeducational schools are a better option.

In conclusion, while there are reasons to believe that single-sex schools are a good idea, my own view is that schools need to have both boys and girls because of the long-term social benefits that they offer.

Sample 14:

Many countries offer parents the choice of whether to send their children to single sex schools or co-educational schools, and there are various arguments for both systems.

One justification for educating boys and girls separately is that young people will not be distracted by a desire to impress members of the opposite sex through such things as fashion, behaviour, body image or make-up. This not only means that students can instead focus on their studies, but they are likely to feel more confident. Another reason is that in a girls’ school, girls are more likely to do well in subjects traditionally seen as “boy’s subjects”, such as science, because they don’t have to overcome these stereotypes.

However, such stereotypes can be challenged. When schools actively encourage girls to study these so-called boys’ subjects, they can attain high levels. In the United Kingdom, for example, where co-educational schools are common, girls are now achieving higher levels of attainment in science than boys, which seems to undermine the argument that girls do better in single sex schools. It should also be recognised that schools are not just educational environments, they are also social settings, and having boys and girls mixing together means that young people learn to socialise and work together with members of the opposite sex. Without that socialisation, boys in particular may have difficulty interacting with girls as they get older.

Personally, I feel that if schools actively challenge traditional gender biases towards certain subjects, then there is little justification for single sex schools. And I think it is important to recognise the importance of a school in developing social skills, and therefore mixed gender schools seem to be the ones most parents prefer. After all, schools are supposed to prepare young people for the real world, and there in most countries there is little if any gender segregation.

Sample 15:

Some countries have single-sex education models, while in others both single sex and mixed schools co-exist, and it is up to the parents or the children to decide which model is preferable.

Some educationalists think it is more effective to educate boys and girls in single- sex schools because they believe this environment reduces distractions and encourages pupils to concentrate on their studies. This is probably true to some extent. It also allows more equality among pupils and gives more opportunity to all those at the school to choose students more freely without gender prejudice. For example, a much higher proportion of girls study science to a high level when they attend girls’ schools than their counterparts in mixed schools do. Similarly, boys in single-sex schools are more likely to take cookery classes and study languages, which are often thought of as traditional subjects for girls.

On the other hand, some experts would argue that mixed schools prepare their pupils better for their future lives. Girls and boys learn to live and work together form an early age and are consequently not emotionally underdeveloped in their relations with the opposite sex. They are also able to learn from each other, and to experience different types of skill and talent then might be evident in a single gender environment.

Personally, I think that there are advantages to both systems. I went to a mixed school but feel that I myself missed the opportunity to specialize in science because it was seen as the natural domain and career path for boys when I was a girl. So, because of that, I would have preferred to go to a girls’ school. But hopefully times have changed and both genders of student can have equal chances to study what they want to in whichever type of school they attend.

Sample 16:

It is often argued that school children should go to single sex schools, while other would say that males and females get the most out of integrated schools. This essay will argue that despite there being some social benefits to females and males going to the same school, the academic advantages of educating them separately make it more worthwhile.

Many feel that mixing both sexes at school helps to develop social skills and makes people less awkward around the opposite sex later in life. This is especially true for males, who often find it difficult to approach and talk to women socially if they don’t get used to it first in the classroom. For example, the Sunday Times recently reported that men who did not have regular social contact with girls when they were growing up are 68% more likely to suffer from anxiety when in the company of females.

Despite the argument above, it is difficult to argue with the fact that single-sex schools consistently top examination league tables. In nearly every area of the United Kingdom, the top schools only allow boys or girls to attend, and this may lead to higher grades because students can focus exclusively on their studies. Personally, I went to a school for both boys and girls and found that I had to deal with many more distractions compared to friends who attended the local boys-only college.

In conclusion, integrating the sexes can prevent social awkwardness later in life and make pupils more sociable in the company of other genders, but a school’s primary purpose is to educate and those with just one sex or the other outperform those that allow both.

Sample 17:

Whether boys and girls should be educated separately or together is a topic that leaves many divided. While some belief in educating them separately, others believe that mixed learning is essential at an early age. Although segregated schools allow children to focus more on academics, in my opinion, mixed schools offer a distinct advantage as they inculcate social skills with the opposite sex that are vital through life.

The primary argument of those that advocate for segregating boys and girls in schools is that having the opposite sex around distracts them from academics. Therefore, separating boys and girls especially around middle school when teens start to get interested in the opposite sex, means that rather than focusing on impressing each other, they devote that attention to developing their minds. As a result, they can fully imbibe the knowledge taught to them.

On the other hand, a mixed-sex education system offers boys and girls to develop well-rounded social skills at an early age. In the right environment, fluid interaction with the opposite sex permits children to cultivate healthy and balanced relationships with the other gender. To elaborate, a healthy view of the opposite sex developed early in life helps later on in different social spheres in marriage, at the workplace and in other areas. For example, research conducted by the University of Amsterdam shows that 67% of well-performing employees across top companies have studied in mixed schools. Therefore, school is a child's first interaction with society and the relationships they build in these formative years provide a basis for interaction with people in the real world later in life.

To conclude, while segregated schools could allow children to pay more attention to academics, in my view, this sort of thinking is myopic. Mixed schools allow all-round development of a child's teaching allowing them to create healthy relationships with the opposite sex. This is a vital skill necessary to maintain and develop social relationships all through life.

Sample 18:

Some would argue that enrolling male and female students in different schools has more benefits, while others say that studying in schools where all genders are allowed, has more advantages. While studying in separate schools would allow students to concentrate on studies more, I believe that educating both sexes in the same school enables them to understand more about each other’s problems.

On the one hand, supporters of the first view believe that students can focus more on their studies if they are studying with only the same sex. This is because adolescents often get distracted by the opposite gender due to a lack of maturity at this phase of life. It leads to poor performances in exams, and this has an adverse effect on their future careers. For instance, it is reported by The Times magazine that students who are studying in separate schools are more likely to perform well in their studies than who do not.

On the other hand, it is thought that attending schools with the opposite sex will bring more fruitful results in terms of respect for others. This is because it gives an opportunity to both genders to understand each other’s difficulties and characteristics, which eventually helps to make them better members of the society as they respect the opposite sex equally. For example, the Indian welfare Organization found that male students who study in mixed schools, often respect females more and form strong relationships with them as they understand them better as compared those who do not.

In conclusion, although studying in separate schools results in good academics scores, studying with the opposite sex is an effective way of learning how to build healthy relationships with them.

Sample 19:

No one can deny that the education of our children should be one of our top priorities. However, there is often a question whether separate classes or mixed classes are better for our boys and girls. Below I will try to answer this question.

Placing your child in a separate school, where there are only children with the same gender, has, undoubtedly, some advantages. Our child would be more focused on learning than on the opposite sex, which is particularly important in that age. Moreover, the possibility of violent behaviours, connected with sex, is also less. Therefore, it is better for the teachers to control such a class, as they know what they can expect.

On the other hand, youngsters will lose an opportunity to create relationships with boys or girls and it may affect their lives in the future. Although mixed schools have some disadvantages and they are sometimes perceived as a source of aggression among the youth, I think that they prepare children better for a life in a modern society which, nowadays, is full of mixed environments. Our boy can have a boss who is a girl, for instance, thus he will be better prepared having a possibility to interact with another gender before.

In conclusion, I have more trust in mixed schools as, in my opinion, they learn children how to behave in the modern society which will help them in their mature lives. In the end, every parent wants the best for their children so I hope that they will choose the best option.

Sample 20:

Opinions are split among many when it comes to whether boys and girls get benefits from being taught together or not. Many people prefer single-gender schools, while others argue that mixed schools bring more benefits. However, I am inclined to view that co-educational schools are the way forward.

Advocates of single-sex schools believe that boys and girls have different attitudes towards learning and teachers can employ particular techniques designed specially to match the gender. For instance, studies reveal that boys learn better when the classroom temperature is cool, while girls perform better in warm classrooms. So, the temperature in a single-gender classroom could be set to suit the different needs of male or female students. In addition, when students are not distracted by their opposite sex, they often find it easier to focus on academics. This means that students participate actively in classes where everybody is the same sex.

On the other hand, the proponents of mixed schools argue that co-ed schools prepare their students better for their future careers. That is to say that when boys and girls are taught in the classroom, they can develop teamwork skills with the opposite sex. This is an opportunity that completely lacks in single-gender classrooms. This opportunity is of paramount importance because it mirrors the real world. Moreover, mixed schools provide the chance to understand and communicate with the opposite sex. Boys and girls have different perspectives and in a mixed school, they manage to learn from each other.

In conclusion, the prime objective of education is to prepare students for future life. In co-educational schools, girls and boys learn from each other and can see the world in a different light from different perspectives. Mixed schools, thus, inculcate certain values and principles that are useful for their future.

Sample 1:

It is argued that the authority should be the one which conducts and manages scientific studies. While certain benefits can be derived from governmental control of scientific research, I would believe that private organizations are a better candidate for such essential research.

Admittedly, there are some good reasons why the government should be in charge of carrying out and controlling scientific research. Firstly, the government has the budget from national taxes that can support scientists and researchers. Thus, the company in charge would receive money to complete their work without worrying about the depletion of resources. Secondly, some independent companies only look for profits, which makes it extremely dangerous. For example, a company may discover a chemical that can make biological weapons, and they may sell it to an antisocial party in Pakistan; this is certainly harmful to almost all human beings.

However, despite some arguments above, I am of the opinion that private firms would do the research mentioned above much better. Firstly, non-governmental companies usually pay a huge amount of money for their staff; this helps them attract more talented and skillful scientists to work for them. As a result, scientific studies and papers conducted by these organizations are likely to be more accurate. Secondly, unlike the authority that has many aspects to take care of, independent firms often concentrate on only one to two fields, which helps to yield auspicious results. For example, MCG, which is a medical company in Binh Duong, only concentrates on two particular fields that are researching and manufacturing new medicines, which makes it better than other governmental companies in Vietnam.

In conclusion, it seems to me that private institutions are much better in conducting and directing important research.

Sample 2:

There has been significant discourse surrounding the proposal for scientific research to be conducted by governments rather than private entities. While some would argue the opposite on the grounds that it engenders greater innovation, I contend that governments can conduct better research as they are less susceptible to corporate influence.

Admittedly, there have been cases where privately funded scientific research has stimulated innovation. Individuals who conduct research on the behalf of commercial interests are typically encouraged to think creatively in developing new solutions to pervasive problems. For instance, SpaceX is a for-profit corporation that is leading its competitors in terms of innovating space travel. Founded and managed by tech magnate Elon Musk, it has introduced new solutions to existing problems in space transportation such as reducing production costs on their rockets by using 3D printing technology and mass production methods. Furthermore, SpaceX has pioneered the utilization of reusable rockets as half of them have flown more than once with little to no refurbishment. From this case, it can be understood why some argue commercial entities should be in charge of conducting scientific research.

However, the case for governments conducting scientific research is stronger. With private companies conducting such research, they are more predisposed to financial incentives since they are primarily driven to boost profits. In contrast, governments conduct scientific research often with the altruistic aim of finding solutions to various societal problems in their respective nations. To cite an example, a private medical firm in Ghana was tasked with conducting research and producing 600,000 doses of their own COVID-19 vaccine. However, these doses did not meet WHO standards after testing as a result of the research process being rushed to maximize profits. It was only when the Ghanian government intervened to replace the previously made doses with their own newly certified products that the public finally felt at ease.

In conclusion, although privately sponsored scientific research has an important place thanks to the competition that drives innovation, I believe that government sponsored research exerts a more positive impact on society and the public good. In the near future, it can be predicted that the scientific community will be able to welcome more scientific breakthroughs thanks to the funding of the state.

Sample 3:

Nowadays, it is often argued that the authorities should play the predominant role in conducting and managing scientific research rather than private enterprises. Personally, I totally agree with this belief and will provide my opinion in the essay below.

Firstly, the financial capacity of any private business can hardly equal that of governmental institutions. Consequently, if the enormous state funding is properly expended on costly scientific projects, a larger quantity of equipment and facilities can be provided for government researchers, which would considerably facilitate their scientific research.

Secondly, there is often an element of openness and transparency within governmental scientific projects. Specifically, these research pieces are usually funded by public resources and expected to be made publicly available for independent verification and replication of results. Therefore, the state research outcomes tend to be significantly accurate and objective.

Finally, not only do governments focus on the research outcomes but they also have to be highly aware of any potential risks and dangers caused to the environment or even the researchers’ health, such as the disposal of noxious chemical samples or use of toxic radioactive substances in laboratories. By contrast, for economic benefits, private companies tend to put substantial emphasis on the final results in the absence of numerous safety measures to protect the ecological and human factors.

To recapitulate briefly, I am totally in favor of the idea that scientific research should be put in the hands of governmental corporations instead of private ones for their better financial capacity, transparency and awareness of possible damage.

Sample 4:

Some say that the government should have complete control over scientific research. While governments must play an important role in technological advancement, I feel that collaboration between government and private funding would be more beneficial.

People feel that governments should oversee scientific research for a variety of reasons. To begin, scientific study, by definition, necessitates enormous effort, time, and money. It is thought that only the government, with the well-being of the entire population in mind, can continually invest in these initiatives and will not sacrifice the long-term purpose for a short-term financial benefit. Second, some scientific endeavors, if allowed unchecked, are likely to produce social or ethical difficulties, undermining society's value. For instance, genetic engineering technology has sparked several debates and is presently subject to government oversight. Finally, most science funding comes from tax income; as a result, individuals want their tax dollars to be used under the supervision of government officials.

Nevertheless, as long as these technological programs are driven by the government, I believe private sector engagement will undoubtedly contribute to the end aim. The fundamental reason is that government personnel are not professionals in either the scientific or business sectors, but private funds are more specialized in the implementation of scientific achievements since they are profit-driven. With genuine economic rewards achieved by those studies, relevant employees may be more encouraged to do more research. Furthermore, government personnel are occasionally understaffed and inefficient. Without such teamwork, people risk becoming overwhelmed by the volume of work and communication.

Finally, I believe that academic studies may be carried out and marketed more effectively with the partnership of the government and private firms, given that officials rigorously regulate it.

Sample 5:

Scientific research plays an important role in the development of humanity. Some people think that the responsibility for conducting and managing it should be taken by governments, and not by private companies. Personally, I believe that both governments and private businesses should have the right and duty to carry out research.

I believe that governments should play the leading role in performing research due to a number of reasons. Firstly, scientific research is the key to finding solutions to the pressing concerns of society. Thorough medical research, for example, needs to be conducted by governments to develop vaccines against potential epidemics. Research into renewable energies is also crucial to deal with global warming. These kinds of research require a great deal of spending, which can only be afforded by the government. In addition, scientific studies controlled by governments will ensure that reliable and ethical methods are used and minimize the risk of these studies being used for criminal activity. For instance, studies related to nuclear power or weapons must be carried out or supervised by governmental organizations to protect a country from terrorism or other warfare.

However, private companies can do research which is not carried out by governments. In fact, many useful scientific discoveries have been made by private institutions. To illustrate, the invention of the iPhone by Apple, a corporation in the US began the era of smartphones and facilitated modern forms of interaction between people all over the world. Furthermore, encouraging profit-driven companies to conduct scientific investigations will help them develop their own products and create competition in the marketplace. Society will therefore benefit from new inventions and better products.

In conclusion, although governments should control and carry out major scientific studies, private companies should not be deprived of the right to do research.

Sample 6:

Many argue that only the government should regulate and carry out research projects. In my opinion, although the state should be the sole governor of these studies, it should collaborate with private firms in pursuit of science exploration.

Both the authority and commercial businesses should conduct scientific studies. On the one hand, the state undeniably occupies the central role in basic research, which lays the foundations for future discoveries. It also covers a broader spectrum, including social, health and education welfare, and creates knowledge as a medium for social betterment. On the other hand, non- public enterprises can capture the fruit of such public intellectual capital, utilize it in their targeted research and translate it into viable commercial products which benefit the community at large.

However, research studies which are undertaken by independent corporations are result-oriented. Consequently, these organizations might only establish the particular outcomes that reap monetary benefits; some even go a step further, shifting the results for commercial purposes. For example, a food company funding for a study of a new variety of pomegranate may influence the study's methodology and interpretation to its advantage. Due to such commercial bias, it is imperative that the government step in to scrutinize and ensure the credibility of independent research studies. Furthermore, the state should have the upper hand in controlling scientific studies so that it can supervise high-risk research in certain fields, such as national defense and nuclear power, and abandon inhumane studies, namely animal testing and human experimentation.

In conclusion, when it comes to carrying out research activities, a partnership of both parties is necessary: the authority supports fundamental research to produce knowledge, and commercial enterprises transform it to market-based products. However, only the government should possess the power to control these activities to guarantee the research's credibility and ethics.

Sample 7:

In this concurrent world, governments and commercial companies both fund and direct scientific research around the globe. While I can see why some would argue in favour of private enterprises funding and overseeing scientific research, I contend that this is better addressed by the state.

The business world claims it is enthusiastic to do scientific studies, yet doing so entails two significant risks. To begin with, organisations doing this kind of study may be inclined to distort results in order to increase revenues, which could compromise the quality and neutrality of the research itself. Several controversies have emerged as a consequence of the rush to debut a new product without proper testing. To exemplify, the medicine thalidomide was created by a German pharmaceutical company, although it caused thousands of deformed babies to be born. Ethically speaking, leaving genetic engineering research to businesses could have severe societal repercussions, such as the introduction of genetically modified (GM) crops with as-yet-unknown effects that could lead to the collapse of entire ecosystems.

Even though authorities have many demands on their budgets, it is crucial that they monitor scientific research. Funding university departments to conduct high-quality studies for the public good rather than to enter new markets or acquire a competitive edge is the initial step in setting the bar as high as feasible. This newfound information can be disseminated internationally among scholars. Additionally, the greatest way to focus spending on specific fields of research is through administration making, which can account for the present and future requirements of society. Expanding the use of renewable energy sources is one example.

In recapitulation, I absolutely support the position that governments should be solely accountable for scientific inquiry.

Sample 8:

There is a widespread belief that governments should take responsibility for overseeing and funding crucial scientific research rather than leaving it in the hands of private enterprises. In my opinion, private entities should be given more freedom to conduct their own research, subject to appropriate oversight from the state.

It's true that the government shouldn't be the only entity financing scientific inquiry. The primary reason is that the breadth and depth of scientific reports means that private corporations may be able to hide research that isn't conducted by authorities. The lessons of history allow us to recognise the value of many discoveries made by individual entities or individuals. Singular inventors like Thomas Alva Edison, who created groundbreaking technologies like the light bulb, motion picture camera, phonograph, and many others, have made significant contributions to human civilization. We now have electric light because of Edison, but it's crucial to remember that the administration wasn't particularly invested in the field at the time.

While it is important to allow private industries to conduct scientific studies, policymakers must exercise close oversight to ensure ethical practices are followed. Some of them may be doing it for financial gain or to make destructive weapons, so keeping them under check is essential. One example is the potential threat to international stability posed by corporations' pursuit of biological weapons. Countries should prohibit and obstruct this type of study.

In conclusion, I disagree with the position that only nations should fund and perform research. It's a well-known fact that the realm of scientific inquiry is vast. Thus, it is important to allow private businesses to participate in research. In any case, I believe that governments should oversee and regulate the research conducted by commercial businesses to prevent any inappropriate use of the outcomes.

Sample 9:

Research in the sciences is undeniably important for a country's progress in the modern world. On the other hand, it's crucial to regulate who can do such studies. As government agencies are typically more concerned with serving the public interest, I tend to believe that they should be given priority when it comes to funding scientific research.

Having treasury research initiatives is crucial for a variety of reasons. To begin, there is never any financial motivation behind state research; rather, it serves the general good. Due to this, the process has become more open, and there is immense pressure to sponsor high-calibre studies with broad societal benefits. When it comes to spending taxpayer money on scientific inquiry, a government is inherently more accountable and responsible.

When it pertains to investment, private companies typically prioritise returns on investment over the welfare of their employees. There is an added risk of outcome bias when sponsorship originates from the same institution, as this would favour the supporting institution. Companies that create pharmaceuticals, for instance, are obligated by law to conduct extensive trials, the completion of which can take years. Businesses are unable to wait for the results of such analyses over a longer period of time considering the substantial capital outlay they must make. As a consequence, there is a greater possibility that quality may be sacrificed in order to ensure the study's success.

In a nutshell, transparency and openness are critical to high-quality research, making the conduct and regulation of scientific research a difficult issue. There's no doubt that a non-profit entity, such as the government, is required to carry out such a task.

Sample 10:

There is no doubt that scientific breakthroughs have revolutionized our lives in various ways; nonetheless, the question of who should pay for and evaluate scientific research remains a controversial topic. It is believed by some that the governments should be the ones that need to fund and control scientific studies rather than the private sector. While I agree that the states should scrutinize the research process, I believe that industry could join hands with authorities to foot the bill for science.

On the one hand, there are several reasons why I believe that research into science should be funded in partnership with or by the private sector. First, if private investment is allowed, it will help to ease the pressure on the state's budget that is already tight, which, in turn will allow the government to have more money to finance other significant domains such as education and healthcare. Second, as the aim of most companies is to maximize their profits, the studies financially supported by these firms tend to be more efficient and quicker compared to the lengthy process of publicly funded research. As a result, more inventions and new products with advanced and improved features and lower prices could be released into the market, benefiting consumers in general. Tesla is a prime example whose research has successfully led to the creation of modern electric cars that are affordable and environmentally friendly.

On the other hand, I believe that governments should be the watchdog of the research process to ensure the reliability and validity of scientific research. This measure can deter private organizations from conducting poor research and generating biased results in favour of their marketing strategies. For example, pharmaceutical companies often sponsor clinical trials that support their products. Moreover, the private partners hardly ever release information that might compromise its profits, and therefore, the involvement of the government in the research process can help to alleviate such a problem. Clearly, research should be evaluated largely on its scientific merits rather than the affiliations of those involved and thus, state control could increase the transparency and the quality of research, thus helping to alleviate bias concerns in the public.

In conclusion, I believe that governments should utilize the financial resource of the private sector to conduct scientific research that can benefit the public, but they should monitor the research process closely and carefully to ensure the validity of the findings.

Sample 11:

Some individuals claim that scientific studies should be conducted by governments instead of companies. While it is true that the authorities need to be responsible for carrying out research, I would argue that these activities should also be done by private companies.

To begin with, there are some benefits of governments taking care of scientific research. Firstly, as governments of different countries can co-operate with each other, they may be able to conduct studies on a larger scale which require larger investment. For instance, they can carry out research into ways of dealing with global warming. Secondly, unlike private companies, governments tend to pay more attention to research areas that can benefit society as a whole. Studies related to environmental issues or crime rates are great examples. By contrast, companies usually only focus on maximising profits rather than helping all citizens.

However, I believe that private companies should also share the responsibility to conduct scientific research. The first reason is that this could help to ease the pressure on the government’s budget. As a result, citizens would have to pay lower taxes, and the authorities would also have more cash to spend on other important areas such as education or the military. Another reason is that since the top priority of companies is to earn money, they would have more motivation to conduct research more quickly and more efficiently. For example, a company called Tesla has been carrying out extensive research in order to produce electric cars and bring them to the market.

In conclusion, I believe that both governments and private companies should be involved in research activities.

Sample 12:

Scientific research across the world plays a significant role in national development. Some people think that governments should conduct crucial scientific research rather than private companies. I believe that scientific projects should be carried out and supervised by the state.

There are many benefits of governments taking care of scientific research. Firstly, successful scientific experiments which require years of commitment and sufficient capital can only be guaranteed by the government. If the project fails to achieve its objective, the government has executive power and resources to deal with the losses incurred. Moreover, the government should implement research such as nuclear technology or military intelligence because those activities are in the national interest and involve high levels of secrecy. By contrast, private businesses may compromise principles and leak research findings, posing a severe threat to national security.

On the other hand, private companies can participate in scientific research since they can attract talented scientists and make advances in various fields. Over the past few decades, many private organizations have presided over valuable research on multiple areas such as space exploration or renewable energy sources. However, corporations undertaking scientific research may manipulate results to maximize profits. For example, legislation in medical companies usually requires rigorous trials and decades for new drugs to complete. This process might be too long for profit-driven agencies to go through. Thus, new products tend to be introduced hurriedly just after preliminary trials.

To conclude, I would argue that governments should primarily monitor and control scientific research. With well-regulated and credible methods, the government can minimize the risk of these studies being abused. Private companies should not be deprived of scientific exploitation provided that they are kept within precise limits.

Sample 13:

Instead of being conducted by private companies, important scientific research must be managed and administered by the governments, according to the opinions of many. I personally believe that private companies should be given their own freedom in doing research, but with sufficient and proper monitoring from the government.

On one hand, it is true that scientific research should not be only conducted by the government. The main reason is that the scope of scientific research is diverse and wide, and private companies could cover up some research which is not carried out by the governments. Many private institutions or individuals' discoveries are useful for the humanity, as we can learn from the past. For example, Thomas Alva Edison was an individual inventor who has greatly contributed to the world with his inventions such as the bulb light, motion pictures, phonograph and so on. We should notice that the invention was not the main focus of the government’s research during that time, and thanks to Edison we have electric light today.

On the other hand, although private companies are given the right to do scientific research, they must be strictly monitored by the governments. They must be controlled, as some of them might be doing it for their monetary gain or for destructive weapons. For example, some companies might focus on developing biochemical weapons, and it could threaten the world peace. It is the governments’ job to prevent and block these kinds of research.

In conclusion, I do not agree that scientific research should only be conducted by the government. It is a fact that the scope of scientific research is huge. Therefore, private companies should be allowed to do research. However, I do agree the research that is done by private companies must be reviewed and monitored by the governments in order to avoid any misappropriation.

Sample 14:

It is undeniable that scientific research is imperative for a country’s development in this modern world. However, it is equally important to have control in place as to who can carry out such research. To a larger extent, I agree that the government should have the upper hand when it comes to undertaking scientific research as they tend to be more people driven.

There are various reasons why it is pivotal to have government-run research projects. To begin with, when research is carried out by the government, the motive behind is always people-driven and not money oriented. As a result, there is more transparency in the process and the need to invest in a quality research that benefits the general public also increases.

Furthermore, a government is borne to be more responsible and has complete accountability when it comes to investing public money in such research.

In contrast, private organizations are not people oriented and they tend to invest in research projects that are more profitable. In addition, when the funding comes from the same organization, the results could also be biased to ensure there is a favourable outcome to the funding institution. For example, companies that produce medicinal drugs are legally obliged to go through rigorous trials, which may take several years to complete. As private companies invest a lump sum of money in such studies, it is impractical for them to wait for a longer tenure to attain the expected results. Hence, there is a higher probability of the quality being compromised to make the research successful.

In conclusion, carrying out and controlling scientific research is a contentious issue as transparency and openness are pivotal for a quality research. Undoubtedly, this is only possible if done by a non-profit organization like the government.

Sample 15:

While some advocate for government control over scientific research, I strongly disagree with this viewpoint, as privately funded research initiatives have proven to be crucial drivers of innovation and societal progress.

Firstly, privately funded scientific research has played a pivotal role in fostering innovation and technological advancements. Researchers working on behalf of commercial interests are often incentivized to think creatively and develop groundbreaking solutions to prevalent challenges. For instance, companies like SpaceX, under the leadership of tech visionary Elon Musk, have revolutionized space transportation by leveraging innovative technologies like 3D printing and mass production methods to reduce production costs and enhance efficiency.

Secondly, encouraging profit-driven companies to spearhead scientific investigations fosters competition and drives product development, benefiting society at large. By investing in research and development, companies can create new products and services, introducing healthy competition in the marketplace. For example, pharmaceutical companies conducting research on new drugs not only contribute to medical advancements but also stimulate innovation and offer consumers a wider range of treatment options, ultimately improving public health outcomes.

In conclusion, entrusting scientific research solely to governments overlooks the invaluable contributions of privately funded initiatives in driving innovation and societal progress for these above-mentioned reasons.

Sample 16:

It is suggested that science research projects should be done and under supervision by the government. From my perspective, I partially agree with the statement and will explain it in this following essay.

Firstly, there are many institutions or individuals conducting scientific projects in many different fields. Those people try to make new inventions and breakthroughs in order to make human life easier. For example, with the development of technology such as the internet, people now can easily run their business, communicate with other people long-distance, and do many other useful things. Furthermore, more developments as the result of scientific experiments have been done without direct intervention from the government, the reason is every individual has a right to do experiments or research projects as long as it is in accordance with the applicable rules and standards operational. However, due to many illegal experiments, the government also has to tighten the rules about it, to ensure the safety of everyone.

On the other hand, there are some cases where governments should get involved directly in scientific projects. For instance, with the process of making vaccines for the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Of course, in an emergency situation like this, the authority must collaborate with institutions and other parties related to achieve the goal of the experiment.

In conclusion, everyone can do scientific research and must follow the regulations and ethical codes or the guidelines. In addition, on several occasions the authority should be part of it, especially in a situation in which threats to the life of many people.

Sample 17:

Alongside the rapid development of science, there have been concerns regarding which to take the responsibility of conducting and mastering the experiments between governments and private companies.

Personally, I am convinced that it should be the state officials to monitor the research, but at the same time some private organizations can take part in these to push the progress.

On the one hand, I subscribe to the opinion that the governments are responsible for implementing and controlling scientific research. It is no denying that some experiments can be immensely dangerous and harmful to the scientists, therefore it requires the assistance and the supervision from the state to ensure the well-being of those who conduct them. To illustrate, experiments in radioactive substances are perilous and a serious threat to the experts that carry them out. Without the stringent management from the officials, it is likely that traumatic incidents would happen. In fact, history has witnessed the deaths of radioactivity from many scientists in this particular field, namely Marie Curie.

On the other hand, private companies should be allowed to run scientific research on their own. This is because various types of experiments from these organizations have benefited us greatly. A typical example of this is pharmaceutical companies, whose sole purpose is to produce medicines to cure people's diseases. With continuous control in their own laboratories, scientists may feel disturbed and uncomfortable doing their job. As a result, the scientific progress would slow down and potentially affect the patients, whose health would get worse without proper treatment.

To conclude, I believe that scientific research should be carried out and controlled by both the governments and private companies because there are advantages from each of them. The state would help to ensure the safety of these experiments and the companies would be able to contribute their parts to the well-being of the society.

Sample 1:

Robots and other powerful, intelligent machines will likely work alongside humans more in the future, performing tasks that have traditionally been our responsibility. We will therefore get to take more time off. This essay will analyze the benefits and drawbacks of this evolution.

It is undeniable that when robots take over people's daily tasks, people will gain innumerable advantages. People now have a huge amount of free time to engage in recreational activities they were previously unable to, such as longer trips. This trend is anticipated to coincide with the growth of the service sector, which contributes significantly to a nation's GDP. The workforce is also dealing with contentious issues with their physical and mental health. Once robots and smart machines are used, the workers will not have to worry about such illnesses, which will ease the burden on the healthcare system.

On the contrary side, all of its negative aspects are difficult to control. Science has established that humans can only survive by working, and that doing so causes all of their body parts to function, maintaining their physical control and health. But if robots take over all of our tasks, we will become lazy, which is very bad for our health. People often find fulfilment in their work, so if they spend too much time unwinding, they end up becoming bored rather than content.

In conclusion, it can be said that having robots perform routine tasks instead of people has both benefits and drawbacks. To eliminate all flaws, humans should attempt to strike a balance between the amount of work completed by robots and that which is completed by themselves.

Sample 2:

The dominance of machines is observable to an extreme degree in the modern world. There are already many different types of machines working flawlessly and quickly on a variety of tasks. The machines' only purpose is to make us more comfortable, and since they will soon perform the majority of our tasks, we will have more free time in the future. But there will be a price for this luxury and time freedom. The advantages and drawbacks of this are discussed in this essay.

First and foremost, machines exist to facilitate human activity, and as they develop and become more powerful, they will eventually perform the majority of our tasks. Generally speaking, machines are capable of carrying out tasks faster and more precisely than humans, and in the future, they will just continue to do that. As a result, they will be seen as humans' replacements for many tasks requiring difficult labor and physical challenges. Machines are excellent multitaskers in parallel. A computer, for instance, is capable of analyzing enormous amounts of data in a single second. Because of this, in the future, machines will be used for things like production, cleaning, construction, warfare, and research, giving people more free time.

While the majority of our tasks are now being performed by machines, this trend has some negative effects that are likely to worsen in the future. Machines will unquestionably free us from tough work, but they will also add some complexity. When people stop doing manual labor, their risk of developing health problems rises. Due to their lack of physical activity prior to utilizing machines for their comfort, they may develop a number of fatal diseases. Additionally, machines in many industries can lead to extreme unemployment. Many human workers will lose their jobs in factories when large-scale production is done by machines. Due to the extreme reliance on machines, even a single failure or incorrect instruction could have disastrous effects.

Finally, it is essential to only use machines in a few limited industries that are out of human reach. Additionally, increased leisure will make life dull and boring for us; therefore, in order to live a happy and healthy life, we should be working on routine tasks.

Sample 3:

We rely solely on machines to complete our household and office tasks because they make our lives more convenient and allow us to meet all of our needs without ever leaving our homes. With the advancement of technology, we will be able to completely rely on machines to carry out the majority of our work in the future, giving us more free time than any previous generation.

First of all, those who work in factories or offices prefer to do fewer physically demanding tasks and rely more on computers and other machinery to complete their tasks. Today, for instance, a lot of tasks that people once performed manually are now completed by machinery or computers. Shopping online, food delivery, entertainment, bill paying, and spending time on social media can all be done while still sitting on the couch. Another area of technological advancement that has reduced travel distance is transportation. People now drive, even for short distances, instead of walking. In some ways, they encourage laziness in people. In another way, though, this is giving people more free time to spend with friends and family. More importantly women are no longer required to spend the entire day caring for their children and performing other household chores. They rely on appliances like washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and cooking ranges, which has given them more free time than previous generations could have ever imagined. Future technology will undoubtedly advance more quickly, and we will depend on it for more tasks. Thus, a time is coming when we will assign tasks to machines and robots.

People will engage in fewer physical activities in the future as a result of technological advancements like self-driving cars and robotic systems, and we will be more dependent on machines to carry out our daily tasks. Robotic systems and other artificially intelligent systems will serve as servants for the benefit of humanity. They will take care of the newborn and the elderly patient, allowing us to have more leisure time, but our level of intimacy and sympathy will decline.

Sample 4:

It is safe to say that robots and other powerful and intelligent machines will accompany humans even more in the future, and they will perform duties that historically belonged to us. As a result, we will enjoy more time off. To my mind, this evolution has its pros and cons which I aim to analyze in this essay.

On the one hand, undeniably people will receive countless benefits when robots take over their usual tasks. With the massive span of free time, people can have many recreational activities that they could not fulfil in the past - like travelling for longer periods of time. This tendency is expected to come along with the development in the service industry that accounts for a high percentage of a country's GDP. Additionally, the workforce is facing contentious problems regarding their mental and physical health, once robots and smart machines come under usage, the workers will no longer be worried about such illness which will reduce the burden on the medical system as well.

On the other hand, all the drawbacks of it cannot be contained easily, it has been proven by science that humans only survive by working, while they are working on their jobs, their body parts are also working, that is what keeps them healthy and physically controlled. But if our tasks are fully done by robots, we will become lethargic, and it is extremely negative for our health. People also find happiness in their jobs, which means if they have too much time relaxing, they might end up feeling bored rather than satisfied.

In conclusion, I believe that robots replacing humans in daily tasks can be positive and negative at the same time. Humans should try to balance the amount of robot- completed work with self-completed work in order to terminate all the shortcomings.

Sample 5:

We live in a modern world where the domination of machines is notable to an extreme extent. A wide variety of machines are already performing numerous tasks in a perfect manner and at an unbelievable speed. The sole aim of the machines is to offer us comfort, and in the future, we will have more leisure hours as machines will do most of our tasks. But this comfort and free time will come at a cost. This essay outlines both the benefits and problems of this.

To commence with, machines are meant to ease human activities, and, in the future, more powerful machines will evolve to do most of our work. Usually, machines are able to perform tasks faster and more accurately than humans, and in the future, they will just do that. So, they will be considered the substitute for humans in many tasks which require arduous labour and physical challenges. At the same time, machines are great multitaskers. For instance, a computer can analyse a massive amount of data in a single second. This is why in the future, machines will be used in production, cleaning, construction, war, research, and as a result humans will have more leisure time.

On the contrary, there are some detrimental impacts of machines doing most of our tasks, and this will be severe in the future. Certainly, machines will relieve us from repetitive tasks, but they will create some complexities too. When people leave manual work, the risks of health disorders will increase. They may get affected with several life-tolling diseases for physical inactivity that they used to do before engaging machines for their comforts. Besides, I believe that machines will also cause severe unemployment in many sectors. When machines will be used for large-scale production in factories, many human labours will be eliminated from those jobs. The dependency on machines would be extreme and due to this a single instance of failure or wrong instruction would bring catastrophic results.

To conclude, I think it is imperative to deploy machines in only some specific sectors which are beyond the reach of humans. Further, the increased leisure will make life boring for us, and so we should be engaged in the ordinary tasks to enjoy a happy and healthy life.

Sample 6:

Currently, we live in today’s world in which the domination of machines is remarkable to the extent. A vast array of machines is doing numerous tasks in an ideal way and in the shortest possible time. Now, I will describe both the advantages and pitfalls of the dependence on machines.

To start with, machines are supposed to facilitate human pursuits. Normally, machines can do tasks perfectly than individuals and later on, they will only do that. Consequently, they will be regarded as a substitute for people in several jobs that require supreme excellence and physical difficulties. Simultaneously, machines may execute many tasks together and save time – for example, a computer may analyse a huge amount of information in one second. That is the reason why in the long run, the machines will be utilised from the war, study, human and construction will probably have more leisure time because of this.

Surely, machines will ease us from repetitive jobs, but they will create a few complexities also. When individuals leave manual functions, the dangers of health ailments increase. They are getting affected with different life-tolling ailments due to the physical inactivity they had to do before participating in machines due to their conveniences. Besides, I feel that machines may also cause mass inflation. The dependence on machines could be extreme, and because of this, one example of failure or incorrect instruction would bring catastrophic consequences.

To conclude, I think it is vital to deploy machines in just some particular sectors beyond the range of humans. Higher leisure is likely to make life dull for us, so we ought to be engaged from the normal tasks to enjoy a happy and healthier life.

Sample 1:

Thanks to the wonders of video technology, it has become very easy to learn about the way that people live their lives in other countries. However, I would argue that although video is an extremely useful tool, written documents hold an equally valuable place in educating people about the customs and culture of those from other countries.

Firstly, video provides people with multiple ways to learn about how other people around the world live. Not only is it far easier to watch a video compared to reading, but it is also a lot more visually exciting and interesting. Whether it be a film, a documentary, or a short clip on YouTube, videos are a highly stimulating and entertaining way of learning, thanks to their use of both visual images and audio. Furthermore, thanks to the internet, most people now have access to an unlimited source of information in the form of video, that allows them to learn about almost any subject, including the customs and cultures of different people around the world and how they live their lives.

However, written documents such as books, magazines, newspapers, and online articles are still an excellent source of learning material. Scientific studies have shown that reading is a more effective way of learning compared to watching videos, especially when it comes to the retention of specific details of information. Therefore, as an educational tool, reading may in fact be superior. In addition, books are quite often a far more reliable source of information compared to what we may see in a video. Due to the cost and time that it takes to produce, publish, and print a book, the content is often well researched and reliable, unlike a lot of the content we find in videos on the internet these days.

In conclusion, I do not agree that video is a better way of learning about how other people in the world live, though I do believe that it is an effective learning tool.

Sample 2:

It is believed that visual documentaries constitute a better source of insights into people’s lifestyles all over the globe compared to written accounts. In my opinion, however, this is not true because each form has its own merits.

To start with, video recordings make extremely helpful facilitators due to their liveliness. The reflection of information from textual descriptions into one’s mind relies principally on the reader’s imagination, which is sometimes limited by his understanding of the language being used. Fortunately, visual records help overcome the mentioned barriers by directly showing viewers images and sounds. This could be clearly illustrated by the popular series Rick Steves’ Europe, in which Steves attempts to show his audience numerous things they are unable to fully grasp just by imagining, such as architecture, food, and natural scenery.

Written documents, on the other hand, inform their readers about people’s ways of life during times when no cameras were available. Given the time gap, it would be extravagant to reconstruct these documents into films. If rebuilding the lives of Polish people in Warsaw during the German invasion in World War II, for instance, was already costly, how much more would it demand to produce films about, say, the decline and fall of the Roman Empire? Moreover, people often take it for granted when the information they need is available at the convenience of their audio-visual devices. Meanwhile, a person who actively mines knowledge out of his books cannot help developing intellectually.

In conclusion, I believe that video recordings and written documents should be used reciprocally because each form is communicative in its own way. While films make the depiction livelier, books give their readers not only historical insights that are hard to convert into films but also mental exercise.

Sample 3:

Video records are a more effective method of gaining insight into the lifestyles of people around the world compared to written documents. I strongly agree with this statement as videos provide a visual representation of different cultures, traditions, and daily routines that written texts may not accurately convey.

Firstly, videos offer a more engaging and immersive experience for viewers, allowing them to see firsthand how people dress, eat, work, and interact in their respective environments. This visual element helps to paint a more vivid picture of a particular culture or society, making it easier for viewers to understand and appreciate the nuances of their way of life. Additionally, videos often include interviews, conversations, and real-life scenarios that provide valuable context and insights into the beliefs, values, and challenges faced by individuals in different parts of the world.

Moreover, videos have the ability to evoke emotions and create a sense of empathy and connection with the subjects being portrayed. By seeing the faces, expressions, and emotions of people in various situations, viewers can develop a deeper understanding and appreciation of their experiences and perspectives. This emotional connection can lead to greater empathy, tolerance, and respect for cultural diversity, fostering a more inclusive and harmonious global community.

In conclusion, video records offer a more comprehensive and engaging way to learn about the diverse lifestyles and experiences of people around the world. Through visual storytelling, videos provide a unique and powerful medium for sharing knowledge, fostering understanding, and promoting cultural exchange. Therefore, I believe that video records are indeed a superior tool for gaining insights into the way other people in the world live.

Sample 4:

It is stated that acquiring information about global lifestyles through videos is more effective than reading written materials. Although I admit that video recordings leave more of a lasting impact on people’s minds, I mostly disagree with this notion since they are not suitable for all learners and limited in their availability.

Admittedly, video recordings can be a valid approach to gain a greater understanding about different lives in various nations on account of better visualisation. To explain, images and audio recordings enable people to observe things in an authentic way, leaving better impressions in their minds and thus facilitating their memories. In other words, by watching videos, they can experience these customs firsthand in lieu of imagining them through a secondhand perspective when they read written documents. For example, a video about the harsh living conditions of residents in Africa having to use dirty water for household tasks and their desperate voices in the video would be more indelible in viewers’ minds than simply text.

However, there are two reasons for my disagreement. Chief of these is that learning via videos is not an optimal medium for all types of learners. This is because those who favor other learning styles such as reading and writing may prefer written documents instead. Another justification is that videos are lacking in their attainability. More specifically, numerous materials are recorded in written form only, especially about details in the past due to the lack of technology, thus it is hard for people to access information regarding important individuals and events through videos alone. For instance, for those who want to research the eating habits of people in a country, it is more useful for them to choose articles or references because there is a scarcity of videos that illustrate real dietary patterns.

In conclusion, the value of video recordings is significant in terms of enhancing visualisation; however, I maintain that they are not suitable for those who follow other learning styles and written documents are still of importance because a wider range of information is offered. It is advisable that people should opt for the materials that suit their preferences and the specific topic.

Sample 5:

While some argue that written documents are the best way to learn about other cultures, others believe video records are more effective. From my perspective, video records offer a more immersive and engaging way to learn about how other people live.

One of the main advantages of video records is that they provide a visual representation of how people live, which can be more engaging and memorable than written documents. Watching videos of people from different cultures going about their daily lives, interacting with one another, and practicing their traditions can offer a unique and authentic insight into their way of life. This can be particularly valuable for those who have never had the opportunity to travel to other countries or experience other cultures firsthand. By seeing people in their natural environment, we can better understand their habits and customs and develop a more nuanced perspective of their way of life.

Another advantage of video records is that they allow us to see and hear things that may be difficult to capture in writing. For example, videos can capture the nuances of facial expressions, tone of voice, and body language essential to communication in many cultures. This type of nonverbal communication can be challenging to convey in written documents and can significantly enhance our understanding of other cultures. However, it is essential to acknowledge that video records may present a limited or biased view of a culture. The filmmaker's perspective or agenda may influence the selection of what is included in a video, and specific aspects of a culture may be omitted or distorted. Therefore, seeking out various sources, including written documents, is essential to gain a more comprehensive understanding of a culture.

In conclusion, personally, video records offer a unique and engaging way to learn about other cultures. However, it is crucial to approach video records with a critical eye to gain a more comprehensive understanding of other cultures.

Sample 6:

There is ongoing debate regarding the effectiveness of video records versus written documents in educating us about diverse societies. Some argue that video records surpass written documents in this regard. However, in my view, both mediums play crucial roles and significantly contribute to our comprehension of various cultures and lifestyles.

One of the primary advantages of video records lies in their capacity to convey visual and auditory information simultaneously. This allows viewers to fully immerse themselves in the sights, sounds, and emotions of the subjects depicted, leading to a more comprehensive understanding of their experiences. Documentaries, for example, can capture subtle cues like body language, facial expressions, and tone of voice, which are often challenging to express in written form. Furthermore, videos tend to captivate the audience more effectively due to their dynamic nature compared to static text.

On the other hand, written documents possess their unique merits in comprehending other societies. Detailed written accounts, such as novels, essays, or anthropological studies, can offer a profound insight into the historical, social, and cultural contexts shaping a particular community. For instance, a well-researched historical book can delve deeply into a society’s customs, values, and beliefs, aspects that might not be adequately conveyed in video records. Additionally, written documents provide an opportunity for introspection and critical thinking as readers have the time and space to analyze, interpret, and reflect upon the presented information.

In conclusion, both video records and written documents have distinct advantages in uncovering the lifestyles of diverse cultures. While video records provide an engaging and visually rich experience, written documents offer deeper insights into the historical, social, and cultural contexts shaping societies. Instead of favoring one medium over the other, it’s crucial to recognize and value the unique contributions that each medium offers in enriching our comprehension of the diverse world we inhabit.

Sample 7:

Throughout history, humans have utilized various mediums to grasp the essence of global cultures. Presently, there is a growing belief that visual recordings, such as videos, surpass written documents in offering insights into the global way of life. While I recognize that videos can deliver an engaging sensory experience, I firmly believe that written documents possess an unmatched depth.

The compelling nature of videos is undeniable. With their dynamic combination of visuals and sound, videos allow individuals to virtually immerse themselves in unfamiliar cultures and settings. The vibrant festivals of China or the nuanced tea ceremonies in Vietnam, when showcased through film, allow the viewer to feel an almost firsthand experience. The immediate visual and auditory engagement often cements the information more effectively in the viewer's memory. For instance, a visual depiction of Venice's daily life, complete with its canals and gondolas, can transport viewers, making them feel as though they are navigating the city's waterways.

Yet, the allure of videos does not overshadow the comprehensive depth that written documents offer. Written records, encompassing books, articles, or journals, provide a deep dive into cultural subtleties, historical contexts, and discerning interpretations. They offer a platform for reflection, for revisiting passages, and for understanding information at a leisurely pace. Notably, many individuals, particularly avid readers, derive greater satisfaction and insights from written content. Furthermore, much of our historical knowledge and detailed analyses from earlier periods are captured predominantly in written form. For an individual seeking an in-depth exploration of the Renaissance period's art and culture, written records would be a treasure trove, far surpassing any video documentary in content depth.

In conclusion, while videos offer an enticing and tangible glimpse into diverse cultures, the intricaсу, depth, and reflective nature of written content make it unparalleled. As we navigate an increasingly digital world, recognizing the strengths of both mediums and understanding their unique appeals to different learning styles becomes imperative.

Sample 1:

The arts are both a window into a culture's history and an expression of the unique personalities of the citizens of a country. While I agree that the government shouldn't waste money on the arts, I also think that doing so would be a mistake.

It is widely believed that investing in the arts is inappropriate for national progress and citizen welfare. Many people propose that the available funds should be used to improve infrastructure such as healthcare facilities, transportation networks, educational opportunities, and other similar institutions which will help in better transportation to previously unavailable areas and more medical attention for those who are sick. Better educational opportunities for kids should be the main focus. Many governments, in the eyes of these individuals, simply cannot afford to support the art as it is a luxury.

On the other hand, the arts are just as important as other areas where investment is needed. The arts have been shown to reduce crime, increase social cohesion, and increase civic participation, all of which point to the economic benefits of investing in their growth and maintenance. Visitors from all over the world flock to museums and art galleries, boosting the economy, while artists expose the biases of our society through their creations. Similarly, engaging in artistic pursuits like painting, music, acting, dancing, and so on can help relieve stress and teach people new skills. Likewise, these kinds of actions give the world a good impression of a country. Many museums and theaters would close permanently without government funding for the arts. The true development of a nation depends as much on the arts as it does on science.

In conclusion, the arts benefit both individuals and society. Thus, government arts funding is not wasteful. 

Sample 2:

Some people argue that a nation has more important issues to deal with before it can devote resources to the arts. It seems reasonable to me, however, to set aside some of the budgets for the purpose of preserving and fostering the arts, as I believe they are an integral part of any culture.

Of course, those opposed to funding for the arts have their reasons for doing so. First of all, the majority of artistic endeavours are costly and lack obvious results that are directly related to a country's income. For instance, the Kebangkitan Pahlawan monument in Malang city, which has absorbed almost 1 billion rupiahs, does not draw a lot of attention. In addition, art is not essential to the continuation of human life. The existence of humans will not end simply because they lack aesthetic taste.

Nonetheless, I continue to believe the government should provide funding for the arts. There is a strong possibility that a country's arts scene will become a significant economic driver as the arts become increasingly integral to the nation's identity. In addition, art makes life worthwhile. Art, like food, is a supplement to the human soul. Its uniqueness has a magnificent power to aid buildings, roads, parks, and everything. Consider how empty a room would be if there were no paintings or decorations on the walls. Art enriches people's lives by allowing them to make use of their experiences and develop their own uniquely beautiful imaginations.

In conclusion, it is essential for a government to invest in the arts because doing so would either improve the tourism industry or provide better artistic facilities, both of which would help in an overall improvement in the quality of life.

Sample 3:

There are some people who believe that funding the arts is a waste of money that could be better used to address other, more urgent societal problems. I agree that there are probably a lot of issues that can't be fixed unless we allocate a lot more money to the problem.

I agree with the idea that the government should spend money on increasingly serious problems rather than the arts. This is due to the fact that the majority of talented people in today's society are focused on their careers and looking for better ways to earn money. To put it another way, modern media considers the arts to be pointless; instead, it would be more beneficial to direct resources toward finding solutions to the major problems that impede the economic development of so many countries. Because a healthy population results in an increase in the size of the labour force, which in turn contributes to a high level of budget, healthcare is deserving of more financial support than the arts.

Another factor to take into account is that art is not a necessary component of a well-rounded education and therefore should not be given more weight than other topics. Because of this, it won't be possible to assist young people in finding jobs in the future. As an illustration, considering that the arts aren't as crucial as other subjects, parents typically encourage their children to concentrate on math and science while they are in school rather than the arts.

To summarise, the primary concerns for every nation should be addressing important issues such as healthcare reform and educational inequality. These should be the primary factors.

Sample 4:

It is believed that spending money on arts is not very useful and that it should be directed elsewhere. I completely disagree with this and feel that arts are worth every penny that is spent on them.

First of all, arts are considered a national interest. In some countries, arts have significant importance and government establishes and maintains organizations that preserve arts. For example, Canada, USA, UK, Australia have art museums all over the country that exhibit ancient arts. People who are interested can visit the museums free of cost. The cost of maintenance is undertaken by the government. Moreover, this increases the level of interest among the people. Thus, the government puts an inconsiderable amount of effort to preserve the arts in the form of museums, craft exhibitions, etcetera.

Secondly, arts are considered to be a great form of entertainment by several people in the country. For instance, movies, exhibitions, crafts are derived from arts. Movies are considered very lucrative and there is a film industry for every language. Like, Hollywood is for English, Tollywood is for Telugu, Bollywood for Hindi. Exhibitions and crafts display several creations like paintings, clay buildings, paper arts, and glass paintings.

Encouragement for arts from government improves the livelihood of thousands of people who base their career on arts. This proves beneficial both to people who work on arts and others who enjoy arts.

To conclude, since arts play an important role in the lives of people, it is very important for the government to make sure that arts are financed properly in a variety of forms like museums, exhibitions, documentary films, craft expos, and so on.

Sample 5:

Arts reflect the heritage of a country and depict the creativity of an individual. While many believe that financing in arts is a wastage of money, I am of the opposite view as I believe that financing in arts is a good idea for the government.

Many people think that diverting funds towards the arts hampers the well-being of citizens and the development of the nation. For example, available monetary resources, according to them, could be put to use in building more hospitals, roads, schools and developing other infrastructures. This means increasing care of the sick and improved transportation to previously inaccessible areas. For children, it caters for better education facilities. These people believe that art is a luxury, and many governments cannot afford this extravagance.

However, while investments in such areas are vital, spending on arts is equally important. Allocating money to the development and sustenance of the arts helps boost the economy, and arts are important to alleviate crime from society and positively entertain and engage people. Art galleries can attract tourists from all over the world, generating revenue in return while artists can reveal discrimination of society through their works. It is also the case that viewing and practising arts, such as painting, music, acting, dancing and so on, are good sources of venting out stress while educating people at the same time. Such activities also portray a positive picture of a nation to the world. If governments fail to support arts fiscally, many art galleries and theatres would not be able to survive. Arts is as important as science for the true progress of a nation.
In pithy, it is clear to me that spending on arts is beneficial both for an individual and society. Therefore, funding arts by the government is not squandering money.

Sample 6:

There is an ongoing debate regarding the allocation of government funds to the arts, with some individuals asserting that such expenditures constitute a waste of resources, suggesting that the funds could be more effectively utilised elsewhere. While I acknowledge the need for prudent financial management, I firmly believe that investment in the arts yields numerous societal benefits that justify the allocation of government funds.

Government funding for the arts is essential and should not be dismissed as wasteful expenditure. Investment in the arts fosters cultural enrichment, preserves heritage, and enhances national identity. The arts contribute to the social fabric of a nation, fostering creativity, critical thinking, and personal expression. The annual Edinburgh Festival in Scotland is a prime illustration of the positive impact of government-funded arts initiatives. This event attracts millions of visitors and showcases a wide range of performances, exhibitions, and cultural events, contributing significantly to the local economy while celebrating Scotland’s rich cultural heritage. Furthermore, the arts industry generates employment opportunities and drives economic growth through tourism and cultural events. For instance, renowned art galleries, museums, and theatres attract visitors from around the world, stimulating local economies and creating jobs.

Finally, arts play a crucial role in promoting social cohesion and inclusivity. They provide a platform for marginalized voices and promote dialogue on important social issues. By supporting diverse artistic expressions, governments can foster understanding, empathy, and tolerance among citizens. For instance, the “Black Lives Matter” movement gained significant momentum through various forms of artistic expression, including music, visual art, and performance. These creative endeavours not only provided a platform for activists to raise their voices but also helped educate the public about systemic racism and inequality

In conclusion, dismissing spending on the arts as waste would overlook the significant benefits they provide to society. Investment in the arts promotes cultural enrichment, stimulates economic growth, and fosters social cohesion. Therefore, I firmly disagree with the notion that government spending on the arts is a misuse of resources, and I back the continued support and investment in this vital sector.

Sample 7:

The allocation of government funds is often debated, and one area that often comes under scrutiny is arts funding. Some argue that the government is squandering money by investing in the arts and that these funds would be better utilised in other areas. In this essay, I will argue in agreement with this perspective, highlighting the need to prioritise essential sectors such as education, healthcare, and infrastructure over the arts.

Firstly, in many developing countries, there are pressing needs in areas like education that require significant financial resources. Schools often struggle with outdated facilities, inadequate resources, and overcrowded classrooms. By diverting funds from the arts to education, governments can address these urgent issues and provide students with a better learning environment. For instance, additional funding could be used to improve infrastructure, hire more teachers, and enhance educational programmes, ensuring that future generations have the necessary skills and knowledge to thrive in a competitive world.

Furthermore, healthcare is another critical sector that deserves greater attention and investment. Many healthcare systems face challenges such as long waiting times, understaffing, and limited access to essential treatments. By reallocating funds from the arts to healthcare, governments can improve the quality and accessibility of healthcare services for all citizens. Lastly, infrastructure development is vital for economic growth and the overall well-being of society. Neglected roads, bridges, and public transportation systems can hinder productivity, impede trade, and jeopardize public safety. By investing in infrastructure projects, governments can stimulate economic activity, create jobs, and enhance the overall efficiency of transportation networks. Allocating funds to such projects would have a tangible and lasting impact on the lives of citizens, improving their daily commutes, reducing congestion, and promoting sustainable development.

In conclusion, while the arts hold cultural and aesthetic value, it is essential to prioritise limited government funds toward sectors that directly address the fundamental needs of society. By redirecting resources from the arts to areas such as education, healthcare, and infrastructure, governments can make a more significant impact on the well-being and prosperity of their citizens.

Sample 8:

Many contend that government funding for the arts is better allocated to sectors such as healthcare, education, or infrastructure, deeming arts investment as impractical. I argue against this notion, advocating that funding the arts is essential for cultural, economic, and societal benefits, thus meriting its place in government budgets.

First, the arts enrich cultural heritage and national identity, pivotal in an increasingly globalized world. For example, Aboriginal art in Australia not only offers aesthetic pleasure but also plays a crucial role in preserving cultural narratives and traditions. Curtailing such funding risks diminishing a nation's cultural legacy and diversity.

Economically, the arts sector is a significant contributor, creating jobs, attracting tourism, and generating revenue. Studies have shown that every dollar invested in the arts yields substantial returns, revitalizing local economies and contributing to economic diversity. This is evident in cities like Liverpool, which transformed into a cultural hub, enhancing its economic landscape significantly.

Socially, the arts promote mental health and foster social cohesion. Integrating arts in education has proven to boost academic performance and enhance critical thinking skills. Moreover, arts provide a platform for diverse societal dialogue, facilitating mutual understanding and cohesion, particularly valuable in times of social unrest.

Although essential services require robust funding, dismissing arts financing is short-sighted. A balanced budget that nurtures the arts alongside essential services fosters a well-rounded societal development. Ignoring the arts could lead to a cultural and societal impoverishment that undermines long-term national prosperity.

In conclusion, viewing arts funding as a governmental waste is an oversimplification. The arts are not merely a luxury but are integral to the nation's cultural, economic, and social framework. Properly funded, the arts can yield substantial benefits across various aspects of societal development.

Sample 1:

At the contemporary market, buyers have a wider range of choices for more affordable commodities. Although some benefits can be seen from the phenomenon, the drawbacks are more significant.

The provision of cheaper goods presents several advantages. Regarding individual economical merits, customers now can enjoy inexpensive purchases of diverse types of goods, which is particularly favorable for the households with limited incomes. On the societal level, the affordability of consumer products promotes people’s purchasing power, which contributes to the development of the economy. It is common knowledge that the market’s demand for products increases when commodities’ exorbitant prices are reduced. Therefore, people will be attracted to buying these products on a large scale, fostering the general prosperity of a country’s economy.

However, those advantages above still cannot overshadow the disadvantages. As the goods’ prices are inexpensive and the quantity is huge to satisfy the market’s need, yet businesses still have to balance their capital and generate more profit, the quality of commodities might be taken for granted. In the long term, without quality products, customers will gradually lose their trust in those products’ manufacturers, which directly jeopardizes the economy. Another repercussion worth mentioning is that the environment may suffer. In order to meet the enormous demand from buyers, companies have to expand their factories and accelerate their production process, which causes much harm to the surrounding area due to their toxic waste and exhaust.

In conclusion, the benefits of cheapening modern goods should not be overrated as the disadvantages are greater.

Sample 2:

The development of technology, combined with living in the city, gives people the chance to purchase products at lower prices. While I agree that this opportunity is advantageous to some extent, I am seriously concerned that the drawbacks it brings can be detrimental to the living society.

It is understandable that being able to buy cheaper products is substantially beneficial. Saving money is probably the first and foremost merit of this trend. Instead of spending a significant amount of monthly expenditure on clothes or basic necessities as they used to do in the previous years, consumers can now spare a larger proportion of their budget on critical needs, including better education and nutrition. In addition, the availability of low-priced products grants consumers more spending choices and boosts overall consumption. Since products become more affordable and accessible, even low-income people can now purchase a certain range of consumer goods to satisfy their different needs. Thanks to this, people from all walks of life can enjoy sufficient living without paying much.

However, I firmly believe that purchasing cheaper goods has its downsides which seem to overshadow the benefits. Firstly, health threats to consumers and workers are two major problems of this trend. To save costs, manufacturers may accept the usage of unsafe cheap chemicals and low-quality ingredients, which undoubtedly affect customers’ health. Moreover, mass production is also associated with worker exploitation and international outsourcing systems that render poor countries labor-intensive. Secondly, the cost-effectiveness of this practice is not guaranteed since products of lower prices usually come with short shelf life and low quality. Therefore, in some instances, customers may not save money but also have to spend more than they should have to fix or to purchase new products.

In conclusion, people’s access to cheaper products has its advantages. However, the shortcomings are more remarkable, and they should be taken into serious consideration.

Sample 3:

It is possible for people to purchase goods at a cheaper price. While I believe this trend can bring concerns about product qualities, I still believe the benefits far outweigh the disadvantages.

On the one hand, cheaper products are questionable in terms of their quality. In fact, to reduce the price of products, businesses are encouraged to prioritize production expense reduction. As a result, companies seek less expensive and less qualified sources of materials, and the quality of the products is therefore compromised. This explains why consumers may feel like they receive less value from their purchase because the product is no longer of high quality. However, this drawback can be easily avoided if customers do research into the product’s company before making any purchase.

The benefits of having cheaper options, on the other hand, far outweigh the aforementioned drawbacks. The first benefit is that customers can purchase more products from their source of real income, which can enhance the purchasing power of the economy. This in turn increases consumer spending and pushes the healthy growth of a nation’s GDP. In addition, businesses can expand their market towards low- and medium-income groups, more new customers are attracted to a lower price point. This can help boost sales and the growth of the company.

In conclusion, while I agree that cheaper products may have lower quality, I also believe this drawback is not as significant as the benefits that these products bring to manufacturing companies and the economy as a whole.

Sample 4:

It is self-evident that owing to industrialization, consumers may purchase things at a cheaper cost in our day and age. While I recognize that there are some disadvantages, I believe that they are exceeded by the advantages.

On the one hand, there are undoubtedly certain drawbacks to purchasing lower-cost goods. It goes without saying that buyers should evaluate product quality. To create low-cost items, a firm may employ resources that are not guaranteed in order to balance the amount of capital and profit it makes. People who use such a product for an extended period of time are certainly at risk of developing health concerns such as cancer.

Furthermore, as a result of the increased output, there will be more trash and emissions disposed of, which will worsen pollution in the environment. On the other hand, I do not feel that the benefits will outweigh the disadvantages. When individuals are given cheaper items, the largest benefit is that they may save a significant amount of money on everyday expenditures, which they can then spend on other essential elements such as education or housing. Furthermore, it will benefit low-income families by providing them with a variety of alternatives for improving their living conditions. Another advantage is that demand for purchasing com will increase. Another advantage is that, as prices decrease, there will be an increase in demand for goods. As a result, the quicker the national economy expands, the more people spend. Manufacturers aren't the only ones that benefit from this phenomenon; other sections of the supply chain do as well.

To summarise, I believe that the benefits of buying cheaper items for consumers and the economy have more than compensated for the disadvantages.

Sample 5:

People can buy items at reduced prices because of the advancement of technology and the fact that they live in a metropolis. While I believe that this possibility has certain advantages, I am afraid that the disadvantages it presents might be harmful to living civilization.

It is understood that being able to purchase things at a lower cost is quite advantageous. The ability to save money is perhaps the most important benefit of this trend. Consumers may now devote a bigger percentage of their monthly budget to important requirements, such as improved education and nutrition, rather than spending a huge chunk of their money on clothing or basic necessities, as they did in past years. Furthermore, the availability of low-cost goods gives customers more purchasing options and increases total consumption. Because items have grown more inexpensive and accessible, even low-income individuals may now acquire a variety of consumer goods to meet their various needs. People from all walks of life may now live well without spending a fortune.

However, I am certain that buying cheaper items has drawbacks that appear to outweigh the advantages. First and foremost, this tendency poses health risks to both customers and workers. Manufacturers may tolerate the use of potentially hazardous chemicals and low-quality substances in order to save money, which will surely harm consumers' health. Furthermore, mass manufacturing is linked to worker exploitation and international outsourcing, making poor nations labor-intensive. Second, the cost-effectiveness of this approach cannot be assured because low-cost items typically have a limited shelf life and poor quality. As a result, customers may not only not save money, but may also have to pay more than they should to repair or acquire new items.

Sample 6:

It is true that goods prices are decreasing these days. Although this tendency may help people of all socioeconomic levels, I feel the drawbacks outweigh the benefits.

On the one hand, there are certain advantages to purchasing less expensive goods. To begin with, there is no division between the lower and upper classes; unlucky people may also catch up with the contemporary world. Those with a lesser income, for example, can purchase a smart TV, an air conditioner, and other items without considering the cost to meet their fundamental necessities. Second, low-cost items tend to attract more consumers, which may add to a country's economy.

Taxes are a portion of the price that consumers must pay when purchasing goods. These taxes will be used by the government to fund a variety of services, including healthcare, leisure, and education. Finally, as more people want to buy cheaper goods, more businesses are springing up to fulfill the growing demand for such goods. As a consequence, the country's unemployment problem may be addressed.

On the other hand, in addition to the benefits of low-cost items, there are a number of difficulties that consumers may face while purchasing low-cost goods. One of the issues is that low-cost items are often associated with poor quality. As a result, consumers should think about it while placing an order. When cheaper imports from China initially entered the American, European, and Asian markets, customers rapidly discovered that products like electrical goods didn't operate or broke down quickly, and the materials themselves were not durable. Another issue is that this might result in unfair market competition.

Some businesses put a lot of time and money into developing items, yet they rarely sell because customers prefer to buy products that are low-cost. In conclusion, the disadvantages of low-cost items outweigh the benefits since low-cost food is frequently of poor quality and produced in unsustainable methods.

Sample 7:

In various communities, individuals are now able to purchase a variety of products at a lower price compared to previous times. While there are certain limitations related to quality and well-being that must be taken into account, I am of the opinion that the advantages of this trend outweigh the disadvantages.

To begin with, there are indeed some drawbacks associated with the availability of cheaper products. One of these is the issue of quality, as inexpensive materials prone to damage are often utilized to reduce costs. Therefore, consumers must exercise caution when purchasing these products to ensure their reliability. Furthermore, there is a risk that such products may contain harmful chemicals that could pose health risks.

However, it is important to acknowledge that consumers significantly benefit from the decrease in product prices. Firstly, this can result in financial savings for consumers, allowing them to allocate those savings towards other expenses. Additionally, individuals may feel less concerned and anxious about their spending habits, leading to an overall improvement in their quality of life. For instance, previously, they were only able to purchase a hotdog with their available funds. Yet, owing to the declining prices of goods, they could afford both a hotdog and a box of milk for the same cost.

In conclusion, while the decline in product prices may also imply a reduction in quality and safety, these concerns can be mitigated through cautious consumption. Ultimately, the benefits of lower prices outweigh the disadvantages, leading to a more comfortable lifestyle for consumers.

Sample 8:

Today's era is significantly more advanced than that of the past and availability of cheap consumer products attracts people to buy things more frequently than ever before. Even though the living standard of people has improved with this, I feel that the demerits of this trend cannot be overlooked.

On the one hand, as a result of globalization people can access the national and the international products at an affordable price. For instance, new gadgets such as Android cell phones are available in the market at an acceptable price that everyone can afford. In a sense, the widespread use of such technological devices has improved the way we communicate but this is also creating a throwaway society. The gap between the rich and poor has narrowed in terms of their ability to purchase consumer products. Living standards have improved and basic needs are easily met these days and more people have the opportunities to select from more options. As a result, people are purchasing things that do not even need. A single person has multiple cell phones, and they are busy all day with their cell phones and internet. Thus, people are becoming less social. The technology changes rapidly and thus people need to change the model of a product within few months. The amount of wastage created from these electronic devices is a matter of great concern. Cheaper prices of cars and motorbikes are the primary reason for traffic congestion and the habit of purchasing products that people do not really need is a very bad trend.

On the other hand, due to the cheaply available goods, a newer trend for material possessions has emerged. Nowadays people consider this as their status symbol. For example, people who possess the branded gadgets or latest cars earn a respectable position in the society and this is a degradation of morality and social value. In addition, this trend leads to a throwaway culture and the amount of trash produced each day has increased dangerously. As a result, environmental pollution is irreversible.

Moreover, cheap availability of products motivates people to consume unwanted products. Last but not least, most of the technologies used for developing cost effective products are harmful to human health and human life is jeopardized.

Taking everything into consideration, availability of consumer products at an affordable price is a positive trend as it helps people to lead a better life. However, the negative sides of this trend cannot be forgotten. Social, personal and environmental problems are ever increasing due to this, and it might be a serious threat for the future generation.

Sample 1:

It has been argued by a few people that technology has made the life of human beings hard. The only solution to avoid this complexity is to lead a simple life without using it. I thoroughly disagree with the statement as it has strengthened their relationships with others, and it has provided a better living standard for people.

First, Automation has made relationships between people and their loved ones. To elaborate, people now have access to social networking sites. They can make a call and send messages to them even while sitting in any corner of the world. Therefore, people remain in touch with their kith and kin. Thus, a long distance fails to weaken their bonding. People feel at ease even if they receive or send a message about the well-being of others. For instance, during the corona pandemic, technology was the only hope for victims to talk with their near and dear ones. Many people rebuilt their faith in life after getting motivation and consultation through social websites. So, without technology, life is not possible.

Besides, it has ameliorated the living standard of the public. To explicate it, now people are enjoying a luxurious life as they have personal cars to move to and from. They don’t need to wait for buses. Even flights have made it easy for them to have lunch in Paris and dinner in London. For instance, earlier people were leading a hard life without technology. They used to go on foot and could not even imagine going Overseas, but now they are leading a comfortable life. They are happier than in their past life. In addition, they have improved their lives with the help of education. Now they have attained high titles. Education was a luxury for some, but now it is for everyone.

To conclude, thus it is clear that life without technology is problematic as it plays an essential role in making the bonding of people strong and it has also made the life of people better by providing essential facilities, which are adequate to lead a comfortable life such as education, transportation and to name but a few.

Sample 2:

Due to the advent of technology, our life undergoes a drastic change. A couple of people believe that life is simple and easygoing without technology, while the involvement of the latest equipment makes our life hard. I disagree that the simple way is the only solution, and this essay will discuss how machinery has made technology and transportation.

The foremost argument to justify my stand is that internet usage has increased, and we use different machines to complete our daily life activities. To explain, when humans go to a restaurant to have eatable items quickly instead of waiting in a long queue. For instance, there are many grocery stores across the country, but numerous people order things with smartphones through the internet owing to the fact that each individual thinks that machines are helpful to save time and effort. As a result, they prefer kiosk machines and drive-throughs to order food.

Another important factor which has to be considered is that continuous science research has impressed the nation with all its latest advancements and provides feasibility and ease in everyday life, to elaborate, the latest and fastest means of transportation make individual life easy as one can travel without any hassle. Smartphones connect to each other and are the easiest mode to receive information all around the world. Along with that, electronic devices make life heaven, for example, vacuum, electronic blender, coffee machines and electronic stones. Although, it makes the nation lazy, and less activity is performed by each individual, which raises several health concerns.

On the other hand, in the early days, everyone lived their life due to the non-availability of amenities and had more time to spend with family, and ladies performed their household chores manually. As a result, everything was pure and hygienic, as well as free from preservatives. All of the above illustrations clearly state that life was not easy at an early age, and humans suffer and work harder than the present generation.

To conclude, I agree that advanced automation makes everything so easy that you can do anything at your fingertips. However, a person should not depend on these gadgets entirely as this can cause severe health concerns in the long run for future generations. Everyone should balance their routine accordingly and also perform some tasks manually to keep themselves more active.

Sample 3:

While it is true that technological development has brought about many new challenges and complexities, I do not believe that the only solution to these challenges is to reject technology and attempt to live a completely simple life.

Technological development has certainly made our lives more complex in many ways. We are now more connected than ever before, with access to an incredible amount of information and communication tools. This can be overwhelming at times, and it can be difficult to navigate the constant stream of notifications, emails, and messages that demand our attention. Additionally, technology has brought about new forms of distraction, such as social media and video games, that can take away from our ability to focus on more meaningful tasks.

However, I do not think that the answer is to completely reject technology and attempt to live a simple life. While technology can be overwhelming and distracting, it has also brought about many incredible benefits and advancements. For example, technology has revolutionized medicine and healthcare, making it possible to diagnose and treat illnesses that were previously untreatable. It has also made our lives more convenient and efficient, allowing us to automate many tedious tasks and save time.

Instead of rejecting technology altogether, I believe that the key is to use it mindfully and intentionally. We can use technology to enhance our lives while still being mindful of its potential downsides. This means setting boundaries around our technology use, such as limiting our screen time or turning off notifications during certain periods of the day. It also means using technology in a way that aligns with our values and priorities rather than allowing it to dictate how we spend our time and attention.

In conclusion, while technological development has certainly made our lives more complex in many ways, I do not believe that the only solution is to reject technology altogether. Instead, we can use technology mindfully and intentionally, in a way that aligns with our values and priorities, to enhance our lives without becoming overwhelmed by its constant demands.

Sample 4:

In the contemporary world, technology has become an irreplaceable part of our lives. While it does offer a lot of advantages, it is an undeniable fact that it has added layers of complexity to our existence. I believe that if one can refrain from being too dependent on technology, it will lead to a simpler life.

Advancements in technology are beneficial, but they have made life much more complex. It has brought this constant need to update skills to keep up with the rapidly evolving technological developments, which sometimes becomes overwhelming and stressful. For instance, the shift from traditional phones to smartphones required learning new skills such as understanding the usage of various applications and managing the usage of data. In addition to this, the digital age has brought a new set of challenges in the form of cyber threats, privacy concerns and the constant bombardment of information. This has led to feelings of anxiety and confusion, acting as a source of distraction from the small moments of life. 

Moreover, an overdependence on technology has led to a disconnection from the natural world. Before the technological revolution began, people used to live a simple life, closely tied to nature. Activities such as farming and fishing were very common, and people used to spend a lot of time outdoors. By limiting the use of technology, people can reconnect with nature and get an opportunity to return to a grounded lifestyle. Furthermore, turning away from technology can lead to improved physical health. The sedentary lifestyle that has come because of the excessive use of technology has caused a lot of health issues such as obesity, heart disease and mental health disorders. For example, instead of relying on public transport, one can choose to walk or cycle to nearby places, adding some sort of physical activity to the daily routine.

To conclude, while technology brings its own set of benefits, it has also contributed to making life more complex. Therefore, by judiciously utilizing technology, individuals can revert to a simpler and more balanced lifestyle. This emphasizes the importance of striking a balance, enabling people to harness the advantages of technology without unnecessarily complicating their lives.

Sample 5:

Many are of the opinion that technology has done more harm than good, and we ought to simplify in order to lead more fulfilling lives. I agree that technology has its drawbacks, but I think turning away from technology is impractical.

The main reason that technology has complicated life for people today is that it has made people perpetually available. In the past, a worker might work a 9 to 5 then come home to spend time with their family, have dinner and enjoy their private life. That simplicity is largely no longer the case. Once work ends, you can still get email notifications and phone calls from managers or co-workers. The end result is that you can never be fully present in the moment because work always threatens to pull you back.

Although life has become more complicated and this is a negative development, shutting yourself off from technology would only serve to isolate people from the world. If you want to stay in touch with friends and know about events in your area, it is essential to have a phone. You can use Facebook Messenger to cheaply chat with individuals or make group plans. Email is an indispensable element of nearly every job. Without it, you are filtering out quality jobs and predetermining manual work as your vocation.

In conclusion, although technology has hurt people, turning away from it is not feasible today without making drastic sacrifices. Instead, people ought to seek ways to compartmentalise technology in order to live happier, more satisfying lives.

Sample 6:

Admittedly, modern technology has caused so many changes in our lives. With its impact on our lives in recent years, some believe that it has given us a complicated life and others refute this because they believe that it has made life easier for us. These points of view will be discussed in this order.

It is believed by some that new technology has made our lives too complicated because of the modern crimes we have heard these days. For instance, more electronic offences have been committed such as stalking and fraud offences. My elder brother, Fernando Meriales, who is a very busy engineer in Australia, is using an online bank because he thinks dealing his accounts online is way much easier than doing it traditionally to the bank. However, online money transactions have been committed by the fraud offenders using his bank account without his knowledge. In addition to this, social media crimes through the use of social networking sites such as Facebook and Instagram also emerged. An example is the San Roque High school girl student; Jessel Mallari has been fooled by her 30-years-old lover in Facebook and was raped by this criminal and taken her life. Thus, it is clear why some people gravitate towards this point of view.

On the other hand, many argue that modern technology has made our lives easier for the high-tech equipment and transportation facilities public people are using nowadays. For example, in the hospital where I am working, the Urdaneta Sacred Heart Hospital is using the Respiratory Ventilator for breathing support of our critically ill patients. Also, we do have a CT (Computed Topography) scan to diagnose easily those who have brain diseases. These two new technologies improve and prolong our patients' lives. Another example is the computer transportation system such as skyway and subway rail stations such in Singapore where through computers they can see who the transport violators are and ensures the public safety. After analysing these facts, it is clear why many people support this claim.

In conclusion, for reasons related to e-crimes and social crimes as well as high-tech facilities in medical and transportation field, the issue of whether technology has made our lives too complex or easier is refuted and supported by many. However, after analysing these two points of view, it is clear that the argument that technology has given us a more convenient life can be supported and is expected to be realised.

Sample 7:

In my view, technology has made life easier and at the same time, it has made our life somehow complicated.

We can't say it has made our life too complex because it is of the person's decisiveness to choose whether they want an easy or a complicated life, but it would fit to say it has made our life complicated in a certain manner to the extent that we have no control over some of its outcomes. For instance, technology has a role to play in air pollution and there is no way we can run away from pollution since it is a worldwide issue and as long as air pollution is there, each and every individual alive on this planet will suffer the consequences of this bad side of technology whether they like it or not.

Although most agree that technology has made our life easier, they have failed to make the most use out of it and its benefits. The benefits of technology go beyond transportation, communication and entertainment. Especially in the 21st century, technology is found in our day-to-day life. It has become an answer to most of our questions and a solution to most of our problems. It creates the atmosphere of comfort in a depressing era. Technological products such as cars, refrigerators, aeroplanes and stoves are some of the good examples to show how technology can simplify one's life.

In general, we can conclude that technology is a way of making life easy.

Sample 8:

Inevitably, technology has revolutionised the world. It is argued that the technology has complicated our lifestyle, but it must not be forgotten that it has been beneficial in terms of making life convenient. I strongly believe that the advantages of technology outweigh the drawbacks. This essay will discuss the issue, using examples of the internet and MRI scan in the UK to demonstrate points and support arguments.

Firstly, there is ample evidence to suggest that the technology has made the human life easy going, especially related to connecting with friends and the world. The reason behind this is that with the advancement in the information technology, one can easily connect with their loved ones. For instance, unlike in the past, nowadays people use the internet not only to keep in touch with their friends and family but also to get information from around the world instantaneously. Therefore, it is an undeniable truth that the modern technology such as the internet has made possible to connect with the world conveniently.

Secondly, it is evident that the advancement of technology in the medical field has a positive impact on human life. This is due to the fact that by using modern technology on the healthcare system, people may have a healthy and comfortable life. For example, recent studies by the General Medical Council in the UK showed that after an MRI scan had been installed, the rate of diagnosis of cancer almost tripled compared to the previous year, and this eventually provides people to get an early treatment. As a consequence, unsurprisingly, with the use of modern equipment in hospitals, people would get better health facilities.

To conclude, I believe that the technology has tremendous benefit in our life and had made our life far easier than our grandparent times. This is mainly because of the use of the internet and better health facilities.

Sample 9:

It is believed by some that modern technology has made our lives more complicated and it would be wiser to revert to the older and simpler ways of life. I believe that while there are a few downsides of technology, it has in fact simplified our lives, and life without technology is unimaginable.

On the one hand, there are plenty of examples of how life is now much simpler. Firstly, online shopping has made it possible for people to sit at home and buy almost everything they want with just a few clicks. There are other examples such as teleconferences, which eliminate the need to gather people from different parts of the world, and software like Skype and FaceTime, which allow users in different places to communicate "face-to-face". In fact, the goal of new technologies is to simplify people's life instead of complicating it.

Moreover, because of technology people enjoy every device imaginable to assist them in conducting their everyday affairs, from baby strollers to life-support machines. In fact, people are flooded with technological gadgets in this modern world and there is no sign of a reversal in this trend occurring. Imagine for a moment, if there were no television or computers. How would we know who had won the latest cricket match? Or what was going on in the world? What would the weather be like tomorrow?

On the other hand, the problem with modern technology is our increasing inability to tune out from an overload of information and our growing reliance on machines that perform mindless tasks, which we could simply do for ourselves. It is not rare to see people who choose to get away from the online social network for some time. Their feedbacks are generally positive but eventually they all come back because simply living without the technology is not the solution.

In conclusion, it seems to me that the purpose of technology is not to make life complex, but quite the opposite, to solve problems in our life and make life easier. Therefore, giving up technology is not the way to have a simpler life. Instead, we should know where to draw the line so that this technology does not take over our life completely.

Sample 10:

Given the rapid expansion of technology inching us closer and closer to complete assimilation with the virtual realm, concerns have been raised over the influence of this invention. Several people assume that technological advances have rendered human lives too complicated, which can be resolved by leading a life without its existence. From a personal perspective, I completely disapprove of this viewpoint due to the pivotal importance of technology.

To begin with, technological development plays an indispensable role in easing people’s lives. Indeed, in former times, communication via letters was not only time-consuming but also risky due to transportation mishaps, which obstructed the interaction process between both writers and responders. With the advent of technology, nonetheless, such a challenge would no longer be encountered since such social networking platforms as Facebook or Twitter transcend geographical boundaries, enabling people from virtually anywhere to communicate more freely and conveniently. Therefore, interpersonal connection would not be nearly as easy and simple as nowadays without the presence of technology, contributing to uplifting people’s life quality.

Another point is that it should be a fallacy to advocate for a return to a technology-absent world. The world has become significantly modernized and transformed thanks to the application of technology in different aspects and fields. For instance, owing to the widespread availability of information within the internet, both students and teachers can approach a wider range of materials as opposed to the previous one-way knowledge acquisition through printed books. Hence, without the assistance of technology, there would be regression in almost all fields, trapping humans in labor-intensive tasks and inconveniences forever, a prospect that nobody would expect. 

In conclusion, the assumption that technology overly complicates human lives is far from justifiable. I personally disapprove of a return to a world without technology due to the consequences for humanity in general. 

Sample 11:

The debate surrounding whether we should remove technology from human lives to simplify them has sparked controversy. While technology may have drawbacks in terms of well-being and privacy, I firmly believe that human lives may become more challenging and regress without it.

Without technology, people may have to handle their daily tasks manually, which is unfamiliar in today’s lifestyle. This unfamiliarity can lead to frequent mistakes, requiring more time and effort, and resulting in poorer performance, thus affecting overall quality. For example, the absence of a calculator may strain professions like cashier, secretary, or statistician, forcing them to rely solely on individual knowledge and skills, consuming precious time. Without technological assistance, people may become more prone to errors and inefficiencies, as technology has become an integral part of human lives.

Furthermore, life may regress without technology, as technological advancements are crucial for the development of human life quality. For instance, without genetic modification technology, we wouldn’t have artificial edible meat, potentially leading to increased animal slaughtering for food, with moral and environmental implications. Another example is the prevention of deaths from diseases like COVID-19 or rabies through vaccine generation technology. Without technology, there would be no progress, leading to a regression to a more primitive state.

In conclusion, the notion of leading a simpler life without technology is impractical because people heavily rely on technology for simplicity. The absence of technological assistance may lead to various consequences, including a decline in life quality and human efficiency.

Sample 1:

The debate centres around whether or not preventative measures are more effective than incarceration is one that is central to our society, and to our policy decisions regarding criminals. In this essay, I will explain why I personally believe we should focus our efforts on education and training rather than incarceration.

Firstly, there is simply no evidence that incarceration effectively reduces the chance that criminals will engage in crime after release - in fact, there is plenty of evidence against this idea. After serving their time in jail, ex-convicts often face large difficulties reentering the workforce as a result of punitive entry barriers, with the end result being a certain relapse as they have no other choice but crime. Countries with harsh punishment such as the US, for example, do much worse than countries such as Norway in terms of the recidivism rate; one could argue that the latter has been able to excel because of its educational approach to prisoners.

Secondly, education and training programs in prisons have been shown to dramatically increase the chances of inmates becoming productive members of society after their release, as employers are more likely to hire them. A lot of the inmates suffer as a result of being from low-income, poor education backgrounds, with no viable skill set needed for the job market. Job training and further education programs, thus, have been proven to provide inmates with jobs and prevent them from relapsing into crime in countries such as Switzerland.

Overall, I argue that given the evidence, incarceration is much worse than education and training at reducing crime; therefore, I argue that the latter is a more effective way to deal with criminals.

Sample 2:

Incarceration is one of the primary forms of punishment for the commission of felony, but many have questioned its effectiveness. Others believe that providing education and training is a better way. Both sides have their merits, and I think how we should deal with lawbreakers largely depends upon the age and the type of offense.

Education and training are more suitable options for offenders who are young or when the crimes are misdemeanors because such actions will give them a chance to be productive members of society. If people who commit crimes in their teens or their twenties are sent to jail, they will be out mostly by their thirties, the prime working age. With years of training lost due to prison time, ex-convicts have limited unemployment options and become a drag to the community. In addition, misdemeanors happen mostly because of a lack of general knowledge. There are not many compulsory legal courses in schools and universities. By enlightening them through proper teaching methodologies, society can lower the chance of future reoffences.

However, certain crimes must result in prison sentences to protect the well-being of society. Cases involving homicides or aggravated assaults are best dealt with by locking up the perpetrators in confined spaces to prevent further life losses. They might get some education and training, but still must be kept away from the community. Drug traffickers and arms dealers are even more dangerous. These people are beyond redemption and should serve the maximum sentences, including capital punishment. Another class of criminals that are often overlooked is the white-collar offenders, smart people that use their minds to cheat and dupe the market. Examples include tax evasion, insider trading, or Ponzi schemes. There is no use in trying to educate and train this group. Prison is the best deterrent for their actions.

In conclusion, the ultimate purpose of any law is to create a better society, so for each crime, we should strive to find the most appropriate action that reduces any future harm. Opportunities should be given to the young and the inexperienced while organized and white-collar crimes should be heavily punished.

Sample 3:

Many people believe that the reduction of the crime rate will be achieved more effectively through better education rather than prison sentences. I disagree with this view, because I consider that both approaches have their own distinctive merits and should each play an integral role in tackling crime.

On the one hand, I would argue that prison is effective in dealing with offenders. One reason is that a person who commits a crime must learn that unlawful actions have consequences. Murderers, for instance, must be imprisoned for many years and such a punishment may act as a deterrent. They know that they will face loss of freedom, social isolation and separation from their loved ones if they carry out such a criminal act. Another reason is that when serious offenders are behind bars, they are no longer a danger to society and people can walk in the streets or relax in their homes more safely.

On the other hand, I consider that education has a complementary role to play. Firstly, in schools, students should study some aspects of the law which affect their lives. Having some knowledge of the law, students are better prepared to avoid situations which may involve them in crime or becoming a victim. For example, youngsters must study the important laws about driving and road safety. Secondly, in prisons themselves, educational programmes must aim to provide prisoners with skills and qualifications to find work when they are released.

I believe that prison sentences are one essential weapon in the fight against crime, and I disagree that providing better education alone is a more effective solution to reduce the crime rate.

Sample 4:

An increase in crime has been a pressing issue in civilization. Some people argue that instead of incarceration, providing education and training is a better way to solve this problem. However, I think we should deal with lawbreakers depending on the age and the type of offense.

On the one hand, I agree that inflicting a criminal to jail is an effective way to punish them since they incur a punishment suitable for the offense. In this way, it keeps them far away from society, which ensures the safety of other well-being citizens. For example, violent offenders such as homicides, or white-collar offenders who are smart enough to use their minds to cheat and dupe the market need to be isolated from the community, so prison is the best deterrent for their actions. Moreover, strict sentences help to prevent violations. These judgments warn that criminals will be arrested, be separated from their relationships, and live in a miserable cell; hence, those who intend to break the law would reconsider their paths.

On the other hand, I believe that education and training are more suitable programs for lawbreakers who are teenagers or misdemeanours. For instance, many teenagers commit offence because of a lack of general knowledge, so legal courses in schools and universities will help them to distinguish between the standard and unusual behaviours, which can reduce the crime rate. Moreover, as poverty is one of the causes of crime, providing job training allows them to find a job. Besides, educating criminals may help them to integrate into the community and live a better life after they finish their punishments.

In conclusion, the purpose of ways is to create a better humanity, so we should find the most appropriate action to reduce any further harm. While white-collar and violent crimes should be heavily punished, opportunities should be given to the young.

Sample 1:

In today's rapidly evolving digital age, the practice of handwriting with traditional tools like pens and pencils is becoming increasingly rare. This essay will explore the reasons behind this decline and argue that, although there are some benefits, the negative consequences of this shift are more significant.

The primary reason for the decrease in handwriting is the widespread adoption of digital technology. Devices such as computers, tablets, and smartphones offer a more convenient and efficient means of writing and communication. The ease of typing, coupled with features like spell check and the ability to easily edit and share documents, has made digital writing more appealing. For instance, in educational and professional settings, typing is often preferred for its legibility and ease of distribution, leading to a gradual erosion of handwriting skills.

There are some positive aspects to the decline in handwriting. The digitization of writing has led to increased productivity and efficiency in both academic and professional contexts. Digital texts are easier to store, search, and access, making the management and dissemination of information more streamlined. Additionally, typing is more inclusive for individuals with disabilities that affect their ability to write by hand, such as dysgraphia.

However, the negatives of this trend outweigh its positives. Handwriting is crucial for cognitive development, particularly in young children, as it enhances fine motor skills and memory retention. The personal touch and uniqueness of handwritten text also hold sentimental value, which digital writing cannot replicate. Additionally, over-reliance on technology can lead to challenges in situations where digital devices are not accessible, leaving individuals ill-equipped to write manually.

In conclusion, whilst the move away from handwriting, largely due to the convenience of digital tools, has practical benefits, I feel that its drawbacks are more significant since it leads to a loss in cognitive benefits and personal expression.

Sample 2:

In the contemporary era, there has been a declining trend in the number of individuals resorting to the traditional method of writing by hand, employing pens, pencils, or brushes. This phenomenon can be attributed to several reasons, and its implications can be both positive and negative.

One primary reason for the diminishing practice of manual writing is the widespread use of technology. With the advent of computers and mobile devices, people find it more convenient to type on keyboards rather than laboriously write by hand. The ease and speed offered by digital platforms make them a preferred choice for many, leading to a decline in the traditional art of handwriting.

Furthermore, the fast-paced nature of modern life contributes to the decline in manual writing. Individuals today face time constraints and prefer quick note-taking methods to keep up with their hectic schedules. The need for efficiency has shifted the preference towards typing, relegating the act of handwriting to a less practical and time-consuming option.

Additionally, the diminishing emphasis on handwriting in education plays a role in this trend. Many educational institutions focus more on digital literacy, neglecting the importance of nurturing the skill of manual writing. As a result, individuals grow up without adequate encouragement or training to appreciate the art of handwriting.

From a positive perspective, the shift away from manual writing can be seen as a response to the demands of the modern world. The convenience and efficiency offered by digital alternatives align with the fast-paced lifestyle, allowing individuals to communicate and document information swiftly.

However, this trend also brings about negative consequences. The declining practice of handwriting may lead to the erosion of essential skills, such as fine motor control and the ability to convey emotions through the unique strokes of one’s handwriting. Furthermore, the abandonment of manual writing can contribute to the loss of cultural and traditional connections associated with this age-old practice.

In conclusion, the decreasing number of people opting for manual writing can be attributed to the convenience of technology, time pressures, and a lack of emphasis on handwriting in education. While the shift towards digital alternatives offers efficiency, it also poses risks to essential skills and cultural connections. Balancing the benefits and drawbacks of this trend is crucial to maintaining a harmonious relationship between technological advancements and traditional practices.

Sample 3:

Technological advancements have impacts on every aspect of humans’ lives, including their writing method. It is a fact that the number of people who use stationery to take notes is on the decline. Although there are some sound reasons for it, I believe that this development is likely to be detrimental to people’s writing proficiencies.

The transition to stylus pens can be explained by the pervasive integration of technology into daily life. At work, to maximize the resource utilization, everything needs to be completed swiftly, including writing. The advent of computers and tablets has halved the time required to produce a business report compared to manual writing, given the ability to copy, edit, and format documents with a mere click. This can subsequently translate into an equivalent rise in productivity. At schools, teachers tend to replace chalk and board with projectors and slides, while students are encouraged to submit assignments online for the legibility and convenience in marking and delivering results. This gradually forms a habit of using computers in note-taking and academic exercises among students.

Although typing is time and energy efficient, I believe that it will ultimately diminish people’s writing skills and cognitive functions. Firstly, slower writing speed enables individuals to better organize their thoughts, fostering the creation of quality and creative works. To illustrate, many internationally renowned writers, such as J.K. Rowling, or Stephen King, have shared their preference for pen and paper writing when composing their literary masterpieces. Secondly, it is proven that old-school writing can boost concentration. This ensures people’s, especially students’, better retention of knowledge, leading to enhanced academic performance. People, therefore, cannot enjoy the benefits of handwriting if they just emphasize technological communications.

In conclusion, the shift towards writing on technological devices is an irreversible trend due to its efficiency and convenience, but I believe that people’s writing and thinking will be adversely affected as a result. Therefore, it is essential to strike a balance between embracing technological progress and harnessing the cognitive benefits of handwriting to ensure effective learning and communication.

Sample 4:

There is a clear trend indicating a decline in the popularity of handwriting over the past few decades. This shift can be attributed to the emergence of faster and more convenient writing methods. Despite the practical advantages of these modern approaches, I hold the view that this shift has negative implications, notably affecting writers’ skills and physical well-being.

To commence, modern individuals show a reluctance towards employing pens or brushes for writing because of two factors. Foremost among these is the efficiency of typing, which surpasses traditional writing in speed. Typists benefit from the use of both hands and multiple fingers, facilitating an accelerated workflow and affording additional time for diverse pursuits. Secondly, the act of typing often incorporates supporting features. Notably, online platforms such as Google Docs offer autocorrection, and more recently, AI-generated content suggestions. These technological advancements not only streamline the writing process but also contribute to an effortless writing experience.

Nonetheless, the abandonment of traditional writing tools like pens, pencils, and paper should be regarded as a disadvantageous trend. Chief among the concerns is its impact on physical health. Typing often involves the use of modern technological devices such as computers and smartphones, which have been scientifically proven to contribute to health issues such as poor vision. Another notable consequence is the potential detriment to an individual’s writing skills. Many, particularly younger generations, report an overreliance on technological tools for document preparation. For instance, numerous university students now employ ChatGPT to generate written content, gradually losing the ability to choose proper words or grammatical structures to create their own writing.

In conclusion, the declining preference for handwriting, driven by the speed and convenience of typing, is not only understandable but also warrants concern due to its adverse effects on both health and writing proficiency. That is why governments should discourage excessive typing, and educational institutions should prioritize accepting only handwritten essays and reports.

Sample 5:

There is a noticeable decline in the number of people practicing handwriting using traditional tools such as pens, pencils, or brushes. This essay will examine why this is the case and then discuss whether it is a positive or negative change.

The diminishing preference for handwritten forms is due to the advent of digital devices and the nature of modern communication. Regarding the former, with the proliferation of computers and mobile phones, users can easily type, take notes, edit, or correct errors without the need for pens, erasers or physical notebooks. This has made editing and revising papers become smoother experiences for users, thereby gradually eliminating the habit of conventional handwriting. Additionally, modern lifestyles, often characterized by time constraints and the emphasis on efficiency, usually demand quicker modes of communication. This has led individuals to opt for electronic tools as means of exchanging information, which are significantly faster compared to writing with a pencil, for example.

The decline in handwriting, however, has brought about both positive and negative implications. As far as the benefits are concerned, digital platforms have facilitated the accessibility and dissemination of information. The ease of storing and sharing electronic documents has streamlined administrative tasks and thus made information readily available to a wider audience, which is extremely valuable in educational and workplace settings. Conversely, the reduced practice of handwriting has raised concerns regarding its potential impact on cognitive development. There are multiple studies suggesting that the act of writing by hand engages cognitive processes related to memory retention and creativity, which may not be fully replicated through typing.

In conclusion, the diminishing practice of handwriting is a result of technological advancements and the need for efficiency in contemporary lifestyles. While digitalization offers convenience and accessibility, it may compromise certain cognitive benefits associated with handwriting.

Sample 6:

In recent years, there has been a noticeable decline in the practice of handwriting, a shift primarily attributed to the rapid advancement and widespread adoption of digital technology. This transformation, from my perspective, is detrimental.

The noticeable decline in the practice of handwriting derives from several reasons. Firstly, the surge in digital devices, such as computers, smartphones, and tablets, has rendered typing and digital writing more accessible and practical. These devices offer multifunctional capabilities, providing users with the ability to take notes, compose documents, and communicate seamlessly with others through digital platforms. The speed and ease of typing on keyboards or touchscreens have supplanted the traditional pen-to-paper method, leading to a diminished emphasis on handwriting. Moreover, the efficiency and expediency offered by digital writing are unparalleled. Typing allows for swift notetaking and communication compared to handwriting. The digital format enables effortless editing, sharing, and storing of documents, facilitating enhanced productivity and accessibility.

However, this shift from traditional handwriting to digital methods is not without its downsides. Firstly, over-reliance on digital writing could lead to a decline in handwriting skills among individuals. Handwriting, being a cognitive skill, plays a crucial role in personal expression and cognitive development. Its neglect might potentially hinder individuals’ ability to convey thoughts and ideas effectively through handwritten means. Additionally, the decline in handwriting poses the risk of disconnecting individuals from cultural and historical traditions. Handwriting carries significant cultural value, being a part of our historical heritage. Its decline might result in the loss of connection to traditional communication methods, thereby diminishing the appreciation for handwritten artifacts and historical documents.

In conclusion, the advent of digital technology has revolutionized writing practices, leading to a decline in handwriting skills. The reliance on digital methods risks dissociating individuals from their cultural heritage and might impede personal expression and cognitive development.

Sample 7:

Together with the development of technology, the number of people using traditional tools such as pens, pencils, or brushes tends to be on the decrease. In this essay, I will outline some reasons for this decline, and I also believe that this tendency might be a negative development notwithstanding its several benefits.

The major reason for the decrease in handwriting is digitalization. The advent of smart devices including computers, tablets, and smartphones offers convenient methods of communication and writing. Particularly, writing digitally allows users to type, share, and edit documents easily along with some special tools integrated into platforms like spell check, or text prediction. Therefore, these features make digital writing appealing and efficient. In addition, the shift away from manual writing to digital one to keep up with the fast-paced nature of modern life. Today, people have been stuck in hectic schedules, and hence they may not have a sufficient amount of time to write by hand. They prefer quick note-taking methods on portable equipment instead. There is no need for them to bring a notebook, pencils, or pens, which are cumbersome.

Regardless of the aforementioned benefits, this trend also brings about negative consequences. The abandoning of handwriting has resulted in the loss of cultural identity and customary relationships. For example, each stroke of a letter may reflect your feelings and affection to the receiver, but emailing or preprinted cards are emotionless. According to certain studies, writing by hand may have several beneficial impacts on brain processes. Its benefits are comparable to those of studying music, such as rehabilitation, creativity, and social involvement. If handwriting becomes obsolete in the future, human awareness may suffer to some extent.

In conclusion, it is evident that the involvement of technology makes our life, let alone writing, more convenient. From my perspective, the decline of handwriting has a bad influence on our spiritual life and society. Therefore, it is preferable for us to combine old ways with current technologies in a balanced way.

Sample 8:

In conjunction with the advancement of technology, there is a noticeable decline in the use of traditional tools like pens, pencils, or brushes. In this essay, I will delineate reasons for this decline and argue that this trend may have adverse implications despite its various benefits.

The primary cause for the decline in handwriting is digitization. Writing digitally enables users to easily type, share, and edit documents, leveraging specialized tools integrated into platforms such as spell check and text prediction. Furthermore, the transition from manual writing to digital methods aligns with the fast-paced nature of modern life. Individuals today prefer expedient note-taking methods on portable devices, eliminating the necessity to carry notebooks, pencils, or pens, which can be cumbersome.

Despite the aforementioned benefits, this trend also entails adverse consequences. For instance, each stroke in a handwritten letter may convey feelings and affection to the recipient, whereas emails or preprinted cards lack emotional depth.

In conclusion, while the integration of technology makes life, including writing, more convenient, the decline of handwriting has a negative influence on our spiritual life and society. It is preferable for us to combine old ways with current technologies in a balanced way.

Sample 9:

Nowadays, it is easily observable that the popularity of handwriting is on a dramatic decrease. This essay aims to shed light on the causes of this phenomenon and to argue that it represents an unfavorable development in modern society.

There are several rationales behind the reduction in handwritten text. Firstly, the proliferation of digital devices such as computers, tablets or smartphones has transformed the communication habits of the masses, prioritizing typing for its enhanced efficiency. To illustrate, a typist can produce text significantly faster using both hands or benefit from a range of writing assistant tools like autocorrection. Secondly, as the younger generation often has access to electronic devices from an early age and later becomes accustomed to using these, they seem to prefer typing over the traditional handwriting in both academic and professional settings.

Considering the potential consequences of the decline in handwriting, I contend that it is an adverse development. One primary reason for my argument is the scientific correlation between the physical act of writing and human cognitive processes, including memory retention and idea generation. Consequently, a decline in handwriting may lead to diminished cognitive abilities among irregular writers. Another drawback of this declining trend could be its impact on an individual’s overall writing skills. For instance, many university students now rely excessively on technological platforms to generate written assignments or essays, which may undermine their ability to employ appropriate vocabulary or grammatical structures in their own writing.

In conclusion, the increased prevalence of digital devices has directed more individuals, especially youth, towards typing instead of writing by hand. However, I firmly believe that the potential harm to one’s cognitive functions and comprehensive writing ability makes it a negative trend in current life.

Sample 10:

Writing by hand using a pen, pencil or brush has come under a serious threat. This essay intends to "delve" - reach inside a receptible and search for something) into the reasons of this phenomenon. I firmly believe that this is a negative development.

The decline in handwriting is mainly because there is little place for it in the average modern life. Today, people need to be able to reach many people and edit documents quickly. ln the competitive era of today, business matters require speed and clarity to reach a wide audience. Therefore, a technology-based solution is always better. Technology has put everyone on one level when it comes to the ability to communicate clearly. Handwriting may be beautiful or just a scrawl, but typin8 will always be uniform.

Secondly, tablets, smartphones and laptops have come within the pocket of most individuals. The earlier traditional writing tools such as the pen and pencil have been replaced with the stylus. Some schools in developed countries have spent enormous amounts to equip all classrooms with tablets. For some courses each student has a tablet equipped with specific educational programmes. The teacher can see the students' work while they are actually working on the exercises. ln place of the blackboard, a projector displays the image of the tablet from the teacher.

Despite the various advantages of digital writing, I believe the slow death of handwriting is a negative development. Research shows that when children learn how to write, they also learn how to express themselves. Handwriting is so much more than simply putting letters on a page; it is a key part of learning to communicate. Writing is almost as important as speaking, as a medium for communicating thought.

Moreover, handwriting is a complex skill that affects cognitive development of children. When they write, they build hand-eye coordination and practice fine motor skills. Good handwriting can lead to better grades, too. Studies show that pre-kindergarten kids with fine motor skills scored higher years later in reading and math than those with poor handwriting. ln short, there's a direct link between writing skills and academic success.

To conclude, the traditional methods of writing with a pen, pencil or brush are dwindling because of the ease which technology is bringing in, but this is indubitably a negative occurrence.

Sample 11:

Today, the act of writing by hand using a pen or pencil has become increasingly uncommon. This essay will delve into the reasons behind this trend and evaluate whether it is a positive or negative development for individuals and society as a whole.

One primary reason for the dwindling use of handwriting is the pervasive presence of technology. In an age dominated by computers, smartphones, and tablets, individuals find it more convenient to type their thoughts and ideas rather than engaging in the laborious process of writing by hand. The speed and efficiency offered by digital devices have made it easier to edit, store, and share written content, rendering handwriting seemingly obsolete. To illustrate this, consider the rapid rise of communication platforms such as email, instant messaging apps, and social media. These platforms provide users with the ability to effortlessly send and receive messages, eliminating the need for handwritten letters or notes. This convenience extends to practical considerations for professionals in various fields, such as journalists, researchers, and writers, who often rely on digital platforms and word processors for their work. The ease of editing, revising, and sharing digital content outweighs the traditional pen-and-paper approach.

While the decline of handwriting may offer certain advantages, it also brings forth potential negative consequences. Handwriting is an essential skill that fosters cognitive development, improves memory retention, and allows for creative expression. The act of physically forming letters and words engages different areas of the brain, promoting better comprehension and critical thinking skills. Losing this skill may hinder individuals’ ability to think and express themselves effectively. Most importantly, the personal touch and emotional connection associated with handwritten letters or cards cannot be replicated by digital alternatives. Handwritten messages convey sincerity, thoughtfulness, and a sense of intimacy. Losing the art of handwriting may irrevocably erode these meaningful human connections.

In conclusion, the decline of handwriting can be attributed to the prevalence of technology and practical considerations. While there are advantages to digital communication and typing, the negative implications for cognitive development and personal connections are more significant and must be mitigated by the relevant authorities.

Sample 12:

At present, there is significantly less interest in handwriting. This propensity is largely a result of the proliferation of technology, and I would contend this trend is decidedly positive overall as it contributes significantly to environmental protection.

A plausible reason for a decline in popularity of handwriting is the rapid emergence of technological devices. The widespread availability of computers and tablets has led to the use of styluses and keyboards as modern replacements for traditional pens and pencils. A pertinent example of this change is typically seen in international schools, where most students utilize stylus pens and iPads as substitutes for notebooks and conventional pens. Teachers can now also send editable documents directly to students, largely eliminating the need to take notes by hand. For instance, after a lesson, a teacher may send the notes from a lesson to students who can then make notes on their iPads as a homework assignment. This versatile convenience explains the shift away from traditional writing tools.

Less reliance on handwriting tools is unequivocally positive on the whole due to the positive impact on the environment. Weakened demand for pens and pencils translates to a reduction in deforestation and lead mining levels. Such an eco-friendly shift not only aids in the preservation of dwindling resources but also reduces waste generally as most pens are disposable and non-recyclable. This latter benefit is best illustrated by overwhelming evidence showing that the majority of throwaway pens are deposited in landfills for centuries and eventually dissolve into microplastics that can potentially contaminate soil and groundwater. Therefore, the decline in the prevalence of handwriting can lower the amount of microplastics in rivers and soil, mitigating harm to increasingly fragile 21st century ecosystems.

In conclusion, one possible explanation for handwriting becoming less prevalent is the increasing availability of technological devices. The benefits concomitant with environmental preservation makes this recent phenomenon positive overall. School systems globally should discourage the use of pens and pencils to facilitate this eco-friendly transition.

Sample 13:

In contemporary society, there has been a noticeable decline in the number of individuals who choose to write manually using traditional tools such as pens, pencils, or brushes. This shift can be attributed to various factors, and I believe this is an overall advantageous development.

There are several drivers for this phenomenon. Initially, the diminishing trend in manual writing comes from the rapid development of technologies. Specifically, the advent of computers, tablets, and smartphones provides convenience in using digital interfaces for communication, in which the speed and efficiency offered by this method often outweigh the slower and more labor-intensive process of handwriting. Another contributing factor is the changing nature of work and education. Indeed, many tasks that were once paper-based have transitioned to digital platforms, such as electronic documents and online submissions, reducing the necessity for handwritten materials.

From my perspective, the shift away from manual writing brings more benefits than the concerns it raises. One primary advantage is the enhanced efficiency it offers. In fact, the use of digital alternatives, such as computers, allows for faster and more streamlined writing processes. To illustrate, individuals can compose, edit and share their thoughts seamlessly. This not only saves time but also facilitates clearer, cleaner and more organized expression of ideas. Furthermore, the environmental impact from this trend must also be acknowledged. The decrease in manual writing contributes to minimizing paper consumption, thereby diminishing the ecological footprint from the waste of handwritten materials. However, one notable drawback is the potential decline in the appreciation for the personal touch associated with handwritten communication. Handwritten letters, for instance, carry a unique sentiment and personality that may be lost in the digital realm.

In conclusion, the decline in handwriting can be attributed to the prevalence of digital technologies and the changing demands of modern work and education. While there are concerns about the potential loss of the personal touch associated with manual writing, the efficiency and accessibility of digital communication are undeniable benefits.

Sample 14:

In today's digital age, handwriting is becoming increasingly obsolete. In this essay, I will discuss the reasons behind this trend before outlining my argument that the benefits this development brings are more significant than its drawbacks.

The driving force behind the diminishing of penmanship is the development of technology. Growing access to the Internet today has led digital accounts such as email, instant messaging, and online reading, to become an integral part of daily life. This proliferation of online information has inevitably entailed digital forms of response, and therefore typing or sending voice messages on laptops or smartphones have gradually replaced conventional handwriting.

One main disadvantage of the shift from penmanship to up-to-date writing methods is the potential loss of certain cognitive functions. While handwriting requires writers to recall spelling and grammar precisely, those typing tend to be less aware of how accurate their sentences would be due to the reliance on built-in auto-correction features in documentation platforms, such as Google Docs and Microsoft Word. Thus, such dependence on automatic proofreading characteristics when typing can deteriorate one's writing skill and memorisation abilities.

Nevertheless, it is imperative to acknowledge that there are several advantages to a change from manual writing to modern forms, with accessibility being the most significant. If mass data continues to be traditionally recorded on paper, there will come to be queries about where and how information can be sustainably stored and easily retrieved. By contrast, digital documentation provides much more safety and convenience in such a way that writers can seamlessly access files and folders thanks to high-capacity storage on their computers. Furthermore, a reduction in transcription is likely to contribute to environmental protection. Shifting away from handwriting is parallel to the declining number of timbers, charcoal, and other materials for paper and pencil manufacturing, therefore minimizing deforestation and paper waste.

In conclusion, the vanishing of manual writing is a consequence of technological advancement, and this adjustment in information recording has brought immense benefits to writers and the environment. While the decline of handwriting can result in poor memorisation, the overall positive aspects of modern forms of writing far outweigh the negative.

Sample 15:

In today's society, the number of individuals opting to write by hand using traditional tools such as pens, pencils, or brushes has seen a gradual decline. This essay will delve into the reasons behind the decline of handwriting and then argue that this trend can be viewed from both positive and negative perspectives.

The widespread integration of digital technology into daily life is one of the main factors contributing to the declining popularity of handwriting. The prevalence of smartphones, tablets, and computers, all equipped with applications that simplify tasks like notetaking, syncing notes across devices, spell-checking, or collaborative work on documents, has transformed how students learn and how employers and employees work.

Furthermore, time has become increasingly valuable in a world marked by a fast-paced lifestyle. With the ability to send messages and receive responses instantly, digital technologies meet the demands of a society that emphasizes swift interactions, while the slower pace of handwriting may be seen as time-consuming and potentially hindering productivity.

From one perspective, the shift away from traditional handwriting can be viewed positively. Digital devices, which excel in fast typing, can enhance productivity in various aspects of life, from work tasks to personal communication. Another benefit is that the rise of digital technologies may lead to a reduction in paper usage, promoting environmental sustainability by reducing the need for tree felling for paper production.

Conversely, digital tools cannot convey the warmth, individuality, and authenticity of personal emotions from sender to recipient. While handwriting is labor-intensive, the effort involved in writing reflects one's care, affection, and deep emotions that advanced tools cannot replicate.

Furthermore, not all people, especially those from less developed regions, may have access to modern devices. Relying exclusively on digital communication technologies could exacerbate inequalities in educational and professional opportunities.

In summary, the declining preference for handwriting can be attributed to technological advancements and time constraints. While the benefits of efficiency and environmental protection are clear, it is important to consider potential drawbacks such as excluding marginalized populations and losing emotional subtleties.

Sample 1:

People have different perceptions of an ideal society. Throughout the history of humankind, many notions have been suggested, yet none appears to be all agreed upon. From my perspective, a perfect society consists in mutual understanding between people, and in order for such a utopia to be attained, it is advisable that people commence practicing inner understanding, after which tolerance and sympathy towards others should be honed.

My definition of a perfect society is one where people, regardless of race, ethnicity, and background, unconditionally love one another without hostility and hatred. The most important attribute of such a society, therefore, is the affinity between people. Animosity, the major flaw that hinders us from having an ideal society, has their roots from irrational contempt for others without actually going through difficulties and incidents their kind might face. Therefore, by seeing the world from the eyes of others, we are able to truly understand each other’s hardship, thereby obliterating hatred and giving rise to an Arcadia where people all live in harmony.

To contribute to building a perfect world, each person should practice understanding ourselves. Seeing that human beings have flaws and eventually accepting them is the first step towards attaining intrapersonal joy. Not blaming yourselves too much, seeking personal solace whenever you have problems, and learning from your mistakes are efficient ways of inner understanding. After the inner soul is embraced, compassion towards others should be acquired. Putting oneself in others’ situations, showing simple acts of kindness and actively communicating with others can create an endless ripple of empathy that reaches out to everyone.

In conclusion, I opine that the most important element leading to a perfect society is mutual understanding. Loving ourselves and loving others are the two simple yet efficient ways of building such a society. Although it is highly unlikely that such a utopia will become existent in our lifetime, as John Lennon’s wise words, ‘you may say I’m a dreamer, but I’m not the only one’, we can always pray and hope and try our very best, and eventually, the miracle might happen one day.

Sample 2:

The best way to improve our society is a topic of understandable concern for all governments and citizens. In my opinion, the key to this is increased tolerance of difference and people can take the individual step of examining their own beliefs in order to not pass ingrained prejudices on to the next generation.

The most momentous shifts in society in the last centuries have involved progress related to tolerance of different types of people. The original pilgrims left England to found new colonies in order to have religious freedom to worship as they wish. Racism and slavery in the 19th century are a direct result of considering one group of people separate. The most recent example is the movement to be more accepting of a variety of sexualities. These have all made society more perfect and their evolution and nascent spread throughout the world will allow the greatest number of people to enjoy a full range of freedom and opportunity.

To achieve the more open society mentioned above, individuals can closely evaluate their beliefs and try to impart more tolerant values to the younger generation. A good example of this can be seen in the embrace of gay marriage by many in the last decade. In the 20th century, it was political suicide to support gay marriage. However, people began to question the rationale for denying this basic human right. Now most schools and parents teach their children about alternative lifestyles, and it is much more common to see LGBT couples in popular culture. This is one step towards a utopian, inclusive society free of prejudice.

In conclusion, the movement to accept more diverse elements of society is already underway. With continued effort, it is reasonable to expect a generally positive attitude towards all people in the coming years, though this progressivism will vary widely from country to country.

Sample 3:

Living in a perfect society has been a longstanding aspiration for humanity, yet defining what constitutes an ideal society remains a subject of debate. In the modern world, I believe that the most crucial element of a perfect society is equality. Furthermore, achieving an ideal society requires concerted efforts from individuals, communities, and governments.

Firstly, equality serves as the cornerstone of a perfect society. When all members of a society are treated with fairness and have equal access to opportunities, it fosters social cohesion and harmony. In a truly equal society, discrimination based on race, gender, religion, or socio-economic status is eradicated. For instance, Scandinavian countries have made significant strides in promoting gender equality by implementing policies such as paid parental leave and gender quotas in corporate boards, resulting in more inclusive and equitable societies.

Moreover, to work towards achieving an ideal society, proactive measures must be taken at various levels. Individuals can contribute by advocating for equal rights and challenging discriminatory practices in their daily lives. Communities play a vital role in fostering inclusivity by promoting diversity and creating safe spaces for marginalized groups. Additionally, governments play a pivotal role in enacting and enforcing laws that protect the rights of all citizens and ensure equitable distribution of resources.

In conclusion, while the concept of a perfect society may vary among individuals, equality stands out as the most essential element in the modern world. By championing equality and embracing diversity, individuals, communities, and governments can collectively strive towards creating a more just and inclusive society for all.

Sample 4:

The quest for a utopian society has been a perennial theme throughout human history, with myriad interpretations of what constitutes such an ideal existence. This divergence in vision underscores the complexity of human desires and societal needs.

Central to the concept of a perfect society, in my view, is the principle of equality. The disparities seen in countries like Vietnam, where the gap between the affluent and the underprivileged is stark, illustrate the need for a more equitable distribution of resources. In an ideal society, every individual would have equal access to opportunities, healthcare, education, and a decent standard of living. For instance, the Vietnamese government's efforts to improve access to education in rural areas, though commendable, are yet to bridge the urban-rural divide fully. A society that achieves true equality would have laid the foundation for addressing other critical issues, such as poverty and discrimination.

However, I believe that realizing such a society requires a collective shift in mindset and policies. Governments, organizations, and individuals must prioritize the welfare of the community over personal gain. In Vietnam, community-based initiatives that promote sustainable agricultural practices have not only improved livelihoods but also fostered a sense of solidarity among participants. If this model were adopted on a larger scale, focusing on sustainable development and social welfare, it could pave the way toward a more equitable society.

In conclusion, while the vision of a perfect society is subjective, the pursuit of equality stands out as a fundamental pillar in this quest. By fostering an environment where every individual's rights and opportunities are safeguarded, humanity can inch closer to realizing the dream of a utopian society. It is through concerted efforts and a commitment to social justice that this ideal can gradually become a tangible reality.

Sample 5:

Most people in the world have a dream to live in an ideal society and lead a happy and meaningful life. However, they do not have the same idea about what the perfect society would look like. I personally think that there are three indicators that can measure the perfection of a society in the modern world: social value, proper infrastructure and employment opportunity. This essay discusses these factors and the ways to achieve that ideal society followed by the examples.

Firstly, social value and social bonding among people is the most important aspect of a perfect society. In a society where people have a strong bond and obey the social norms tend to lead a better life. Society is formed with many families. If the family members are close and have a better relationship, they would form a better society. A perfect society must have people with human quality and good social behaviours.

Secondly, having good infrastructures and services can be one of the requirements of a perfect society. People need the infrastructures and public services to fulfil their necessity. Take people living in Melbourne as an example. Melbourne is claimed as the most livable city in the world and the people can be classified to live in a perfect society. This country has so many modern infrastructures, for example, modern public health centre, school, bus stop, and others as well as good services in the airport, local government office, etc. This ideal condition can be achieved if the people pay the tax regularly and obey the rules. The tax payment becomes a resource to build good and complete facilities for society. Furthermore, if the society obeys the regulation, they will not have problems with the services of people.

Thirdly, an ideal society needs sufficient job fields to work in. People can fulfil their needs by having a good salary from their work and have a good career in the future.  For example, people in Los Angeles spend most of their time for working and have a good financial condition. This situation can be created by the society if people can be an entrepreneur. By being an entrepreneur, they can create new work fields for others and reduce the number of unemployed people.

In conclusion, a perfect society has to have good infrastructures and services as well as sufficient job vacancies. Then, this situation can be built by paying tax, obeying the policy, and creating the work fields by entrepreneurs.

Sample 6:

It goes without saying people have invariably desired to build up and live in an ideal society, on which opinions are truly divided. From my own perspective, education is the most pivotal factor in creating such a society and to achieve this, governments and individuals both have a key role to play.

To commence with, education is the most significant element when it comes to the development of a perfect society for it fosters other aspects of society. First of all, the security and stability of a community can be ensured by how citizens are educated. It holds true that only when the citizens adhere to the social norms and regulations can a society be free of heinous criminals. Education teaches people how to respect these ethical norms and behave in a proper way, which is a foundation for the safety of society. Not to mention, education can undoubtedly improve the quality of life by equipping people with an essential grasp of life. With the transmission of knowledge, people stand a better chance to get a decent job to fulfil their demands and head for technological breakthroughs for the betterment of the entire community.

In order to maintain a perfect society, this chief concern should be fulfilled by the central roles of the authorities and the individuals. As for the governments, measures should be taken to elevate the quality of the education system by providing professional training for teachers, allocating resources for infrastructure of classrooms and so forth. Besides, they are integral to the eradication of education inequalities, with the social subsidies and financial aid for disadvantaged children. When it comes to the citizens, they must be conscious of the benefits of education and make the most of the chance to sharpen their perspectives. To be more specific, citizens, as learners, should be active and well-prepared for knowledge exchange, which would gravitate them towards further advancements.

All things considered, I personally place great emphasis on education in constructing an impeccable society. To my mind, in order to attain such society, efforts should be made by everyone to foster the quality of education.

Sample 1:

We have moved into a technology-driven era where technology is affecting many different aspects of our life, and education is no exception. So, in some schools, traditional methods of education have been revolutionised by new technology to the extent that lectures are no longer the main method of teaching students. While this new approach has some advantages, it also has many significant shortcomings. This essay outlines both the advantages of disadvantages of this novel approach.

Perceivably the biggest advantage of the use of the latest technology in education is the flexibility it offers. This is evident in two different ways - firstly, it is now no longer essential for students to be present in the classroom for their courses. The COVID-19 pandemic has specifically taught us how this flexibility could be a lifesaver. Moreover, the distance learning facility enables employed professionals, housewives and people from different countries to enroll and successfully finish useful courses offered by numerous institutes. Another area of flexibility is of course the interactive tools like "Moodle", for example, the lecturers can use to deliver their courses to large numbers of students.

Not everything, however, about the introduction of this new technology into education is useful. To start, not all students are comfortable with using technology, even if they are part of the digital native generation. This is a grave issue as they may suffer from their lack of technological skills and interests. For instance, an overwhelming number of students, almost 75%, despite their enthusiasm for smartphones and computers, reported that they do not like online classes. Another related issue is that education is a human activity, and it works best with as much human interaction as possible. Impersonal technology cannot replace the human contact found in traditional face-to-face tutorials and seminars. Thus, a piece of technology or tool can never be an alternative to expert tutors who know their students individually and act and teach them accordingly.
To conclude, technology in education brings many important benefits and enables distance learning possible. It also becomes the only way of learning and teaching during lockdowns and pandemics. However, we have to keep in mind that it can be too impersonal for some and discourages others for their lack of technological skills or passion.

Sample 2:

Technology has touched every aspect of our life today, so much so that we cannot think of living without it, even for a day. The world of “teaching and learning” is no exception, and this essay will try to explain what benefits and demerits incorporating technology in this field have brought.

Perhaps the most visible advantage of it is that it allows students to access more and varieties of information with just a few mouse clicks. Students, with the help of technology, can choose to research topics, and fill their interests and needs, much more easily than by going to a library where resources may be limited. And the best thing about it is that all this can be done in a group, freeing the teacher to attend to other individual students in more need. In other words, using technology in this way ensures that all the students get what they need, and also when they need it while allowing teachers to focus more on academically poor students.

Another advantage is that technology helps students accommodate multiple styles of learning. For example, some students respond better when communicating verbally rather than in written words. For such students, recorded lessons, audiobooks, and podcasts can effectively be woven into their lesson plans so that they can extract the benefits.

However, while technology has allowed both teachers and students alike to accomplish more, it is not without disadvantages. One such disadvantage is that it has significantly reduced the “face-to-face interaction” between students and teachers. This “face-to-face interaction” is very important because it helps students not just acquire facts, but also understand, interpret, and apply these facts into useful and interesting knowledge. More importantly, without such interaction, it is very highly unlikely that teachers would be able to help students build self-esteem and confidence and emotional maturity, especially, when there is so much bullying in and around the classrooms.

To conclude, technology is a reality of our life today, and we just cannot ignore it even if we want to. Therefore, we should be open-minded in using it in the field of education and learning in order to extract maximum benefits while also being wary of its negative consequences.

Sample 3:

The conventional approach of teaching students through lectures has largely been replaced by the widespread use of new technologies in and out of the classroom. While this new approach has numerous benefits, it also has some disadvantages. This essay shall examine the benefits and drawbacks of using the latest technologies in education.

One major advantage of using technology to teach students is that it provides them with access to a wide range of learning resources that teachers can prepare. With the internet, students can access a wealth of information on various subjects that they may not be able to find in traditional textbooks. Additionally, online platforms such as video tutorials, interactive quizzes, and simulations make learning more engaging and effective. This way learning is more intuitive and effective.

Another advantage of technology in teaching is that it allows for personalized learning. With the help of technology, teachers can assess the individual learning styles of their students and tailor the content to suit their needs. This approach can lead to improved learning outcomes, as students can progress at their own pace and receive individualized feedback. For instance, many colleges in Canada have adopted this tailored teaching method which has increased academic performance by up to 30%, which is a tremendous boost.

However, there are some disadvantages to using technology in teaching as well. One potential disadvantage is that it can be costly, and not all schools may have the resources to invest in the latest technology. For instance, during the COVID-19 pandemic, more than 60% of students in poor or developing countries could not afford laptops and an internet connection. Additionally, some students may struggle to adapt to online learning environments and may require more guidance and support than others. Finally, the widespread use and access to the internet can often distract learners from studying.

In conclusion, the widespread use of technology in teaching and learning has both benefits and drawbacks. So, technology must be embraced and incorporated in schools to an extent that would ensure a conducive learning environment while not making the process harder or unreachable for the poor.

Sample 4:

Throughout the history of higher education, lectures have been the primary method of delivering information from professor to student. However, in the modern era, technology has created many opportunities for educational facilities to impart information which some would say provide students with better methods for learning. Naturally, there is some disagreement on this issue.

Those who agree with the proliferation of technology throughout education contend that, firstly, it is a more engaging medium than the traditional lecture format. They claim that technology has the potential to pique students’ interest and impart information more effectively than traditional lecturing. Moreover, the flexible nature of the digital world means that education becomes more accessible. As such, students can work at home, or in the evening, rather than attend a fixed lecture schedule. As not everyone has the same learning needs and preferences, technology provides different means for students to study, making education more attainable.

However, there are those who question the benefits of technology in education. They point out that technology is inherently distracting and, as we use technology for games and social media, perhaps it is not the best way of teaching students. Furthermore, technology is prone to malfunction due to its complexity. While it may seem beneficial to have convenient technological systems used in universities, the reality is that there are too many possible errors that might occur.

To conclude, there are strong arguments on either side of this contentious issue. Proponents of technology in education stress the accessibility and convenience it provides, while its opponents focus on the draw backs, such as distractions and system errors.

Sample 1:

These days, young people tend to have more interest in international celebrities than historical figures in their country. This essay will present possible causes of this trend as well as the appropriate solutions to improve the situation.

There are several reasons why the young nowadays know more about famous movie and music stars instead of having knowledge of the history of their country. To begin with, social media contributes to the increasing interest of young people in celebrities. It is common to notice that famous people’s lives are grabbing the headlines of the majority of newspapers, especially the online ones. Since teenagers now spend most of their spare time surfing the Internet, they are likely to be exposed to ubiquitous posts or articles about actors or singers more frequently, thus becoming more fascinated about such topics. In addition, another cause of this trend is the tedious teaching method of history at high school. It seems that history itself is not attractive, leading to the fact that students will suffer from utter boredom if their teachers fail to make history lessons more interesting.

Various solutions can be adopted to make young people more interested in history and historical people. First of all, film makers should be encouraged to produce movies based on key historical events. Young people will be eager to watch such movies, especially when their idols are chosen for the starring role. As a result, they will gain more knowledge about a particular historical period by watching those films. Second, the teaching method in history classroom should be tailored in order to arouse students’ interests. Instead of teaching merely a long list of names and dates in textbooks, teachers can add motion images and vivid sound effects to create more appealing lessons.

In conclusion, although young people these days do not pay as much attention to history as they do to celebrities, this problem can be dealt with by several suggested solutions.

Sample 2:

Younger generations today are often more interested in international celebrities rather than figures from their country’s past. In my opinion, this is a natural tendency related to mass media and can be mitigated by improving history lessons in schools.

Younger people today organically gravitate towards individuals they resonate with and see in entertainment. This applies equally to those in the film and music industries. For example, one of the most popular singers for the last decade has been Taylor Swift, an artist who prolifically releases albums, updates her Instagram, and is generally present online and in the entertainment world. Young people listen to her songs and identify with her and then follow her personal life closely in order to enjoy a vicarious, uplifting feeling. This stands in marked contrast to historical figures who no longer contribute or offer any present value.

This tendency to value current stars can be countered with more engaging history classes. History lessons in most contexts focus on dry facts and propaganda. However, there are historians who can enliven historical events such as in Robert Caro’s non-fiction or Hilary Mantel’s historical fiction. If students were introduced to passages from those sources, there is a stronger likelihood that it would instill in them a lifelong passion for the study of history and the figures that have shaped our current world. If such lessons were combined with more relevant current events lessons, then students might be more compelled to understand, respect, and continue researching great historical actors.

In conclusion, though there is a natural inclination to pay more attention to contemporary pop culture figures, an emphasis on quality texts could encourage young people to care more about individuals from the past. This will not cause a seismic shift but could have a marginal impact.

Sample 3:

In contemporary society, a notable trend has emerged where young individuals are more versed in international pop culture icons than historical national figures. This phenomenon stems from globalized media's pervasive influence and the appeal of contemporary entertainment, overshadowing traditional historical education. To counteract this, integrating engaging historical content into modern media platforms and enhancing educational curricula with compelling narratives of national heroes can bridge the knowledge gap.

The dominance of global media platforms has made international celebrities more accessible and appealing to the youth, overshadowing local historical figures whose contributions may seem distant or irrelevant. This accessibility is compounded by the universal appeal of contemporary culture, which often transcends national boundaries and historical contexts, making it easier for young people to relate to. Furthermore, the educational systems may fail to present historical figures in a manner that resonates with the younger generation, often portraying them in a dry, academic light that lacks the engagement and relatability found in pop culture.

To rekindle interest in national history among the youth, a two-pronged approach is essential. Firstly, educational reforms should aim to make history lessons more interactive and engaging, utilizing storytelling techniques, digital simulations, and field trips to bring historical figures and events to life. This approach not only educates but also entertains, mirroring the engagement level found in popular culture. Secondly, leveraging modern media platforms to showcase documentaries, series, and social media content about national heroes can make historical figures more relatable and accessible. Partnerships between educators and content creators can facilitate the production of captivating narratives that highlight the timeless relevance and inspirational stories of historical figures, positioning them as role models for the younger generation.

In conclusion, the trend of youth being more familiar with international celebrities than national historical figures is a reflection of globalized media influence and educational shortcomings. By integrating history into engaging formats and educational reforms, we can spark a renewed interest in the rich tapestry of national heritage among the younger generation, ensuring that the legacy of historical figures is both appreciated and preserved.

Sample 4:

The modern era sees young individuals more attuned to global entertainment icons than their own nation's historical figures, a trend fueled by the universal reach of digital media and the diminishing emphasis on historical education. Addressing this requires innovative educational strategies and the harnessing of digital platforms to elevate national history's appeal.

Firstly, the allure of international stars is significantly bolstered by their omnipresence across digital platforms, rendering them more relatable to the youth than historical figures often perceived as distant relics of the past. This disconnection is exacerbated by traditional education systems, which may fail to present history in an engaging manner, often relegating it to mere memorization of dates and events without context or emotional connection. To bridge this gap, educational reforms are imperative, focusing on dynamic storytelling that vividly brings historical narratives to life. Incorporating augmented reality experiences, interactive online platforms, and gamified history lessons can transform perceptions, making the past as compelling as the present.

Moreover, the role of digital influencers and content creators in reshaping historical engagement cannot be understated. By collaborating with educational authorities, these modern storytellers can craft content that intertwines historical facts with contemporary themes, making history resonate with young audiences. Whether through social media campaigns, YouTube series, or interactive podcasts, these efforts can reframe historical figures as not merely subjects of study but as inspirational personalities whose legacies influence current societal norms and values.

In summary, the challenge of engaging youth with their national history in the age of global pop culture necessitates a multifaceted approach. By rejuvenating educational methodologies and leveraging digital storytelling, we can inspire a new generation to appreciate the foundational pillars of their nation's heritage. Such initiatives not only enrich historical understanding but also strengthen national identity among the younger populace.

Sample 5:

In modern times, it is not uncommon for young people to know more about international pop or movie stars than about famous figures from their own country's history. This trend is largely due to the globalization of pop culture and the limited emphasis on history in modern education. This essay will examine the factors contributing to this phenomenon and suggest solutions to increase young people's interest in their country's history.

The lack of emphasis on history in modern education is the primary reason for young people's limited knowledge of their country's historical figures. Many schools prioritize more contemporary subjects such as science and technology, resulting in a knowledge gap where young people are poorly exposed to the individuals and events that shaped their country's past. This neglect of history in education is compounded by the rise of entertainment media and pop culture icons, which dominate young people's interests and values. With constant exposure to music, movies, and social media featuring famous celebrities, these individuals have become a ubiquitous part of young people's daily lives, making it difficult for historical figures to make an impact. The glamour and aspirational lifestyle portrayed by these pop culture figures make them relatable to young people, who often emulate their behaviour.

To address this, the government can invest in creating engaging educational materials, such as documentaries, podcasts, and TV shows, that make history relatable and accessible. Schools can incorporate more interactive and multimedia history lessons. Producing more movies and TV shows based on historical events and figures can also increase young people's interest in history, as famous actors and actresses can attract their attention while educating them about their country's past. For example, "Lincoln" starring Daniel Day-Lewis educated many young people about the 16th president's legacy and the end of slavery in the US.

In conclusion, the dominance of pop culture among young people has resulted in a decline in their knowledge of their country's history. However, investing in engaging educational materials, integrating history into schools' curriculum, and producing more history-based entertainment can rekindle young people's interest in their country's past.

Sample 6:

In recent decades, an unparalleled surge in the popularity of the entertainment industry has been witnessed, causing the younger generation to be more captivated by movie stars than their own national historical icons. This essay will elucidate the fundamental reason behind this phenomenon, which is the youth's constant exposure to pop culture, and propose that filmmakers produce more films rooted in history as a potent remedy to kindle people's interest.

The ubiquitous presence of entertainment celebrities has emerged as a chief motivator for young people to acquaint themselves with these famed stars, rather than renowned historical figures. By listening to music and watching movies featuring celebrities regularly, the youth come to sense their existence in their lives. This is amplified when films starring popular actors or actresses and songs sung by celebrated singers centre around current issues related to the young audience's lives, making them empathize with the performers. As a result, young people are more inclined to learn about entertainment stars than historical personalities who are not as familiar to them.

An effective strategy to encourage young people to develop an affinity for historical characters is for governments to facilitate movie producers in making films based on past events. By creating more entertainment products associated with history and promoting them extensively, the likelihood of young people familiarizing themselves with history increases. Furthermore, featuring film stars in historical movies can attract the audience to watch the films and learn about famous historical figures. For instance, viewers of "The Imitation Game" attested that they initially watched the film for the famous cast but gained considerable knowledge about Alan Turing, the pioneer of theoretical computer science and artificial intelligence.

To conclude, the younger generation's preference for international pop or movie stars over historical icons primarily stems from their constant exposure to pop culture. However, by producing more history-based films featuring popular actors and actresses and promoting them effectively, governments can stimulate young people's interest in their nation's history and encourage them to learn about famous historical figures.

Sample 7:

In the modern world, it is undeniable that young people often possess a greater knowledge of international pop and film stars compared to famous figures from their own country's history. This phenomenon can be attributed to several key factors, and some measures can be taken to address this issue.

Young people often know more about global pop and film stars than their own country's historical figures due to multiple factors. Firstly, the rise of the internet and social media has made information about international celebrities more accessible than ever before. Youngsters are inundated with international pop and film star content on platforms like Instagram, Twitter, and TikTok. These celebrities' large followings and regular fan engagement create a personal connection. Secondly, the entertainment industry, including Hollywood and the global music industry, invests significant resources in marketing and promoting international stars. The extensive media coverage, advertising campaigns, and merchandise associated with these celebrities contribute to their widespread recognition.

To increase young people's interest in famous figures from their own country's history, several measures can be taken. Schools can update their history curricula to include more engaging and relevant content about local historical figures, making history lessons more interesting and relatable to young learners. At the same time, organizing cultural events, exhibitions, and heritage tours can provide young people with opportunities to explore and appreciate their country's history. Moreover, the media can raise awareness of national history through TV, documentaries, and films, making it more appealing to young audiences. Television programs, documentaries, and films can be produced to showcase the lives and contributions of famous individuals from the country's past.

In conclusion, while international pop and film stars have a strong presence in young people's lives, efforts to boost their interest in their country's history can succeed through creative education, cultural events, and engaging media.

Sample 8:

There emerges a phenomenon that the young know much more about music and movie stars than about famous historical figures of their nations. Reasons behind this imbalance will be analyzed, and solutions will be discussed to mitigate this bias.

The craze for entertainment of society and the modest emphasis on history are apparent reasons why young people know much more about entertainment celebrities than national historical heroes or heroines. Indeed, the ubiquitous appearance of pop stars showing their melodious vocal performances and mesmerizing dances or heroic and romantic movie stars in blockbusters is so appealing to people that those celebrities become idols of millions of the young. The power of the Internet also gives wings to the spread of fame for these domestic or international talented artists. Moreover, stratospheric incomes also earn these stars respect and admiration when their names appear on the leaderboard of annual income in showbiz. In contrast, historical figures usually led hard lives and fought bloody wars with huge sacrifice, and learning about them seems impractical in this increasingly material world. This makes history education prone to underestimation, which explains for poor knowledge of youngsters about those who fought for their countries' freedom.

However, innovating education can bring more interest into the trite subject of history. First, analyzing the great virtues of renowned historical figures in connection with their achievements can produce intriguing lessons for the young who are always in need of brilliant examples to follow. Also, history lessons should incorporate school trips to historical museums or historical sites to diversify learning activities and thus promote learning and memory of historical names and events. Besides, historical movies may be an effective approach to bring learning closer to entertainment for lessons to stick more easily. Therefore, investment in the dual product of entertaining and educational movies should be taken into serious consideration.

In conclusion, the prevalence of entertainment channels and the inadequate focus on history education are the reasons behind more favour of the young for contemporary entertaining celebrities than for historical figures. However, adding the element of practicality, diversity, and entertainment into historical education can be a promising resolution to this matter.

Sample 9:

Having a deep and rich understanding of your own country’s culture is essential to being a good and active citizen, but there is concern that today’s youngsters know more about global superstars from the music and film industries than they do about their own nation’s political and cultural icons.

There are perhaps two main reasons why the younger generation have this obsession with celebrity. The first is that the entertainment media has a strong hold over their minds through both printed media like magazines and social media, through which the latest celebrity gossip often goes viral. The second cause is that, in order to gain a thorough understanding of famous historical figures, one needs to either read about them or be taught about them. However, the quality of history teaching in many countries is poor, preferring to focus on events and processes rather than people.

To solve this problem, we must firstly improve history education. This can be done by teaching children from a young age about the people who have molded their country’s past and still influence it today. For example, if children in the UK were to learn about the life of famous figures like Emmeline Pankhurst and William Wilberforce, then they would have a much more vivid and memorable understanding of history than if they simply studied wars and revolutions.

Secondly, countries need to dedicate special days to celebrate the lives of famous historical figures. These could take the form of festivals and drama productions, which could be attended by families with young children. For example, in my hometown there used to be an annual event which commemorated the life of a famous local resident; this event has not been run for years, but I still remember going to it as an impressionable 7-year-old.

In summary, young people’s understanding of their nation’s key historical personalities has been steadily undermined by the entertainment industry and poor teaching approaches, but by improving education and celebrating our heritage, this problem can be solved.

Sample 1:

In the past, it was customary for fathers to be the only breadwinner of the family. Fathers would go out to work and earn money to fulfill the families’ daily needs and mothers would stay home to take care of the children. However, nowadays, it is not rare to find both parents going out to work. Whilst the additional income might bring benefits to everyone, especially the children, there are a number of drawbacks that cannot be overlooked. This essay will confer whether or not it is necessary for both parents to go out to earn money for a living.

In some families, both parents are required to work not because of their own will, but because circumstances demand them to. As the cost of living is skyrocketing in today’s competitive world, some families might not earn enough to cover their living costs if only one parent goes out to work. That being the case, there is nothing anyone can do to help. However, the benefit of the extra income for the children still remains unchanged. With more income, parents will be able to afford more new toys, a better school, and even vacation abroad.

On the other hand, children might feel abandoned due to their parents never being there for them. It is also proven that children whose parents are never at home are more prone to behavioral problems. For instance, my friend, Elaine, whose parents is always working overnight and is never there for her when she needs them, has to battle with her insecurity of being unwanted every day, she in turn tries to seek the attention of her teachers by behaving badly in the class. From my example, you can see how parents’ absence can affect children in the long run.

As far as I am concerned, there is no need for both parents to be working unless it is really necessary. While additional income is benefiting the children, the presence of a mother will be best for the children’s well-being in the long run.

Sample 2:

Modern world products and services put extra costs on families. This has led to many mothers working beside their husbands for their children’s welfare. Although some individuals hold the view that working of both parents may cause problems in children upbringing, others believe parents can pay enough attention to their children as well as work outside.

Some people argue that the working of both parents is not good for children because of some important reasons. First, their children may not have an appropriate upbringing. Parents don’t spend enough time on their children. Thus, they can’t educate necessary life lessons. This lack may direct children to criminal activities. In addition, children may get moral sicknesses. It is because they feel lonely without any support at necessary times. Loneness of children take their self-confidence. Self-confidence shortage can affect their future life.

However, opponents are of the opinion that both parents can work outside without any problem at home. To begin, they say parents can adjust their daily hours to have enough time for their children.  Mothers or both parents can work part time. They also can make an accurate daily plan for all family members to use their time more effectively and efficiently. Furthermore, parents can register necessary courses which cover children’s educational needs to both life and school skills. Occupied parents have enough money to spend extra courses costs.

To conclude, though some people believe the working of both parents is not useful for children, others don’t believe in it. In my opinion, the working of both parents is necessary if it doesn’t harm children’s life. My 2 years child has extra costs which make my wife and I work together. Of course, his living will need more money in future. Providing necessary facilities and support for children’s progress needs enough money. Anyway, I hope parents can make a balance between work and family affairs.

Sample 3:

It is a commonly held belief that family plays a significant role in children’s entire life and formation of children is affected positively and negatively by their parents. Parents should carry the accountability for supplying their children with financial and spiritual factors. The argument that a number of families necessarily consider both parents to go out to work is argued by people who are for and against this idea. Supporters’ and detractors’ thoughts will be discussed and recapitulated in this essay.

On one side of the argument, those who support this idea claim that in an effort to provide a family sufficiently, nowadays both parents are subjected to work since the expenditure of today’s family has increased considerably compared to the past. If both parents work somewhere, they can earn more money and it gives the family a plethora of chances to benefit. For instance, if the family income is higher, parents are able to afford to study their children at private schools or universities and also, children can join an array of courses for improving their foreign language skills or various internships for escalating their experiences or travel abroad for broadening their horizons.

On the other hand, those who detract from this argument believe that finance is less imperative than spiritual factor for children. One of two parents in each family should take care of their children and nurture them efficiently. While both parents are working, children may be lonely at home and they can feel forgotten, thus this point can lead to several problems. For example, if parents neglect to control their children, children may be involved in diverse malevolent deeds such as using drugs and joining gangsters. For this reason, at the very least one of two parents should be a housekeeper for children’s upbringing and keep an eye on their children.

In the light of the above discussion, hold the idea that children stand to benefit from the fact that both parents go to work. However, the issue lies in the balance parents strive for between work and family. If parents manage to balance their time spent at their workplace and family, their children’s development is certain to be guaranteed.

Sample 4:

In this competitive world, many parents are bound to go out to work. While some people argue that children of these parents benefit from this extra income, others contend that they lack support as a result of their parents’ absence due to their busy working life. Today’s financial condition pushes both parents to engage in jobs in order to ensure proper maintenance of their children. I am of the opinion that it is hard for both parents to avoid job and so they have to find a way to keep a good balance between work and family life in order to control the drawbacks of this situation.

Having both parents work outside the home can cater to various problems. Firstly, the most fundamental need of a child is love and care. While both parents are busy with their own job responsibilities, children might feel destitute which may translate into severe psychological imbalance. Moreover, in many cases, parents fail to harmonize their family and work life together. This has a direct impact on children’s lives. When parents can spend less time with their kids because of their work pressure, it would decrease interaction and that ultimately harms family bondage. Furthermore, parents are the model for their children. They can learn good morals from their parents. In this case, working parents cannot always be able to serve this purpose. Therefore, the children of working parents often lack values.

However, I contend that parents can ensure their children a cozy life if both of them work. They can afford to send their children to a better school, a better health care service for their children, and so forth. Children of working parents may get whatever they want to. They can be enrolled in extra curriculum activities like after school programs. Job holder parents can provide children with expensive clothes, toys and many learning materials which satisfy these children greatly. In my case, as my parents are both working, I need to do all the things myself such as making my meal or washing my own clothes. This situation makes me self-dependent and at same time I learn time management and can enjoy my freedom. I also learn that work is a crucial part of life.

To recapitulate, both parents have no option but to do jobs in order to bring prosperity to their children. In this context, what parents need is to acknowledge that kids mental and emotional needs are equally worthy as their material needs in order to insure a bright tomorrow for them.

Sample 5:

The increasing rate of development taking place in the last centuries has improved people’s living standard, making our lives much more comfortable. Comfortable as it is, life is not as easy as is supposed but more competitive and complicated.  It turns to be much more difficult for a modern family to make both ends meet, and the model of family in which father is the only breadwinner while mother staying at home takes care for the whole family has become irrelevant in many countries nowadays, paving the way for the new model in which both parents have to participate in working to earn money. This situation, though relevant it would be in such a competitive world, still casts doubt on many people, who remain skeptical about the negative impacts of parents’ absence on the development of children. Others, however, believe that children stand to benefit from the additional income.

Firstly, let’s take the first opinion which states that parents’ absence would lead to a lack of support for children. To a certain extent, I agree with this. As life has become more competitive, parents have to spend much more time and effort at work to guarantee a sustainable source of income for the whole family. As a result, time spent with their children have to be reduced. Some children, without parents observing, often find it difficult to self-orientate. They are likely to go with bad friends, getting involved in unhealthy activities. Other children, fortunately, do not become bad ones; however, a lack of support from parents may make them lose direction in their life, becoming autism due to the disappearance of the bond between children and parents. They may turn to friends for help; nonetheless, the help from friends cannot always replace the support from parents.

Some other people subscribe to the view that the situation in which both parents go to work is beneficial to their children. The first benefit, undoubtedly, is the additional income for family as a whole. Children in these families have more possibilities to approach better educational and medical service, which is favorable to their development. There still exist other benefits obtained from the practice. Children in lack of support from parents tend to be much more independent. They are likely to have the ability to make their own decisions without great dependence on their parents. This independence would be very helpful for their future. Another benefit would come from the emotional side. As we all know, parents have significant impacts on the process of shaping the personalities of their children. Children with working parents tend to be much more confident and independent because on observing the work of their parents, they are about to have better understanding about the world of careers, becoming familiar with workplace by listening to the stories about jobs shared by their parents, which in turn proves to be helpful to their future orientation. Some researches have shown that girls with working mother have tendency to be much more independent when they grow up and they are not likely to be desperate victim of gender inequality in their future families or workplaces.

In the light of the above discussion, I, therefore, hold the idea that children stand to benefit from the fact that both parents go to work. The matter, however, lies in the balance parents strive for between work and family. If parents manage to balance their time spent at their workplace and family, their children’s development is certain to be guaranteed.

Sample 6:

With the current economic crisis, it is difficult to maintain a family. Thus, both parents need to work in order to guarantee the economic stability of a family. While some people argue that this is fine, many others think that the absence of parents can have adverse effects on a child’s development. This essay will illustrate the reasons for this.

Nowadays, it is common to see both parents employed. Therefore, the children grow up with babysitters, or with grandparents. These parents can merely find some time for their children because they dedicate much of their time to earning money. For example, some of my colleagues have children, and when I ask them “How much time do you spend with your children?” They reply “Well, around one hour a day. Isn’t it enough?”. It is a common belief among these parents that nannies can replace them, and the children would be fine without their parents.

On the other hand, the lack of presence of parents can have a negative impact on the children. For example, some of my friends grew up without much support from their parents. As a result, I usually see that they have no respect for adults. Moreover, these my friends do not even care about the wellbeing of their parents. It is safe to assume that when these people become parents, they will treat their children the same way they had been treated when they were young.
In my opinion, parent’s presence is a must for the growth of a child. Therefore, they should dedicate much more time to their children.

Sample 7:

In our modern world, it is very rare to find a family where one of the parents is a home keeper even though it was considered the norm for a woman to stay at home to look after the children and maintain the household in the past. Financially speaking, it is difficult for a family to survive on the salary of a single parent.

Times have changed, prices have increased, and basic necessities have become difficult to afford. In addition, the children of today are materialistic, competitive and demanding. It is important for them to keep up with the latest fashion and own the newest gadgets as these products are an indication of their high social status.

Unfortunately, in order to please their children and offer them material wealth, parents often neglect to give their children the appropriate emotional support that is required for their development. Due to their absence, parents do not spend enough quality time with their children, so they do not know them very well. What is more, children often grow up resenting their parents for not giving them any attention. If they had a choice, most children would choose spending time with their parents rather than being spoilt.

To sum up, parents feel guilty that they have to spend so much time away from home and compensate for this by overspending on their children. Although they benefit in terms of having everything they desire, a parent’s support is equally, if not more, important.

Sample 8:

In modern world, women are no longer supposed to stay at home and take after their children like they used to do in the past. It is normal for both parents to have their own job nowadays. As a result, there is a warm controversy among people about whether both parents go out for work, or whether they should give top priority to bringing up their kids.

In my opinion, I think children from families where both parents work may have some certain advantages. First, children are taught about self-awareness and responsibility at their young age, which is really helpful in the future when they start their life without their mom and dad. For example, a child whose parents give too much concern for might be homesick or even shock when they first going far from home like studying in other cities or overseas; meanwhile, an independent kid will have no difficulty in managing their life when they have to live on their own. Second, children can also benefit from extra income if both parents have an occupation.

However, “Every coin has its two sides”. Parents’ regular absence from home can also cause consequences. Sometimes children have problems with their homework, and they need their parents’ help, also children may be with bad friends and commit a crime. Moreover, there are various jobs which require going out a lot for appointments and events that parents cannot pay full attention to their kids in many aspects such as education, health care or entertainment.

To sum up, I believe that both parents should go out to work. They must know how to keep a balance between work and family so that they will not only be great workers with valuable contributions to the society but also be a good father and mother for their kids.

Sample 9:

Competitive life has placed such a financial burden on many families that it is hard to live on one parent’s salary. While some believe that both parents’ income is beneficial for children, I would argue that it is parental support that plays an important role in their life.

On one hand, having more than one breadwinner in a family is advantageous for some reasons. First, it is possible for parents to carry out more satisfactory and rewarding childcare. Children in rural areas, for example, are unfortunately denied the chance of going to school because parents’ income is limited. However, these privileged children whose parents are usually economically successful are more likely to succeed in their future career. Further, taking care of themselves without parental support is also a good way to develop essential life skills such as self-protection.

While the benefits of having additional income may be true to certain extent, I strongly believe that the lack of family bond due to parents’ absence may pose some threats to their children. First, they are not adequately provided with love and care from their birth givers. Parents who are under tremendous time pressure at work are not sensitive enough to notice any changes in teenagers’ mental life and thus unable to share their story. In other words, they may feel more distant from the family and become isolated or even autistic. Parents can also lose control over their children considering little amount of time spent with them. As a result, they are likely to indulge in several social evils such as game-addition or drinking.

From the above-mentioned reasons, it seems to me that it is more essential to build a strong family connection in comparison with a financial state. Therefore, parents’ work should be distributed in order to spend more time with their children.

Sample 10:

Today’s economic situation leaves no doubt for both parents to go out to work. In any case the effects of this behavior on children are of great importance. In this essay I will support how this phenomenon benefits children economically, mentally and socially.

Many people are more concerned about childhood depression or family imbalance as some disadvantages of this situation. One serious threat in such a situation is that parents might gradually forget the most basic and genuine need of their children which is sentimental care. In a simple word, children might be forgotten while both parents are busy with their daily work life. Moreover, many people may suffer from family imbalance which is due to the fact that they cannot harmonize their work and life together. This is a situation which directly degrades a child’s life. As a worst-case example, I can say such an event may lead to parental separation eventually which has a huge impact on a child’s life. However, I think most of mentioned situations can be moderated if parents act wisely.

I believe that parents can make more money and bring more prosperity for the whole family if they both work. As a result, they can put their children in a better social condition. For example, parents can now afford to send their children to language schools which is a result of good family financial condition. Another advantage of this situation is that children can mentally learn that work is an important part of life. Therefore, they intuitively repeat their parents’ pattern when they grow up, so they can pay it forward to their next generations. Last but not least, children can also take benefit of that socially because they have been grown up in a family in which both parents were socialized.

In conclusion, I think the idea of both parents attending professional work brings more advantages to the children in contrast to its flaws. The financial situation of the whole family will be improved, children can learn hard-work from their parents and also it has many benefits for the parents themselves.

Sample 11:

Nowadays, the increasing number of double income families is significantly. The number of parents with jobs is many more than it was a few decades ago. Do we really need doubled income to support our family, while left our children all alone. In this essay, I intend to give both advantages and disadvantages on both sides and, moreover, my own position on this issue.

Firstly, what can children benefit from those additional incomes? As we all know, a proper education is vital to our next generation because it is the key to a better life. With this extra income, children will be able to access a higher quality education, such as a private school or course for skills in music, arts or sports. Secondly, the basic living standard will rise higher. This money not only benefits the children but also benefits all of its family members in better food, housing conditions and advanced healthcare.

In the contract, parents might higher the stander of living and education quality for their kids, but it is possible to have some negative effects because of the absence of both parents during their childhood. It is clear if both parents have jobs, then their children will have more time alone. This situation often leads those kinds into a crime committer because of bad friends.

By way of conclusion, as can be seen above, there are many pros and cons to this issue. This trade, however, seems very hard to be reversed so parents should pay more attention to their children while they keep their career at the same time.

Sample 12:

The world has encountered great revolutions, inventions and wars in the past few centuries. This has led to the change in the way the world and its people function. Gone are the days when women had to do “purdah”, or they were denied voting powers. This is the era when “women empowerment” is being demanded by men. We are living in times when there is more equality and moreover the competitive levels have significantly increased. We all want to live a luxurious life, and this has led to a trend of both parents working.

There are people of the opinion that it is important for both the parents to work in such competitive times, if they want to survive. Working parents do bring great advantages along with them. Firstly, they are able to provide better facilities and standard of living for their children. Secondly, if both parents work, it ensures that they both are making good use of the education that they have taken. Even more, working makes a person more independent.

On the other hand, few believe that if both parents work, it deprives the child of the care and the nurture he/she deserves. This happens when the child is in his/her growing years. Parents are the best teachers, and their absence surely creates a void which no tuition teacher can fill. Even more, if children don’t see their parents often in their growing years, they tend to lose contact with them, causing trouble in later years.

Overall, a balanced life can always be the way out. Leaving a job might make several talented individuals dependent on their better halves and keeping it might be unfair to their children. I believe that both the parents should do their job if they can give their undue attention to the child and his/her life before they go out to work.

Sample 13:

In the past, a typical family consisted of a father who went out to work and a mother who stayed at home and looked after the children. Nowadays, it is the norm for both parents to work. This situation can affect children both positively and negatively.

Some people think that the children of working parents are in an advantages position where their parents are able to afford more luxuries such as new clothes, video games or mobile phones. Proponents of this view argue that children are able to enjoy and experience more from life due to their parents’ extra wealth, for example, by going on foreign holidays.

On the other hand, however, there are those who claim that when both parents work, their children do not get enough support and attention; meaning that these children might not do as well at school because there is no one at home to provide support with such things as homework or exam revision. The absence of parents at home could make it easier for children to get involved in such things as drugs or underage drinking.

When I was growing up, both my parents worked, and I was always well provided for. On the other hand, I think that it would sometimes have been better if I could have seen more of my parents.

In conclusion, I believe that we cannot change the fact that both parents have to work nowadays, it is not an ideal situation, but if parents make time for their children in the evenings and at the weekends, then the children will not suffer in any way. It must be stated that the extra income generated by both parents working makes for a much higher standard of living which benefits the whole family.

Sample 14:

In the modern age, due to/ owing to the increase in price and living costs, it is sometimes a must for both parents to work in order to make enough money to support their children. Some advocate the view that it is the best for both parents to work so as to improve children’s life quality. However, others are of the opinion that as a result of the inefficient/ poor/ improper care from parents, children’s psychology might be affected negatively. This essay will analyze these two views in more detail/ more thoroughly.

On the one hand, additional incomes from both working parents will help to improve the children’s life. In fact, it is believed that those extra earnings will make it possible for parents to support their children with better accommodations, better quality of food, and better schooling. All of these are very important and necessary for the development of children. Children (who are) in good living conditions are more likely to live an enjoyable life without worrying about the food they are eating or the clothes they are wearing. In general, it is apparent that children will benefit significantly from working parents.

On the other hand, a good living condition is not the only thing that children need. I am convinced that other factors regarding love and care from the parents are of greater importance. The frequent absence of parents will adversely affect the children’s psychological development. As a matter of fact, children who are ill – cared for by parents have the tendency to suffer from stress, depression and social anxiety. The lack of interaction or communication among family members on account of parents’ absence may result in misunderstanding, which will discourage children to voice their opinions or express their feelings. In the long run, those children will be more likely to struggle in their adulthood.

In conclusion, even though it is easier said than done, parents should try their best to balance between career and family to provide their children with good living conditions, in terms of facilities and mutual sharing order that they can grow up physically and mentally healthy.

Sample 15:

The obligation for working parents is a precise one: the feeling that one ought to work as if one did not have children - so that the child's future is secure, while raising one’s children as if one did not have a job - so that the child feels secure. The immediate reaction to such a plight is that of wry sadness.

From the parents’ perspective, even if they could choose to work from home, they would miss out on social and professional contact, and the career and development opportunities that brings, as well as feeling more part of the team. This could directly and negatively affect the family’s long-term financial stability. But what many parents forget is the kind of impact this style of life has on the kids.

The tight working schedule means that kids spend lots of time alone at home or at home watching their parents’ work. The parents are completely overwhelmed and their stress levels sky high. Children, in such cases, become resentful of their parents’ careers, and usually act out by resorting to unruly behaviour, which in turn affects their development. Many studies have, in fact, found that time spent with parents, not in classrooms, has a strong impact on a child’s academic success.

It might surprise many young parents to hear that the amount of meaningful time one spends with his family each day is the ultimate measure of success, but the truth remains that social bonding is the only thing that adds to this measure – happiness.

Sample 1:

Many people suggest governments issue laws that regulate citizens’ selection of food as a vehicle to combat poor eating habits. I am strongly opposed to this idea with respect to personal preferences.

On the one hand, legislation detailing food consumption could help promote a healthier diet. Indeed, lawmakers might set a standard intake of essential nutrition as advised by nutritionists as well as completely remove unhealthy dishes such as heavily processed foods from a list of possible picks. Anyone who does not follow the guideline could face a small monetary fine while companies that sell unlisted products could be banned from operating. Thanks to these measures, citizens are more likely to adopt a balanced diet which is scientifically proven to be the key to overall well-being.

On the other hand, a law that regulates people’s consumption of food is unlikely to accommodate everyone’s needs. In fact, a person’s choice of dishes for his meal depends on various personal reasons ranging from taste preferences, and nutritional demands to financial constraints. Some choose to sit down at a McDonald’s for a Big Mac possibly because they are fans of cheesy beef patties, or it might be the only lunch set they can afford if they are on special offer. Furthermore, I don’t believe it is the role of the state to prevent people from enjoying their guilty pleasures on rare occasions. That is why, in my opinion, asking everyone to follow strict guidelines is simply unethical, failing to address the needs and rights of each individual in a society.

In conclusion, although governmental control of one’s consumption might be of help to a more science-based diet, I believe people must be allowed to consume whatever they desire. As an alternative to decrees, ministries of health should run nationwide healthy eating campaigns.

Sample 2:

The debate over whether governments should regulate people's nutrition and food choices or leave these decisions to individuals is contentious. While some argue that government intervention is necessary to address public health issues, I do believe that such regulations infringe on personal freedom and autonomy.

On the one hand, proponents of government regulation assert that it is essential to tackle public health issues stemming from poor nutrition. Firstly, unhealthy diets are linked to various health problems, including obesity, diabetes, and cardiovascular diseases. Governments can mitigate these issues by regulating food choices to reduce the healthcare system's burden and enhance public health. For instance, several countries, including Mexico, the United Kingdom, and South Africa, have implemented taxes on sugary drinks. These measures aim to discourage consumption and lower sugar intake, and studies have indicated a decline in sugary drink purchases, potentially contributing to reduced obesity rates. Additionally, relying solely on education and information may not suffice; regulation can establish clear standards for food production, labeling, and marketing, ensuring consumers are not misled about nutritional content. Denmark’s tax on saturated fat in processed foods led to a significant drop in consumption of these products and a subsequent decrease in obesity rates.

On the other hand, opponents, myself included, argue that food choices should remain a personal decision, emphasizing individual autonomy. They believe people have the right to decide what they consume without government interference. For example, France's ban on sugary drinks in schools faced criticism for possibly infringing on teenagers' autonomy and neglecting broader educational efforts on healthy choices. Furthermore, excessive regulation can be perceived as paternalistic, with the government assuming a parental role in decision-making for individuals. This approach is seen as intrusive and raises concerns about potential overreach into personal lives. Singapore’s longstanding ban on chewing gum has been criticized as paternalistic and unnecessary, restricting individual freedom for minimal public health benefits.

In conclusion, while government intervention in nutrition and food choices can address public health issues, I am of the opinion that it also raises concerns about personal freedom and autonomy.

Sample 3:

In the contemporary discourse surrounding public health, a pressing question emerges: should governments legislate nutritional choices for citizens, or should individuals enjoy the freedom to make their own dietary decisions? This essay aims to elucidate both perspectives before posting my own stance on the matter.

Those advocating for governmental intervention in dietary habits often point to the burgeoning public health crisis, particularly in the context of Vietnam where an increasing rate of obesity and diabetes have been observed. Proponents argue that governmental mandates, such as restrictions on high-sugar drinks or fast-food establishments, could ameliorate these grim statistics. In the urban centers like Ho Chi Minh City or Hanoi, fast food chains have become ubiquitous, thereby normalizing unhealthy eating habits, particularly among the youth. Thus, legislative action could serve as a much-needed corrective. However, one could counter-argue that such laws might merely encourage a black market for unhealthy foods, without necessarily encouraging better nutritional understanding among the populace.

However, I believe that personal freedom in nutritional choices remains paramount. Governmental interference in such a private sphere could be seen as an infringement on individual liberties. In Vietnam, where food forms an integral part of cultural and familial bonds, legislating food choices could be perceived as a stark intrusion into tradition and social norms. Moreover, a more effective approach would be to invest in educational programs that empower citizens to make informed decisions. If people were made aware of the deleterious health consequences of certain foods—much like the tobacco warnings on cigarette packages—they would likely adjust their habits willingly.

In conclusion, while there is a compelling argument for governmental intervention to address serious public health concerns, the principles of personal freedom and self-determination should not be compromised. Rather than legislating taste buds, governments would do better to equip their citizens with the knowledge to make healthier life choices. Thus, the battle against obesity and lifestyle diseases should be fought not in the halls of legislation, but in the minds of the informed citizenry.

Sample 4:

It is apparent that nutrition has a significant impact on humans’ health. Therefore, while some argue that people should have the right and individual responsibility to opt for their food, I am of the opinion that laws related to citizens’ nutrition and food selection should be enforced by national officials.

On the one hand, it is believed that taking in daily food is a matter of personal choice. Firstly, it is irrefutable that favourite taste is the main reason affecting which food a person chooses to consume. In addition, for food lovers, scrumptious eatables enable them to calm down and relieve stress, which may lead to their uncomfortable and squeezed feelings when being under control by food laws. Secondly, people now have access to various ways of keeping fit and healthy, thus raising their awareness of adopting a favourable lifestyle. Several typical examples would be taking detox drinks and doing yoga as well as regular exercise which assist people, especially junk food consumers, in body balance and weight loss.

On the other hand, I am in favour of the idea that laws about food and nutrition should be applied for the following justifications. To begin with, this application can bring a wide range of long-term benefits for citizens’ health and extend their longevity. Undoubtedly, these rules and regulations will push people to choose nutritious and clean food so that a number of fatal diseases relating to diabetes and obesity can be avoided. Another main rationale is to reduce pressure and financial burden for national budget and economy. Apparently, less spending on nutritious problems and disease treatments will save a great deal of government’s money and energy that can be devoted to the development of other important sectors such as education and finance.

In conclusion, although citizens should have the freedom to choose a favourite food, it seems to me that national officials need to take timely steps with effective laws to boost people towards a healthier lifestyle.

Sample 5:

As living standards rise, a lifestyle-related issue has stood out as a bone of contention: whether nutrition and food should be subject to governmental laws or personal choices only. This essay will first elaborate on both sides of the matter before I give my final verdict on it.

According to proponents of governmental legislations, food regulations from the authority can act as an effective guideline towards a universal healthy lifestyle for its citizens. Having an expert team in nutrition and food, the government can easily devise a comprehensive set of diet rules that clearly specify the necessary nutrients and ingredients required for divergent age brackets and purposes. The health benefit of governmental food laws also lies in the constraint of dangerous illnesses, many of which stem from inappropriate food consumption such as liver failure and digestive disorders. To exemplify, in Vietnam, as the government always yearns to improve the population’s average height, it can enforce laws requiring children and their parents to eat height-boosting foods and drinks in daily meals so that in the future, inferiority complex about height is no longer the case for Vietnamese citizens.

However, those in support of freedom of choice also have their own grounds, citing that food and nutrition should be a personal issue only. It is because individuals’ tastes and preferences vary distinctly from person to person, which makes it virtually impossible to enact the most judicious food regulations for everyone. It is also noteworthy that food demand should not just be investigated through purely scientific spectacles because it is also a matter of spontaneity. In such cases, restriction of food choices would be equivalent to deprivation of personal liberty and gratification. For instance, albeit frequently associated with an unenviable reputation among nutrition specialists, fast food with appropriate intake is still harmless and enjoyable at the same time to the youth. Therefore, following expert advice to restrict or even ban fast food may create a resentful mentality among these groups of people who take a particular liking to this type of meal.

All things considered, although the government’s food and nutrition regulations may lead to a brighter health scenario for all citizens, it acutely infringes one’s freedom of choice and potentially evokes undesirable attitudes among different people with different nutritional wants and needs. Therefore, I would reiterate that food should only be a matter of personal choice. The extent of governmental intervention should be confined to the role of just a credible nutritional consultant for the public.

Sample 6:

Public health has become an increasingly pressing issue in the modern world, with many populations facing rising rates of obesity, diabetes, and other diet-related diseases. This has led to a debate as to whether governments should establish nutrition and food choice laws for the betterment of public health or if it solely falls on individuals to make wise choices. In my view, everyone should take ownership of their diet and assume responsibility for their health because it is the right choice.

The argument for government-imposed nutrition and food choice laws is that they could help prevent people from making unhealthy choices which could lead to more serious illnesses down the line. For example, government regulations could limit the amount of sugar or fats allowed in food products, especially those marketed to children, and impose taxes on unhealthy snacks like chips and candy bars. This approach would also benefit those who lack the knowledge about healthy food, necessary to make informed decisions. By providing clear guidelines on what foods are healthy, and by taxing the unhealthy options higher, the government would steer individuals away from unhealthy options.

However, there are also some valid arguments against governmental intervention. These types of regulations infringe upon individuals' right to choose what they put in their bodies. After all, everyone should be free to make lifestyle choices for themselves. Additionally, there may not be enough evidence to suggest that overly restrictive regulations would have beneficial effects on public health outcomes in the long run. Since people's love of unhealthy food is often considered an addiction, it is unlikely that a higher price or other warnings would be enough to deter individuals from purchasing unhealthy food items.

In conclusion, while there can certainly be benefits associated with implementing nutrition and food choice laws at a governmental level, ultimately it should still come down to personal choice and responsibility as far as one's diet is concerned. Governments should instead focus on providing citizens with better nutrition education, so that they can make better informed decisions about what they consume. This way, they can receive the information they need while still having autonomy over their own diets and lifestyles.

Sample 7:

Some people feel that governments should be able to create laws regarding what people eat in order to control their health. Personally, I believe this is a ridiculous idea, and people should be free to make their own decisions about what they do with their bodies. The following essay will discuss both sides of the issue.

To begin with, there are some people who think that it is the government’s responsibility to regulate people’s diets. They believe this would help to create a much healthier population and reduce the burdens that sickness and disease place on society. These days, the over-consumption of addictive fast foods, soft drinks, and junk food is widespread and is having vast ramifications on both children and adults’ health, such as obesity, diabetes, and heart disease. This is putting a great amount of pressure on healthcare systems and the economy, as governments try to deal with the associated impacts of poor diets and sedentary lifestyles. Certainly, by reducing the consumption of junk foods and increasing the amounts of healthy foods in people’s diets, society would be much healthier and more prosperous.

On the other hand, many people believe that everyone should have the freedom to choose what they want to eat, and I tend to agree with this idea. Firstly, everyone is different. While some people have a tendency to put on weight and have a genetic predisposition to certain diseases, other people are able to maintain a healthy body regardless of the food they eat. Furthermore, people have the right to food and its variations, meaning that they reserve the right to access sufficient food, feed themselves adequately to meet their dietary needs. This right has come into recognition worldwide and, as a result, people can and should be allowed to decide what their daily meals are like.

In conclusion, I believe it is absurd to suggest that governments should control what people eat. However, I do believe that governments should focus their efforts on restricting the advertisement and promotion of unhealthy foods, such as fast foods and junk foods, and educate people about the negative effects these foods have on their health.

Sample 8:

Currently, it is widely acknowledged that maintaining a nutritious diet plays a significant role in our daily lives, enabling us to contend with the demands of each day efficiently. While some individuals advocate for government intervention in regulating people’s food choices to promote public health, others argue for the freedom of individuals to make their own dietary decisions. In this essay, I will explore both perspectives and provide my opinion.

On one hand, there is a belief that governments should intervene to regulate dietary habits. It is evident that there is a significant amount of malnutrition and obesity prevalent in society today, leading to various health issues and economic burdens. Fast food chains like KFC have become ubiquitous, with individuals opting for convenience over nutritious cuisine. In response, government intervention through legislation can help address these challenges by increasing the cost of unhealthy food options and encouraging citizens to adopt balanced diets. By doing so, individuals can develop healthy eating habits and mitigate the risks of nutritional deficiencies and foodborne illnesses.

On the other hand, there are valid reasons why individuals should have the autonomy to make their own food choices. Firstly, each person has a means of regulating their diet. Most individuals are aware of their dietary needs and have strategies in place to maintain a healthy lifestyle, such as exercising or seeking medical assistance when needed. Secondly, individuals may have specific dietary preferences or allergies that necessitate the consumption of certain foods or the avoidance of others. For instance, individuals cannot be compelled to consume milk if they have a maltose allergy, highlighting the importance of personal choice in dietary decisions.

In conclusion, I concur that individuals should have the freedom to choose their own food. By doing so, they can better regulate their diet according to their own preferences and nutritional needs, leading to improved health outcomes. While government intervention may play a role in promoting healthier eating habits, it is essential to preserve the autonomy of individuals in making their own dietary decisions.

Sample 9:

Many people believe that there should be laws to restrict (limit) the consumption of certain types of food. Others, however, argue that people should be able to make their own decision as to what food they can eat. Although people should have freedom for most of their food-related preferences, I opine with the former viewpoint that under certain circumstances, governmental intervention is necessary.

Many people assert that they should have the freedom to enjoy any kind of diet. Different food has a negative or positive impact on consumers ‘well-being, but this does not mean the government can use its authority to interfere with people’s decision making for fear that they make the wrong choice. Educating people about healthy diets could be a better alternative. Moreover, healthy foods or not are seen differently since people have various eating preferences and financial situations. In other words, it depends on one’s lifestyle and conditions to pursue their personal level of healthiness. Rigorous bans on all unhealthy foods would consequentially disrupt (affect negatively) people’s lives on the account of the fact (because of) that they ought to adjust their eating habits, which is undesirable sometimes.

However, strict laws should be imposed on the food manufacturing industry before food products reach consumers. Food safety regulations are in place to ensure that all ingredients in food products do not contain hazardous substances that may pose threats to people’s health. Such laws also guarantee that food manufacturers provide transparent information on sources, nutrition contents, and possible health risks. Furthermore, many countries prohibit (ban) making food from wild animals for fear of communicable diseases or preservation efforts. Such prohibitions benefit society as a whole and so should not be controversial.

In conclusion, while it is certainly the case that consumers should be able to purchase a variety of edible (eatable) products, I deem that the government needs to ensure that life-threatening food items cannot make their way to people’s shopping bags. Food made from endangered species should be inhibited (banned) from consumption as well.

Sample 10:

The debate about whether the government should have laws on nutrition and food choices to improve public health or whether it should be a matter of personal choices and responsibility is a complex one. I believe that the government should impose these laws so that food-related diseases such as obesity can be reduced. 

On the one hand, people who argue that individuals should have the autonomy to decide what they want to consume believe that the government should only provide education on healthy eating habits, not impose dietary restrictions. For example, countries like the United States, provide strong emphasis on individual liberty and personal responsibility. Individuals should be held accountable for their health outcomes and that is why they should make informed choices as a part of this responsibility. Furthermore, they believe that providing comprehensive and accessible information about nutrition can help empower individuals to make healthy choices. They propose initiatives such as public health campaigns and nutritional education in schools so that the public knows about the implications of their dietary choices.    

On the other hand, some people believe that it is important for the government to interfere. They believe that without regulation many diet-related diseases are forming, which will decline once these rules are imposed. For example, in countries like Mexico and Hungary, the governments applied tax on the consumption of sugary drinks, which has led to a decrease in their sales. They argue that such measures are important so that a stop can be made to the food corporations that sell unhealthy food in the market. I also think that it is the government’s responsibility to ensure public health and make laws that prevent its citizens from unhealthy eating. For example, the government should make sure clear food labelling, which makes it easier for people to make informed choices. 

To conclude, while personal responsibility plays a role in people’s dietary choices, it is important to note that without government intervention, public health is most likely to deteriorate. Therefore, the government needs to regulate nutrition and food choices. 

Sample 11:

To have good health closely relies on the diet that each person pursues. While some people argue that there should be official laws and regulations modifying what people eat, I firmly believe in the freedom of food choices and nutrition intake for each individual.

It is undeniable that imposing regulations on food could considerably influence both individuals and society. Regulating the quality and quantity of nutrients each person takes to boost an individual’s health is worth complementing. Once a healthier population is secured, public health costs will decrease accordingly. To realize this idea, legislators could lessen the sales of unhealthy food by levying a higher tax on things containing harmful substances such as carbonated sugary drinks and fried fast food. This action could partially reduce the consumption of food products that are detrimental to health.

However, I perceive that this act of launching laws over people’s choices for food is not the most effective approach to encourage people to eat healthily. Firstly, it is not sure that the implementation of raising tax for food would lead to the desired outcome. A higher charge on tax can completely stop everyone from consuming unhealthy food if they are not well-equipped with the knowledge and awareness of the destruction that harmful substances may have on their body. Furthermore, these regulations arguably constitute a violation of some most basic human rights which is the freedom of choice. The governmental restraint of controlling what one can have and must not have in their meals may lead to unwanted protests and demonstrations. There are other measures that authorities can resort to, especially those requiring personal education about the problems. Only when one is fully aware of a healthy diet can they make a proper decision and stick to it for themselves.

In short, while it is true that rules and regulations from the government can take control of what people eat, I think that nutrient intake is a matter of personal choice and responsibility.

Sample 12:

Individuals have different views about the governing body enforcing regulations on food consumption. There are calls for the government to create rules on the foods consumed since it prevents the prevalence of diet-related diseases. In my opinion, I agree with the other side of the argument that it should be based on individual preference and accountability, given that it represents freedom and avoidance of allergy response.

On the one hand, critics believe that the ruling body should establish policies on the foods the public consumes in order to curb dietary illnesses, such as obesity, diabetes, and tooth decay. A cousin of mine, for instance, had dental caries because he consumed a lot of sugary products. Therefore, the government must control the people’s nutrition and foodstuffs choices so as to guard their health. However, it is very unfair for individuals to follow rules which decide what they should consume.

On the other hand, I agree that people should be free to choose since they know how their body works. Citizens should freely choose from a variety of foods; they should have a life of their own and be able to decide what is best for them to stay healthy. An individual can freely take a bottle of sugary drink when she feels they are low on sugar. Moreover, making a choice of what to eat helps to stay out of the problem that can happen when something not suitable for the body is consumed. For example, some people develop rashes when they eat shrimp. Thus, there should be flexibility in choosing what to eat.

In conclusion, I believe that people should be able to select what to devour; however, the ruling body does not need to establish laws to regulate it.

Sample 13:

It is argued that politics must create regulations to brush up on society’s health. During the folk have their own choice about diet. In this essay, I am going to discuss both views and draw my own conclusion.

First of all, proceeding with a rule for food-stuff and exercise is the responsibility of the government which motivates to maintain community well-doing by preventing some unhealthy snacks and advice members of the public from avoiding eating it, hence, a raise of awareness in their bodies so they tend to have healthy food rather than Junk food. For example, fast food has been causing problems such as being overweight in America. Around 98 percent of Americans have suffered from the weight which is put on while consuming Junk food regularly. In other words, a few of them eat vegetables and fruits as essential to keep fit.

On the other hand, although it is advantageous to have a low encourage citizens for health, members of society are responsible for their bodies by considering a diet or working out. That is going to give them the freedom to eat anything without feeling under pressure when they choose a meal. Moreover, everybody has different preferences in sports, especially those who cannot do a risky sport. This promotes a lot of healthy people in the country.

In conclusion, the state has to make rules for members of society in spite of the free selection allowing everyone to create their unique diet. From my perspective, individuals have the ability to choose great things for their well-doing.

Sample 1:

It is argued that the proliferation of global corporations and internationalization offers benefits to all people. I strongly agree with the aforementioned statement because of reasons relating to a higher level of employment and enhanced cross-cultural communication skills.

One legitimate reason to support this trend is that it brings more job opportunities for local people. Since international firms, which open their branches in different countries, require a high level of workforce, they will need to recruit more local employees to operate the business. As a result, the natives are offered a decent occupation with lucrative incomes to cover their living expenses and in some cases, spend more generously on their shopping. For example, Samsung, a renowned Korean technology corporation, has created a large number of jobs for Vietnamese since 2018, through cooperating with the local government to successfully tackle the high unemployment rate in Vietnam.

Another major aspect is that people have a chance to develop multi-cultural communication skills as globalization is promoted. On a personal level, it is now easy for workers to learn about foreign cultures and customs, enabling them to acquire more knowledge and insight into varying international practices. As they are exposed to cross-cultural diversity in their working environment and society, they would become more able to show their empathy and tolerate cultural differences. At the company level, globalization leads to a more diverse range of potential business partners and diversifies their investment portfolios, which contributes to their profit generation. Therefore, having global partnerships is essential for businesses to compete in the growing international market.

In conclusion, I firmly believe that this trend is a positive development for every individual since it offers more jobs in local areas and stimulates better cross-cultural communication. Therefore, the government should encourage the process of globalization and multinational companies setting up in their countries.

Sample 2:

In today’s modern world, globalization and the development of multinationals have occurred beyond our wildest expectations. This trend is claimed to bring positive outcomes for society as a whole, nonetheless, I disagree with this idea as I believe that it only makes money for a few.

Without a doubt, transnational companies often invest in developing countries, but their investment does not necessarily reduce poverty there. It is sometimes said that globalization improves international relations because it encourages the flow of money from wealthy to less-developed nations. In reality, however, the wealth generated usually stays in the hands of private corporations, while the majority of local people work for low wages. Furthermore, if the relentless advance of international brands into every corner of the world continues, these might one day completely oust the traditional products of a nation, which would be a loss of richness and diversity in the world. Related to this are conflicts between local communities and multinational corporations, including the ever-increasing levels of environmental degradation caused by business activities, which undeniably lead to resentment and distrust between nationalities, not better understanding.

However, this is not to say that globalization is entirely bad. There are benefits in terms of improving local infrastructures such as industrial parks and technologies. But to say that it is ‘always a force for good’ is to ignore the various problems it causes.

To conclude, my firm conviction is that the spread of global businesses is an unwelcome and dreary prospect because the advantages to the rich and powerful people in our society cannot compensate for the detrimental effects on culture, traditions, and the local economy worldwide.

Sample 3:

The rapid expansion of multinational corporations and the increasing trend of globalization have sparked widespread discussions about their overall impact. In my opinion, these developments bring significant advantages to everyone, contributing to the elimination of poverty and fostering cross-cultural understanding.

From an economic standpoint, the growth of multinational corporations plays a pivotal role in advancing economies and lifting people out of poverty. International companies, by establishing their presence globally, inject a large amount of money into the local economy through their investment in the construction of offices, factories, warehouses, and transportation infrastructure. Furthermore, when operating their business in other countries, multinational firms necessitate a sizable workforce and thus open ample employment opportunities for local residents. Consequently, people can secure stable employment with decent incomes, covering their living expenses and stimulating spending, thereby driving economic progress. For example, Samsung, a renowned Korean technology giant, has welcomed a large number of Vietnamese workers since 2018 following the establishment of its new subsidiary, successfully tackling the high unemployment rate in Vietnam.

From a societal perspective, globalization has facilitated cultural exchange and mutual understanding among nations, promoting world peace and friendship. Most hate stems from fear of the unknown. When people do not understand other races, values, and customs, they are prone to believe in false preconceptions, resulting in shunning people who do not share the same roots with them. Thanks to globalization, it is now easy for people to access information and make friends with people from around the world, enabling them to acquire more knowledge and insight into foreign cultures and international practices. Exposure to cross-cultural diversity increases the likelihood of establishing mutual respect and empathy among people from different cultural backgrounds. Therefore, globalization is instrumental in promoting cross-cultural understanding and maintaining global harmony in this contemporary age.

In conclusion, I strongly believe that the ongoing process of globalization and the surge of multinational corporations represent positive developments as they not only improve the economy but also stimulate cross-cultural understanding.

Sample 4:

Globalization and the germination of multinational corporations have been pacing up more than ever before. While one school of thought corrodes the seedling of globalization, others think it has immensely benefited mankind. I agree with the latter statement and correspond with the thought of globalization bettering the lives of people. In the forthcoming sections, I shall be propounding my views on the topic.

First and foremost, globalization has helped in eradicating the unemployment scourge to a significant extent. Not only has it assisted the countries in laying their helping hands to the unemployed masses by generating the labour and employees’ needs, but it also helped people survive somewhat optimally as it has made the resources available to the people to sprint on the tracks of life. Secondly, it has helped industries improve themselves by setting the goals and standards for the native businesses to learn from and refer to while defining their goals and parameters. Moreover, the expanding network of multinational companies from different parts of the world provides access to the global market for many local companies that are innovative and booming.

Talking from the diversity point of view as well, it has helped people in getting acquainted and cognizant of slightly unrepresented and non-eminent cultures and traditional heritage of different regions by bolstering their feet in the mainstream upon their acknowledging.  Further, in times of global crisis, it has become easier for the developed nations to take note of the calamitous consequences and natural catastrophes in a region and, therefore, take necessary actions.

Some people might say it has increased the competition for local businesses and has made it harder for them to thrive. However, it has helped people avail themselves better than the good results in diving through the oceanic opportunities available.

Conclusively, we can say that globalization and the surge of MNCs have helped humankind in various aspects. Therefore, I agree with the fact that multinational companies and globalization produce positive outcomes.

Sample 5:

The pervasiveness of multinationals has led many to question their relative merits. In my opinion, their impact is negative on the whole despite legitimate economic advantages.

Those in favor of a globalised world argue that international conglomerates bring wealth to a country. This is the result of a variety of related effects including increased tax revenue, employment opportunities, and, most importantly, the spread of expertise. A good example of this would be producers of consumer electronics such as Apple. Apple provides jobs in countries all around the world ranging from marketers and factory workers to graphic designers and supply agents. All these employees receive salaries typically above the average wages in a given region, which is then directed back towards the local consumer economy. Such workers are also likely to pick up specialised skills that they can utilize in the long term and later pass on to others.

Nonetheless, multinationals are negative due to their effects on local businesses and the environment. A good example of the former point would be the rise of fast-food chains globally. Well-known brands such as McDonald’s and KFC are in hundreds of countries and provide serious competition to local restaurants. Their ability to offer cheap, uniform meals with limited nutritional value that are very addictive hurt both the health of the local populace and also make it harder for small restaurants to turn a profit and remain in operation. Moreover, such large corporations contribute to climate change by exploiting the use of airplanes and trucks to ship their products globally. Combined with the plastic packaging often employed by these companies, their impact on the environment far surpasses the minor lifestyle choices of individuals.

In conclusion, despite meagre economic benefits arising from multinationals, I believe this is a negative trend due to the effect on small businesses and the environment. Governments must therefore attempt to carefully regulate and balance the introduction of international companies.

Sample 6:

With the spread of multinational companies due to globalization in the world business platforms, positive outcomes are being achieved, as is believed by some people. Accordingly, I agree with the fact that the advantages incurred by the spread of multinational companies in the business market is high. Considerably, multinational companies have been able to expand at the world level benefiting in terms of acculturation that takes place as a result of globalization. The spread of multinational companies has been able to identify that access to new cultures can be considered as an enormously positive outcome. It is possible for multinational companies through spreading across different countries to be able to spread their technologies and innovation across the world. It has been possible for developments in societies to be endured through multinational companies thereby being able to increase the standard of living of the people because of the international brands and companies that have been able to acquire customers. With the help of multinational companies spreading across the global business platforms has allowed the businesses to ensure that they are able to access new markets and are able to establish their position in the market. It is possible for the companies to ensure that within the business market it is possible for the spread of multinational companies to ensure that they are able to access new talents in the market. Effectively, it has been possible for the companies to ensure that they identify greater opportunities as well as being able to acquire new markets on the global platform. In my opinion, multinational companies have been able to spread in the global market with the ability to lower the cost of products, become market leaders and hence, enable higher levels of efficiency in the market. With the spread of multinational companies, it has been possible for the companies to ensure that they are able to create higher investments within the countries and increase higher levels of effectiveness in the global business platform.

Sample 1:

Opinions are divided on whether public funds should be primarily allocated to medical care systems or be distributed across other critical areas such as education and transportation infrastructure. I advocate for a balanced approach due to the diverse benefits each sector offers to taxpayers.

On the one hand, directing state resources towards healthcare can significantly enhance public health. When taxes are used to construct more hospitals, train outstanding doctors, or install advanced medical equipment, this can ensure that residents across the country have easy access to adequate health consultations or treatment whenever required. By doing so, the nation can shield itself from crises such as the recent Covid-19 pandemic, the occurrence of which could result in millions of infections necessitating immediate medical attention. The allocation of state funding to the health care sector, therefore, is justified as it demonstrates that the government is utilizing funds prudently for the sake of citizens’ wellbeing.

On the other hand, apart from health care, there are equally crucial sectors that necessitate government funding. Chief among these is education for children, particularly in remote areas of developing countries. The scarcity of schools and teachers in these deprived regions has contributed to high illiteracy rates among rural population and an escalation in crime rates in recent years. If more funding is diverted to addressing these needs, the nation can make best use of the nation’s young workforce and increase community safety. Added to this are the urgent requirements for mass transit systems like electric trains or metros to alleviate severe traffic congestion in many urban areas. This initiative will not only help facilitate people’s daily commute, but also mitigate air pollution, one of the most pressing issues in today’s world.

In conclusion, investments in healthcare, along with those in education and transportation sectors, each offer distinct advantages. Thus, it is imperative to address all these priorities comprehensively to attain the desired outcomes.

Sample 2:

When it comes to deciding how tax revenue should be allocated, the debate often centers around whether the government should prioritize healthcare or focus on other pressing needs. Although there can be valid arguments for prioritizing other sectors, I firmly believe that healthcare is of utmost importance.

On the one hand, some argue that there are competing priorities for taxpayers' money that may take precedence over healthcare. One commonly cited consideration is ensuring national security and defense, which may require substantial financial resources. This includes funding for military operations, intelligence agencies, and emergency response systems to protect citizens from external threats and maintain stability. Another argument is that the authorities should invest in initiatives to stimulate economic growth, such as tax breaks for businesses or subsidies for industries, since these measures aim to create jobs, boost consumer spending, and drive economic activity.

In my view, despite the importance of these aspects, healthcare should be a top consideration for government investment for several reasons. Chief among these is that ensuring access to quality healthcare is not just a matter of economic or strategic interest; it is a moral imperative. Every individual deserves the opportunity to lead a healthy and fulfilling life, meaning that healthcare is essential for realizing this fundamental right. Secondly, investing in healthcare yields long-term benefits for society, including improved public health outcomes, increased productivity, and reduced healthcare costs over time. By addressing health issues proactively, governments can mitigate the economic and social consequences of preventable diseases and illnesses.

In conclusion, while there are competing priorities for taxpayer money, healthcare should be a top consideration for government investment due to its significant impact on public health, economic prosperity, and social equity. By prioritizing healthcare, governments can fulfill their responsibility to protect and promote the well-being of their citizens and create a healthier, more prosperous society for all.

Sample 3:

The allocation of tax-payer funds has been the topic of much debate. While some support the idea of prioritising investment in the healthcare system, opponents maintain that other areas deserve greater attention from the government. In this essay, I will elaborate on both sides of the debate and the reasons why I lean toward the latter opinion.

On the one hand, prioritising investment in health care offers multifaceted benefits. Foremost among these is the availability of effective treatment for patients. Governmental budgets can be allocated to various projects encompassing drug research, medical equipment purchases and doctor training. These projects consequently can enhance not only the effectiveness but also affordability of medical remedies, contributing to the overall improvement of patients. Furthermore, additional funding allows the enhancement of general public health. Specifically, it provides necessary resources for various health-awareness campaigns to promote hygiene and healthy lifestyles, which are essential for fostering healthier citizens for a more robust economic growth.

However, some individuals argue for prioritizing other sectors such as education and national security over health concerns. They assert that education provides essential conditions for children to acquire vital skills and qualities, which are conducive to a high-quality workforce. These skilled workers and intellectuals can contribute to addressing more diverse social issues including housing, the environment and poverty. In addition, national security ensures the safety and stability of a country. Without adequate resources directed towards this issue, a nation might become vulnerable to various internal and external threats, ranging from terrorism to cyberattacks and geopolitical conflicts.

In conclusion, both points of view have their own merits. Nevertheless, I am of the opinion that education and defense systems should be the top priorities in regard to investments made by tax-payers’ money as they can address various social problems and safeguard a country’s stability. It is also imperative for governments to consult various stakeholders to devise a comprehensive transparent spending plan to ensure the effectiveness of these investments.

Sample 4:

There are two conflicting views with regard to the allocation of tax revenue. While the idea that medical care should be of greatest importance is welcomed by many people, I personally think that there are more respects worth the investment.

On the one hand, health care is what boosts national development and therefore should be one of the top priorities. One obvious reason is that health care ensures the public's welfare. Without good health, a person cannot work to earn a living, creating a burden on others nor can he or she contribute to society. Therefore, funds for novel vaccines to treat incurable diseases, aids to regular check-ups for the elderly and investment in modern medical facilities such as new surgical devices, larger hospitals with more vacancies will support more citizens' health care need. Once public health is improved, there will be a vigorous workforce for a well-rounded growth across fields.

On the other hand, government should also give precedence to other sectors such as environment and education. First and foremost, the environment has an inextricable link to people's health and therefore, is crucial for the development of every aspect of life. Consequently, more governmental budget should be given to, for example, environmental protection, afforestation, pollution prevention in order to create a healthy living atmosphere. Furthermore, education, which is the driving force for a country to prosper, should also receive investment from tax. This is because a well-built educational system not only provides society with capable workers but also helps solve several societal problems.

In conclusion, despite its role in determining a country's workforce, health care should not have the monopoly. Instead, tax revenue should be distributed equally to other not less important fields for an all-round progress.

Sample 5:

There is ongoing debate about whether governments should prioritize health care when allocating taxpayer money, or if other areas deserve more focus. I support a balanced approach, recognizing the importance of both health care and other critical sectors in government spending.

Advocates for prioritizing health care argue that ensuring universal access to medical services is fundamental for a nation’s well-being. They believe that a well-funded health care system can enhance the overall health of the population, which is crucial for economic productivity and social stability. An example of this can be seen in countries like Sweden, where substantial investment in health care has resulted in one of the highest life expectancies worldwide. This correlation underscores the significant benefits that can arise from prioritizing health care, suggesting it should be a key focus in government budgets.

On the other hand, emphasizing only health care neglects other vital areas such as education and infrastructure, which are also essential for a country's growth and competitiveness. Education, for instance, equips citizens with necessary skills and knowledge, driving innovation and economic development. Countries that invest heavily in their educational systems, like Finland, enjoy high levels of innovation and a skilled workforce. Similarly, investment in infrastructure, such as transportation and public utilities, directly affects economic productivity and the quality of life. These investments facilitate business operations, enhance safety, and improve the daily lives of citizens, illustrating the broad benefits of a diversified spending strategy.

In conclusion, while health care is undoubtedly critical, a holistic approach that equally values other important sectors like education and infrastructure is essential for sustainable national development. This balanced strategy ensures that government spending not only supports a healthy population but also fosters educational and economic advancements, providing a comprehensive range of benefits to society.

Sample 6:

The issue of how to allocate tax revenue sparks debate, with some advocating for healthcare as the top priority. Others, however, believe that other areas deserve a larger share. While both education and infrastructure are essential for societal well-being, I firmly believe that prioritizing healthcare offers the most significant return on investment.

Health care advocates assert that directing a substantial portion of tax revenue towards healthcare initiatives is paramount. Firstly, a robust healthcare system directly correlates with the overall well-being and longevity of citizens. For instance, increased funding in health care can bolster emergency services and chronic disease management, thus enhancing life expectancy and quality of life. Secondly, effective health care systems contribute to economic stability by curbing long-term costs. By emphasizing preventive care, governments can mitigate the financial strain of expensive emergency treatments and reduce lost productivity due to illness.

On the other hand, proponents of diversification argue that other sectors, such as education and infrastructure, warrant substantial funding. Education, for instance, plays a pivotal role in fostering economic growth and innovation. An educated workforce attracts investments and industries seeking skilled labor, thereby enhancing the competitiveness of the economy on a global scale. Additionally, infrastructure development is imperative for long-term economic stability and growth. Improving transportation and utilities not only facilitates business operations but also enhances the overall quality of life, which is integral for sustainable development.

In conclusion, while education and infrastructure are crucial for a nation's prosperity, prioritizing healthcare offers the most significant return on investment. A healthy population leads to a more productive workforce, a more robust economy, and ultimately, a higher quality of life for all.

Sample 7:

Opinions vary on whether governments should prioritize allocating taxes to the healthcare system or divert them to other critical areas. While I understand the rationale behind the former perspective, I firmly advocate for the latter.

Advocates for allocating taxes to other societal sectors may emphasize the imperative of investing in weapon manufacturing, particularly in nuclear armaments. This, they argue, enhances the perception of authority and contributes to national security. However, I find this argument unconvincing. Participation in international organizations enables countries to collaborate in safeguarding against warfare and terrorism, offering a more cost-effective solution.

However, I maintain that the government should prioritize allocating taxes to healthcare for several reasons. Foremost among these is the government’s ability, through its taxation system, to generate increased funding for accessible healthcare facilities. These centers provide advantages for financially disadvantaged individuals, thus enhancing the overall quality of life in society. Taxation can revolutionize healthcare systems through investments in state-of-the-art medical personnel and equipment. For example, Japan boasts the highest life expectancy globally, attributable to advancements in the medical sector.

Consequently, I firmly believe that the government should prioritize allocating taxes to healthcare.

Sample 8:

When deliberating on the allocation of government funds, the topic often generates debate. While some advocate for allocating a significant portion to health care, arguing for its critical importance, others believe there are equally pressing areas warranting taxpayers’ money. This essay will examine both perspectives.

Health care is often championed as the foremost concern in government spending. Advocates of this perspective emphasize its direct impact on the well-being and longevity of citizens. By directing more resources to health care, governments can enhance emergency services and chronic disease management, thereby positively influencing life expectancy and overall quality of life. Moreover, increased funding enables a shift towards preventive care, which not only reduces the burden on emergency services but also mitigates the economic costs associated with prolonged illnesses.

However, an opposing stance exists which suggests diversifying government spending beyond health care. Education, for example, plays a pivotal role in driving economic growth and innovation. Through investment in education, governments cultivate a skilled workforce, which not only facilitates business operations but also enhances the nation’s competitiveness in the global market. Additionally, infrastructure development is indispensable for sustained economic progress. A robust infrastructure network, comprising efficient transportation systems and reliable utilities, warrants significant consideration in decisions regarding tax allocation.

In conclusion, while health care undeniably holds intrinsic value in safeguarding citizens’ well-being, a balanced approach to government spending is essential. While allocating funds to health care is crucial, it is equally imperative to recognize the significance of investments in education and infrastructure. Therefore, rather than viewing these priorities in isolation, a comprehensive strategy that addresses multiple facets of societal development is warranted. As such, governments should adopt a nuanced approach to tax allocation, ensuring that resources are distributed judiciously to maximize the collective welfare of the populace.

Sample 9:

The allocation of government funds is a multifaceted process that involves balancing various societal needs and priorities. While some advocate for prioritizing healthcare as a fundamental aspect of societal well-being, others argue that there are competing priorities that also require attention and funding. This essay will examine both perspectives before presenting a balanced view.

Advocates for prioritizing healthcare argue that it is a fundamental human right and a cornerstone of societal well-being. Investing in healthcare leads to a healthier population, which in turn contributes to economic growth and stability. Healthy individuals are more productive, leading to a stronger workforce and increased economic output. Moreover, accessible and affordable healthcare ensures that all members of society have access to essential medical services, regardless of their socioeconomic status. By prioritizing healthcare in tax decisions, governments can fulfill their duty to protect and promote the health of their citizens, ultimately leading to a more equitable and prosperous society.

However, opponents of prioritizing healthcare in tax decisions argue that there are other pressing needs that also require funding. For example, investments in education are crucial for building a skilled workforce and driving innovation and economic growth. Similarly, infrastructure development is essential for ensuring the efficient functioning of society, including transportation networks, utilities, and public services. National security is also a paramount concern that requires adequate funding to safeguard against external threats and ensure the safety and security of citizens. Neglecting these areas in favor of prioritizing healthcare could have far-reaching consequences.

In conclusion, I think striking a balance in budget allocation for healthcare and other needs can support governments to address multiple societal challenges and ensure the overall prosperity and stability of society.

Sample 10:

Some argue that health care should be the primary area when determining how taxes are allocated, while others contend that there are more pressing priorities deserving of taxpayers’ money. There is indeed a strong case to be made for both sides of the debate, which will be discussed now.

Proponents of prioritizing health care in tax allocation argue that it is a fundamental human right and a cornerstone of social welfare. They contend that investing in health care infrastructure, medical research, and public health initiatives yields significant benefits for individuals and society as a whole. Accessible and affordable health care services contribute to improved public health outcomes, reduced mortality rates, and enhanced quality of life. Moreover, a robust health care system can bolster economic productivity by reducing absenteeism, preventing costly medical emergencies, and promoting overall well-being. Therefore, proponents advocate for allocating a significant portion of tax revenue to bolstering health care services and ensuring equitable access for all citizens.

On the other hand, opponents of prioritizing health care spending argue that there are competing demands that warrant attention and financial resources. They contend that addressing pressing issues such as education, infrastructure, national security, and economic development is essential for the long-term prosperity and stability of society. Neglecting these priorities in favor of disproportionately allocating funds to health care could hinder progress in other critical areas and undermine overall societal well-being. Furthermore, they argue that simply increasing health care spending does not necessarily equate to improved health outcomes, as inefficiencies, mismanagement, and systemic challenges within the health care system may persist despite increased funding. Therefore, opponents advocate for a more balanced approach to tax allocation that considers a range of societal needs and priorities.

In conclusion, while health care is undeniably vital, I believe that a balanced approach to tax allocation that considers various priorities is essential for promoting comprehensive societal development and well-being. By striking a balance between competing demands, governments can effectively allocate resources to address the diverse needs of society and ensure the prosperity and welfare of all citizens.

Sample 11:

Different arguments have been made regarding the prioritization of specific types of taxes, in which the focus should be on either health or other levies. This essay shall deliver supporting reasons for both opinions as well as offer a personal view based on them.

There are several reasons why numerous individuals, be it citizens or politicians, advocate for the focus on health insurance. First of all, from a business perspective, the general well-being of the workforce is the driving force for potential profit. Should something happen to employees, it would be possible for a company's reputation to be scrutinized, or business prospects to be negatively affected. To make matters worse, uninsured individuals are likely to pay exorbitant amounts of medical bills or hospital fees in the event of an accident, thus putting a drastic toll on their personal lives but also their business lives, thus affecting the companies then on a wider scale, potentially the entire economic landscape. Therefore, it is pivotal that the government should prioritize health care for the workforce in order to maintain the labourers' as well as the economy's health. In addition, less focus on health levies means less investments made in public hospitals and medicine. Because medical practice requires intense research and deals with actual human health, the costs for maintaining as well as saving lives are self-explanatory. Were less money to be funneled into medical channels, the entire industry would stagnate. This leads to long pauses in medical treatment, medical research, surge of medical costs and, in the long run, could perpetuate a form of class division as only the nobility or aristocracy with a higher income can afford the exorbitant fees.

On the other hand, arguments can be made to support other types of taxes. To begin with, while human health is a highly important factor, other aspects of society such as infrastructure, traffic, manufacturing, and technology are also the cornerstones of a country's general well- being. If no tax money is poured into those industries, the overall economy would not be likely to develop and miss out on potential global developments. For instance, due to lack of investment from taxes, developing countries often fail to have the knowledge or facilities to properly develop and utilize newer technology or reinforced infrastructure. In worse situations, projects are delayed or even abandoned. Another argument is that no taxes on the income could perpetuate job imbalance. It is an admittedly brutal truth that there are occupations that pay more and are treated better than others. Depending on the job market, a business position would obviously offer higher salary than a labor-based janitor job that pays minimum wage. However, the last bastion of modern civility that prevents any potential job imbalance in the market is income taxes. As an example, in most developed countries such as Japan, Finland, and England, all wages from different jobs are equalized. People with different jobs have to pay different amounts of taxes so as to balance the income and stabilize the market. Without income taxes levied on salary, it could not only exacerbate job imbalance, but similar to the aforementioned argument about medical practices, it could create class division.

To conclude this essay, upon comparing these views, while focusing on health insurance seems to be the ideal solution as the people's well-being is essential, different types of taxes should be levied on almost every form of services or business so as to accelerate holistic albeit slower progress. Ideally, all taxation systems should operate in tandem so as to support one another as well as benefit all qualities of life.

Sample 12:

Opinions diverge on whether tax revenue should be mainly diverted to healthcare expenditure or alternatively, governments should leverage this resource more wisely on other critical sectors. I advocate that a more balanced approach to the allocation of money collected from taxation is necessary to develop a nation.

There are specific arguments to support the substantial investment in the healthcare system using the state budget. One of which is that healthcare is often championed as an unalienable right of citizens. Taxpayers hope that their contributions can be converted into quality healthcare services, ensuring more equitable and accessible medical care for the citizenry, particularly those from lower socioeconomic backgrounds. Moreover, a healthier populace can increase productivity and drive economic progress. Due to improved health outcomes, people may remain in the workforce longer, which can reduce work absenteeism and contribute more to the economy.

However, critics of a sole emphasis on the medical system argue that the authorities should spend tax more justifiably on other purposes. Foremost among these priorities is the focus on education to unlock human potential to contribute to a prosperous nation which empowers residents with essential skills and knowledge to find more lucrative jobs and escape financial suffering, resulting in long-term national prosperity. Furthermore, governments should also channel pecuniary resources to national security measures. This can equip them with powerful tools to safeguard their citizens from external threats and apply swift responses to natural catastrophes.

In conclusion, while I acknowledge that allocating substantial tax revenue to public healthcare is crucial to uphold human rights and pivotal for economic growth, I believe governments should not underestimate the equally pressing needs of education and national security. Therefore, a holistic reformation to budget allocation, which considers the interplay between these sectors, is essential for promoting sustainable development and fostering a healthier and more affluent society.

Sample 13:

In the contemporary world, the distribution of tax-payers’ money has given rise to heated controversies, in which many people assume that this financial resource should be allocated to the healthcare system, whereas others argue other vital domains should be given more priority. The following essay elaborates on both viewpoints before expressing my personal perspective on this contentious matter.

On the one hand, the belief that medical care of a country ought to be more heavily funded is justifiable to a certain extent. Firstly, on an individual scale, owing to the popularity of sedentary lifestyle and unwholesome eating habits these days, people are becoming more susceptible to several health-related issues namely obesity, high blood pressure or cardiovascular disease. Given such an unsettling situation, governments should place emphasis on facilitating diagnosis and treatment processes, thereby enhancing citizens’ physical well-being. Secondly, a healthy labor workforce is of pivotal importance to a country’s effective operation in any industry owing to its contribution to increased productivity and work outcomes. Therefore, it is advisable to allot more money to national health systems so as to combat potential health hazards, namely COVID-19 and stimulate public immunity.

On the other hand, it is also legitimate to claim that tax-based investment into such sectors as education and transportation is more desirable. Indeed, in the current intellect-driven society, education is a catalyst for human capital development as it helps train a competent, highly qualified labor force to reduce the burden of unemployment and welfare dependency. In addition, the severity of traffic congestion and air pollution in large cities has risen to an alarming extent. Hence, more financial resources should be distributed to the overhaul of transport infrastructure and the provision of public transportation for the sake of citizens’ safety and well-being. On such grounds, in order to foster a productive labor workforce and overall living quality, more emphasis should be placed on the fields of education and transportation.

On balance, proponents of both assumptions indisputably have reasonable arguments for their convictions. Personally, however, I would contend that all sectors, including healthcare, education and transport should be invested on an equal basis to reinforce the country’s long-term prosperity.

Sample 1:

In numerous nations, the issue of children becoming overweight and facing health concerns is on the rise. There are varying opinions on whether the government should bear the responsibility for addressing this concern. I believe that while the government can play a role, the responsibility also lies with their families and schools.

Proponents of governmental involvement underscore the significant influence that policies and regulations can wield over public health. Governments possess the authority to institute measures that foster healthier lifestyles among children. For instance, they can establish guidelines mandating schools to offer more nourishing meals, guaranteeing that children are exposed to well-rounded and wholesome diets. Additionally, governments can exert control over the advertising and promotion of unhealthy food products aimed at children, thereby curtailing their exposure to persuasive campaigns that often advocate detrimental dietary practices. All these measures collectively contribute to fostering an environment that not only educates children about the significance of health but also encourages the adoption of healthier choices and behaviors as integral parts of their daily lives.

Nevertheless, placing the entire burden on the government to address this concern is inadequate. Parents and families hold a pivotal position in influencing the dietary preferences and routines of children. It is within their purview to impart knowledge about proper nutrition, involve their children in the process of preparing balanced meals at home, and actively engage them in physical activities, all of which can have a lasting impact on instilling healthy habits early on and preventing the onset of childhood obesity. Furthermore, educational institutions also share a significant responsibility in this matter. Schools can contribute by integrating comprehensive health education into their curriculum, equipping students with the understanding of nutritional values and the consequences of unhealthy eating habits.

In conclusion, while the government does have a role to play in addressing the issue of childhood obesity, it should not bear the sole responsibility. A comprehensive approach involving families, educational establishments, and the authorities is essential to effectively combat this challenge and ensure the well-being of the younger generation.

Sample 2:

The problem of childhood obesity and its consequences for physical health has become a pressing issue globally, with some arguing that the government is primarily responsible. While this assertion is reasonable to some extent, I would contend that the parents should take some responsibility as well as being the primary guardians of their children.

It is valid to assert that the government should assume responsibility for tackling the problem of child obesity. States have the power and resources to enact laws or policies that can actively promote a healthier lifestyle and therefore curb the obesity rate among children. Consequently, children can be compelled to comply with these policies and change their habits to live more healthily and lose weight. To give an example, the Vietnamese government has recently promulgated a directive that requires local schools to provide healthy school meals, encourages children to engage in physical activities and prohibits the advertising and sharing of sugary drinks and food. This is intended to curb the obesity rate among children in Vietnam, which has been rising in the past decade.

However, the parents of these children should assume a secondary role in rectifying this problem as well. Since they are already the primary guardians responsible for feeding and taking care of their offspring, it is only natural for parents to monitor their diet and commitment to exercise. If parents shirk these obligations, then their children are more likely to remain obese and in poor health in the long-term. For example, a recent survey has reported that the majority of European parents typically encourage their children to engage in weekly exercise programs to ensure that they will maintain a healthy weight. They believe in this way; children can physically develop normally and not be greatly affected by ailments associated with obesity.

In conclusion, while the government should take a leading responsibility in tackling the problem of child obesity given their legitimate power in enacting laws, I would ultimately assert that the parents should also share this burden as they are more directly accountable for their children’s health in terms of their dietary and exercise habits.

Sample 3:

In modern society, as childhood obesity is becoming increasingly more prevalent, some individuals maintain that the national authorities should play a predominant role in averting this pressing issue. While I agree with this viewpoint to some extent, I believe that parents and educational institutions are also responsible for tackling such a problem.

On the one hand, there are several reasons why the governing bodies should be accountable for addressing childhood obesity. Firstly, it is their basic duty to safeguard the health and well-being of their citizens, especially vulnerable groups like children. By introducing laws that, for instance, guarantee nutritional standards of school meals or restrict the sale of sugary drinks and fattening foods, the government can largely contribute to reduced obesity rates among minors. Secondly, as widely perceived to possess huge financial capacity, the government could allocate necessary resources to public awareness programs or educational campaigns aimed at parents and children. These initiatives can help young individuals make informed choices about nutrition and physical activity, fostering healthier habits from an early age.

On the other hand, I believe that the national authorities cannot be held solely responsible for resolving childhood obesity. One justification for my argument is that parents, who are primary caregivers and role models for children, are likely to have significantly more influence on their eating habits and activity levels. In other words, parents could set a limit on children’s consumption of high-fat food and encourage them to engage in sports or outdoor activities. Besides parental obligations, educational institutions should also play a crucial role in curbing rising obesity rates among minors. Given the fact that children are usually receptive to new knowledge and later adhere to taught lessons, schools and teachers can incorporate health education into their curriculum, thus instilling a proper perception of healthy lifestyles in children.

In summary, although the responsibility to reduce childhood obesity is often assigned to the government, I firmly believe that parents and educational institutions should also contribute to the prevention of this issue for their greater influence on children’s behavior and cognition.

Sample 4:

Childhood obesity has become a typical sign of deteriorating public health the world over, especially in Western-based countries, where massive amounts of unhealthy food are consumed on a daily basis. In this regard, some people believe governments should do whatever is needed to improve this situation. However, we should not single out governments as the only ones responsible for combating the childhood obesity crisis.

The role of a competent and responsible government is to ensure the well-being of its people. That is to say, if there is any serious threat to the people, as childhood obesity is, the government should be the one to first realize such a threat, introduce and put solutions into practice. However, apart from encouraging regular exercise and healthy diets, I doubt that the government has any further role to play.

The duty to combat obesity in children should not fall on the government alone because parents are, for good reasons, a greater source of influence on children’s unhealthy life. For one, an obese child is often malnourished because they do not receive appropriate nutrients from their food, a truth that reveals parents’ poor choice of diet for their kids. This fact also suggests that parents can have a direct impact on improving their children’s health by choosing healthy eating patterns that contain less sugar and fat. On the other hand, obesity is also caused by lack of physical activity. This can be exemplified by the sedentary lifestyle favored by a large number of youths nowadays. And parents are the only ones who can either encourage or force their children to do more physical tasks or exercise.

The government should of course do what they can to curb the obesity epidemic, no matter how small their impacts might be. Also, I feel the parents of obese children are to blame, and thus need to take responsibility for their kids’ unhealthy condition.

Sample 5:

In the light of the alarming trend in obesity and diseases in children around the world, individuals propose that governments should assume the responsibility to address this issue. I largely agree with them given their unique legal and financial power even though parents should also contribute to the effort to an extent.

The first rationale for my agreement to hold lawmakers responsible is that they are the only ones who have the constitutional authority to issue legislation that can directly mitigate children’s health problems. For instance, a complete prohibition of fast food in school areas enacted by the Vietnamese government has forced many fattening dishes such as fried chicken wings to be withdrawn from school menus, contributing to a remarkable decline in obesity in some areas.

Another argument for why I agree that governmental bodies should deal with children’s health concerns is their incomparable financial resources. Their budget is generated by various taxes and enormous profits from state companies, and it can be used to sponsor not only ambitious healthcare research but also large-scale campaigns to enhance the public’s understanding of children’s health, which can collectively lead to a reduction in children’s excessive weight and unhealthiness.

However, I acknowledge that the role of parents should not be neglected. They might encourage their offspring to abandon sedentary lifestyles and embrace more physical activities to facilitate fat burning and increased metabolism. By contrast, if parents are unaware of children’s health issues, they might indulge them with fatty foods or passive pastimes such as computer games or watching TV, which would cause the endeavours by the government to be in vain.

In conclusion, I am mostly in agreement with the idea of governments bearing the obligation to solve the ongoing problems of children being obese and unhealthy as they possess an unparalleled authority and budget. Nevertheless, parents’ involvement is also crucial. That is why the government ought to develop a master plan to involve all entities to comprehensively improve the overall well-being of future generations.

Sample 6:

The rising prevalence of childhood obesity has emerged as a critical public health concern, demanding concerted efforts for mitigation. Some argue that handling children’s escalating corpulence rate is the role of governments. Although agreeing with the intervention of governments, I believe the importance of upholding individual responsibilities and education should not be overlooked.

Advocates for government intervention posit that it is the prerogative of authorities to implement policies geared towards inculcating healthier habits among children. With their formidable resources and legislative power, governments can wield significant influence. For instance, regulations pertaining to food advertising, school menus, and public spaces can effectively mold the environments in which children grow and develop. These interventions, when carefully designed and executed, have the potential to nudge communities towards embracing healthier dietary and exercise practices. In addition to policy-making, governments can regulate the food industry to ensure that they provide accurate nutritional information and produce healthier food options.

However, it is crucial to acknowledge that the primary responsibility for health lies with parents and individuals themselves. Encroaching too heavily on personal freedoms through extensive government intervention can risk infringing on individual decision-making. Moreover, the emphasis should be placed on education and awareness. Governments ought to prioritize imparting knowledge about proper nutrition and exercise. Equipping individuals with the information and skills required to make informed choices empowers them to lead healthier lives. This approach not only upholds personal freedoms but also promotes a culture of active participation in one’s own well-being.

In conclusion, addressing childhood obesity demands a nuanced approach, where governments play a vital role. However, it is crucial to uphold individual responsibilities and prioritize education to empower individuals in making informed choices.

Sample 7:

In recent years, obesity has become one of the most serious health problems among people of all ages, especially children. Although there are people who believe that the government should take the full responsibility to find the solutions for this problem, I would argue that parents and schools also play a vital role in dealing with the issue.

On the one hand, there are several effective solutions to this problem that the government should consider. First, the government may conduct official conferences and news on the symptoms and effects of obesity to raise public awareness. By this way, people will be encouraged to have an active, healthy diet and lifestyle. Second, advertisements for foods and drinks that contain high levels of sugar and fat should be restricted on TV and other means of mass media. In fact, since 2017, a ban on junk foods and soft drinks advertisement before 9 p.m. has come into effect by the UK.

On the other hand, parents and schools are also responsible for maintaining a low level of obesity among their children. One of the main causes that make children overweight and unhealthy is the choice of daily diet by their parents. A healthy nutritional balanced diet is necessary for every child to grow up normally without having any serious diseases. As the lack of physical exercise can also lead to an obese child, an adequate number of physical education sessions needs to be held weekly by schools for their young students to keep fit and stay healthy.

To conclude, childhood obesity has become a rising issue in modern society, but I strongly believe that it can still be controlled if the government, parents, and schools get together to help our children.

Sample 8:

In several nations, a growing number of children are grappling with the issue of obesity and deteriorating health, with some contending that governments bear the responsibility for addressing this concern. I totally agree with this viewpoint because governments can effectively combat childhood obesity through comprehensive policies and initiatives.

Firstly, governments possess the requisite resources to execute large-scale interventions that can effectively confront this challenge. Through the allocation of funds towards public health campaigns and educational initiatives, they can heighten awareness about the significance of adopting healthy lifestyles and disseminating essential knowledge regarding nutrition and physical activity. An illustration of this can be seen in the case of the “Let’s Move” campaign that unfolded in the United States in 2010, which aimed to combat childhood obesity through a synergy of school-based programs, community-driven efforts, and alterations in policy frameworks. This governmental endeavor underscored the constructive influence of strategic interventions on the well-being of children.

Furthermore, governments wield the power to regulate industries contributing to the proliferation of unhealthy dietary options. The imposition of taxes on sugary beverages, the introduction of restrictions on the marketing of junk food to children, and the enforcement of more stringent labeling mandates exemplify measures that can foster an environment promoting healthier dietary choices. Evidently, several countries have achieved noteworthy success in reducing the consumption of sugary drinks by enacting levies on such beverages. These policies have translated into enhancements in health indicators among children.

In conclusion, I firmly support the view that governments hold a crucial responsibility in addressing childhood obesity. Their capacity to allocate resources, implement interventions, and regulate industries can profoundly impact this challenge, ensuring a healthier future for children.

Sample 9:

Given the vast variety of food choices available to children nowadays, it is easier for a child to become overweight now than it has ever been before, the dangers of which are often insufficiently made known to these children as well as their parents. Addressing this issue would require no less than the concerted efforts of both parents as well as the government, with the former regulating the behaviour of the child in question while the latter regulate the availability of information pertaining to the issue at hand, thereby educating the public on what the phenomenon is and how to deal with it.

The diet of children below a certain age is more or less under the complete control of their parents or guardians, the fact of which proves that the responsibility of ensuring a child is not overweight and unhealthy lies more with their parents than with any other entity, though this tends to be less true as the child grows up. A child can only do so much when it comes to educating themselves on which food item is healthy for them and which is not, not to mention exercising self-control when it comes to food. Parents and guardians who are directly involved in the day-to-day happenings of the child’s life are, more than anyone, responsible for ensuring their child does not make food choices that would damage their own wellbeing, the concept of which likely being something too advanced for a child to even understand. Furthermore, parents and guardians are the only ones in a position where they can put in the effort to make good food for their children, thereby discouraging them from choosing unhealthy snacks, among other junk food items.

Having said that, the governing body of a country also undoubtedly plays an important role in directing the opinion of the people. While the specific responsibility of raising a healthy child still falls on parents, the same could not be said of educating or informing the masses of the dangers and health complications associated with being overweight as a child. The government has a responsibility to properly equip its people with the information needed for them to make an informed choice, thereby reducing the risk of unsuspecting children becoming overweight due to an unhealthy diet being forced upon them by their parents or guardians.

To care for the younger generations of a country should not rest upon the shoulders of any single party. Rather, we as adults should all take part in ensuring our children are cared for as well as humanly possible, and that includes educating ourselves as parents and adequately informing the public as the government.

Sample 10:

Some feel that the current global obesity epidemic should be primarily handled by governments. In my opinion, though the state has a key role to play, this is mainly the duty of parents.

Those who argue in favor of this contention point to the power of governmental regulation. Governments hold this responsibility not just because their job is to safeguard public welfare but also because they are endowed with the authority to enact real reforms. In some countries, there are strict laws about the products that can be advertised during children’s programming and their maximum sugar and fat content. Countries that do not have strong regulatory bodies to create and enforce these laws naturally have considerably higher rates of obesity. In an ideal world, governments would be more responsible for public health in this crucial area.

However, since governments often fail to protect the public interest, parents should take responsibility themselves. Parents can best achieve this by leading by example. If children are not given sugary soft drinks, candy, and eat a diet constituted of mainly vegetables and fruits, they are likely to develop lifelong, positive eating habits. For instance, in nations such as France where food and nutrition are taken very seriously, the majority of children do not grow up addicted to unhealthy American fast food and obesity rates are lower. Admittedly, this can be difficult for parents from lower socioeconomic backgrounds who may struggle with finding the time, energy, and finances to provide nutritious meals for their children.

In conclusion, government can regulate certain industries, but parents must themselves instill healthy habits in their children for there to be a meaningful impact. This issue may have reached a high point and must now be addressed.